Preventing Unwanted Canada – U.S Cross-Border Tax Issues – Due Diligence Concerns – Part 3
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
August 12, 2023
0
Category: Business Management, Taxation






Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
Using Joint Ventures To Capitalize On Real Estate Investments
Research tax-efficient structures to facilitate real estate investing.
Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
The Corporate Attribution Rules
Navigating through the delicate nature of non-arms length transactions.
Preventing Unwanted Canada – U.S Cross-Border Tax Issues – Due Diligence Concerns – Part 3
Repatriation of Funds
Withholding taxes
Foreign Affiliate Dumping (FAD) Rules
Loans to and from foreign affiliates
Thin capitalization rules
Back-to-Back Rules
Earnings Stripping Rules
Reporting obligations
In part 1 of this series, numbers 1 to 3 were addressed. Parts 4 and 5 were addressed in Part 2. This final article in the series, part 3, looks at issues 6 to 8.
6. Back-to-back rules
Like the interest withholding rules, the Tax Act includes back-to-back rules that capture arrangements that may be intended to circumvent the application of the thin capitalization rules. For example, a non-resident parent that intends to heavily capitalize a Canadian subsidiary with a large amount of debt may enter into an arrangement to have a non-resident bank make a loan to the Canadian subsidiary. Since the bank is an arm’s length party, and not a “specified non-resident shareholder” of the Canadian subsidiary, absent the back-to-back rules, the thin capitalization rules would not apply to such a loan. Very generally, where there is a nexus between the loan from the bank/intermediary to the Canadian subsidiary and the arrangement between the bank/intermediary and the non-resident parent, the back-to-back loan rules could apply to deem the loan from the bank/intermediary to have been made from the non-resident parent, and deem the interest payments made by the Canadian subsidiary to be made to the non-resident parent, for the purposes of the thin capitalization rules.[1]
[1] Taylor Cao and Annika Wang, "Introduction to Inbound Investments in Canada," in 2021 YP Focus Virtual Conference (Toronto: Canadian Tax Foundation, 2021), 2: 1-59.
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
It is common for businesses to consider international expansion as a means to achieve growth. Given the geographic proximity of Canada and the U.S., it is logical that many Canadian businesses would consider expanding into the U.S. and vice-versa.
Below are discussed a few tax and compliance issues that must be considered when Canadian corporations expand into the U.S
7. Earnings Stripping Rules
The “earnings stripping” rule in section 212 of the ITA is intended to address concerns regarding base erosion through excessive interest deductions, similar to the thin capitalization rules. rule lists the following examples of situations in which it considers base erosion by interest deductions to be inappropriate:[2]
deductions that are denied by the earnings stripping rule are proposed to be able to be carried back 3 years or carried forward 20 years.
The rule is proposed to not apply in certain circumstances, for example, to a “group” if the group’s aggregate net interest expense among Canadian members is below $250,000.
8. Reporting obligations[3]
If a Canadian-resident individual or a corporation is a direct shareholder of a corporation that is a foreign affiliate or a controlled foreign affiliate, the shareholder is obligated to file a T1134 information return in respect of the affiliate. A Canadian-resident individual or corporation is also required to file a T1134 in respect of any other corporation that is a foreign affiliate or controlled foreign affiliate in which they have an indirect interest as a shareholder of another corporation, unless that indirect interest is held through a corporation resident in Canada.
A partnership may also be required to file a T1134 in a fiscal period. This will be the case if a non-resident corporation is a foreign affiliate of the partnership in the fiscal period and if persons resident in Canada who are not exempt from Part I income tax are entitled to more than 10% of the income or loss of the partnership for that fiscal period. Although the members of the partnership may also be deemed to own shares of the foreign affiliate owned by the partnership in proportion to the FMV of their interests in the partnership, there should not be duplicate reporting obligations if the members of the partnership do not own shares of the foreign affiliate except through the partnership.
T1134’s are due 10 months after the end of the year or period.
Although there is no legislative basis for the following, the CRA will administratively waive the obligation to file T1134s for “dormant” foreign affiliates of a taxpayer if the taxpayer’s total cost amount of all of their interests in foreign affiliates at any time in the year was less than CAD $100,000. The CRA classifies a foreign affiliate as dormant in a year if it had gross receipts (effectively, any cash inflow including loans and proceeds from the sale of property) of less than CAD $25,000 and at no time in the year owned property with a total FMV of more than CAD $1,000,000.
If the foreign corporation is not a foreign affiliate, then the shares or debts of that corporation are specified foreign property and must be disclosed in a T1135 information return if the Canadian shareholder’s total cost amount of specified foreign property exceeds CAD $100,000 at any time in the year. Shares and debts of a foreign affiliate are not specified foreign property, so interests in a foreign affiliate that are disclosed in a T1134 should not also be included in a T1135. Further, the cost amount of shares or debts of a foreign affiliate will be ignored in determining the total cost amount of the Canadian shareholder’s specified foreign property.
[3] Tim Barrett and Kevin Duxbury, "Corporate Integration: Outbound Structuring in the United States After Tax Reform," in Report of Proceedings of the Seventieth Tax Conference, 2018 Conference Report (Toronto: Canadian Tax Foundation, 2019), 18:1-76.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner with the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick and specializes in tax structuring and business development for his small and medium business sized clients. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com.
- interest payments to related non-residents in low-tax jurisdictions;
- the use of debt to finance investments that earn non-taxable income; or
- having Canadian businesses bear a disproportionate burden of a multinational group’s third-party borrowings.
Preventing Unwanted Canada – U.S Cross-Border Tax Issues – Due Diligence Concerns – Part 2
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
August 12, 2023
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory, Taxation






Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
Using Joint Ventures To Capitalize On Real Estate Investments
Research tax-efficient structures to facilitate real estate investing.
Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
The Corporate Attribution Rules
Navigating through the delicate nature of non-arms length transactions.
Preventing Unwanted Canada – U.S Cross-Border Tax Issues – Due Diligence Concerns – Part 2
Repatriation of Funds
Withholding taxes
Foreign Affiliate Dumping (FAD) Rules
Loans to and from foreign affiliates
Thin capitalization rules
Back-to-Back Rules
Earnings Stripping Rules
Reporting obligations
In part 1 of this series, numbers 1 to 3 were addressed. This article will discuss Numbers 4 and 5 above. Issues 6 to 8 will be discussed in Part 3 of this series.
4. Loans to and from foreign affiliates
Regardless of whether expansion into the U.S. or Canada is as a result of organic growth or an acquisition, a decision must be made as to how to fund the expansion - debt or equity. This section will provide an overview of the financing considerations when expanding into the U.S. and Canada.
It may also be desirable to maximize cross-border debt financing from a repatriation perspective, as the Treaty generally reduces the interest withholding tax rate between Canada and the U.S. to 0%, whereas the dividend withholding tax rate is generally 5%. From a U.S. perspective, any distributions to the Canadian parent will be subject to withholding tax until all E&P has been exhausted. In contrast, a Canadian subsidiary is able to return capital to its U.S. parent free of withholding tax; however, for U.S. tax purposes, the return of capital will still be treated as a dividend.
Cross-border expansion often creates opportunities to implement tax-efficient financing structures that can drive additional benefits above and beyond plain vanilla intercompany debt financing. Two examples of common tax-efficient financing structures between Canada and the U.S. are shown below.
Example 1 - Hybrid Instrument Financing Structure
In a Hybrid Instrument Financing Structure, a hybrid instrument, such as a preferred share, is used to achieve tax-efficiency. For example (see graphic 1 below), a Canadian parent ("CanCo") invests in preferred shares of its U.S. subsidiary ("USCo"). From a U.S. tax perspective, the preferred shares are viewed as debt, such that the preferred share dividend payments are considered interest, which is deductible against the income of the USCo. From a Canadian tax perspective, the legal form of the preferred shares is respected, such that preferred share dividend payments are considered dividends, which are deductible to CanCo under ITA subsection 113(1) to the extent sufficient surplus and/or underlying foreign tax balances are available. As such, the end result is an interest deduction in USCo with no corresponding income inclusion in CanCo.
Both of the examples above illustrate financing structures into the U.S. Similar structures using hybrid instruments and hybrid entities are available for investments into Canada as well. However, the benefit of the inbound Canadian structures is generally limited to a deferral opportunity, as opposed to the permanent savings that often result from the inbound U.S. structures. This is because of the additional layer of U.S. tax required as a result of the CFC rules discussed above.
Please note that both hybrid instrument and hybrid entity structures are addressed in the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (BEPS) project that is discussed in the "Emerging Issues" section below.
Although not illustrated above for the sake of simplicity, tax-efficient financing structures often include Canadian unlimited liability corporations, which are disregarded for U.S. tax purposes, but regarded as corporations for Canadian tax purposes.
From a compliance perspective, additional requirements not previously noted above that may be triggered by tax-efficient financing structures typically include the following:
U.S. Compliance
Further, any amount of interest that is not deductible under the thin capitalization rules is also deemed to be a payment of a dividend for purposes of withholding tax. Therefore, in the above example, the $20 interest payment from CanCo to NRCo would be deemed, for withholding tax purposes, to be a $15 interest payment and a $5 dividend.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner with the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick and specializes in tax structuring and business development for his small and medium business sized clients. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com.
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
It is common for businesses to consider international expansion as a means to achieve growth. Given the geographic proximity of Canada and the U.S., it is logical that many Canadian businesses would consider expanding into the U.S. and vice-versa.
Below are discussed a few tax and compliance issues that must be considered when Canadian corporations expand into the U.S

Example 2 - Hybrid Entity Financing Structure
In contrast to graphic 1, which relies on the use of a hybrid instrument to achieve tax-efficiency, graphic 2 below relies on the use of a hybrid entity to achieve tax-efficiency. In the Hybrid Entity Financing Structure, two Canadian corporations ("CanCo" and "CanSub") form U.S. limited partnership ("US LP"). US LP forms a U.S. limited liability company ("US LLC"). US LP borrows funds from a third party and capitalizes US LLC. US LLC uses the funds to make an intercompany loan to a U.S. subsidiary in a separate consolidated group ("USCo"). USCo uses the funds to either acquire a new U.S. investment or in its existing business.
From a Canadian tax perspective, US LP is viewed as a Canadian partnership because it has Canadian partners. As such, US LP files a Canadian partnership return and allocates its income or loss (in this case, a loss driven by the interest on its third party debt) to its partners, which can generally use the lost against their taxable income.
From a U.S. perspective, US LP elects to be treated as a U.S. corporation. U.S. LLC is considered disregarded for U.S. tax purposes, such that it is part of US LP's U.S. tax return. As such, the interest income in US LLC from the intercompany loan to USCo is offset by the interest expense in US LP on the third party debt, such that there should be no U.S. tax liability. USCo deducts the intercompany interest expense to US LLC against its taxable income.
As such, the end result is two interest deductions (a Canadian deduction in CanCo/CanSub and a U.S. deduction in USCo) in respect of one third party interest payment (by US LP to the third party lenders).

- Form 8858 - Information Return of U.S. Persons With Respect to Foreign Disregarded Entities
- Form 8832 - Entity Classification Election
- Dual Consolidated Loss Election and Certification
- Form W-8BEN-E - Certificate of Status of Beneficial Owner for United States Withholding and Reporting (Entities)
- Form W-9 - Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification
- FinCen114 - Report of Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts (FBAR)
- Form T1135 - Foreign Income Verification Statement[1]
- The debt is owed by a non-resident person;
- The debt has been or remains outstanding for more than one year; and
- The amount included in the corporation’s income as interest on the debt is less than the interest that would have been included in income had interest been charged at a reasonable rate.
- Throughout the period that the debt was outstanding, it was used to:
- The debt arose in the course of an active business carried on by the affiliate throughout the period that the debt was outstanding (e.g. an amount owed to the corporation as a result of inventory purchased by the affiliate, etc.).
- The loan is repaid within two years of the date that it arose (unless the repayment is part of a series of loans and repayments);
- The debt or loan arose in the ordinary course of the affiliate’s business and, at the time the debt or loan arose, there were bona fidearrangements to repay the debt within a reasonable time; or
- The affiliate had enough exempt surplus, hybrid surplus, hybrid underlying tax, taxable surplus, underlying foreign tax and pre-acquisition surplus (as represented in the ACB of the shares of the affiliate) to allow for some or all of the upstream loan to have been paid to the Canadian shareholder as a tax-deductible dividend. This exception is only relevant to Canadian shareholders that are corporations).
exceeds 1.5 times the applicable “equity amount.” This formula for the percentage of the interest expense that is disallowed can be expressed as follows:
“Equity amount” is defined, generally, as the Canadian corporation’s retained earnings, contributed surplus and paid-up capital on investments made by a specified non-resident shareholder. This is broadly intended to capture the amount of equity invested by specified non-residents in the Canadian corporation.
A “specified non-resident shareholder” is, generally, a non-resident person that owns, either alone or together with non-arm’s length persons, shares of the Canadian corporation with 25% or more of the votes or 25% or more of the FMV. This is intended to ensure that the thin capitalization rules only apply to non-residents that have some measure of influence over the Canadian corporation.
Where a partnership with non-resident partners has loaned money to a Canadian corporation, for purposes of the thin capitalization rules, the CRA has stated that the determination of whether there are any “specified shareholders” should be made at the level of the partners (which are deemed to proportionately own any shares held by the partnership), rather than the partnership, and any loans made by the partnership should be attributed to its partners based on the relative FMV of their respective interests. As a result, if the interests in a partnership are widely held by non-resident persons and all members of the partnership deal with each other at arm’s length and are not otherwise specified non-resident shareholders of a Canadian corporation, the thin capitalization rules may not apply to loans made by the partnership to the Canadian corporation even where the partnership owns all of the outstanding shares of that Canadian corporation.

Preventing Unwanted Canada – U.S Cross-Border Tax Issues – Due Diligence Concerns – Part 1
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
August 12, 2023
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory, Taxation, Uncategorized






Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
Using Joint Ventures To Capitalize On Real Estate Investments
Research tax-efficient structures to facilitate real estate investing.
Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
The Corporate Attribution Rules
Navigating through the delicate nature of non-arms length transactions.
Preventing Unwanted Canada – U.S Cross-Border Tax Issues – Due Diligence Concerns – Part 1
Repatriation of Funds
Withholding taxes
Foreign Affiliate Dumping (FAD) Rules
Loans to and from foreign affiliates
Thin capitalization rules
Back-to-Back Rules
Earnings Stripping Rules
Reporting obligations
This article will discuss Numbers 1 to 3 above. The remaining issues will be discussed in subsequent articles.
Repatriation of Funds
Pursuant to subsection 90(1) of the Income Tax Act (ITA) , a Canadian-resident taxpayer is required to include in its income for a particular taxation year all dividends received from non-resident corporations. A Canadian-resident corporate taxpayer receiving a dividend on a share of an FA owned by the taxpayer may be entitled to a full or partial deduction in computing its taxable income under section 113. The amount of the deduction available under section 113 depends in part on the surplus account of the FA in respect of the taxpayer from which the dividend is prescribed to have been paid. There are four surplus accounts, and regulation 5901 provides that dividends are prescribed to be paid out of the surplus accounts in the following order:[1]
1) exempt surplus, which includes income and profits earned by an FA that is resident in a "designated treaty country" from an "active business" (as defined in subsection 95(1)) carried on by it in Canada or a designated treaty country;
[1] Tim Barrett and Kevin Duxbury, "Corporate Integration: Outbound Structuring in the United States After Tax Reform," in Report of Proceedings of the Seventieth Tax Conference, 2018 Conference Report (Toronto: Canadian Tax Foundation, 2019), 18:1-76.
2) taxable surplus, which includes income and profits earned by an FA that is FAPI, or an FA's net earnings from carrying on an active business that is not included in exempt surplus;
3) hybrid surplus, which includes the taxable and exempt portion of capital gains realized by an FA from the disposition of a partnership interest or shares of another FA; and
4) pre-acquisition surplus, which is anything that is not deemed to be paid from one of the foregoing surplus accounts and effectively represents the taxpayer's investment in the FA.
Paragraphs 113(1)(a) and (d) provide a full deduction for dividends prescribed to have been paid out of exempt surplus and pre-acquisition surplus, respectively. Paragraphs 113(1)(a.1), (b), and (c) provide a deduction in respect of applicable underlying foreign tax (UFT) paid by an FA and any non-business-income tax paid by the recipient corporation in respect of dividends (for example, withholding tax) prescribed to have been paid out of hybrid surplus and taxable surplus. For dividends prescribed to have been paid from taxable surplus, the deduction under paragraph 113(1)(b) is limited to the UFT multiplied by the corporation's relevant tax factor (RTF) for the year, minus one.
Taxpayers that receive taxable surplus dividends on a share of a corporation that was a CFA are also entitled to a subsection 91(5) deduction in computing their income for the year. This deduction equals the net amount added to the taxpayer's ACB of the share under subsection 92(1) effectively, this is the portion of FAPI on the share of the CFA previously included in the taxpayer's income that was not deducted under subsection 91(4). Subsection 91(5) therefore aims to ensure that income or profits of an FA are taxed only once in Canada. For corporations, the subsection 91(5) deduction is available only to the extent that the amount of a dividend exceeds the portion deductible under paragraph 113(1)(b). For individuals, regulation 5900(3) deems all dividends to be paid out of taxable surplus for the purposes of subsection 91(5).
Amounts deductible by a CCPC under section 113 are added to its GRIP. A positive GRIP balance allows a CCPC to pay or declare eligible dividends on its shares. Note that no portion of dividends paid by a non-resident corporation (including a CFA) is added to a shareholder's capital dividend account. This can lead to unfavourable tax results where an FA of a "private corporation" (as defined in subsection 89(1)) realizes a capital gain on a disposition of property, rather than the private corporation realizing a capital gain directly.
2. Withholding taxes
The Canadian domestic withholding tax rate on payments of passive-type income by a Canadian taxpayer to a non-resident person is 25% regardless of the characterization of the domestic payer or the non-resident recipient. However, a reduced withholding tax rate may be available under a Canadian tax treaty depending on the characterization of the non-resident payee and, in some circumstances, the Canadian payer.
Under the Canada-US Treaty, reduced treaty withholding tax rates are available only if the US payee is entitled to treaty benefits in respect of the payment received. Whether or not the US payee is entitled to treaty benefits requires a determination of (a) whether the US payee is resident in the US for purposes of the treaty; (b) whether the US payee is the “beneficial owner” of the payment; (c) whether the limitation on benefits provisions apply to deny treaty benefits; and (d) the application of the rules in Articles IV(6) and IV(7) of the treaty dealing with fiscally transparent entities. The following expands on each of these four considerations for eligibility for reduced treaty withholding rates.
Generally the US payee will be resident in the US for purposes of the Canada-US Treaty if it is a person (including a corporation) that, under the laws of the US, is liable to tax therein by reason of the person’s domicile, residence, citizenship, place of management, place of incorporation or any other criterion of similar nature. Pursuant to the treaty residence tie-breaker rules, a corporation that is a resident of both Canada and the US under domestic laws (for example, a corporation that is domiciled in the US but has its central management and control in Canada) is deemed to be a resident of the country under the laws of which it was created.
Articles IV(6) and IV(7) of the Canada-US Treaty contain rules to either grant or deny treaty benefits where amounts are paid by or to a fiscally transparent entity. Article IV(6) is a relieving provision designed to allow access to treaty benefits where a resident of a contracting state derives income through an entity that is fiscally transparent under that country’s laws and the country taxes the income as if the resident had derived the income directly. In the inbound context, this provision is relevant where a Canadian taxpayer (i.e., the Canadian corporate investee) pays an amount to a US partnership, a US LLC or another type of entity (or through a chain of entities) that is considered a fiscally transparent entity from a US tax perspective.
Article IV(7) can apply to deny treaty benefits where one or both parties to the relevant payment is a fiscally transparent entity, regardless of how Article IV(6) may apply to the payment. Article IV(7) is intended to prevent the use of hybrid entities and the selective use of debt and equity to either duplicate interest deductions in Canada and the US or generate an interest deduction in one country that is not income in the other country.
3. Foreign Affiliate Dumping Rules
Section 212.3, known as the Foreign Affiliate Dumping (FAD) rules is a broad provision described by the Department of Finance as "effectively extend[ing] an existing cross-border surplus stripping rule [section 212.1] to cover transactions involving foreign affiliates." Referred to as the foreign affiliate dumping (FAD) rules, section 212.3 was designed to restrict a non-resident corporation ("parent") from using a corporation resident in Canada (CRIC) as an intermediary to invest in a foreign affiliate. The rules are intended to prevent the perceived erosion of the part I tax base (resulting from the exempt treatment of dividends from foreign affiliates in combination with the deductibility of debt incurred by the CRIC to invest in the foreign affiliate), as well as the part XIII tax base (resulting from the extraction of corporate surplus not subject to withholding tax). A CRIC caught by the FAD rules is deemed to have paid a dividend to the parent subject to part XIII withholding tax or to have reduced the paid-up capital (PUC) of one or more relevant classes of its shares.
The 2019 budget proposed significant changes to the FAD rules. The discussion of these new rules concerns the legislative proposals released July 30, 2019. However, these proposals are subject to a comment period that expired on October 7, 2019. At the time of writing, it is unclear whether Finance will introduce further changes to the proposals based on feedback. If enacted, the new FAD measures will apply to transactions or events occurring after March 18, 2019.
The Parent Trap
Whereas the FAD rules are currently limited to a CRIC controlled by a non-resident corporation, the proposals will extend the rules to a CRIC that is controlled by (1) a non-resident individual or (2) a group of non-resident persons not dealing with each other at arm's length. Thus, a "parent" under the FAD rules can refer to a corporation, a natural person, or a trust.
A variety of previously innocuous circumstances may now be subject to these rules. A Canadian corporation that is owned by a non-resident individual is a CRIC for the purposes of the FAD rules. As a result, the FAD rules could apply to situations where an owner-manager who controls a CRIC with a foreign affiliate emigrates abroad and ceases to be a resident of Canada, or who dies and whose shares are acquired by an estate that is not a resident of Canada.
The conditions under which the FAD rules, as proposed, could apply are not always so easily identified. For example, determining whether a group of non-resident persons deals with each other at arm's length would, absent a deemed non-arm's-length relationship, be a factual determination to which a degree of uncertainty attaches.
The key takeaway is that because a reference to a "parent" will no longer be limited to a corporation, the proposed amendments to the FAD rules, if passed, will apply to a much wider range of situations than was previously the case.
"More Closely Connected Business" Exception
Subsection 212.3(16) of the current FAD rules sets out the "more closely connected business" (MCCB) exception. This provision generally operates to stop the FAD rules from applying when an investment by a CRIC in its foreign affiliate can be shown to "belong" more to the CRIC than to the parent, based on certain enumerated factors. While there are no substantive amendments proposed for the MCCB exception, a discussion of the exception is relevant because it may no longer be possible to satisfy the exception in circumstances to which the FAD rules, as proposed, would apply.
For example, one of the enumerated factors in the MCCB exception requires that (1) the officers of the CRIC had and exercised principal decision-making authority in respect of the investment in the foreign affiliate, and (2) a majority of those officers were resident and working principally in Canada at the time of the investment. In the example of the emigrating owner-manager, it is unlikely that this factor could be satisfied if the owner-manager is the sole decision maker of the CRIC's business.
Generally, the FAD rules allow a CRIC to suppress the PUC of its shares, rather than pay withholding tax on the deemed dividend that otherwise arises on the investment in the foreign affiliate. This PUC offset mechanism is the usual means by which a taxpayer avoids withholding tax on the deemed dividend. However, this self-help remedy would seldom be a viable option for a private company, whose voting shares usually have low PUC. Accordingly, lack of access to the MCCB exception is particularly problematic for owner-managers.
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
It is common for businesses to consider international expansion as a means to achieve growth. Given the geographic proximity of Canada and the U.S., it is logical that many Canadian businesses would consider expanding into the U.S. and vice-versa.
Below are discussed a few tax and compliance issues that must be considered when Canadian corporations expand into the U.S
The following example illustrates the basic operation of the FAD provisions. Assume the following:
A corporation resident in the US (the US parent) owns sufficient equity shares to control a CRIC.
The US parent owns equity shares of a corporation (ForCo) resident in Germany.
A CRIC carries on a profitable business in Canada earning $1 million annually. It pays income taxes of $270,000 each year on its profits.
The US parent makes a loan of $10 million to the CRIC bearing interest at the rate of 10% annually.
At the US parent’s direction, the CRIC uses the loan proceeds to purchase the equity shares of ForCo from the US parent.
As a consequence of the purchase, ForCo is a foreign affiliate of CRIC.
ForCo carries on a profitable business in Germany.
ForCo will distribute after-tax profits to its shareholders (including a CRIC) annually by way of dividend.
In the absence of the FAD provisions, the above transaction will erode the Canadian tax base significantly. Interest on the loan from the US parent will reduce the CRIC’s profits to nil each year (assume CRIC has sufficient equity so that the Canadian thin-capitalisation rules are not applicable). The CRIC’s share of the dividend received from ForCo is subject to German withholding tax of 5% but is exempt from tax in Canada because the dividend is paid from the exempt surplus of a ForCo. Under the Canada-US Treaty, the interest on the loan payable by CRIC to the US parent is not subject to Canadian withholding tax.
The non-taxable dividend received from ForCo can be used to repay the loan payments (principal and interest) to the US parent without withholding tax. Canada has gone from collecting corporate tax of $270,000 to nil while the profits from the German foreign affiliate flow through Canada on a tax-free basis to pay the loan payments. Assuming the FAD provisions are applicable to the above transaction, the $10 million purchase price for the ForCo investment will automatically reduce the PUC of the shares of the CRIC to nil and any excess of the investment over the PUC reduction is deemed to be a dividend paid by the CRIC to the US parent, which will be subject to Canadian withholding taxes of 5% (as provided in the Canada-US Treaty).
Moreover, this may reduce the amount of interest expense that is deductible by the CRIC and the nondeductible amount is deemed to be a dividend paid to the US parent which is subject to withholding taxes of 5% (as provided in the Canada-US Treaty). This ensures that the Canadian source income will be subject to the appropriate amount of Canadian corporate tax and may also subject the US parent to Canadian withholding tax.[2]
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner with the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick and specializes in tax structuring and business development for his small and medium business sized clients. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com.
[2] A review of Canada’ Foreign Affiliate Dumping Provisions, Mark Woltersdorf and Larry Nevsky, International Tax Report, 2019.
Outbound Corporate Structuring for Canadian Parent Companies Investing in the US – Effective Tax Rates
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
August 12, 2023
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory, Taxation






Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
Using Joint Ventures To Capitalize On Real Estate Investments
Research tax-efficient structures to facilitate real estate investing.
Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
The Corporate Attribution Rules
Navigating through the delicate nature of non-arms length transactions.
Outbound Corporate Structuring for Canadian Parent Companies Investing in the US – Effective Tax Rates
wholly owned Canadian corporation wholly owning a US LLC,
wholly owned Canadian corporation wholly owning a US corporation,
Canadian individual owning a US Corporation.
The alternative structures presented here are likely to be the most common that a Canadian investor would consider in developing a strategy for investing in, and exiting from, the United States. In all cases, the ultimate recipient of the income distributed through the structures analyzed is a Canadian individual who is a resident of Canada and not a resident or citizen of the United States.[2]
In the alternatives that include a Canadian corporation, that entity is a CCPC for Canadian income tax purposes. The models generally consider only controlled US entities that qualify as CFAs for Canadian income tax purposes. For each structure, we compute the ETR by assuming that structure derives US-source income that is from "income from an active business" for Canadian tax purposes.
For US income tax purposes, the models reflect income that is US-source effectively connected income (ECI) and US-source capital gains, unless otherwise noted. They reflect both long-term and short-term
[1] Byron S. Beswick and Michael Dolson, "International Tax for Owner-Managers," in 2020 Definitive Guide to Owner-Manager Taxation Virtual Conference, (Toronto: Canadian Tax Foundation, 2020), 10: 1-121.
[2] Tim Barrett and Kevin Duxbury, "Corporate Integration: Outbound Structuring in the United States After Tax Reform," in Report of Proceedings of the Seventieth Tax Conference, 2018 Conference Report (Toronto: Canadian Tax Foundation, 2019), 18:1-76.
capital gain scenarios. Additionally, for the sake of simplicity, the capital gain scenarios assume that there is no recapture of tax deprecation.
Canadian tax liability generally turns on whether a person is a resident or a non-resident of Canada. A person who is resident in Canada during a tax year is subject to Canadian income tax on his or her worldwide income from all sources, which includes income from an office, employment, property, or business. Accordingly, an individual who is a resident of Canada is subject to Canadian tax on any income earned directly from a source outside Canada. This includes dividends received on shares of non-resident corporations, which would generally be characterized as income from property and included in a taxpayer's income for the year in which the dividends are received (or in which the taxpayer becomes entitled to receive the amount).
Subsection 91(1) is an exception to the general rule that income is recognized in the year in which it is received or receivable by a taxpayer. Canadian taxpayers are subject to current taxation on FAPI earned by closely held corporations (CFAs) regardless of whether the FAPI is repatriated to Canada in the year income or profits are realized by the CFA. Specifically, in computing taxable income for a taxation year, taxpayers are required to include their "participating percentage" of the FAPI earned by each of their CFAs pursuant to subsection 91(1). The amount corresponding to the taxpayer's FAPI inclusion for the year is added to the adjusted cost base (ACB) of its shares in the CFA.
Under new rules applicable to taxation years beginning after 2018, a CCPC will be entitled to a dividend refund for refundable tax paid on FAPI included in a CCPC's income only when the CCPC pays out non-eligible dividends. These new rules can adversely affect ETRs on US outbound structures in certain limited circumstances.
Limited Liability Companies and Anti-Hybrid Rules
This discussion summarizes the availability of Canadian deductions and credits for US tax paid in respect of income earned by an LLC that is fiscally transparent for US tax purposes. We also touch briefly on the application of the Canada-US treaty to LLCs where it affects the integration tables. For the purposes of this discussion, it is assumed that the LLC interest is held directly by a Canadian-resident individual ("individual member") or a corporation resident in Canada ("corporate member"). Structures 3, 5, 7, and 8 in the integration tables in the appendixes summarize the integrated rates for investing through different LLC structures.
Nature of an LLC
Unless an LLC elects to be treated as a corporation, a single-member LLC is disregarded as an entity separate from its member, and a multiple-member LLC is treated as a partnership for US federal income tax purposes. Since the United States does not impose tax on fiscally transparent LLCs, Canadian residents that invest directly in LLCs (or indirectly through other transparent entities) are subject to US tax on their income attributable to or allocable from the LLC.
ECI earned by a non-resident individual or a foreign corporation through a disregarded LLC is generally subject to estimated tax payments and reporting requirements similar to those that apply to US individuals and corporations, respectively. If an LLC that is treated as a partnership has ECI, and if any
portion of that ECI is allocable to a foreign partner, the LLC must withhold tax at the highest rate applicable to individuals (37 percent) or corporations (21 percent), as applicable. The LLC must remit the withholding tax regardless of the relevant foreign partner's ultimate US tax liability, and regardless of whether the partnership makes a distribution. The relevant foreign partner must file a US tax return in respect of its allocable ECI.
By contrast, Canada views LLCs as corporations for tax purposes. For the purposes of the Act, LLCs are treated as having share capital, and therefore can qualify as an FA or a CFA of a taxpayer, with the attendant tax consequences including computing and tracking surplus pools and recognizing FAPI under subsection 91(1). Distributions of income or profit from an LLC are treated as dividends for Canadian tax purposes.
US Taxes Paid on Income of a Foreign Affiliate LLC
US tax paid by Canadian residents in respect of income allocated from an LLC is considered non-business-income tax for Canadian tax purposes. Although for US tax purposes members of an LLC are considered to carry on the business of the LLC, this treatment is not recognized for Canadian tax purposes. Accordingly, taxpayers are considered to have paid US tax in relation to, or in respect of, the holding of the LLC interest and not the LLC's activities. This treatment determines the availability of credits and deductions under Canadian tax law for US tax paid by a Canadian-resident member.
C corp
Although more complicated to operate, a C Corporation provides the most personal liability protection for shareholders in a company. The IRS considers a C Corporation an independent taxpayer and associates its income and expenses with the business, not its owners (shareholders). Ownership of a C Corporation is established through issuing shares of stock, either held privately or publicly.
A C Corporation (unless it files for the S Corporation election) must pay federal income tax on company profits at the corporate tax rate. In some circumstances, the corporate tax rate may be lower than paying the individual tax rate on business profits (as with an LLC). As a C Corp, your company may be eligible for tax deductions not available to other business structures.
Unlike with a sole proprietorship (and in the case of some LLCs), a C Corporation will survive beyond its owners’ life spans.
As can be seen from the ETR analysis, combined US-Canadian tax rates can differ depending on corporate structures selected. The optimal combined Canadian-US corporate structure will ultimately depend on the preferences of the Canadian taxpayer as they relate to tax minimization, liability protection, and estate planning preferences.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner with the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick and specializes in tax structuring and business development for his small and medium business sized clients. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com.
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
In an increasingly globalized and digitized world, small and medium-sized enterprises can grow and compete internationally to an extent that was not previously possible. These same economic realities have also forced many small and medium-sized enterprises to expand outside of Canada or attract investment from outside of Canada in order to adapt and survive. Whether voluntary or involuntary, cross-border expansion and investment leads to international tax issues that may not be familiar to a private enterprise’s advisors.[1]
When determining the optimal corporate structure to use when investing in the US, and the vehicle to contain that business in (ie: U.S C-corp, LLC, or LP), consideration must be given to the effective tax rate realized upon repatriation of that income to the Canadian individual taxpayer. Such a calculation is necessary in order to determine in viability of the U.S investment. Such a determination is facilitated via the calculation of the effective tax rate (ETR) realized by the Canadian taxpayer upon full repatriation of the U.S income.
3 Alternative corporate cross-border structures are analyzed below:
Calculation of Effective Tax Rates (ETR):


Investing in Foreign Businesses – A Canadian Perspective – Part 2
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
August 12, 2023
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory, Taxation






Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
Using Joint Ventures To Capitalize On Real Estate Investments
Research tax-efficient structures to facilitate real estate investing.
Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
The Corporate Attribution Rules
Navigating through the delicate nature of non-arms length transactions.
Investing in Foreign Businesses – A Canadian Perspective – Part 2
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
International competitiveness is a rather ill-defined term since it could have a variety of meanings. It might mean how competitive a country might be as a place of location for investments and production compared to other jurisdictions. It could also imply how competitive a home-based multinational resident is relative to other multinationals operating at a worldwide scale. These concepts are not the same.
An important element in attempting to maintain Canada as a desirable country to attract foreign investment from is the efficiency of it’s tax structure. Efficiency implies that the tax system should distort economic decisions as minimally as possible so that individuals and businesses make choices based on economic gains that are not influenced by tax considerations.
To this end the Department of Finance strives to maintain a foreign affiliate tax regime that facilitates tax-efficiency. If a Canadian resident earns income abroad, Canada has a tax credit and deduction system that, in theory, offsets the foreign tax paid so that the ending tax obligation of that resident is consistent with Canadian personal tax rates. Perfect integration of course is not always realized, but the intention remains.
The foreign affiliate regime is designed to ensure Canadian companies are not at a disadvantage when expanding their active business abroad through foreign subsidiaries by permitting, in general terms, earnings of an active business of a "foreign affiliate" ("FA") to not suffer Canadian tax when earned, or when distributed as a dividend to its Canadian corporate (not individual) shareholder provided certain conditions are met. Further, it permits planning to reduce foreign tax applicable to active income by shifting income from one FA to an FA in a lower-tax jurisdiction.
Nature of Income to be Earned in the Foreign Jurisdiction
The nature of income from foreign activities, and the form in which it is earned, dictates its taxation. In general, income from property is not taxed as favourably as income from an active business, whether earned directly through a branch or partnership or indirectly through a CFA of a CCPC. Where foreign income is earned directly, the main question is whether the income constitutes income from an active business[1] ("ABI"), which excludes Aggregate Investment Income (“AII”). AII is defined to be, in part, income from a source that is property, which includes income from a "specified investment business" ("SIB") carried on in Canada. AII is subject to refundable surtax, increasing the tax payable until distribution to individual shareholders. Where foreign income is earned through a CFA, again, the question is whether it constitutes income from an active business ("FA ABI"), but such income is defined differently.
The FA ABI definition excludes income from an "investment business", which is similar but not identical to a SIB. Although similar in concept, AII under the CCPC rules differs from FAPI under the CFA regime; in short, the latter is broader than the former. For instance, the definition of SIB is narrower than
[1] Structuring Outbound Foreign Expansion for Owner Managed Businesses, Canadian Tax Foundation, Andrew Morreale, Andrew Somerville.
"investment business" under the CFA regime. Although both are defined to include, in part, a business the principal purpose of which is to earn income from property (unless the prescribed number of employees are actively engaged in the business), the domestic definition is restricted to such income from property, whereas the FAPI related definition is broader in two respects.
First, in the case of the "investment business" definition, the principal purpose of the business is not limited to earning business income in the form of income from property, but rather its principal purpose can be to earn income from other sources, including profits from the disposition of an "investment property" (which includes real property). Second, the SIB definition excludes income from a source outside Canada that is property. Business income earned by a CCPC that takes the form of income from property from carrying on business activities through a foreign branch (directly or through a partnership) should be treated as ABI under the CCPC rules (even if its income is from a source outside Canada that is property); but if business income in the form of income from property is earned by a CFA, it should constitute FAPI, which in turn should be included in AII (on the basis that such activity should be considered to be an investment business unless it has the requisite number of employees or equivalent employees).
Therefore, it is possible to be in a situation whereby the income earned by an FA is FAPI where, if earned by a CCPC in the domestic context it would be considered to be income from an active business.
Residency
A very common issue with respect to OMBs that expand abroad is maintaining the residency of the FAs in the country in which the FA is carrying on its activities. Residency must be considered under 1) the common law test for Canadian purposes, 2) the domestic law of the foreign jurisdiction, and 3) a relevant tax treaty, if any.
Under the common law test, a foreign incorporated company will be considered to be a tax resident of Canada where its central management and control is exercised in Canada.62 In very general terms, central management and control is considered to reside where strategic decisions are made, as distinct from day-to-day management decisions. The strategic decisions of a corporation are typically made by the board of directors and, therefore, central management and control of a corporation is generally considered to be where the directors reside and meet to make strategic decisions in respect of the business. It is often best practice for a majority of the board of directors to be residents of the country in which the FA conducts its business so that it is considered a resident there under the common law test.
Common Indicia of Residency
There is no bright-line test for establishing where central management and control of a corporation is exercised. All relevant facts and circumstances have to be considered over the entire time period of the corporation's existence such as:
1) Where do the majority of the directors reside? While not determinative, it will likely be factually easier to evidence central management and control in being exercised the country the directors live. Should the board have Canadian resident directors, they should
physically attend board meetings in the foreign country, and not remotely via phone or video conference.
2) Is there documentation to support board meetings? Board meetings should be documented, and during such meetings, the board of directors, should exercise its control and make decisions relating to the company's operations and general policies such as investment, financing and dividend payments.
Being able to form a functioning board in the country where the FA carries on business can be very challenging for OMBs, especially those that may be in the early stages of expanding and do not have the financial resources nor the need to engage foreign directors. Further, most entrepreneurs and business owners are very heavily involved in the strategic management of their businesses and consider the decision to expand abroad to be significant and are often hesitant to give up any control of their foreign operations (to either employees in the local jurisdiction or independent directors who reside there).
As a result, consideration must be given to whether or not residency of the FA can be properly maintained outside of Canada, as this will impact the appropriate structure. For example, if there is concern that the US subsidiary will be considered to be a resident of Canada under the common law test (because the sole director is the Canadian resident owner-manager who makes most of the strategic decisions in respect of the US corporation while in Canada), consideration should be given to forming a US C-corporation (or regarded LLC) so that the corporate tie-breaker rule in the Treaty can be invoked. The Treaty tie-breaker rule provides that where a company is considered a resident of Canada and also a resident of the US, it is treated as resident only of the US based upon its place of incorporation.
It is important to note that not all of Canada's tax treaties contain a place of incorporation "treaty-tie breaker rule." One such example is Canada's tax treaty with the UK, where the CRA could take the position that a UK subsidiary that is incorporated under the laws of the UK and operates solely in the UK is a resident of Canada because its central management and control is exercised in Canada. Absent Competent Authority resolution concluding on UK residency only , the UK subsidiary could be subject to Canadian income tax on its worldwide income together with the requisite Canadian income tax filing and reporting obligations.
Disregarded US LLC: Impact of the Canadian Residency Rules
As outlined above, subject to the application of an applicable tax treaty with a corporate residency tie-breaker rule, a foreign incorporated company will be considered to be a tax resident of Canada under the common law test where its central management and control is exercised in Canada. However, this is not always the case, particularly in the context of disregarded LLCs as they are not eligible to claim the benefits of the Treaty, so the corporate tie-breaker rule does not apply. Conversely should the central management and control of an LLC be exercised in the US, the issues below should not apply and the Canadian FA rules will continue to govern the Canadian tax treatment.
A disregarded LLC is unable to access treaty benefits in respect of its residency because treaty residency requires the entity to be fully liable to tax and, for US tax purposes, LLCs are fiscally transparent with their members being taxable on LLCs profits for US tax purposes. Accordingly, both Canada and the US have taxing rights over the income of an LLC where it is a resident of Canada under common law principles, thus giving rise to the potential for double taxation to apply. To avoid the potential for double taxation where a disregarded LLC is owned by a Canadian taxpayer, care should be taken to ensure that if there are Canadian resident individuals in a position to exercise central management and control of
the LLC that they are in the minority of those that are able to do so and that they consistently do so from outside Canada (likely in the US) at documented meetings.
Consider the following example: assume a Canadian corporation ("Canco") owns a Canadian tax resident LLC ("Can LLC") that carries on business in the US and such business generates taxable income. Canco, as the single member of Can LLC, elects a Canadian resident director or owner-manager of Canco to also act as the manager of Can LLC. If this manager is responsible for making major decisions on behalf of Can LLC the location where these decisions were undertaken will be relevant to the determination of where Can LLC is resident. This is a factual inquiry that may be challenging for a single manager (similar to a corporate director) resident in Canada to establish a sufficient factual record that sustains a determination that the LLC they manage is not resident in Canada.
For US tax purposes, Can LLC is disregarded and the sole member, Canco, is considered to be carrying on the business in the US and is, thus, taxable on the income of Can LLC as having a permanent establishment in the US. Assuming that the central management and control of Can LLC is in Canada, it will also be a resident of Canada for Canadian for tax purposes on the basis of its central management and control being exercised in Canada, it will be taxable in Canada on its global income, and required to report that same income as taxable income for Canadian tax purposes. If this is the case, adverse consequences, including the potential for double taxable may arise; Appendix 5 offers an overview of potential restructuring options available to mitigate the inefficient taxation of Can LLC for future taxation years.
Canadian-resident LLC: Inability to Claim a Foreign Tax Credit
Compounding the adverse tax consequences of the potential double taxation arising where a disregarded LLC is resident in both the US and Canada is the inability of a Canadian corporation to claim a Canadian FTC in respect of the US tax paid by Canco in computing its Canadian tax liability. This is because as a disregarded entity Canco is considered the taxpayer in respect of Can LLCs income for US tax purposes and, thus, Can LLC itself is not subject to foreign tax. Therefore, in computing Can LLCs potential Canadian FTC, it is unable to claim the US tax paid by Canco in respect of its income earning activities in the US.
Canadian-resident LLC: Inability to Enjoy Relief under the Competent Authority Process
Under the Treaty, competent authority may provide relief where taxation, not in accordance with the tax objectives of the Treaty, such as double taxation resulting from dual residency arises. However, since Can LLC is not a resident of the US for the purposes of the Treaty, it is the position of the CRA that it will not be entitled to benefits under the Treaty that are based upon it being a resident of the US, including competent authority relief. Although relief provided under the competent authority process is not subject to published disclosure, in informal discussions the CRA has indicated that it was not aware of any instances involving a US LLC resident in Canada, in a scenario similar to that outlined above, being granted relief under the competent authority process.
Practical Tips for Acquisitions of a Disregarded LLC
The easiest manner to address the residency issues of disregarded US entities upon acquisition is to elect to have them be taxable, regarded entities for US tax purposes. If the LLC forms part of a larger corporate group in the US, consolidated tax filing with the rest of the corporate group will remain possible.
Where a less than a whole interest in a US LLC is acquired, the US based members of the LLC may not wish to have the LLC regarded for US tax purposes as doing so would produce less than ideal tax results for them. In such instances, the corporate governance of the entity may be such that maintaining a majority of non-US resident directors, and ensuring that central management and control takes place in the US may be significantly easier. However, in such an instance, the LLC is still not subject to the Treaty vis-à-vis the Canadian member, and a mismatch between the taxpayer and the LLC may still exist for Canadian tax purposes. It may in such instances be beneficial to acquire or structure the taxpayer's holding of such an interest through a regarded US corporation.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner with the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick and specializes in tax structuring and business development for his small and medium business sized clients. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com.
Investing in Foreign Businesses – A Canadian Perspective – Part 1
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
August 12, 2023
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory, Taxation






Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
Using Joint Ventures To Capitalize On Real Estate Investments
Research tax-efficient structures to facilitate real estate investing.
Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
The Corporate Attribution Rules
Navigating through the delicate nature of non-arms length transactions.
Investing in Foreign Businesses – A Canadian Perspective – Part 1
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
International competitiveness is a rather ill-defined term since it could have a variety of meanings. It might mean how competitive a country might be as a place of location for investments and production compared to other jurisdictions. It could also imply how competitive a home-based multinational resident is relative to other multinationals operating at a worldwide scale. These concepts are not the same.
An important element in attempting to maintain Canada as a desirable country to attract foreign investment from is the efficiency of it’s tax structure. Efficiency implies that the tax system should distort economic decisions as minimally as possible so that individuals and businesses make choices based on economic gains that are not influenced by tax considerations.
To this end the Department of Finance strives to maintain a foreign affiliate tax regime that facilitates tax-efficiency. If a Canadian resident earns income abroad, Canada has a tax credit and deduction system that, in theory, offsets the foreign tax paid so that the ending tax obligation of that resident is consistent with Canadian tax rates. Perfect integration of course is not always realized, but the intention remains.
The foreign affiliate regime is designed to ensure Canadian companies are not at a disadvantage when expanding their active business abroad through foreign subsidiaries by permitting, in general terms, earnings of an active business of a "foreign affiliate" ("FA") to not suffer Canadian tax when earned, or when distributed as a dividend to its Canadian corporate (not individual) shareholder provided certain conditions are met. Further, it permits planning to reduce foreign tax applicable to active income by shifting income from one FA to an FA in a lower-tax jurisdiction.
Canadians Considering Outbound Investment to a foreign business
Canadian tax liability generally turns on whether a person is a resident or a non-resident of Canada. A person who is resident in Canada during a tax year is subject to Canadian income tax on his or her worldwide income from all sources, which includes income from an office, employment, property, or business. Accordingly, an individual who is a resident of Canada is subject to Canadian tax on any income earned directly from a source outside Canada. This includes dividends received on shares of non-resident corporations, which would generally be characterized as income from property and included in a taxpayer's income for the year in which the dividends are received (or in which the taxpayer becomes entitled to receive the amount).
There is one exception to the general rule that income is recognized in the year in which it is received or receivable by a taxpayer. Canadian taxpayers are subject to current taxation on FAPI (Foreign Accrued Property Income) earned by Controlled Foreign Affiliates (CFAs) regardless of whether the FAPI is repatriated to Canada in the year income or profits are realized by the CFA. Specifically, in computing taxable income for a taxation year, taxpayers are required to include their "participating percentage" (ie: the percentage of the FAPI that they have entitlement to through their ownership) of the FAPI earned by each of their CFAs pursuant to subsection 91(1) of the Income TaxAct (ITA). The amount corresponding to the taxpayer's FAPI inclusion for the year less the deduction available under ss. 91(4) on that FAPI income is added to the adjusted cost base (ACB) of its shares in the CFA.
A Canadian-resident taxpayer is required to include in its income for a particular taxation year all dividends received from non-resident corporations. A Canadian-resident corporate taxpayer receiving a dividend on a share of an Foreign Affiliate (FA) owned by the taxpayer may be entitled to a full or partial deduction in computing its taxable income under section 113 of the ITA. The amount of the deduction available under section 113 depends in part on the surplus account of the FA in respect of the taxpayer from which the dividend is prescribed to have been paid.
Canadian Taxation of Foreign Affiliate Income
Active Business Income (ABI)
Active business income (including amounts deemed to be active business income) of a controlled foreign affiliate, and all income of a non-controlled foreign affiliate, is taxed on a territorial basis and is therefore not included in the income of the Canadian shareholder(s) of the foreign affiliate or controlled foreign affiliate until dividends are paid.
For the purposes of the foreign affiliate regime, an active business of a foreign affiliate is a business carried on by the foreign affiliate other than an investment business (ie: a business investing in property and earning income such as rents, interest, royalties, etc…), a business that is deemed not to be an active business, or a non-qualifying business. A foreign affiliate’s income from an active business includes amounts that are incident to or pertain to the active business, but does not include income that is FAPI, income from a business that is deemed to not be an active business, or income from a non-qualifying business.
Expanding into the US – is it a good idea?
There are many variables to consider prior to making the decision whether or not to expand your Canadian company into the US. Will your product / service be successful? How much do you have to risk up front to see if the concept will work? What are the operational and tax implications of going into the US?
In this and future articles, we go into the various issues that must be considered before expanding your business operations into the US.
Key Considerations
While any expansion to either the US or any other jurisdiction will require significant analysis in order to determine the appropriate structure, below are a few key considerations:
1) In general, shares of an FA should be owned through a Canadian corporation and not directly by individuals, unless no dividends are anticipated and the sale of the FA on capital account is the exit strategy, since in this limited circumstance on a fully distributed basis, individual ownership may provide the most efficient structure.
Get Access to leading accounting and tax help. The time is now to get the right help and not waste any more effort getting mediocre results - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234.
2) It is almost always most tax efficient, to the extent commercially possible, to leverage a foreign subsidiary's operations with interest bearing debt, and seek to maximize the interest charged, as supported using transfer pricing principles.
3) Failure to maintain residency of an FA outside of Canada may result in adverse tax consequences.
4) Non-interest bearing debt may result in imputed income to a Canadian lender or shareholder.
5) It is generally preferable to have the shares of an FA held in a separate corporate group from the Canadian operating companies if access to the lifetime capital gains exemption is contemplated.
6) Care must be taken to ensure, to the extent possible, integration is maintained, which often requires modelling to consider the combined ETRs of the foreign tax, Canadian corporate tax and if applicable individual personal tax once the profits are distributed to the individual shareholders.
Type of Entity
The use of LLCs is common but, as discussed further below, LLCs may lead to undesirable tax results if transparent for US tax purposes (with member(s) of the LLCs being taxable in the US on the LLC's income). When using an LLC, it is essential that central management and control reside outside Canada; otherwise, the LLC is taxable in Canada similar to a Canadian formed company.
In contrast, similar residency issues do not arise with US C-corporations ("USCo"), which are opaque for both Canadian and US tax purposes. An USCo, as opposed to its shareholder(s), is taxable on its income. Although often preferred to access exempt surplus treatment for distributions, central management and control is not as crucial where the USCo is eligible to claim the benefits under the Canada-United States Tax Convention (the "Treaty") and sufficient US tax is paid by USCo. The Treaty has a rule that deems a US incorporated company with central management and control exercised in Canada to be a resident of the US.
Non-corporate business forms include branches and partnerships. Limited partnerships ("LP") are generally favoured as they offer liability protection for partners. LPs are fiscally transparent for both Canadian and US tax purposes, with LP partners being subject to both US and Canadian tax on their respective shares of LP income. More specifically, a Canadian partner of an LP that carries on business in the US through a permanent establishment ("PE") is required to file a US tax return to report its share of LP income (as computed under US tax rules) and liable to US tax on such income. Similarly, the Canadian resident partner is also taxable on its share of LP income (as computed under Canadian tax rules and in Canadian dollars) with relief for US tax paid. The computation of income under US rules will differ from the Canadian computation primarily because of depreciation rates, timing of income recognition, deductibility of various expenditures, etc.
It is important to note that while LPs are considered fiscally transparent for both Canadian and US tax purposes, the CRA has recently taken the position that certain other US partnerships (limited liability partnerships and limited liability limited partnerships formed under Florida or Delaware law) should be treated as corporations for Canadian tax purposes. This new position results in a different tax treatment
of these vehicles for US and Canadian tax purposes and, therefore, significantly increases the potential for undesirable tax results, including double taxation in certain circumstances.
Canadian-Controlled Private Corporations (“CCPCs”) may expand into the US through branches. Branch profits attributable to a (PE) are subject to US tax but such profits are also taxable in Canada as a CCPC is a resident of Canada and subject to tax on its worldwide income. The CCPC is required to file a US branch return to report branch profits, which must be calculated under US tax law and in US dollars and must also file a Canadian corporate tax return to report the profits for Canadian tax purposes which must be calculated based on Canadian tax rules and in Canadian dollars. Relief for US taxes paid should be available to reduce Canadian tax payable. A Foreign Tax Credit (“FTC”) is only available to the extent of the Canadian income tax otherwise payable on that income. Similar to the LP scenario, there is no FA in the structure, which means that the surplus and FAPI regimes are not applicable.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner with the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick and specializes in tax structuring and business development for his small and medium business sized clients. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com.
For Canadian Parent Corporations Considering U.S Business Investment – Analysis and Methodology – Part 2
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
August 12, 2023
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory, Taxation
For Canadian Parent Corporations Considering U.S Business Investment – Analysis and Methodology – Part 2
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
When a Canadian corporation (Canco) considers expansion into the U.S, careful consideration of key factors is necessary from a Canadian and U.S. federal and state tax perspective so that Canco expands to the U.S. in the right way. An important goal is to structure the expansion so as to minimize the overall tax costs, achieve tax deferral to the extent possible and manage tax compliance obligations. In addition, it will be important to ensure that Canco recognizes the complexities resulting from carrying on business in two jurisdictions.[1]
Key Factors When Considering U.S Expansion
Residency
US sourced-based income
US Trade or Business
Effectively Connected Income (ECI)
Permanent Establishments
Distributions
US State Tax Obligations
Part 2 of this article will discuss issues 3 to 7 above.
3. US Trade or Business
The next question after considering the source of the income is to consider whether the sales are part of a US trade or business. There is no comprehensive definition of a US trade or business in the Code. However, the Code does state that a US trade or business includes the performance of personal services within the United States at any time within the taxable year. The Code excludes the performance of personal services for foreign corporations not engaged in a US trade or business by a non-resident individual temporarily present in the United States for a period not exceeding ninety days and receiving compensation not exceeding $3,000. The Code also excludes trading in securities or commodities through a resident broker, commission agent, custodian, or other independent agent. Apart from these brief rules, whether a foreign corporation is engaged in a US trade or business depends on the applicable facts and circumstances. As such, the determination of whether a foreign corporation is engaged in a US trade or
[1] Expanding to the U.S The Right Way – Know Before You Go, Canadian Tax Foundation, Catherine A. Brayley, Sidhartha Rao.
business has been left to the courts. This determination is generally based on the nature and extent of the foreign corporation's economic activities in the United States.
4. Effectively Connected Income (ECI)
Along with a US trade or business, the second thing needed to be taxable in the United States on business income is income that is effectively connected with the conduct of that US trade or business. The United States calculates income tax on a foreign corporation's net taxable income that is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States.
Deductions from ECI
Ordinary corporation income tax is imposed on a foreign corporation's taxable income, net of applicable deductions, that is effectively connected with the conduct of a US trade of business. The Code permits non-US corporations to take deductions only to extent they are related to or connected with gross income that is ECI. To determine what portion of the deductions relate to US ECI, Treasury Regulations prescribe that taxpayers should categorize gross income into "buckets" (e.g., service fees, income from a business, income from selling property, interest, rents, etc.) and that deductions be apportioned to these buckets according to their relationship with each item of gross income. Interest deductions are subject to a special regime that seeks to apportion deductions to categories of gross income.
5. Permanent Establishments
The Canada-US Tax Treaty overrides certain areas of US and Canadian domestic tax law to reduce instances of double taxation. Generally, the Treaty limits the ability of the United States to tax a Canadian corporation's business profits to those business profits that are attributable to a US permanent establishment (PE).
The Treaty provides that a PE is a fixed place of business through which the business of the foreign corporation is wholly or partially carried on. A PE includes a place of management, branch, office, factory, workshop and mine, oil or gas well, quarry or any other place of extraction of natural resources. The Treaty specifically excludes from the definition of a PE the maintenance of a stock of goods or merchandise belonging to the foreign corporation for the purpose of storage, display or delivery.
In order to be eligible for Treaty benefits under the Canada-US Tax Treaty, a person must be a resident of Canada or the United States under Article IV. As analyzed above, under that article, a corporation is generally resident in the country where it is formed. Even if a person is a resident of Canada or the United States, that person must also meet the tests set out in the Treaty's limitation of benefits provision (LOB). The LOB extends treaty benefits only to "qualifying persons" of Canada or the United States. A corporation can be considered a qualifying resident if its principal class of shares is primarily and regularly traded on one or more recognized stock exchanges.
A corporation can also be a qualifying person if it meets an ownership test and a "base erosion" test. A corporation resident in Canada or the United States will satisfy the ownership test if 50 percent or more of the vote and value of its shares is not owned, directly or indirectly, by persons other than qualifying persons. The "base erosion" test requires that less than 50 percent of expenses that are paid or payable by the corporation to persons that are not qualifying persons, and that are deductible from gross
Act Now To Get Our Value Pricing Adjustment on Audit and Review Engagements For Your Business
income, be less than 50 percent of the gross income of the corporation. For these purposes, a qualifying person is a resident of Canada or the United States.
A Canadian parent corporation may operate its US retail store as a US branch or through a US subsidiary. Under US income tax law and under the Treaty, there should be no particular tax advantage to operating in branch form compared to operating through a subsidiary. The branch profits tax (BPT) is supposed to act like a dividend withholding tax for US branches, with the intention of equalizing the US withholding tax burden of foreign corporations operating in the United States through a branch and through a subsidiary. BPT applies to a US branch's earnings and profits (E&P) repatriated to the Canadian corporation and not reinvested in the US trade or business. E&P is, in a way, like a tax version of retained earnings. The amount of repatriated E&P is determined by formula. Generally BPT applies at 30 percent of repatriated E&P unless it is reduced by treaty. The Canada-US Tax Treaty can reduce BPT to 5 percent.
If a Canadian parent corporation (Canco) decides to operate the retail store through a US subsidiary, Canco can expect to pay a withholding tax on amounts distributed from the US subsidiary back to Whitestorm Canada. For US federal income tax purposes, a dividend is a distribution of cash or property by a corporation to its shareholders with respect to its stock, from its accumulated or current E&P. Distributions made out of a corporation's current or accumulated E&P are treated as taxable dividends, and should be subject to 30 percent US withholding tax. The Treaty reduces withholding tax on dividend payments to 15 percent in general and 5 percent if the corporation receiving the dividend owns at least 10 percent of the voting stock of the paying corporation. Distributions made in excess of E&P are treated first as a return of capital to the extent of a shareholder's basis in the stock, then as a capital gain for all distributions in excess of E&P and all available basis.
6. Distributions
For Canadian income tax purposes, the character of distributions from a foreign affiliate to the Canadian corporate shareholder depend on the activities of the foreign affiliate. A US corporate subsidiary is a foreign affiliate of a Canadian corporation if the Canadian corporation directly owns at least 1 percent in the US corporation and the Canadian corporation and its related persons together own at least 10 percent in the US corporation. A controlled foreign affiliate is generally a foreign affiliate that is controlled by the Canadian corporation or some combination of the Canadian corporation and other non-arm's length persons. A Canadian corporation's ownership is determined by taking into consideration its direct and indirect ownership in the US corporation.
The income a foreign affiliate earns can fall into one of several categories. For the purposes of this discussion, the most relevant categories are income from an active business and foreign accrual property income (FAPI). These 2 income types are dealt with in another article and will not be analyzed here.
7. US State Tax Obligations
The thresholds which make a foreign corporation taxable in any state differ from the federal thresholds and also differ between states. Many states also take the position they are not a party to federal tax
treaties, including the Canada-US Tax Treaty. Generally, states require a minimum connection or "nexus" between the activities of a taxpayer and the taxing state. Each state imposes its own nexus thresholds.
It is common for Canadian companies to conclude that since they do not have permanent establishments in the U.S. and are therefore not subject to U.S. federal income tax, their only tax obligations are in Canada. Unfortunately, these conclusions would be very premature.
The various states in the U.S. are not signatories to the Treaty. Accordingly, states are not bound to concepts of “permanent establishments” that may otherwise limit their ability to impose an income tax on an out-of-state taxpayer. States are restricted, by the U.S. Constitution and legislation passed by the U.S. Congress, from imposing an income tax on an out-of-state taxpayer that lacks “substantial nexus” with a specific state.
Substantial nexus is the minimum contact with a state that allows the state to impose an income tax on an out-of-state taxpayer. The activity or presence that triggers substantial nexus has changed over time and in general has shifted towards the ability for states to impose a tax burden. This rationale by U.S states has opened the door to what is now referred to as “economic nexus” for state income tax purposes. Economic nexus is the notion that deriving income from sources within a state is enough to create substantial nexus. Substantial nexus in the context of state income tax was at one time believed to also require physical presence in a state. Physical presence would include leasing or owning property within the state or having employees or agents enter the state.
However, In Quill Corp. v. North Dakota(Quill), the U.S. Supreme Court ultimately ruled that physical presence was not required to adhere to Due Process requirements in the context of requiring an out-of-state taxpayer to collect state use tax.
After Quill, states began adopting legislation that would require out-of-state taxpayers to file income tax returns in a particular state if they derived income from sources within the state even if they lacked physical presence. Since Quill only dealt with state sales and use taxes and the physical presence needed for Commerce Clause purposes, states took advantage of this ambiguity in the decision and implemented economic nexus doctrine to supplant physical presence requirements for purposes of state income taxation.
Today, almost all states with an income tax have adopted some form of economic nexus for purposes of establishing substantial nexus. Many of the larger states like California and New York have adopted bright-line nexus amounts which establish thresholds for sales, property and payroll in the state that will trigger nexus.
There are many considerations relevant in the process of considering whether or not to expand to the U.S, and if so, how to structure that expansion. The above discussion is not exhaustive, and care should be taken to ensure that the expansion is done in such a way as to facilitate the tax, operational compliance needs of the Canadian parent corporation.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner with the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick and specializes in tax structuring and business development for his small and medium business sized clients. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com.
Contact Us
For Canadian Parent Corporations Considering U.S Business Investment – Analysis and Methodology – Part 1
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
August 12, 2023
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory, Taxation
For Canadian Parent Corporations Considering U.S Business Investment – Analysis and Methodology – Part 1
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
When a Canadian corporation (Canco) considers expansion into the U.S, careful consideration of key factors is necessary from a Canadian and U.S. federal and state tax perspective so that Canco expands to the U.S. in the right way. An important goal is to structure the expansion so as to minimize the overall tax costs, achieve tax deferral to the extent possible and manage tax compliance obligations. In addition, it will be important to ensure that Canco recognizes the complexities resulting from carrying on business in two jurisdictions.[1]
Key Factors When Considering U.S Expansion
Residency
US sourced-based income
US Trade or Business
Effectively Connected Income (ECI)
Permanent Establishments
Distributions
US State Tax Obligations
This article will discuss issues 1 and 2 above, while part 2 will discuss issues 3 to 7.
Residency
A very common issue with respect to Owner Managed Business's (OMB's) that expand abroad is maintaining the residency of the FAs in the country in which the foreign affiliate (FA) is carrying on its activities. Residency must be considered under 1) the common law test for Canadian purposes, 2) the domestic law of the foreign jurisdiction, and 3) a relevant tax treaty, if any.[2]
Under the common law test, a foreign incorporated company will be considered to be a tax resident of Canada where its central management and control is exercised in Canada. In very general terms, central management and control is considered to reside where strategic decisions are made, as distinct from day-to-day management decisions. The strategic decisions of a corporation are typically made by the board of directors and, therefore, central management and control of a corporation is generally considered to be where the directors reside and meet to make strategic decisions in respect of the business.
[1] Expanding to the U.S The Right Way – Know Before You Go, Canadian Tax Foundation, Catherine A. Brayley, Sidhartha Rao.
[2] Andrew Morreale and Andrew Somerville, "Structuring Outbound Foreign Expansion for Owner Managed Businesses," in 2017 Ontario Tax Conference (Toronto: Canadian Tax Foundation, 2017) 10:1-37.
It is often best practice for a majority of the board of directors to be residents of the country in which the FA conducts its business so that it is considered a resident there under the common law test.
Common Criteria of Residency
There is no bright-line test for establishing where central management and control of a corporation is exercised. All relevant facts and circumstances have to be considered over the entire time period of the corporation's existence such as:
1) Where do the majority of the directors reside? While not determinative, it will likely be factually easier to evidence central management and control in being exercised the country the directors live. Should the board have Canadian resident directors, they should physically attend board meetings in the foreign country, and not remotely via phone or video conference.
2) Is there documentation to support board meetings? Board meetings should be documented, and during such meetings, the board of directors, should exercise its control and make decisions relating to the company's operations and general policies such as investment, financing and dividend payments.
Being able to form a functioning board in the country where the FA carries on business can be very challenging for Owner-Managed Businesses (OMBs), especially those that may be in the early stages of expanding and do not have the financial resources nor the need to engage foreign directors. Further, most entrepreneurs and business owners are very heavily involved in the strategic management of their businesses and consider the decision to expand abroad to be significant and are often hesitant to give up any control of their foreign operations (to either employees in the local jurisdiction or independent directors who reside there).
As a result, consideration must be given to whether or not residency of the FA can be properly maintained outside of Canada, as this will impact the appropriate structure. For example, if there is concern that the US subsidiary will be considered to be a resident of Canada under the common law test (because the sole director is the Canadian resident owner-manager who makes most of the strategic decisions in respect of the US corporation while in Canada), consideration should be given to forming a US C-corporation (or regarded LLC) so that the corporate tie-breaker rule in the Treaty can be invoked. The Treaty tie-breaker rule provides that where a company is considered a resident of Canada and also a resident of the US, it is treated as resident only of the US based upon its place of incorporation.
It is important to note that not all of Canada's tax treaties contain a place of incorporation "treaty-tie breaker rule." One such example is Canada's tax treaty with the UK, where the CRA could take the position that a UK subsidiary that is incorporated under the laws of the UK and operates solely in the UK is a resident of Canada because its central management and control is exercised in Canada. Absent Competent Authority resolution concluding on UK residency only, the UK subsidiary could be subject to Canadian income tax on its worldwide income together with the requisite Canadian income tax filing and reporting obligations.
Act Now To Get Our Value Pricing Adjustment on Audit and Review Engagements For Your Business
Mind and management[3]
Mind and management and therefore residency in Canada from a common law perspective can result in adverse consequences under the exempt surplus regime. In order to have business income added to exempt surplus, the foreign affiliate, in this case, USCo, must be resident in a treaty country under Canada’s common law test. The concern is that by having mind and management in Canada, USco’s business income will be added to taxable surplus rather than exempt surplus with the possible additional tax payable on the repatriation of a dividend.
2. US Sourced-based income
Unlike the taxation of non-business items, the United States seeks to tax business income on a net basis. The United States calculates this tax on a foreign corporation's net taxable income that is "effectively connected" with the "conduct of a trade or business" in the United States (both terms are analysed below). Therefore, two things are needed in order to be taxable in the United States on business income: (1) a US trade or business and (2) the income must be effectively connected with the conduct of that US trade or business. In most cases, it is easier to determine whether the income a person earns is from US sources than it is to determine whether the US source income is from a trade or business.[4]
The following are general income sourcing rules set out in the US Internal Revenue Code (the Code):
Interest. The United States generally sources interest to the residence of the debtor. Interest paid by residents of the United States constitutes US source income, while interest paid by foreign residents or foreign corporations is foreign source income.
Dividends. In the case of dividends, the United States generally says the source is to the place of incorporation of the payor. Distributions paid by US corporations generally constitute US source income and distributions paid by foreign corporations is foreign source income.
Personal Services. The United States sources income from personal services to the place where the taxpayer performs those services. Generally, where a person performs services wholly in the United States, those services are US source income.
Rentals and royalties. The location, or place of use of the leased or licensed property should determine the source of rents for US federal income tax purposes. Rents or royalties generated from property located in the United States, or from any interest in such property, is US source income.
Sale of real property. The location of real property on which a taxpayer realizes gains, profits, or other income will dictate the source of that gain, profit, or other income. Therefore, gains, profits, and income generated from an interest in real property located in the United States is US source income.
[3] Expanding to the U.S The Right Way – Know Before You Go, Canadian Tax Foundation, Catherine A. Brayley, Sidhartha Rao.
[4] US Tax Treatment of a Canadian Company’s Cross-Border Business – Whitestorm Drains Case Study, Canadian Tax Foundation, Kevin Duxbury.
Sale or exchange of inventory property. Generally, the United States sources gains, profits, and income from the purchase and sale of inventory propertyentirely from the country where the taxpayer sells the property. The sale of inventory property generally occurs at the place where the seller transfers its rights, title and interest in the property to the buyer.
Conclusion
There are many considerations relevant in the process of considering whether or not to expand to the U.S, and if so, how to structure that expansion. The above discussion is not exhaustive, and care should be taken to ensure that the expansion is done in such a way as to facilitate the tax, operational compliance needs of the Canadian parent corporation.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner with the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick and specializes in tax structuring and business development for his small and medium business sized clients. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com.
Contact Us
Canadians Expanding Business To The U.S – Issues To Attend To.
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
August 12, 2023
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory, Taxation
Canadians Expanding Business To The U.S – Issues To Attend To.
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
Growing Canadian businesses searching for new markets are conducting business on a multinational level. The United States, being Canada's largest trading partner is the country many businesses are seeking first to expand to.
Since more businesses are expanding into the United States, Revenue Canada and the I.R.S. have increased audit activity of cross-border transactions. In order to ensure that companies are taxed on their cross-border activity there has been a vast increase in the cross-border tax compliance requirements for businesses, and large penalties to ensure compliance with the new and existing rules. It is imperative that businesses are aware of these rules in order to minimize tax costs as well as to maximize profits and cash flows. There are a significant number of new rules that require information disclosure only. This is however, not to be taken lightly, because the penalties attached to non-filing of this information can be as much or more than the tax bills that many companies pay.
When businesses expand into the US they often start up with very minimal presence in the US, and, as they expand and grow, this activity increases.
There are no US tax or compliance requirements if there is no US formal business presence or business structure. Under US tax law, Canadian companies are subject to US tax on any US source income which is "effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the U.S". This term is not defined in the US Internal Revenue Code ("I.R.C."). However, the US courts have tended to define "the conduct of a trade or business in the United States" as some type of on-going activity. The Internal Revenue Service ("I.R.S.") has defined trade or business to be any activity beyond the mere receipt of income and payment of expenses. Therefore in order to avoid US compliance requirements, there must be no US business activity such as sales representatives or agents in the US, inventory in the US, marketing activity in the US, or regular customer visits in the US
US Trade or Business but no US Source Income
While foreign taxpayers are subject to US tax if they have a US trade or business, this income must be US sourced income to be subject to tax in the US For example, there is a US trade or business if salesmen travel to the US and conclude sales but the income is Canadian sourced if title to the goods sold passes to the purchaser in Canada. US tax or compliance filings are not required if there is a US trade or business but there is no US source income. The I.R.C. defines various sourcing rules. For example, generally, the income from retail sales is sourced where the rights and title pass to the buyer. Service income is sourced based upon where the service is performed. Sales of manufactured inventory is allocated based on the location of manufacturing and sales activity. |
Doing Business in the US - US Business Activity Without Permanent Establishment
US domestic law requires Canadian companies to pay tax in the US if they have US source income "effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States". The Canada-United States Income Tax Convention, 1980 ("the Treaty") overrides the US domestic law such that the Canadian company is taxable on US income only if it has a permanent establishment in the US It is imperative to understand the concept of permanent establishment because permanent establishment defines when tax is levied in the US Even though a Canadian corporation may have a trade or business in the US and is liable for tax pursuant to the I.R.C., the Treaty overrides the obligation of the I.R.C. Recently the US introduced new rules that require many Canadian-based corporations to file US tax returns disclosing the nature and extent of their activities in the US and explain why they
are exempt from US tax on business profits in the US The need to file arises in situations where the corporation would be subject to tax under US domestic law but is exempt, or taxable at a reduced rate, under the Treaty.[1]
Historically speaking, most Canadian businesses have a tacit aversion to filing US returns unless they have to. The new compliance provisions must be carefully studied because the US imposes a penalty of up to $10,000 per item of income plus the disallowance of business deductions if the corporation is subsequently determined by the I.R.S. to be engaged in a US business and has not timely filed its US return. Timely means within 18 months of the date the return is due.
Canadian companies can undertake certain US business activities without the imposition of US tax, however, Treaty disclosure may be required. For example, US activity including participation at trade shows, US direct mail or phone advertising, salesmen visiting customers in the U.S but without having contracting authority in the US, final sales orders that are negotiated in Canada, inventory that is maintained only in Canada and ownership of tangible property sales transfers in Canada, allows a Canadian company to do business in the US with no US federal tax liability. Also the Canadian company can use franchises or non-exclusive distributorships on a commission basis if they do not function as dependent agents with contracting authority on behalf of the Canadian company. Inventory can be in the US with no federal tax liability. However, although there may be no US tax liability some of these circumstances may require treaty-based disclosure. In addition, there may be state tax issues.
One of the most difficult problems is determining when a treaty-based return is necessary. Most Canadian businesses do not know whether they would be taxable in the US were it not for the Treaty. For small and medium sized businesses, the following questions should be asked to determine whether treaty-based filing is required. This is not all inclusive but it covers some of the more common situations.
Does the corporation:
Form 1120F US, Income Tax Return of a Foreign Corporation - complete only the information section including T.I.N.(taxpayer identification number) and sign
Form SS-4 is used to apply for T.I.N.
Attach Form 8833, "Treaty-Based Return Disclosure Under Section 6114 or 7701(b)" to 1120F. Form 8833 requires an explanation of the treaty-based return position taken, including a brief summary of the facts on which it is based. Also, include the nature and amount or estimate of gross receipts, and each separate gross payment for which the Treaty benefit is claimed. For example, the statement to indicate that there is no US permanent establishment would include that there are gross receipts from sales in the US, the amount of these receipts, and a description of the facts that support that there is no US permanent establishment. An example would be the fact that sales are made by an independent agent.
Protective "Treaty-Based" Return
An example of when a "Protective "Treaty-Based" Return" might be filed is if, after reviewing the Treaty, the Canadian company is uncertain whether its US activities constitute a US permanent establishment. As indicated, the US does impose tax | if there is a permanent establishment. The protective treaty-based return would be prepared as follows:
Form 1120F and Form 8833 are filed; a statement is made that it is a protective filing stating that the corporation does not have a US permanent establishment and therefore is not subject to US tax, but is filing the protective statement to ensure entitlement to deductions and credits attributable to US source income if the income were taxable in the US
This protective filing starts the statute of limitations for that taxation year. There is no statute of limitations on an I.R.S. assessment if no income tax return is filed. Once filed, the federal statute of limitations is 3 years.
This filing also ensures entitlement to US deductions because if a timely return is not filed in the US, there is no entitlement to deductions or credits. "Timely filed" means within 18 months of the original due date not including extensions.
Filing Deadlines
The timing for filing treaty-based returns for Canadian corporations is the 15th day of the sixth month after the taxation year end. Therefore, for a December year end, the filing deadline is June 15th. A return is considered filed when postmarked by the US postal service.
Late Filing
Late filings should be done to meet compliance requirements, even if filed more than 18 months late.
Penalties for Non-Filing of Treaty-Based Information
Businesses receiving payments or income items from US sources during the taxable year that do not exceed US $10,000 are exempt from filing a treaty-based return. Businesses over that limit may face steep fines for failure to file such a return of up to US $10,000 for each payment or each item of income from US sources.
State Income Tax Requirements
Most US states impose income tax. State taxation is imposed if there is any nexus with the state. Nexus can be a much lower threshold than permanent establishment, which is the threshold that is required to establish tax liabilities for US federal purposes. Therefore, each state's code must be carefully studied.
Most states base their tax on US federal adjusted gross income or federal taxable income. If there is a nexus with the state then the state tax calculation generally begins with federal taxable income.
Some states such as California and New York do not use federal taxable income as a tax base. These states impose state tax on the amount of the company's worldwide income allocatable to the state. The allocation is based on the amount of gross sales, payroll and assets which are attributable to or located in the state. Therefore, even though there may be no US source income from sales in that state, there may be a requirement to file state tax returns. This allocation on world-wide income is referred to as a "unitary tax." This requires the allocation of worldwide income of the Canadian corporation within and without the state based on sales, payroll and assets, as opposed to apportioning US income only. This can result in the state imposing tax on the Canadian corporation even in years when the US operations have a loss. There have been court cases in the US that have challenged the constitutionality of the unitary tax. There is in most cases prescribed relief to elect to be taxed only on state activity.
Some states that do not have income tax have a franchise tax, which is like an income tax for companies doing business in the state. For example, Texas has a franchise tax. Some states have income taxes and franchise taxes as well as capital taxes.
Filing deadlines, extensions, and payment dates for states need to be individually researched for each state in which the company is doing business. They do not automatically follow federal law. |
Canadian Tax Requirements
Federal tax
If there is no US permanent establishment, then tax is computed in Canada. The provincial abatement applies to taxable income of the Canadian company if there is no US permanent establishment. The taxable income allocated to a province is eligible for a 10% tax reduction federally. This same income amount is then subject to provincial tax.
The Canadian company may allocate some income to the US if US state tax is imposed. The income allocated to the US in this circumstance would not be eligible for the provincial abatement. Also the Canadian provinces would not likely impose tax on such income. The allocation of income to a province is determined by the Regulations in Part IV of the Income Tax Act (the Act). These Regulations define permanent establishment and then allocate income among the permanent establishments by a formula dependent upon sales and wages. Usually there is not a conflict when there is a permanent establishment under the Treaty, but there may be times when there may be a permanent establishment according to provincial allocation regulations but not under the Treaty.
Canadian foreign tax credits may be used to reduce Canadian federal tax payable if US state tax is imposed.
Provincial Tax
US business income is included in the provincial base for tax calculation if there is no US permanent establishment.
The Canadian company's taxable income is allocated to provinces based on gross sales and payroll attributable to that province. Retail and wholesale sales revenue is allocated based on the location of the individuals negotiating the sales. Sales of manufactured goods are allocated to the province performing the sales activities and manufacturing activities.
If both a Canadian province and a US state tax a sale, there are no Canadian provincial foreign tax credits for US state tax paid. |
Conclusion
There are a myriad of Canadian and US tax compliance issues for Canadian businesses expanding into the US A review of at least the items identified in this paper will assist businesses to identify the requirements and to make a calendar of important filing dates. Planning ahead will ensure that proper business structures have been considered, and that all required compliance filings are made to avoid unnecessary and expensive penalties. It will also help to plan for tax compliance issues for Canadian employees spending time or transferring to the US.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner with the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick and specializes in tax structuring and business development for his small and medium business sized clients. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com.
- Have sales representatives based in the US, whether they are dependent or independent?
- Have Canadian-based sales representatives or officers who travel in the US?
- Have exclusive sales agents in the US?
- Provide technical maintenance or similar services to US customers?
- Have inventory in the US in a public warehouse, showroom, etc.?
- Attend trade shows in the US?
- Maintain a purchasing office in the US? |
- Have any joint ventures in the US?
- Provide management, accounting or other administrative services to a US affiliate?
Contact Us
U.S Business Structures for Canadian Parent Corporations Doing Cross-Border Business – Part 2
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
August 12, 2023
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory, Taxation
U.S Business Structures for Canadian Parent Corporations Doing Cross-Border Business – Part 2
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
Growing Canadian businesses searching for new markets are conducting business on a multinational level. The United States, being Canada's largest trading partner is the country many businesses are seeking first to expand to.
Since more businesses are expanding into the United States, Revenue Canada and the I.R.S. have increased audit activity of cross-border transactions. In order to ensure that companies are taxed on their cross-border activity there has been a vast increase in the cross-border tax compliance requirements for businesses, and large penalties to ensure compliance with the new and existing rules. It is imperative that businesses are aware of these rules in order to minimize tax costs as well as to maximize profits and cash flows. There are a significant number of new rules that require information disclosure only. This is however, not to be taken lightly, because the penalties attached to non-filing of this information can be as much or more than the tax bills that many companies pay.
This third article in our series on Canadian Outbound investment into the U.S analyzes the various structures that can be utilized within the corporate structure, as well as repatriation issues when bringing income back into Canada from the U.S. Another article will analyze the tax implications of these various structures.
Repatriating Profits from the U.S.
In this part of the paper we will consider the means by which profits can be repatriated from USco to Canco: (i) dividends, (ii) interest, (iii) royalties, and (iv) management fees. In each case, it is assumed that USco will be eligible to use the Treaty.
If USco is ineligible to use the Treaty, the rate of withholding tax will be 30%.
i. Dividends
If the profits of USco are distributed as a dividend, the dividend will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at the rate of 30% subject to reduction under the Treaty. If USco is subject to the Treaty, the rate of withholding tax on dividends will be either 15% or 5% depending on the ownership of the USco’s shares by Canco. Because in our situation USco is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Canco, the rate of withholding tax will be 5%.
It is important to note that unlike the situation in Canada, it is not possible for a U.S. company with either current or accumulated earnings and profits to return capital without giving rise to withholding tax. For U.S. tax purposes, a distribution will be treated as a dividend subject to withholding if there are current or accumulated earnings and profits and to the extent the distribution exceeds these amounts, the distribution will be treated as a return of capital which will reduce Canco’s basis in shares of USco. Lastly, if the distribution exceeds Canco’s basis in USco’s shares, the distribution will result in a gain from the exchange of property for U.S. federal tax purposes.
The Canadian tax treatment of the dividend will depend upon the surplus account from which the dividend is paid. Where the business is an active business that is conducted in the U.S. by USco the dividends will likely be considered to be paid out of the exempt surplus account. In this case, the Canadian shareholder will be entitled to a deduction in computing income. Where the dividend is paid out of exempt surplus, there will be no tax relief for the withholding tax that was paid. Where the dividend would be paid out of exempt surplus, the incidence of Canadian tax can be deferred by deferring the payment of dividends.
ii.Interest
Similar to dividends, the default U.S. federal withholding tax is 30% on Interest paid by USco to Canco. However, if Canco provides USco with a completed IRS Form W-8BEN-E, Certificate of Status of Beneficial Owner for U.S. Tax Withholding and Reporting (Entities) the rate of withholding tax can be reduced to zero.
iii. Royalties
If USco uses tangible or intangible property owned by Canco, chances are that the use of this property in the U.S. will result in royalties being paid by USco to Canco. Like interest and dividends, the default withholding tax rate is 30% but can be reduced to 10% of the gross amount of the royalties if IRS Form W-8BEN-E is provided to USco by Canco. Certain types of royalty payments for the license of computer software to USco may be eligible for 0% withholding tax.
iv. Management and Other Fees
If Canco provides management and support to USco, a management fee paid to Canco would be appropriate to consider. For a long time, it was common to see management fees to Canco that happened to leave US$50,000 or less of taxable income in USco. Oddly, this US$50,000 taxable income amount coincided in a reduced 15% U.S. federal tax rate prior to 2018. Given the relative parity between the U.S. and Canada with respect to corporate tax rates, the incentive to strip earnings in the U.S. via management fees has diminished significantly.
Management fees are not subject to U.S. federal withholding tax because they are considered payments for services. Services are sourced to where those services are rendered and under the presumption that Canco’s management fees relate to services rendered in Canada, the management fees are sourced to Canada. The exception to this would be where Canco provides its services through a permanent establishment in the U.S.
Employees of Canco Working in the U.S.
Compliance obligations
When Canco expands to the U.S., it may require key Canadian resident-employees to travel and work in the U.S. to assist with business expansion. It is common to neglect to consider the payroll and personal tax considerations for Canco and its employees that work in the U.S.
The remuneration paid to Canco’s employee for services rendered in the U.S. is sourced to the U.S. under U.S. domestic tax law. Therefore, the wages paid to Canadian-resident employees are subject to U.S. federal payroll withholdings. Under U.S. domestic tax law, wage withholdings are not required where:
- The non-U.S. employee is present in the U.S. for less than 90 days in the tax year;
- Total wages are less than US$3,000; and
- The services are rendered for a non-U.S. corporation that is not engaged in a U.S. trade or business.
- US source remuneration is less than US$10,000; or
- The employee is present in the U.S. for less than 183 days in any 12-month period and the remuneration is not borne by a permanent establishment in the U.S. nor a resident of the U.S.
- The individual is present in the U.S. for fewer than 183 days in the U.S. in the current year;
- The individual maintains a tax home in a foreign country during the current year; and
- The individual has a closer connection to a single foreign country in which a tax home is maintained than to the U.S.
- IRS Form 1120-F, U.S. Income Tax Return of a Foreign Corporation – Due 3.5 months after year-end;
- IRS Form 5472, Information Return of a 25% Foreign-Owned U.S. Corporation or a Foreign Corporation Engaged in a U.S. Trade or Business – Attached to IRS Form 1120-F;
- IRS Form 8833, Treaty-Based Return Position Disclosure Under Section 6114 or 7701(b) – Attached to IRS Form 1120-F;
- IRS Form 1099-MISC, Miscellaneous Income – Due February 28th following the calendar year for which a return applies;
- California Form 100, California Corporation Franchise or Income Tax Return – Due 3.5 months after year-end.
- IRS Form 1120, U.S. Corporate Income Tax Return – Due 3.5 months after year-end;
- IRS Form 5472 – Attached to IRS Form 1120;
- FinCEN Form 114, Report of Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts (FBAR)– Due April 15th and filed electronically;
- IRS Form 1099-MISC – Due February 28th following the calendar year for which a return applies;
- IRS Form 1042-S, Foreign Person’s U.S. Source Income Subject to Withholding – Due March 15th;
- California Form 100 – Due 3.5 months after year-end.
Contact Us
U.S Business Structures for Canadian Parent Corporations Doing Cross-Border Business – Part 1
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
August 12, 2023
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory, Taxation
U.S Business Structures for Canadian Parent Corporations Doing Cross-Border Business – Part 1
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
Growing Canadian businesses searching for new markets are conducting business on a multinational level. The United States, being Canada's largest trading partner is the country many businesses are seeking first to expand to.
Since more businesses are expanding into the United States, Revenue Canada and the I.R.S. have increased audit activity of cross-border transactions. In order to ensure that companies are taxed on their cross-border activity there has been a vast increase in the cross-border tax compliance requirements for businesses, and large penalties to ensure compliance with the new and existing rules. It is imperative that businesses are aware of these rules in order to minimize tax costs as well as to maximize profits and cash flows. There are a significant number of new rules that require information disclosure only. This is however, not to be taken lightly, because the penalties attached to non-filing of this information can be as much or more than the tax bills that many companies pay.
This third article in our series on Canadian Outbound investment into the U.S analyzes the various structures that can be utilized within the corporate structure, as well as repatriation issues when bringin income back into Canada from the U.S. Another article will analyze the tax implications of these various structures.
Types of Business Entities in the U.S. and How They are Treated from a Canadian Perspective
If a Canadian company concludes that it requires a U.S. legal entity, the next decision is choosing the appropriate entity for its particular business opportunity. The following discussion is not meant to be an exhaustive list of each type of business entity available to Canadian companies; rather, it will focus on the most common business entities encountered in a Canada-U.S. cross-border context.
Subchapter “C” Corporations
A reference to a corporation in the U.S. is likely a reference to a “C” Corporation. The term “C” Corporation comes from Subchapter C of the IRC which contains IRC sections 301 to 385. Corporations are formed under the laws of the U.S. state in which they are organized however; the reference to “C” dictates how that corporation will be taxed pursuant to the IRC. A “C” Corporation is the only business entity discussed here that is a taxable entity which is to say that the corporation, rather than its shareholders, pays tax on its income. Barring unusual circumstances, shareholders of “C” Corporations are not liable for the debts of the corporation.
The biggest distinction between how “C” Corporations are taxed and how Canadian corporations are taxed is that the corporate profits of “C” Corporations are subject to double-tax. Rather than an integrated tax system where shareholders get a credit for taxes paid by the corporation they own, “C” Corporations first pay a corporate level tax and shareholders then pay tax on after-tax profits distributed to them with no consideration for the corporate level taxes already incurred. This double-tax cost of operating as a “C” Corporation makes the effective tax rate of a “C” Corporation more than that of a fiscally-transparent entity like a partnership.
As noted previously, a “C” Corporation will be subject to tax in the U.S. If it is also a resident of Canada (perhaps because mind and management is in Canada), it will be treated as a resident in the U.S. based on its place of incorporation. If the mind and management is in Canada; however, there may be adverse tax consequences in
respect of the availability of the exempt surplus regime. It will be important to ensure that the mind and management of the “C” Corporation is not in Canada.
2. Subchapter “S” Corporations
In addition to “C” Corporations, a corporation organized under state law can elect to be taxed under Subchapter S of the IRC which contains IRC sections 1361 to 1379. “S” Corporations are fiscally transparent entities unlike “C” Corporations, so the shareholders of an “S” Corporation are responsible for the tax burden of its profits or losses.
Furthermore, unlike “C” Corporations, there are several requirements that need to be met in order for a corporation to elect to be taxed as an “S” Corporation for U.S. federal tax purposes. One such requirement is that all shareholders must be U.S. citizens, lawful permanent residents or U.S. residents for tax purposes. Another requirement is that all shareholders must be natural persons and cannot be other “C” Corporations. Because “S” Corporations are rarely used in a cross-border context, further implications of “S” Corporations will not be addressed.
3. Limited Partnerships
Besides corporations, limited partnerships and similar derivatives of limited partnerships are common business entities in the U.S. Over the last 25 to 30 years, limited partnerships have become less common outside of professional services industries like law firms and accounting firms. Instead, limited liability companies, discussed below, have become ubiquitous. Limited partnerships are created under partnership pursuant to state statutes.
Unlike “C” Corporations, limited partnerships are fiscally transparent and the partnership itself is a conduit to determine the allocation of partnership attributes to its partners. Limited partners generally have limited liability with respect to the debts of the partnership but this comes as a trade-off as limited partners risk losing this cloak of protection if they actively participate in management of the limited partnership. Lastly, every limited partnership is required to have a general partner that has unlimited liability for the debts of the partnership. Typically, where limited partnerships are still found, the general partner is another limited liability entity like a limited liability company or corporation.
In addition to limited partnerships, variants of limited partnerships like limited liability partnerships (LLPs) and limited liability limited partnerships (LLLPs) have sprout up across the various state partnership acts. These entities are all taxed the same for U.S. federal tax purposes but afford various degrees of limited liability for partners. LLPs are generally reserved for professional service entities and prevent the actions of one limited partner being imputed on the other limited partners and LLLPs provide limited liability protection for general partners.
From a Canadian perspective, Canco would be subject to tax on its shares of the profits of a limited partnership. The CRA has taken the position that both LLPs and LLLPs should be treated as corporations for Canadian tax purposes. The difference in tax treatment for Canadian purposes and U.S. purposes can result in adverse tax consequences.
4. Limited Liability Companies (LLC)
Since the early 1990’s when they started to appear under state statutes LLCs have become one of the most common business entities used to carry on a business. LLCs offer the benefits of flow-through of profits and one layer of tax with benefits of limited liability for all owners including the managing partners.
LLCs with a single-owner are treated as disregarded entities for U.S. federal tax purposes. A disregarded entity is an entity with one owner that passes-through profits and losses and is not the beneficial owner of the assets it owns.
Act Now To Get Our Value Pricing Adjustment on Audit and Review Engagements For Your Business
Rather, the owner of the LLC is treated as owning the assets and income of the disregarded entity. Moreover, disregarded entities do not have separate income tax return filing requirements unlike other fiscally transparent entities like partnerships.
The CRA has stated that where a Canadian resident is the sole member of a disregarded LLC which carries on business in the U.S. and its mind and management is in Canada, there is no relief from double taxation under the Treaty. Moreover, if LLC treated as a resident of Canada, it would generally need to file a Canadian corporate tax return. For this reason the U.S. business should not be carried on by an LLC.
Other issues:
Check-The-Box
Introduced in 1996, the “Check-the-Box” Regulations allow “eligible entities” to elect their tax treatment for U.S. federal tax purposes. Entities organized as partnerships or disregarded entities may make an election to be taxed as a “C” Corporation for U.S. federal tax purposes while retaining their status as partnerships or LLCs under state law. Once an election is made under these Regulations, it is binding for at least 60 months.
Often when organizing a corporate entity in the U.S., one will find it easier and slightly less expensive to organize an LLC rather than a corporation. Thus, an LLC can be formed under state incorporation/organization statutes but have a different classification for U.S. federal tax purposes. Should an LLC be formed with the intent to elect to be taxed as a “C” Corporation, IRS Form 8832, Entity Classification Election must be filed within certain prescribed time limits in order for the “C” corporation status to be effective from the LLC’s organization date.
2. Disregarded Limited Partnerships
Disregarded limited partnerships are limited partnerships where the limited partner is the sole limited partner and owns 100% of the general partner which is itself an LLC. In this scenario, the general partner usually owns a nominal interest in the limited partnership (1%). Under this arrangement, the same limited partner is treated as owning 100% of the LP units because as discussed above the owner of disregarded entity is treated as owning the disregarded entity’s asset which solely consists of the 1% limited partnership interest. The IRS has ruled that this arrangement will be treated as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal tax purposes which means that the limited partnership is not required to file a U.S. partnership return of income.
Disregarded limited partnerships can be an alternative to using LLCs. The entities are formed as limited partnerships under state law with a general partner. Accordingly, it should be considered to be a partnership for Canadian tax purposes with the result that all of the income will flow through as would be the case if Canco operated as a branch. The CRA should view these as flow-through entities rather than corporations the latter of which causes significant issues in a cross-border context.
3. How to Finance the U.S. Operations
Should USco be funded by debt, equity or a combination of debt and equity? The manner in which Canada and the U.S. deal with debt makes matters complicated.
There is always an incentive to finance USco with debt rather than equity because with the former the principal can be returned to the lender tax-free, interest payments create deductions against taxable income and interest paid by Canco to USco is generally not subject to U.S. federal withholding tax. On the other hand, if a capital contribution or equity is used to finance the U.S. subsidiary, there is no deduction for dividends paid to
shareholders and there is a 5%/15% U.S. federal withholding tax for dividends paid to Canadian resident shareholders.
If the funding with debt, should the loans to USco bear interest? If the loans are non-interest bearing, consideration must be given to the possible application of section 17. If it applies, section 17 will impute interest at the prescribed rate on an amount that is owing for more than a year by the non-resident to a Canadian resident corporation where the interest on the debt is less than a reasonable rate for the period.
In the case of a USco that is owned by Canco, it is possible that the exception in subsection 17(8) would apply. This exception applies where the loan is made to a controlled foreign affiliate and the indebtedness is used for the purpose of earning income from an active business or income that is deemed to be active business income. Attention will have to be paid to the use of the indebtedness to ensure that this test is met.
If to ensure that the shares of Canco meet the test for the LCGE, the shares are held in a Canadian entity that is separate from Canco, it is possible that section 17 will apply because the exception in subsection 17(8) would not be met.
In addition to Canadian tax considerations, further thought should be given to the U.S. tax implications of introducing debt to a U.S. subsidiary. Specifically, the two most common issues associated with financing U.S. operations with debt are: 1) whether the debt might be recast as equity and 2) whether the interest accruing or paid will be deductible for U.S. federal tax purposes.
Conclusion
There are a myriad of Canadian and US tax compliance issues for Canadian businesses expanding into the US A review of at least the items identified in this paper will assist businesses to identify the requirements and to make a calendar of important filing dates. Planning ahead will ensure that proper business structures have been considered, and that all required compliance filings are made to avoid unnecessary and expensive penalties. It will also help to plan for tax compliance issues for Canadian employees spending time or transferring to the US.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner with the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick and specializes in tax structuring and business development for his small and medium business sized clients. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com.
Contact Us
Canadian Corporations Doing Business In The U.S – Responsibilities and Expectations – Part 2
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
August 10, 2023
Canadian Corporations Doing Business In The U.S - Responsibilities and Expectations - Part 2
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
Growing Canadian businesses searching for new markets are conducting business on a multinational level. The United States, being Canada's largest trading partner is the country many businesses are seeking first to expand to.
Since more businesses are expanding into the United States, Revenue Canada and the I.R.S. have increased audit activity of cross-border transactions. In order to ensure that companies are taxed on their cross-border activity there has been a vast increase in the cross-border tax compliance requirements for businesses, and large penalties to ensure compliance with the new and existing rules. It is imperative that businesses are aware of these rules in order to minimize tax costs as well as to maximize profits and cash flows. There are a significant number of new rules that require information disclosure only. This is however, not to be taken lightly, because the penalties attached to non-filing of this information can be as much or more than the tax bills that many companies pay.
The second part of this series on doing business in the U.S goes through various methods to undertake business operations in the U.S
Canadian Structural Considerations
This section of the paper assumes that the U.S. business will be operated as either a branch or a separate legal entity will be formed. Having understood what is meant by expanding to the U.S. the next step is to consider the structure of that legal entity. In considering how to structure the expansion to the U.S. from a Canadian tax perspective, a number of issues should be considered: (i) management and strategic direction; (ii) status of Company as a small business corporation; (iii) the ability to restructure on a tax-deferred basis and (iv) investments by Canco in real estate situated in the U.S. Each of these factors will be addressed in turn.
Management and Strategic Direction
Our fact situation indicates that Canco has a sole director and officer. As such, that person both manages and strategically controls Canco. It will be important for your client to consider who will be managing and controlling the strategic direction of the U.S. business and from where that is to take place. The issue of central management and control can affect where the income of the entity/USco will be subject to tax.
If the director of USco is a resident of Canada, for example, the risk is that the U.S. entity will be considered to be resident in Canada. Canco will have to take steps to ensure that USco will not be a resident of Canada. One option is to have a resident of the U.S. manage and control the U.S. entity. Another option would have a number of directors with the majority of the directors present in the U.S. when decisions are made. A further option would be have a Canadian director ensure that those strategic decisions take place in the U.S. Where the manager/director travels to the U.S. to make the strategic decisions there, there would need to be documentation to support the assertion that that is what happened. In addition to travel records, this would include board minutes, resolutions, and proof of execution of contracts and key agreements in the U.S. This would be an additional administrative task that Canco might not be used to undertaking. That being said, provided USco is a “C” Corporation, even if it is found to be both a resident of Canada and a resident of the U.S., the tie-breaker rules in the Treaty should result in USco being a resident of the U.S. on the basis of its place of incorporation.
Mind and management and therefore residency in Canada from a common law perspective can result in adverse consequences under the exempt surplus regime. In order to have business income added to exempt surplus, the foreign affiliate, in this case, USCo, must be resident in a treaty country under Canada’s common law test. 41 The concern is that by having mind and management in Canada, USco’s business income will be added to taxable surplus rather than exempt surplus with the possible additional tax payable on the repatriation of a dividend.
2. Small Business Corporation
In considering how Canco will expand to the U.S., consideration should be given to whether Canco will be a “small business corporation.”
What is a small business corporation? First, Canco must be a Canadian-controlled private corporation. Second, all or substantially all of the fair market value of Canco’s assets must be attributable to assets that are (i) used principally in an active business carried on primarily in Canada by the particular corporation or by a corporation related to it; (ii) shares of the capital stock or indebtedness of one or more small business corporations that were at that time connected with the particular corporation or (ii) assets described in (i) and (ii). For this purpose, (i) principally is generally considered to mean more than 50% and is applied on a property-by-property basis; (ii) all or substantially all is considered by the CRA to mean 90% or more; and (iii) primarily is more than 50%. In considering how to structure the expansion of the business to the U.S. it will be important to think about the prospect for growth in the U.S. and the relative value of those assets to Canco’s assets.
Canco’s status as a small business corporation is essential if Canco’s shareholder wishes to access the lifetime capital gains exemption (LCGE) in respect of “qualified small business corporation shares” at the time of the disposition or deemed disposition of the Canco shares. If a shareholder or a debtholder realizes a loss and Canco is a small business corporation, the shareholders may be able to treat the loss as an allowable business investment loss with the result that one-half of the loss may be used to offset any source of income. The so-called corporate attribution rules will not apply if Canco is a small business corporation from the time of the loan or transfer of property. A 10-year reserve is available in respect of the transfer of shares of a small business corporation to a child. Depending on the context, Canco must be a small business corporation throughout a period of time or at a particular time.
Act Now To Get Our Value Pricing Adjustment on Audit and Review Engagements For Your Business
In the case of the LCGE, Canco must be a small business corporation at the time the shares are disposed of. In addition to the point in time test, the corporation must have derived more than 50% of the value of its assets from an active Canadian business for the 24-months prior to the disposition.
If Canco operates a branch in the U.S., the assets of the branch, including goodwill, will not meet the definition in (i) and thus will not be an eligible asset. If the value of those assets (together with Canco’s other ineligible assets, such as surplus cash) exceeds 10% of the fair market value of all of Canco’s assets, Canco will not meet the test of small business corporation and the LCGE will not be available.
If instead of operating a branch, Canco proposes to form an entity in the U.S., that entity will not meet the definition in either (i) or (ii) with the result that the value of any equity or debt would not be an eligible asset. If the value of that equity or debt (together with Canco’s other ineligible assets, such as surplus cash) exceeds 10% of the fair market value of Canco’s assets, Canco will not meet the test of small business corporation and the LCGE will not be available.
Because the small business corporation status is tested at the time the shares are disposed of, if the ineligible assets comprise more than 10% of Canco’s assets, steps will need to be taken to remove those assets from Canco or “purify it.” There may be questions as to whether it is even possible to do so. The Canadian tax implications of removing the U.S. assets from Canco will have to be considered. There may be legal and U.S. tax implications and/or impediments to moving the U.S. operations in a separate company.
For these reasons, it may be preferable to establish the U.S. business in a Canadian entity that is separate from the Canco. Ideally the U.S. business would not be owned by an individual as there may be U.S. Estate Tax implications. The incorporation of another Canadian company to own the business will result in additional set-up and maintenance costs and compliance. There will also be concerns about allocating costs from Canco to that entity.
3. Ability to Restructure on a Tax-Deferred Basis
There may be reasons why consideration should be given to having the U.S. business structured as a branch. For example, the prospect for success in the U.S. is not certain with the result that there is a reluctance to invest the time and money to establish a separate legal entity. It could also be because the branch will initially generate losses which may be used to offset the income of the Canco. If it is determined that it would be beneficial to incorporate the branch, consideration will have to be given to whether this can be effected on a tax-deferred basis from a U.S. or a Canadian tax perspective.
From a Canadian tax perspective, there is no ability to effect the transfer of the branch’s assets to USco on a tax-deferred basis because a condition of subsection 85(1) is that the company must be a taxable Canadian corporation. Accordingly, any appreciation in the branch’s assets will be subject to tax in Canada. If there are losses, the losses will be deemed to be nil as a result of the application of the so called stop loss rules.
For U.S. federal tax purposes, Canco should be able to rollover its branch assets to USco in exchange for shares of USco if it acquires at least 80% control of the vote and value of USco. However, if the assets transferred include U.S. situs real estate, nonrecognition may not be available. One should also consider the Canadian tax implications of having disparate tax basis for assets rolled over to USco where a disposition occurs for Canadian but not U.S. federal tax purposes.
For this reason, it is important that consideration be given to the form of the U.S. business and the ownership structure at the outset.
4. Canco Invests in U.S. Real Estate
Canco that expands to the U.S. via purchase and exploitation of U.S. real estate will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on both the rents and gains when the property is disposed. Rents are either taxed as Fixed, Determinable, Annual, Periodical (FDAP) or income effectively connected (“ECI”) to a U.S. trade or business. Rents which are FDAP are subject to a 30% U.S. federal withholding tax on gross amounts paid. If rents are effectively connected to a U.S. trade or business, they are taxed on a net basis and at graduated rates. Gains from dispositions of real estate situated in the U.S. are automatically treated as effectively connected to a U.S. trade or business.
The Treaty does not alter the taxation of U.S. real estate as it defers to the source country for the first right to tax the income which is consistent with U.S. domestic tax law. The Treaty can expand on the definition of real property beyond what U.S. domestic law would otherwise provide.
5. Income for U.S. Purposes is Not the Same as Income for Canadian Tax Purposes
As one might expect, there are differences between U.S. and Canadian tax laws that will affect how U.S. taxable income is translated in Canada. Perhaps the biggest difference between the two jurisdictions is accelerated depreciation available in the U.S. which would allow 100% expensing for qualified investments in new or uses tangible property. If bonus depreciation is used in the U.S., Canco needs to be mindful of the disparity this might create between U.S. and Canadian calculations of taxable income. Other disparities between the two jurisdictions that should be considered are IRC section 1031 exchanges, outside basis adjustment for partnership liabilities and tax-deferred IRC section 351 rollovers.
6. Timing of Income Inclusion
We are assuming that USco will be a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Canco with the result that it will be a controlled foreign affiliate of the Canco.
Where the business is carried on by USco, consideration will have to be given to whether Canco will not be subject to tax those earnings before the funds are repatriated to Canada. Depending on the source of income, it is possible that there will be no additional Canadian tax payable. For example, if USco carries on an active business, its profit from that business as well as investment income that is incidental to that business as well as gains on the disposition of assets used in the business will be subject to tax in the U.S. and not in Canada. The profit will be included in exempt surplus with the result that it will not be subject to tax in Canada when it is repatriated to Canada in the form of a dividend. If, however, USco earns passive income, foreign accrual property income or FAPI, that income will be included in Canco’s income on a current basis. A deduction would generally be available for foreign accrual tax.
Should loans be denominated in Canadian dollars or U.S. dollars? If Canco loans USco in U.S. dollars, it will be susceptible to foreign exchange gain or loss in Canada on repayment of principal. Conversely, if Canco makes a loan to USco in Canadian dollars, USco will be subject to foreign exchange gain or loss in the U.S. Given the reduction in U.S. federal corporate tax rates and depending on the applicable corporate tax rate in Canada, Canco may be indifferent to where it recognizes foreign exchange gain.
Conclusion
There are a myriad of Canadian and US tax compliance issues for Canadian businesses expanding into the US A review of at least the items identified in this paper will assist businesses to identify the requirements and to make a calendar of important filing dates. Planning ahead will ensure that proper business structures have been considered, and that all required compliance filings are made to avoid unnecessary and expensive penalties. It will also help to plan for tax compliance issues for Canadian employees spending time or transferring to the US.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner with the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick and specializes in tax structuring and business development for his small and medium business sized clients. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on Facebook at www.facebook.com/Burgess Kilpatrick for more information on our firm.
Contact Us
Canadian Corporations Doing Business In The U.S – Responsibilities and Expectations – Part 1
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
August 10, 2023
Canadian Corporations Doing Business In The U.S - Responsibilities and Expectations - Part 1
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
Growing Canadian businesses searching for new markets are conducting business on a multinational level. The United States, being Canada's largest trading partner is the country many businesses are seeking first to expand to.
Since more businesses are expanding into the United States, Revenue Canada and the I.R.S. have increased audit activity of cross-border transactions. In order to ensure that companies are taxed on their cross-border activity there has been a vast increase in the cross-border tax compliance requirements for businesses, and large penalties to ensure compliance with the new and existing rules. It is imperative that businesses are aware of these rules in order to minimize tax costs as well as to maximize profits and cash flows. There are a significant number of new rules that require information disclosure only. This is however, not to be taken lightly, because the penalties attached to non-filing of this information can be as much or more than the tax bills that many companies pay.
The second part of this series on doing business in the U.S goes through various methods to undertake business operations in the U.S
Doing Business in the US - Through Permanent Establishment - US Branch
US domestic law provides that foreign companies will be subject to tax in the US on income effectively connected with a US trade or business. The Treaty however, in the case of US companies, restricts the imposition of US tax to situations where the Canadian company has a permanent establishment located in the US Therefore, since US federal tax can be exempted if the Canadian company does not have a permanent establishment in the US, it is important to understand what constitutes a permanent establishment and what does not.
Taxation in Two Jurisdictions
As a result of expanding its operations to the U.S., Canco will need to consider the fact that it may have a tax liability and/or a compliance obligation in two jurisdictions. There are 2 ways that Canco can expand into the U.S:
Branch
Separate Legal Entity
[1](i) Branch
Canco is subject to tax on its worldwide income. Thus, if Canco carries on business in the U.S. through a branch, the income of the branch will be included in the income of the Canadian company for Canadian tax purposes. Any losses may be applied to reduce the income of the Canadian company for Canadian tax purposes. Canco should be entitled to a credit for U.S. federal and state taxes that have been paid; however, Canco will not be entitled to a tax credit in computing its income for B.C. tax purposes.
(ii) Separate Legal Entity
If the U.S. business is operated by a separate legal entity that is subject to tax in the U.S. (that is, USco), the income will be subject to U.S. federal and potential state income tax. The U.S. federal corporate tax rate is 21% and considering state income tax the combined rate is approximately 26%. Generally speaking, USco’s income will not be subject to Canadian tax provided that its income is active business income. This will be discussed further below. Profits that are distributed by USco to Canco may be subject to U.S. withholding tax. The tax treatment of such distribution to Canco will depend, among other things, on the nature of the payment and the surplus account from which it is paid.
Unless structured properly, there is a risk that the income earned in the U.S. business could be subject to tax in both Canada and the U.S. Suffice it to say that planning the expansion of the business to the U.S. the right way will ensure that there will be no double taxation.
(iii) Tax Rates
The following table compares the tax consequences of Canco carrying on the U.S. business as a branch or through USco.
USco
US Branch
U.S. Taxable Income
$1,000
$1,000
U.S. Federal Tax
(210)
(210)
U.S. Withholding Tax
(40)
(40)
After U.S. Tax
750
750
Canadian Corporate Tax
0
(270)
Foreign Tax Credit
0
250
After Canadian Corporate Tax
750
730
Canadian Personal Tax (31.43%)
(236)
(229)
After-Tax Cash
$ 514
$ 501
[1] Expanding to the U.S the Right Way – Know Before You Go, Canadian Tax Foundation, Catherine A. Brayley, Sidartha Rao
Act Now To Get Our Value Pricing Adjustment on Audit and Review Engagements For Your Business
Similar results between a U.S. Branch and U.S. subsidiary are to be expected. By implementing a U.S. Branch Profits Tax, the U.S. is attempting to put a U.S. branch of a Canadian corporation on equal footing with a U.S. subsidiary of a Canadian corporation.
There are a couple of points to keep in mind. If Canco is otherwise eligible for the small business deduction or the manufacturing the processing tax credit, the profits from the U.S. branch will not be eligible for either with the result that the income will be subject to tax at the highest marginal rate.
In addition, not all taxes paid in the U.S. may be eligible for a foreign tax credit. For example, if Canco is carrying on business in Canada and does not have a permanent establishment in the U.S., it may still be subject to state income tax because its sales exceed certain nexus thresholds but may not be eligible to claim foreign tax credits for those state income taxes. Moreover, as will be discussed later, if Canco fails to charge state sales tax and is ultimately liable for the tax it should have collected, it may not be able to deduct that tax for Canadian income tax purposes.
Treaty
As noted, upon expanding the business to the U.S., Canco will have to deal with the U.S. tax implications of the arrangement in addition to the Canadian tax consequences.
The Treaty can provide some relief to Canco from being subject to tax in the U.S. To benefit from the Treaty, an entity must be fully liable to tax. As will be discussed if the entity is a “C” Corporation, its income will be subject to tax in the U.S. In the case of a “C” Corporation, the Treaty provides that where a company is considered to be a resident of Canada and a resident of the U.S., it is treated as a resident of the U.S. based on its place of incorporation. In the case of a Limited Liability Corporation, as will be discussed, the LLC is fiscally transparent and its members are subject to tax on the profits of the LLC for U.S. tax purposes. Thus, if the LLC is resident in Canada because its central management and control is exercised in Canada, there is a potential for double taxation. In this situation, it would be critical that the central management and control of that entity be exercised in the U.S.
Under the Treaty, a resident of Canada will be subject to tax in the U.S. on business profits only if a business is carried on in the U.S. through a “permanent establishment.” If Canco is found to have a permanent establishment in the U.S., the U.S. will have the right to tax the business profits that are attributable to that permanent establishment.As only the profits that are attributable to that permanent establishment will be subject to tax in the U.S., it will be important to determine the amount of the profits that are attributable to the permanent establishment. The methodology for determining the profits should be documented.
What is a permanent establishment? The Treaty defines permanent establishment to mean a fixed place of business through which the business of a resident of one country is wholly or partly carried on. 24 It is also defined to include a place of management, a branch, an office, a factory, a workshop and a mine, oil or gas well, a quarry or any other place of extraction of natural resources.
Having a fixed place of business is somewhat obvious. The Treaty addresses more than that. A permanent establishment can arise where there is an ability to conclude contracts in its name. The conclusion of contracts and the provision of services by persons in the U.S. could also result in a permanent establishment.
If Canco would not otherwise have a permanent establishment but provides services in the U.S., Canco could be deemed to have a permanent establishment if the services are performed by an individual who is present in the state for a period or periods exceeding 183 days or more in any 12-month period, and, during that period, more than 50% of the gross active business revenues consist of income derived from services performed by that individual. A permanent establishment can also be deemed to arise if the services are provided for 183 days or more in any 12-month period for the same or connected project for customers who are either residents or have a permanent establishment in that state.
It will be very important for Canco to determine the number of days that it will be required to have someone present in the U.S. and the percentage of the U.S.-source revenues to all of its revenues. Canco will also have to maintain records, together with support, confirming the number of days spent in the U.S. by each individual. The requirement is not on an annual basis but rather a 12-month basis.
On the other hand, the use of facilities for the purpose of the storage, display or delivery of goods will not constitute a permanent establishment. Nor will the maintenance of a stock of goods for the purpose of storage, display, delivery or processing or the purchase goods or the collection of information. Finally, advertising, the supply of information, scientific research or similar activities that have a preparatory or auxiliary charter for the resident will also not result in a permanent establishment.
It will be important for Canco to consider carefully how it will have to execute on its desire to expand to the U.S. to determine if it has a permanent establishment or not. If Canco determines that it will not have a permanent establishment, it will still have to consider whether there is a U.S. compliance obligation. If Canco lacks a permanent establishment but has income effectively connected to a U.S. trade or business or is otherwise engaged in a U.S. trade or business, it must affirmatively file what is known as a “Treaty-Protective tax return.” This tax return declares to the Internal Revenue Service that the corporation is engaged in business activity in the U.S. but includes a treaty position declaration that it is protected from U.S. federal income tax pursuant to the terms of the Treaty.
Conclusion
There are a myriad of Canadian and US tax compliance issues for Canadian businesses expanding into the US A review of at least the items identified in this paper will assist businesses to identify the requirements and to make a calendar of important filing dates. Planning ahead will ensure that proper business structures have been considered, and that all required compliance filings are made to avoid unnecessary and expensive penalties. It will also help to plan for tax compliance issues for Canadian employees spending time or transferring to the US.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner with the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick and specializes in tax structuring and business development for his small and medium business sized clients. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on Facebook at www.facebook.com/Burgess Kilpatrick for more information on our firm.
Contact Us
Income Characterization for Canadian Corporations Doing Business Outside Canada – Foreign Accrual Property Income (FAPI)
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
August 10, 2023
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory, Taxation
Income Characterization for Canadian Corporations Doing Business Outside Canada - Foreign Accrual Property Income (FAPI)
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
Canadian tax liability generally turns on whether a person is a resident or a non-resident of Canada. A person who is resident in Canada during a tax year is subject to Canadian income tax on his or her worldwide income from all sources, which includes income from an office, employment, property, or business. Accordingly, an individual who is a resident of Canada is subject to Canadian tax on any income earned directly from a source outside Canada. This includes dividends received on shares of non-resident corporations, which would generally be characterized as income from property and included in a taxpayer's income for the year in which the dividends are received (or in which the taxpayer becomes entitled to receive the amount).
Subsection 91(1) is an exception to the general rule that income is recognized in the year in which it is received or receivable by a taxpayer. Canadian taxpayers are subject to current taxation on FAPI earned by closely held corporations (CFAs) regardless of whether the FAPI is repatriated to Canada in the year income or profits are realized by the CFA. Specifically, in computing taxable income for a taxation year, taxpayers are required to include their "participating percentage" of the FAPI earned by each of their CFAs pursuant to subsection 91(1). The amount corresponding to the taxpayer's FAPI inclusion for the year is added to the adjusted cost base (ACB) of its shares in the CFA.
Subsection 91(1) characterizes the inclusion of FAPI as "income from a share," meaning that FAPI is considered to be income from property under the Act. As a result, FAPI included in the income of a CCPC is Aggregate Investment Income (AII). AII earned by a CCPC is subject to a refundable tax on investment income, which results in AII being taxed at an initial rate of 48.7 percent to 54.7 percent. The additional investment tax is refunded to a corporation when it pays out sufficient dividends. When combined with the general corporate income tax rate, the refundable tax on AII results in an initial corporate rate of tax roughly equivalent to the top marginal rate for individuals, thereby denying individual taxpayers any deferral advantage from earning investment income through a corporation[1].
ITA provides specific definitions of types of income Passive income for the purpose of FAPI. Nonresident corporations are generally referred to as foreign affiliates, and there are rules when a corporation is a foreign affiliate or a controlled foreign affiliate of a Canadian resident taxpayer.
[1] Corporate Integration: Outbound Structuring in the United States After Tax Reform, Kevin Duxbury and Tim Barrett.
Quick Facts About FAPI
The actual purpose of FAPI is to avoid a tax deferral by Canadian tax residents, potentially indefinite on most foreign passive investments. Before we go to the overview of different income types included in FAPI, let’s have some quick facts:
Identify foreign affiliates and determine if there are any Controlled Foreign Affiliates.
Calculate the FAPI as per subsection 95(1) of ITA.
Determine the participating percentage of the Canadian shareholder as per subsection 95(1), and include in the income of Canadian shareholder’s income as per subsection 91(1).
Determine the Foreign taxes already paid by the CFA and calculate the deduction allowed as per subsection 91(4).
Calculate Canadian income tax on FAPI
Calculate the Adjusted cost basis for the shares of the CFA. If any negative ACB, determine if it triggers capital gains.
Controlled Foreign Affiliate
A Canadian shareholder of a foreign affiliate (FA) includes FAPI in its income only if it is a Controlled Foreign Affiliate (CFA). A CFA is always a FA, however, FA does not have to be a CFA. Therefore, the first step is to determine whether the foreign affiliate is a CFA or not.
Generally, a foreign affiliate is a CFA if the Canadian shareholder owns more than 50% of the shares. De Jure Control is an ability to elect members of the board of directors and can exist even if the equity percentage is less than 50%. Subdivision i of ITA provides the definition of FA and CFA. The definition seems to be straightforward but it may not be the case always. Subsection 95(1) also provides that if the Canadian shareholder and a specified number of other Canadian shareholders in aggregate control the foreign affiliate, it is a Controlled Foreign Affiliate of the taxpayer!
Act Now To Get Our Value Pricing Adjustment on Audit and Review Engagements For Your Business
Income from property
Generally, income from the property is passive income such as rent, royalties, dividends, and royalties.
- FAPI is included in the income of the Canadian shareholder when earned by its Controlled Foreign Affiliate (CFA) not when distributed. It’s on a current and accrual basis and included based on a term specifically defined as a participating percentage.
- Foreign taxes do not provide a direct foreign tax deduction or credit, instead, an income deduction is available for a term defined as Foreign Accrual Taxtimes relevant factor. See further below.
- Active business income may be recharacterized as FAPI in certain cases and vice versa.
- It is calculated on an affiliate-by-affiliate basis in a way that it cannot be a negative number.
- Net losses from CFA cannot be used to offset income from other sources of a Canadian corporation or the FAPI from another CFA. However, FAPI can offset a corporation’s non-capital losses from other sources.
- If the income inclusion under FAPI is less than $5,000, it does not need to be included in the income of its shareholder.
- FAPI is calculated using the Canadian income tax rules in Canadian dollars.
- FAPI affects the ACB of shareholders in the shares of CFA and negative ACB can trigger capital gains in Canada.
- Repatriation of the income already taxed as FAPI is not taxed again in Canada.
- ITA 95(1) specifically includes “Income from an investment business”. It also provides the definition of investment business and related exceptions. Again, in general, income is from rents, royalties, interest and dividends.
Contact Us
Foreign Affiliate Issues: Understanding FAPI and Optimal Cross-border Structuring
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
March 20, 2023
Category: Taxation
Foreign Affiliate Issues: Understanding FAPI and Optimal Cross-border Structuring
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
FOREIGN AFFILIATE ISSUES
1. UNDERSTANDING THE CALCULATION OF FAPI
2. CROSS BORDER STRUCTURE TO REDUCE COMBINED TAX
Canada and the US are each other’s largest trading partner, and many Canadian corporations have extended their domestic operations to the US in hopes of securing market share for the products and/or services they provide. Similarly, US corporations have ventured into the Canadian market to likewise grow their own brands.
Both jurisdictions provide options regarding the structures within which these business interests are held; however, the tax and filing consequences arising from these various structures can vary. In order to structure cross-border activities in a manner that minimizes tax exposure and sufficiently protects assets, the various possibilities available to structure such activities must be considered to make sure that businesses on both sides of the border are able to operate effectively.
In addition, care must be taken to confidently understand the tax treatment of income travelling across the Canada - US border.
This article deals primarily with Outbound investment by a Canadian corporation with a US subsidiary. A future article will deal with relevant Inbound structures and issues from a Canadian perspective.
FAPI
Canadian corporations owning controlling interests in corporations operating in foreign jurisdictions – termed controlled foreign affiliates (CFA’s) - have a substantial reporting and administrative responsibility to ensure that they stay compliant with the Canada Revenue Agency’s (CRA) disclosure requirements regarding transaction activity with and interests in those respective foreign entities.
While the repatriation of income from a CFA engaged in an active business[1] can be carried out without any additional tax applied at the corporate level, the mechanism behind the repatriation of income and capital when the CFA is not an active business, and the tax consequences thereof, is much more complicated.
Income from a CFA that is not considered for Income Tax Act (“ITA”) purposes to be active business income is defined as Foreign Accrual Property Income - or FAPI, and includes, but is not limited to, such non-active business income as interest, dividends and rent. The department of Finance’s intention behind the FAPI scheme is, in part, to prevent the permanent deferral of Canadian corporate-level taxation on income earned by a parent Canadian corporation (also called a corporation resident in Canada, or CRIC) through a CFA.
For example, consider the following scenario:
A CRIC owns 100% of the outstanding shares of a CFA;
The CFA is domiciled in a jurisdiction with which Canada has entered into a Tax Treaty or a Tax Information Exchange Agreement (TIEA);
The CFA earns net income of $10,000 that does not fit the definition of Active Business Income (ABI) as defined in the ITA.
The tax rate of the CFA is 25%, resulting in retained earnings remaining in the CFA - which can be repatriated back to the CRIC - of $7,500.
Simplifying the scenario by assuming that there are no material differences in the computation of taxable income between Canada and the CFA, and that there are no foreign exchange differences, without the FAPI tax regime in place, the CRIC would be able to defer $7,500 in income subject to Canadian taxation by leaving it in the CFA’s bank account indefinitely.
The FAPI regime exists to tax FAPI income on a current basis, meaning that applicable Canadian tax must be paid on the FAPI income whether or not the income is repatriated back to Canada.
Subsection 91(1) characterizes the inclusion of FAPI as “income from a share”, meaning that FAPI is considered to be income from property under the Income Tax Act. As a result, FAPI included in the income of a Canadian-Controlled Private Corporation (CCPC) is also considered to be Aggregate Investment Income (AII)[2]. AII earned by a CCPC is subject to the refundable dividend tax on hand (RDTOH) regime, which results in AII being taxed at between 48.50% to 53.5%, depending on which province in Canada the CRIC has its management.
Proposed rules to effectively decrease the tax deduction under subsection 91(4) for the foreign tax paid by the CFA will increase the amount of income subject to tax by the CRIC, and, because that income is subject to the Non-eligible / Eligible Refundable Dividend Tax On Hand (RDTOH) tax regime (assuming the CRIC is a CCPC), will effectively increase the amount of tax paid by the CRIC on FAPI income earned by the foreign affiliate. This is because the tax deduction calculated under subsection 91(4) is based on a Relevant Tax Factor[3].
The Relevant Tax is a multiplier that, when multiplied by the Canadian equivalent of the foreign tax paid (also called Foreign Accrual Tax, or FAT), seeks to simulate the Canadian corporate tax that would be paid had the income been earned in Canada.
The Department of Finance, in its 2022 Budget, has proposed to reduce the Relevant Tax Factor applicable in the calculation of the tax deduction available from 4 to 1.9 to simulate the tax deduction available to Canadian individuals investing in a CFA directly. This is reflected in the “Proposed” column on the chart below.
[1] The term “Active Business” is defined in Income Tax Act (“I.T.A”) subsection 125(7) as “any business carried on…and includes an adventure or concern in the nature of trade”.
[2] Defined in ITA subsection 129(4)
[3] Defined in ITA subsection 95(1)
With the current FAPI regime, tax on the CFA’s income of $10,000 is calculated as follows:
The ending combined tax rate of 51.60% in the proposed column is marginally higher than the investment income rate of 50.67% payable by a CCPC resident in B.C on passive investment income, proving that, despite the reduction in the Relevant Tax Factor proposed, full integration is not yet achieved, at least not yet in B.C.
The main purpose behind the reduction in the tax deduction under 91(4) is to replicate, as closely as possible, the combined Canadian and foreign tax consequences to an individual of earning FAPI income. In effect, the Department of Finance has taken away the deferral advantage of holding FAPI income in a CCPC.
The amount of net income earned from the CFA, less the combined tax paid, is added to the cost basis (ACB) of the shares held by the CRIC in the CFA, and is also added to the taxable surplus balance of the CFA that the CRIC must track. This amount of net income less combined tax can be repatriated to the CRIC without additional tax consequences.
Specifically, dividends paid to the CRIC out of the CFA’s taxable surplus balance will reduce the taxable surplus balance of the CFA, and are deducted on the CRIC’s tax return in the year in which the dividend was received under subsection 113(1)(b) and under subsection 91(5) to avoid tax payable on the repatriated dividend. In addition, the ACB of the CRIC’s shares in the CFA is reduced by an amount equal to the repatriated dividend received. Amounts deductible by the CCPC under section 113 are also added to its General Rate Income Pool (GRIP)[4]; the shareholder(s) is entitled to an eligible dividend equal to the amount repatriated from the CFA.
Using Canadian corporate funds to make an investment in a foreign affiliate earning FAPI, however, is the better tax option over investing directly in a US rental property from a CCPC if there is income subject to foreign tax.
Although application of FAPI tax treatment on the income earned by the CRIC is not contingent on whether or not there is a tax treaty or TIEA between the CRIC and the CFA, such an agreement will normally reduce the applicable tax rate on non-active business income repatriated from the CFA and, combined with the calculation of the applicable tax credit the CRIC will receive under ITA subsection 91(4), may result in a refund of foreign tax, depending on the amount of foreign tax paid when earned by the CFA.
Using Canadian corporate funds to make an investment in a foreign affiliate earning FAPI, however, is the better tax option over investing directly in a US rental property from a CCPC if there is income subject to foreign tax.
Although application of FAPI tax treatment on the income earned by the CRIC is not contingent on whether or not there is a tax treaty or TIEA between the CRIC and the CFA, such an agreement will normally reduce the applicable tax rate on non-active business income repatriated from the CFA and, combined with the calculation of the applicable tax credit the CRIC will receive under ITA subsection 91(4), may result in a refund of foreign tax, depending on the amount of foreign tax paid when earned by the CFA.
[4] GRIP is defined in subsection 89(1). Pursuant to paragraph (b) of element E of the definition, amounts deductible under section 113 in computing income of the corporation for a particular year are added to the corporation’s GRIP balance.
Act Now To Get Our Value Pricing Adjustment on Audit and Review Engagements For Your Business
COMMON COMBINED CANADA-US CROSS-BORDER STRUCTURE
When a Canadian corporation, or CRIC, decides to invest in a business in a foreign jurisdiction, it does so for various reasons, such as a desire to control a potential return on capital invested greater than that which can be controlled in Canada. There may be bona fide reasons to invest in a jurisdiction with which Canada has a tax treaty or TIEA, and which jurisdiction has a lower tax rate on business income than in Canada, or there may be labour or other resource advantages in the foreign jurisdiction that, when incorporated into a feasibility analysis, renders the return on investment in the foreign jurisdiction palatable to stakeholders of the Canadian parent corporation.
If the decision is made to invest, or start-up, a foreign affiliate, thought and activity focuses on how to set up the ownership structure of the foreign affiliate to facilitate (a) the ability to extract as much capital as possible on a tax-free basis from the foreign affiliate, (b) to hopefully minimize - or organize - to the extent possible filing and reporting responsibilities, and (c) to enable the extraction of equity without onerous tax and/or administrative consequences.
There are various outbound structures available when a CRIC invests in a foreign affiliate, depending on the characteristics that stakeholders in the Canadian corporation seek to prioritize in the structure. A common structure to facilitate cross-border activity and that aims to provide:
Liability protection
Efficient tax administration
is as follows:
In this example, we assume that the Canadian corporation will be investing in a foreign affiliate in the US and will own 100%of the outstanding shares, so the LLC will be a CFA of the Canadian corporation.
Unless an LLC elects to be treated as a corporation and to be taxed as such (IRS form 8332), a single-member LLC is disregarded as an entity separate from its member. This means that the member will report the income from the LLC on his/her US personal tax return.
By contrast Canada views LLC’s as corporations, so if you have a Canadian corporation and a US entity that elects to be taxed as a corporation, you will have a combined structure that can access available tax credits and deductions available for cross-border income scenarios.[5] If the LLC does not elect to be taxed as a corporation, relief in Canada on foreign taxes paid is available under 126(1) and 20(11), because income generated by an LLC considered a disregarded entity is characterized as income from a share, and the tax paid is characterized as “non-business income tax”.
When the Canadian corporation reports the LLC income, depending on how the LLC has been designated, any dividends paid from the Canadian corporation to the individual sourced from the LLC will be entitled to a deduction under ss.113(1)(c) if the LLC is considered a disregarded entity, and under ss.113(1)(b) if the LLC is considered a corporation.
As you can see, there are mechanisms in place to provide integration of tax between Canada and, in this case, US business interests. However, integration is not complete, and a careful study of proposed combined corporate structures should be undertaken to accurately assess tax treatment.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick in Vancouver, B.C. He specializes in cross-border taxation and assisting clients in acquisition structures. Check us out at:
https://www.burgesskilpatrick.com
[5] CRIC income from an LLC that has elected as a corporation will have access to a foreign tax credit based on “business and profits tax” paid in a foreign country under ss.126(2). If the LLC is considered a disregarded entity, relief is available under ss. 126(1) and ss.20(11)to account for foreign taxes paid.


Contact Us
8 Tips For Elevating Your Leadership Presence in Meetings
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
February 12, 2021
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory
8 Tips For Elevating Your Leadership Presence in Meetings
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
If you’re a leader, you want to show up for your people in a way that makes them feel excited to be at work, makes them think they can trust you as a leader, allows them to trust each other as a team, and contribute meaningfully to the team and the organization.
Meetings are a great way to set the right cultural messages to your teams! Believe it or not, how you show up in a meeting can fairly quickly make people feel more trusted and empowered! To elevate your presence as a leader, try out these tips in your next meeting:
1. Be clear about why your team feels they need you there
Often, especially in businesses where the culture orbits around a well-observed hierarchy, team members tend to feel less autonomous and therefore feel the need to get permission or validation from their leaders. If this is why they are inviting you to the meeting, you should decline and let them know that you empower them to make the required decisions.
2. Do not pay attention to your phone or any other device
Make sure that your team has your undivided attention. By doing this, you are showing respect and consideration to your team.
3. Practice listening far more than you’re speaking
Try this: put a metric in your mind around 80-20 or even 90-10, where you are listening about 80 or 90% of the time and speaking the balance.
4. Watch your language
When you ask questions, avoid using long, flowery “impressive,” “look how smart I am” language. Keep your language very simple and relatable. Speak slowly and clearly.
5. If the group goes off-topic, pull them back
However, do this is by asking a question. Try asking the group: “Hey, is there a connection between what we’re talking about now and what we started talking about? I don’t see the connection, so can you guys let me know why we’re talking about this? What am I missing?”
Premium Accounting and Tax Assistance - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234 to find out more for your business and click here to see our latest first-time offers.
6. Ask for advice
Once you get to the point of the meeting where people are starting to either talk about ideas or next steps, inevitably, at some point, all eyeballs might turn to you. Here’s what I recommend at that point. Before you share any of your ideas, Turn it back onto everyone else in the group and ask for their thoughts. Once they start to share their opinions, if it is different from what you probably had in your mind, again, continue with the line of questioning and say something like: “tell me more about that.”
7. Draw out all opinions in the room
Scope around and ask for the views of the quieter individuals. By doing this, you’re going to ensure a clear consensus across the team on the next steps. You are getting the more quiet individuals comfortable speaking. You are helping to re-balance the social dynamic across the team and making it very clear that every opinion matters.
8. End strong
I strongly recommend that you cap the meeting off with a statement like: Thank you for inviting me to this meeting, I enjoyed participating in this session”.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick in Vancouver, B.C. He concentrates his practice on assisting business owners with accounting services, tax and estate planning and overall business development. This article was sourced from Real Leaders
Time Management – How To Keep Yourself And Your Employees Productive
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
February 12, 2021
Category: Business Management
Time Management - How To Keep Yourself And Your Employees Productive
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
Time management is perhaps one of the most researched, studied, and obsessed over concepts in all of management. Back when physical bookstores were more relevant, you could find entire sections devoted to time management. People travel the world to attend seminars with time management gurus.
If you’re an aspiring or practicing manager, consultant, or business owner, you’ve probably encountered some of this already. The business world does, to some extent, self-select for people who take a proactive role in their own time management. You might even be naturally good at time management, at least on a personal level. Maybe you realized you could save the time you’d spend cooking every day by doing one day of meal prep per week. Maybe you’ve mastered the art of squeezing in a workout while listening to an audiobook in-between appointments.
It’s certainly an advantage for a manager to be skilled at time management. But practicing effective time management for an entire workforce is a whole other ballgame. You already know how much discipline, self-knowledge, and forethought goes into effective time management on an individual level. When you add a second person to the mix, a new kind of collaborative system is created, and the complexity is essentially squared (see: marriage, or any kind of human relationship). Every new individual or procedure you add to a team or system has the potential to increase the complexity exponentially.
Getting Teams Firing On All Cylinders
If you’ve ever overseen a project or team, you know that any collaborative achievement, no matter how small, is something of a miracle. Bodies, resources, and procedures of all kinds must be synchronized. If they’re not, the project is vulnerable to confusion, mistakes, conflict, and other obstacles detrimental to the fulfillment of the shared goal. Almost everyone has had the experience of trying to ride a bicycle with a chain that has come loose. Even the slightest misalignment of an intricate system can render it useless.
Time Management Definition. Before we go any further, it’s worth taking a step back and asking the rather obvious question: what is time management? First, we’ll establish a clear time management definition. This will ensure we’re on the same page before we move on to the many benefits of time management. For the purposes of this article, when we refer to time management, we mean the strategic use of an individual or organization’s time toward the fulfillment of the individual’s or the organization’s goals. Time Management Skills Of course, effective time management doesn’t just happen. Good time management is made of many smaller time management skills, used in tandem with one another. Here are a few key skills you’ll need to manage time effectively. 1. Prioritization Time management is all about being strategic with your use of time to maximize the likelihood of fulfilling your goals. Of course, our larger and long-term goals are often made of short-term objectives and needs. Powerful managers of time will recognize which objectives are upstream of others, and work to fulfill them in an appropriate order. Get Access to leading accounting and tax help. The time is now to get the right help and not waste any more effort getting mediocre results - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234. 2. Vision and Goal Setting Prioritization only works properly if the goals are clearly defined and communicated. There must be a balance between overarching, long-term goals and shorter-term goals. 3. Lists To-do lists enable prioritization. They force you to get things out of your head and down on paper. When you have extra time and are trying to figure out to do with it, your to-do list system can be referenced. This can help you fill the time you have as productively as possible. Getting Things Done, by David Allen, is one of the most successfully and popular books about productivity of all time. In this book, Allen stresses how long term, medium term, short term, and daily to-do lists can be integrated into a system to help you better manage your time. 4. Delegation Teams are made of multiple people for a reason. Large projects require more energy, skills, and knowledge than any individual possesses. Good time managers make use of their team by delegating responsibilities for optimal results. You should not be working on something that someone else can do faster or at a far lower cost. 5. Systems Thinking Workforces, operational processes, supply chains, markets, and timetables are all systems with many interlocking and moveable parts. People good at managing time often have experience overseeing the operation of complex and interdependent systems. 6. Ability to Concentrate It is natural for the mind to wander. And sometimes, this can lead to creativity. But it’s difficult to be an effective manager of your own time if you are easily distracted from what you need to focus on. Time Management Tips In addition to the time management skills listed above, there are some more practical time management tips and time management strategies we’ve collected here. Our first 3 time management tips are somewhat high level and strategic in nature. 1. Let Go of What You Don’t Need This is probably the most important aspect of time management. Nobody gets into business – or at least nobody stays in business – unless they have some combination of stubbornness, ambition, and optimism. You might call this combination of qualities bull-headedness. Bull-headedness can be an extremely powerful quality in some situations, but it can be harmful when it comes to time management. It’s easy to get hung up on trying to fight yesterday’s battle, or to keep pursuing an old goal at all costs. Many managers have found wisdom in an old gambler’s expression: don’t throw good money after bad. That wisdom can be applied to time management. Don’t waste time chasing something unnecessary. 2. Be Strategic With the Things You Really Do Need In addition to shedding old goals and processes, you’ll need to learn to properly sort out the needs that remain. Let’s say your team is responsible for overseeing the renovation of a building. It’s true that you will eventually need to choose a paint color, but before that you’ll need to make sure the walls are structurally sound, the electricity/plumbing operational, etc. It wouldn’t make sense to have all your workers prioritize sorting through paint samples before taking care of the other stuff. 3. Don’t Forget What It Means To Be Human One thing we often see is people neglecting to schedule self-care. This might come in the form of socializing, exercising, experiencing nature, eating, etc. If we don’t get our physical/psychological needs met, we run the risk of burning out. It’s also true that, on an organizational level, managers sometimes emphasize the needs of the company without considering the needs of the human beings that make up the company. The resiliency of our organizations, and the efficacy of everything we do, will both be improved if we remember to provide sufficient care on a human level. Now, let’s explore a few more tactical time management tips. 4. Embrace Technology There are note taking and calendar apps that can and should be used to manage your time more effectively. From OneNote to Evernote to something as simple as Google Calendar, there are many time management apps and time management tools to help you be more productive. 5. Manage Your Calendar Use your calendar to block off personal time. Use it to block off creative time. Use it to force yourself to spend time on longer term, strategic projects that you might otherwise ignore until it becomes too late. 6. Plan Out Your Calendar in 15 or 30 Minute Intervals Have you ever had so much to do that you just didn’t know where to start and eventually waste hours in a state of limbo accomplishing much less than you thought you would? We surely have.
When you organize your tasks for the day and week in 15 to 30 minute intervals and put them on your calendar, it helps you mentally commit to working on those tasks. The shorter chunks of time also make the tasks not as intimidating. Placing these soft internal deadlines on yourself will also help you see how much time you should budget for each assignment and help organize your day. We also suggest organizing your tasks in order of priority so you get the important things out of the way first.
Of course, there will be times when you can’t complete tasks in time, but you can always re-budget your time and move things around in your calendar as needed. The important thing is to commit to them on a calendar and getting to work. 7. Create the Right Working Environment and FOCUS! This time management and productivity technique is crucial and easy. We know it’s tempting to check your phone and see that cat meme your friend tagged you in on Instagram. We know and feel your pain.
It may not seem like a big deal, but each small distraction greatly lowers productivity as a whole.
To focus well, you need to create the right environment by putting away any potential distractions. This includes turning your phone off (yes, OFF!), putting food at a distance where you can’t see it, and placing blocks on your calendar so your co-workers know not to interrupt you.
This isn’t a new or novel time management and productivity technique but it is an extremely important one that should not be overlooked. 8. Set Expectations so You Know When You Are Done Perfection is would be great to achieve consistently – but we must recognize that more often than not, perfection is an ideal, not a necessity. Setting high but reasonable expectations with each task is important in boosting your productivity.
An author could write and revise a book endlessly but at some point, she needs to put down her pen and publish. The same goes for work.
While spending extra hours on certain things is necessary, spend too much extra time on every assignment is a productivity killer. Understand expectations from your seniors and do the best you can with the limited time you have. Do jobs well, not perfectly. 9. Manage Your Energy Rather Than Your Time There are certain times in the day that are better for certain tasks. For example, if you’re a morning person who thrives with creativity energy from 6AM-10AM, then block that time out for brainstorming and strategizing. You don’t want to be wasting that time in meetings or answering emails.
Everyone is different, but if you are a manager at a firm, make sure to speak with your employees. Learn what their best habits are and do your best to accommodate to their periods of productivity. It may make team schedules a little less flexible, but it will likely lead to a boost in productivity. 10. Take Smart Breaks It may sound counterintuitive, but taking breaks in a strategic way is actually a very important way to increase productivity. If you feel burnt out, there is no way for work to be done in an effective manner. We recommend taking breaks after a certain interval (i.e. 30 minutes) or after a significant task is accomplished.
Additionally, make sure you are taking small breaks that won’t lead to longer ones. For example, you may want to take a short walk around the office rather than \ browsing through YouTube and risk getting sucked into a black hole of recommended videos. Time Management Examples In order to really appreciate the importance of time management, let’s look at some time management examples. Let’s say your goal is to get into an MBA program so you can pursue a career as a management consultant. You have three months until you take the GMAT. That seems like a lot of time. You go into it feeling good about your ability to prepare for the test. However, you fail to schedule in any specific time to do your test prep. You let it slip your mind for several weeks until finally you only have a few more weeks to prepare. But those last weeks are busy, and things keep going wrong. You end up hardly studying at all. What happened? You failed to practice effective time management.
Other examples of bad time management: you pay your employees to sit and do nothing as they wait for a component to be delivered. Your information flow is inefficient and small amounts of regularly wasted time gradually add up. Or you fail to establish a regular procedure for a frequent problem or need. All these examples of bad time management lead to wasted time, and wasted dollars. How to Manage Time The main focus areas of time management are prioritization, organization, and execution. Prioritization involves defining short and long-term goals so as to define the values by which you manage your time. This is where an app that details what’s actually consuming your time, or a book that helps you map out what’s truly important to you, can come in handy. Organization refers to all the ways you actually strategize how to spend your finite time. This is where a powerful cross platform time-keeping and task-logging app, such as Remember the Milk, can help you. Execution refers to your ability to enact your plans in accordance with the timetables you envisioned.
Finally, it’s important to remember that the goal of time management is to allow for the most effective use of time, energy, and attention. No matter what quadrant the activity you’re doing falls under, bringing real presence to the doing of that activity will go a long way in making the best use of your resources. Time Management Training If you’re the kind of person who learns best from formal teaching, then you’ll be interested in time management training. There are many different individual coaches and large-scale educational organizations devoted to training people in time management, including Management Consulted. Contact us today to see how we can help your organization improve prioritization and time management skills. Conclusion As we have seen, time management is precisely the art of diverting our resources toward those things most important to us. Our time management skills, therefore, are what determine whether our actions add up to our long-term goals, or whether they take us somewhere else entirely.
The world offers an unprecedented array of enemies to our time management skills. But it also offers totally new resources for reclaiming your time and attention. From time management tips, to apps to books to companies that specialize in time management training, there is help available for you if you want it. We suggest taking a close look at how you can improve your own time management skills today. Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick in Vancouver, B.C. He concentrates his practice on assisting business owners with accounting services, tax and estate planning and overall business development. This article was sourced from managementconsulted.com
Time Management Definition. Before we go any further, it’s worth taking a step back and asking the rather obvious question: what is time management? First, we’ll establish a clear time management definition. This will ensure we’re on the same page before we move on to the many benefits of time management. For the purposes of this article, when we refer to time management, we mean the strategic use of an individual or organization’s time toward the fulfillment of the individual’s or the organization’s goals. Time Management Skills Of course, effective time management doesn’t just happen. Good time management is made of many smaller time management skills, used in tandem with one another. Here are a few key skills you’ll need to manage time effectively. 1. Prioritization Time management is all about being strategic with your use of time to maximize the likelihood of fulfilling your goals. Of course, our larger and long-term goals are often made of short-term objectives and needs. Powerful managers of time will recognize which objectives are upstream of others, and work to fulfill them in an appropriate order. Get Access to leading accounting and tax help. The time is now to get the right help and not waste any more effort getting mediocre results - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234. 2. Vision and Goal Setting Prioritization only works properly if the goals are clearly defined and communicated. There must be a balance between overarching, long-term goals and shorter-term goals. 3. Lists To-do lists enable prioritization. They force you to get things out of your head and down on paper. When you have extra time and are trying to figure out to do with it, your to-do list system can be referenced. This can help you fill the time you have as productively as possible. Getting Things Done, by David Allen, is one of the most successfully and popular books about productivity of all time. In this book, Allen stresses how long term, medium term, short term, and daily to-do lists can be integrated into a system to help you better manage your time. 4. Delegation Teams are made of multiple people for a reason. Large projects require more energy, skills, and knowledge than any individual possesses. Good time managers make use of their team by delegating responsibilities for optimal results. You should not be working on something that someone else can do faster or at a far lower cost. 5. Systems Thinking Workforces, operational processes, supply chains, markets, and timetables are all systems with many interlocking and moveable parts. People good at managing time often have experience overseeing the operation of complex and interdependent systems. 6. Ability to Concentrate It is natural for the mind to wander. And sometimes, this can lead to creativity. But it’s difficult to be an effective manager of your own time if you are easily distracted from what you need to focus on. Time Management Tips In addition to the time management skills listed above, there are some more practical time management tips and time management strategies we’ve collected here. Our first 3 time management tips are somewhat high level and strategic in nature. 1. Let Go of What You Don’t Need This is probably the most important aspect of time management. Nobody gets into business – or at least nobody stays in business – unless they have some combination of stubbornness, ambition, and optimism. You might call this combination of qualities bull-headedness. Bull-headedness can be an extremely powerful quality in some situations, but it can be harmful when it comes to time management. It’s easy to get hung up on trying to fight yesterday’s battle, or to keep pursuing an old goal at all costs. Many managers have found wisdom in an old gambler’s expression: don’t throw good money after bad. That wisdom can be applied to time management. Don’t waste time chasing something unnecessary. 2. Be Strategic With the Things You Really Do Need In addition to shedding old goals and processes, you’ll need to learn to properly sort out the needs that remain. Let’s say your team is responsible for overseeing the renovation of a building. It’s true that you will eventually need to choose a paint color, but before that you’ll need to make sure the walls are structurally sound, the electricity/plumbing operational, etc. It wouldn’t make sense to have all your workers prioritize sorting through paint samples before taking care of the other stuff. 3. Don’t Forget What It Means To Be Human One thing we often see is people neglecting to schedule self-care. This might come in the form of socializing, exercising, experiencing nature, eating, etc. If we don’t get our physical/psychological needs met, we run the risk of burning out. It’s also true that, on an organizational level, managers sometimes emphasize the needs of the company without considering the needs of the human beings that make up the company. The resiliency of our organizations, and the efficacy of everything we do, will both be improved if we remember to provide sufficient care on a human level. Now, let’s explore a few more tactical time management tips. 4. Embrace Technology There are note taking and calendar apps that can and should be used to manage your time more effectively. From OneNote to Evernote to something as simple as Google Calendar, there are many time management apps and time management tools to help you be more productive. 5. Manage Your Calendar Use your calendar to block off personal time. Use it to block off creative time. Use it to force yourself to spend time on longer term, strategic projects that you might otherwise ignore until it becomes too late. 6. Plan Out Your Calendar in 15 or 30 Minute Intervals Have you ever had so much to do that you just didn’t know where to start and eventually waste hours in a state of limbo accomplishing much less than you thought you would? We surely have.
When you organize your tasks for the day and week in 15 to 30 minute intervals and put them on your calendar, it helps you mentally commit to working on those tasks. The shorter chunks of time also make the tasks not as intimidating. Placing these soft internal deadlines on yourself will also help you see how much time you should budget for each assignment and help organize your day. We also suggest organizing your tasks in order of priority so you get the important things out of the way first.
Of course, there will be times when you can’t complete tasks in time, but you can always re-budget your time and move things around in your calendar as needed. The important thing is to commit to them on a calendar and getting to work. 7. Create the Right Working Environment and FOCUS! This time management and productivity technique is crucial and easy. We know it’s tempting to check your phone and see that cat meme your friend tagged you in on Instagram. We know and feel your pain.
It may not seem like a big deal, but each small distraction greatly lowers productivity as a whole.
To focus well, you need to create the right environment by putting away any potential distractions. This includes turning your phone off (yes, OFF!), putting food at a distance where you can’t see it, and placing blocks on your calendar so your co-workers know not to interrupt you.
This isn’t a new or novel time management and productivity technique but it is an extremely important one that should not be overlooked. 8. Set Expectations so You Know When You Are Done Perfection is would be great to achieve consistently – but we must recognize that more often than not, perfection is an ideal, not a necessity. Setting high but reasonable expectations with each task is important in boosting your productivity.
An author could write and revise a book endlessly but at some point, she needs to put down her pen and publish. The same goes for work.
While spending extra hours on certain things is necessary, spend too much extra time on every assignment is a productivity killer. Understand expectations from your seniors and do the best you can with the limited time you have. Do jobs well, not perfectly. 9. Manage Your Energy Rather Than Your Time There are certain times in the day that are better for certain tasks. For example, if you’re a morning person who thrives with creativity energy from 6AM-10AM, then block that time out for brainstorming and strategizing. You don’t want to be wasting that time in meetings or answering emails.
Everyone is different, but if you are a manager at a firm, make sure to speak with your employees. Learn what their best habits are and do your best to accommodate to their periods of productivity. It may make team schedules a little less flexible, but it will likely lead to a boost in productivity. 10. Take Smart Breaks It may sound counterintuitive, but taking breaks in a strategic way is actually a very important way to increase productivity. If you feel burnt out, there is no way for work to be done in an effective manner. We recommend taking breaks after a certain interval (i.e. 30 minutes) or after a significant task is accomplished.
Additionally, make sure you are taking small breaks that won’t lead to longer ones. For example, you may want to take a short walk around the office rather than \ browsing through YouTube and risk getting sucked into a black hole of recommended videos. Time Management Examples In order to really appreciate the importance of time management, let’s look at some time management examples. Let’s say your goal is to get into an MBA program so you can pursue a career as a management consultant. You have three months until you take the GMAT. That seems like a lot of time. You go into it feeling good about your ability to prepare for the test. However, you fail to schedule in any specific time to do your test prep. You let it slip your mind for several weeks until finally you only have a few more weeks to prepare. But those last weeks are busy, and things keep going wrong. You end up hardly studying at all. What happened? You failed to practice effective time management.
Other examples of bad time management: you pay your employees to sit and do nothing as they wait for a component to be delivered. Your information flow is inefficient and small amounts of regularly wasted time gradually add up. Or you fail to establish a regular procedure for a frequent problem or need. All these examples of bad time management lead to wasted time, and wasted dollars. How to Manage Time The main focus areas of time management are prioritization, organization, and execution. Prioritization involves defining short and long-term goals so as to define the values by which you manage your time. This is where an app that details what’s actually consuming your time, or a book that helps you map out what’s truly important to you, can come in handy. Organization refers to all the ways you actually strategize how to spend your finite time. This is where a powerful cross platform time-keeping and task-logging app, such as Remember the Milk, can help you. Execution refers to your ability to enact your plans in accordance with the timetables you envisioned.
Finally, it’s important to remember that the goal of time management is to allow for the most effective use of time, energy, and attention. No matter what quadrant the activity you’re doing falls under, bringing real presence to the doing of that activity will go a long way in making the best use of your resources. Time Management Training If you’re the kind of person who learns best from formal teaching, then you’ll be interested in time management training. There are many different individual coaches and large-scale educational organizations devoted to training people in time management, including Management Consulted. Contact us today to see how we can help your organization improve prioritization and time management skills. Conclusion As we have seen, time management is precisely the art of diverting our resources toward those things most important to us. Our time management skills, therefore, are what determine whether our actions add up to our long-term goals, or whether they take us somewhere else entirely.
The world offers an unprecedented array of enemies to our time management skills. But it also offers totally new resources for reclaiming your time and attention. From time management tips, to apps to books to companies that specialize in time management training, there is help available for you if you want it. We suggest taking a close look at how you can improve your own time management skills today. Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick in Vancouver, B.C. He concentrates his practice on assisting business owners with accounting services, tax and estate planning and overall business development. This article was sourced from managementconsulted.com
Turning Crises Into Success – What Steve Jobs and Walt Disney Can Teach Us About Resiliency In The Face Of Pressure
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
February 11, 2021
Category: Business Management
Turning Crises Into Success - What Steve Jobs and Walt Disney Can Teach Us About Resiliency In The Face Of Pressure
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
Steve Jobs was wearing jeans and sandals under a black graduation gown as he stepped to the podium to deliver Stanford University’s commencement address in June 2005.
It was quite a scene, with some 23,000 faculty members, alumni, newly minted graduates, and their parents jamming the floor and bleachers of the school’s football stadium. After all, who better than this icon of personal technology, the legendary entrepreneur who started up Apple Computer—soon to be the world’s most valuable company—to tell them how to capitalize on their prestigious college degrees?
What was Jobs’ message to the overflow crowd? That a top-notch education, or brilliant track record, would not be enough to save them when, inevitably, a crisis turned their best-laid plans upside down.
It’s a crucial lesson for all business leaders who invariably will experience hardships in business.
Lesson #1: When Crisis Strikes, Focus on the Future
Jobs told his audience that it would be their ability to create anew—rethink, reimagine, and reinvent the future—that would ultimately shape their long-term success.
As was the case when Jobs was forced out of his job at Apple.
“I didn’t see it then, but it turned out that getting fired from Apple was the best thing that could have happened to me,” Jobs said. “It freed me to enter one of the most creative periods in my life. The heaviness of being successful was replaced with the lightness of being a beginner again, less sure about everything.”
Over the next five years, Jobs introduced a revolutionary new computer operating system called NeXTSTEP, which became a critical building block of the internet. He also purchased and reinvented Pixar, a small computer graphics company, turning it into an animation company that launched a lucrative new era in filmmaking.
As Walter Isaacson noted in his biography of Jobs: “He was a master at putting together ideas, art, and technology in ways that invented the future.”
“Sometimes life hits you in the head with a brick,” recalled Jobs. “Don’t lose faith.”
Instead, start creating the future.
Lesson #2: Creativity Is a Verb
Prolific creators of all kinds have a vastly different understanding of creativity than many of us.
From deep experience, they know that, contrary to what we’ve frequently been told in classrooms, books, consulting sessions, or TED talks, creativity is not a spark of genius, a personal trait to be emulated, or the unique domain of specific organizations or teams.
Instead, it’s the result of a series of verbs, a strategy of actions, that any of us—whether we’re a business leader, manager, or career professional—can learn and apply to better surf the waves of business triumphs and failures and position ourselves for future success.
The experience of another iconic American creator who was faced with a triple-header crisis gives a taste of the strategy.
Premium Accounting and Tax Assistance - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234 to find out more for your business and click here to see our latest first-time offers.
Lesson #3: Pay Attention to the Evolving Market
In the 1920s and early ‘30s, three consecutive crises barreled down on Walt Disney’s business and career track when he initially tried to get started in Hollywood.
First, Universal Pictures finagled him out of the rights to his first major cartoon character and hit movie. Second, theater owners refused to show films he subsequently made. Finally, and you would think this would be the last straw, the Great Depression struck.
But through it all, Disney focused on an observation that only he, among filmmakers, had made about the quickly evolving movie marketplace: audiences of all ages, especially children, loved seeing cute little animals with human characteristics and personalities.
As Disney put it: “Unless people can identify themselves with the character, its actions will seem unreal. And without personality, a story cannot ring true.”
Making this observation while in the throes of crisis was the first step, the initial act, in Walt Disney’s creative strategy—the underpinning of a process that led to the invention of Mickey Mouse and the subsequent launch of Disney’s entertainment empire in the depths of the Great Depression.
Wrote one chronicler of the times: “Mickey Mouse became the one thing people could smile about. His indomitable spirit, as well as the technological advances that Disney displayed in those first cartoons, struck a chord with movie-going audiences. People became invested in Mickey Mouse. In rooting for Mickey, audiences were cheering their own success, as well.”
The worse the economy became, the more Mickey was in demand. And by 1938, when there was light at the end of the tunnel, Mickey was credited not only with spreading joy, but with concretely assisting America’s recovery, as the production of hundreds of Mickey Mouse branded products—from wristwatches to playing cards, pencils, marmalade, breakfast cereal, table covers, and bracelets—helped to reopen factories, and provide thousands of new jobs.
In a time of deep national crisis, Walt Disney observed the evolving marketplace, and with this as his starting point, built a global business like nothing the world had seen. When he was asked, as he often was over the years, how he first began creating his entertainment conglomerate, he was known to respond: “I hope we never lose sight of one thing—that it was all started by a mouse.”
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick in Vancouver, B.C. He concentrates his practice on assisting business owners with accounting services, tax and estate planning and overall business development. The post What Steve Jobs and Walt Disney Can Teach Us About Turning a Crisis into Success appeared first on Real Leaders.
How Communication Can Improve Your Business Partnerships
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
February 11, 2021
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory
How Communication Can Improve Your Business Partnerships
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
Good communication is key to securing partnerships. Here are a few tips for how you should go about it:
If you’re an entrepreneur, it’s easy to focus on selling products or services and forget about the larger picture at hand. Selling your product is only a small part of your business, and building relationships is equally, if not more, essential for long-term growth and sustainability. Good communication is key to securing partnerships with other actors in your sphere, whether customers, employees, vendors, or investors.
1. Over-communicate
This sounds like a bad thing, but it’s not really. You should never be afraid to communicate too much. Keeping your partners and contacts informed is critical to a healthy business relationship. Regular status updates and reports in your projects or other collaborations will save your partner the time of asking for updates and help assure them that you’re working with their best interests at heart.
Perhaps most importantly, this approach will keep the element of surprise out of the equation. You’d want your vendors to let you know ASAP if there was a supply issue or some delivery block up, so make sure to let all your partners understand what’s happening at your end, too.
A healthy heads up is critical to management and keeps problems under wraps before they balloon out of control. This will give your partners confidence that you’ll let them know if and when a problem arises in the future, which will improve trust overall in the business relationship and pave the way for future deep collaboration.
2. Keep Your Commitments
Being true to your word will go a long way towards building trust between you and your partners. If you say you’ll deliver something by a given date, you need to get it done. This sort of commitment to your work is often rare in the business world, and people will take note. Once partners and customers know you’ll meet your deadlines, they’ll realize that you’re worth working within the long run. It also helps to build a little bit of goodwill in case of any other mishaps or mixups on your end.
As a general rule, do the best job you can all the time. That way, your partners will be more accommodating when stuff does fall through the cracks (because it happens to the best of us!).
3. Honesty
Honesty in business relationships is perhaps the MOST IMPORTANT PRINCIPLE you can have. If you stay honest with your communication and dealings, you’ll earn trust more than through any other factor, guaranteed. Clients, vendors, employees will be able to tell if you’re attempting to twist the truth. They may not know the truth, but it’s relatively easy to tell when someone is weaseling out of something.
More importantly, once someone gets a negative vibe about you and your business, it’s almost impossible to change their mind. The modem market is too competitive to take that chance, anyway.
By the same logic, don’t be afraid to tell someone, “I don’t know.” Don’t hedge, just be straight up. Everyone likes a straight shooter. People will appreciate your honesty in these situations, even if you aren’t telling them the good news, particularly if you follow up quickly with a promise to find an answer to whatever questions or concerns they have. That said, don’t make a habit of saying, “I don’t know,” either!
Act Now To Get Our Value Pricing Adjustment on Audit and Review Engagements For Your Business
4. Keep in Touch
If you don’t nurture your business relationships, they’ll dry up just like any other relationship. If you’re always at the forefront of someone’s mind, they’re much more likely to think of you when new opportunities arise.
Remember: social media isn’t just for scrolling!
Social media tools can make it incredibly easy to stay in touch, even if you’re just sharing posts and commenting. All told, just make a point of keeping yourself on the radar of as many people as possible, and not only will you maintain your existing relationships, but new partnerships and opportunities will start to come your way.
5. Share Share Share!
It’s worth noting that no one likes a resource hog. In a healthy partnership or relationship, both parties should share their knowledge and resources. For example, loss prevention and asset protection are essential for many businesses. If your brand specializes in security products, you’ll give even greater benefit to your clients and partners if you share your expertise and know-how in business security techniques, regardless of whether or not the simple act of sharing that knowledge leads to a sale.
6. The Personal Touch
A business relationship that exists entirely on text messages, Slack, and email will never be as secure as one that is based on personal, face-to-face interaction. Look for as many opportunities as possible to meet your partners in person, whether socially at a coffee shop or golf course or some trade event in your industry. It’s all good. Face time is more beneficial than you know. These experiences will dramatically deepen the quality of your relationships and benefit you in the long run.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick in Vancouver, B.C. He concentrates his practice on assisting business owners with accounting services, tax and estate planning and overall business development. The post How Communication Can Improve Your Business Partnerships appeared first on Real Leaders.
Income Sprinkling In Canada – An Updated Guide
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
February 11, 2021
Category: Taxation
Income Sprinkling In Canada - An Updated Guide
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
Individuals that receive certain types of income derived from a “related business” will be subject to Tax on Split Income (TOSI) unless an exclusion applies. TOSI is subject to the highest personal tax rate with no benefit of personal credits.
Commencing on January 1, 2018 TOSI applied in respect of amounts that are received by adults, not just those under 18 years. The application of TOSI to individuals under age 18 (commonly known as the “kiddie tax”) has not changed.
Income Streams at Risk
Private corporation dividends, partnership allocations, trust allocations, capital gains, and income from debt may all be subject to TOSI.
Related Business
A related business includes any business, where another individual related to the recipient of income does any of the following:
• personally carries on the business (this means income from a sole proprietorship to a related person can be subject to TOSI);
• is actively engaged in the business carried on by a partnership, corporation or trust;
• owns shares of the corporation carrying on the business;
• owns property the value of which is derived from shares of the corporation having a fair market value not less than 10% of the fair market value of all of the shares of the corporation; or
• is a member of a partnership which carries on the business. The definition is broadly drafted to capture income derived directly or indirectly from the business. Exceptions and Exclusions Several exclusions from the TOSI rules for adult individuals have been introduced. Some exclusions depend on the age of the taxpayer at the start of the taxation year. Different rules apply to taxpayers at least 17 years of age at the start of the year (i.e. these exceptions are first available in the year the taxpayer turns 18) and to those at least 24 years of age at the start of the year (i.e. these exceptions are first available in the year the taxpayer turns 25). For the purposes of this analysis, the first age group will be referred to as those "over age 17" while the second group will be referred to as those "over age 24". Get Access to leading accounting and tax help. The time is now to get the right help and not waste any more effort getting mediocre results - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234. The exclusions are as follows: 1. Excluded Business: A taxpayer over age 17 will not be subject to TOSI on amounts received from an excluded business. An excluded business is one where the taxpayer is actively engaged on a regular, continuous and substantial basis in either the year in which the income is received, or in any five previous years. The five taxation years need not be consecutive. An individual will be deemed to be actively engaged in any year where the individual works in the business at least an average of 20 hours/week during the portion of the taxation year that the business operates. A person not meeting this bright line test may also be “actively engaged” depending on the facts, but this will carry greater risk of challenge by CRA. 2. Excluded Shares: A taxpayer over age 24 will be exempt from TOSI in respect of income received from excluded shares, including capital gains realized on such shares. Many restrictions apply to qualify for this exclusion, which makes it quite complex and uncertain. The taxpayer must directly own shares accounting for at least 10% of the votes and value of the corporation’s total share capital. For 2018, this test can be met by December 31. In later years, it must be met when the income is received. Also, the corporation can not be a professional corporation (i.e. a corporation carrying on the business of an accountant, chiropractor, lawyer, dentist, medical doctor or veterinarian). Further, it must earn less than 90% of its business income from provision of services. Finally, substantially all of its income (generally interpreted as 90% or more) must be derived from sources other than related businesses, which will be problematic for holding companies. 3. Reasonable Return: TOSI will not apply to amounts which reflect a reasonable return.
• For taxpayers over age 24, an amount which is reasonable is based on work performed, property contributed, risks assumed, amounts paid or payable from the business, and any other factors in respect of the business which may be applicable.
• For taxpayers over age 17, but not over age 24, the rules are more restrictive. Only a reasonable return in respect of contributions of capital will be considered. 4. Certain Capital Gains: Although TOSI will be expanded to apply to capital gains of interests in entities through which a related business is carried on, some gains will be excluded. For example, capital gains arising due to a deemed disposition on death. Also, capital gains on qualified farm or fishing property, or qualified small business corporation shares will generally be excluded from TOSI. 5. Retirement Income Splitting: The TOSI rules will not apply to income received by an individual from a related business if the recipient’s spouse was age 65 in or before the year in which the amounts are received and the amount would have been excluded from TOSI had it been received by the recipient’s spouse. 6. Additional exclusions apply for some income from inherited property and property acquired as a result of a relationship breakdown. This new draft legislation is a substantial change from the current rules. The provisions are lengthy, complex and nuanced, and it is likely that additional concerns and challenges will be identified. It is uncertain whether there will be further changes, given the concerns which have already been identified, as well as the recommendations of the Senate Finance Committee released on the same date as these proposals. TAKEAWAY: Review whether your earnings may be impacted. Consider whether additional documentation should be kept to prove meaningful contributions and time worked. Also, restructuring of ownership or working relationships may be beneficial in some cases. Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick in Vancouver, B.C. He concentrates his practice on assisting business owners with accounting services, tax and estate planning and overall business development. This article was sourced from managementconsulted.com
• personally carries on the business (this means income from a sole proprietorship to a related person can be subject to TOSI);
• is actively engaged in the business carried on by a partnership, corporation or trust;
• owns shares of the corporation carrying on the business;
• owns property the value of which is derived from shares of the corporation having a fair market value not less than 10% of the fair market value of all of the shares of the corporation; or
• is a member of a partnership which carries on the business. The definition is broadly drafted to capture income derived directly or indirectly from the business. Exceptions and Exclusions Several exclusions from the TOSI rules for adult individuals have been introduced. Some exclusions depend on the age of the taxpayer at the start of the taxation year. Different rules apply to taxpayers at least 17 years of age at the start of the year (i.e. these exceptions are first available in the year the taxpayer turns 18) and to those at least 24 years of age at the start of the year (i.e. these exceptions are first available in the year the taxpayer turns 25). For the purposes of this analysis, the first age group will be referred to as those "over age 17" while the second group will be referred to as those "over age 24". Get Access to leading accounting and tax help. The time is now to get the right help and not waste any more effort getting mediocre results - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234. The exclusions are as follows: 1. Excluded Business: A taxpayer over age 17 will not be subject to TOSI on amounts received from an excluded business. An excluded business is one where the taxpayer is actively engaged on a regular, continuous and substantial basis in either the year in which the income is received, or in any five previous years. The five taxation years need not be consecutive. An individual will be deemed to be actively engaged in any year where the individual works in the business at least an average of 20 hours/week during the portion of the taxation year that the business operates. A person not meeting this bright line test may also be “actively engaged” depending on the facts, but this will carry greater risk of challenge by CRA. 2. Excluded Shares: A taxpayer over age 24 will be exempt from TOSI in respect of income received from excluded shares, including capital gains realized on such shares. Many restrictions apply to qualify for this exclusion, which makes it quite complex and uncertain. The taxpayer must directly own shares accounting for at least 10% of the votes and value of the corporation’s total share capital. For 2018, this test can be met by December 31. In later years, it must be met when the income is received. Also, the corporation can not be a professional corporation (i.e. a corporation carrying on the business of an accountant, chiropractor, lawyer, dentist, medical doctor or veterinarian). Further, it must earn less than 90% of its business income from provision of services. Finally, substantially all of its income (generally interpreted as 90% or more) must be derived from sources other than related businesses, which will be problematic for holding companies. 3. Reasonable Return: TOSI will not apply to amounts which reflect a reasonable return.
• For taxpayers over age 24, an amount which is reasonable is based on work performed, property contributed, risks assumed, amounts paid or payable from the business, and any other factors in respect of the business which may be applicable.
• For taxpayers over age 17, but not over age 24, the rules are more restrictive. Only a reasonable return in respect of contributions of capital will be considered. 4. Certain Capital Gains: Although TOSI will be expanded to apply to capital gains of interests in entities through which a related business is carried on, some gains will be excluded. For example, capital gains arising due to a deemed disposition on death. Also, capital gains on qualified farm or fishing property, or qualified small business corporation shares will generally be excluded from TOSI. 5. Retirement Income Splitting: The TOSI rules will not apply to income received by an individual from a related business if the recipient’s spouse was age 65 in or before the year in which the amounts are received and the amount would have been excluded from TOSI had it been received by the recipient’s spouse. 6. Additional exclusions apply for some income from inherited property and property acquired as a result of a relationship breakdown. This new draft legislation is a substantial change from the current rules. The provisions are lengthy, complex and nuanced, and it is likely that additional concerns and challenges will be identified. It is uncertain whether there will be further changes, given the concerns which have already been identified, as well as the recommendations of the Senate Finance Committee released on the same date as these proposals. TAKEAWAY: Review whether your earnings may be impacted. Consider whether additional documentation should be kept to prove meaningful contributions and time worked. Also, restructuring of ownership or working relationships may be beneficial in some cases. Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick in Vancouver, B.C. He concentrates his practice on assisting business owners with accounting services, tax and estate planning and overall business development. This article was sourced from managementconsulted.com
Directors Can Be Held Liable For Unpaid Corporate Taxes
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
February 11, 2021
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory, Taxation
Directors Can Be Held Liable For Unpaid Corporate Taxes
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
A December 11, 2017 Tax Court of Canada case examined whether a taxpayer was liable for unpaid income taxes of the corporation of which he was a director. CRA’s assessment was based on the assertion that the taxpayer was a legal representative of the corporation and had distributed assets of the corporation without having first obtained a clearance certificate from CRA.
A clearance certificate essentially confirms that the corporation has paid all amounts of tax, interest and penalties it owed to CRA at the time the certificate was issued. Legal representatives that fail to get a clearance certificate before distributing property may be liable for any unpaid amounts, up to the value of the property distributed.
Taxpayer wins
The Court examined whether the taxpayer was a legal representative and personally liable for the corporation’s unpaid taxes. The definition of a legal representative does not specifically include directors, despite naming many other persons (e.g. a receiver, a liquidator, a trustee, and an executor). While a director could become a receiver or liquidator for a corporation, carrying out the usual activities of a director, such as declaring dividends, would not result in the director being a “legal representative”.
A director could become a legal representative where:
a. additional powers beyond directorship have been legally granted or, if not legally granted, were available and assumed;
b. these additional powers allowed the legal representative to legally and factually dissolve (wind-up) and liquidate the corporation; and
3. by virtue of these powers, the director liquidated the assets of the corporation. In this case, no such legal powers had been conferred or exercised. The taxpayer was not considered to be the corporation’s legal representative. Also, the corporation had not been dissolved. As such, the taxpayer was not personally liable for unpaid corporate income taxes. TAKEAWAY: If you are a director and legal representative of a corporation, ensure that you are properly protected if distributing assets. Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick in Vancouver, B.C. He concentrates his practice on assisting business owners with accounting services, tax and estate planning and overall business development. This article was sourced from www.scotiabank.com/small business centre.
a. additional powers beyond directorship have been legally granted or, if not legally granted, were available and assumed;
b. these additional powers allowed the legal representative to legally and factually dissolve (wind-up) and liquidate the corporation; and
3. by virtue of these powers, the director liquidated the assets of the corporation. In this case, no such legal powers had been conferred or exercised. The taxpayer was not considered to be the corporation’s legal representative. Also, the corporation had not been dissolved. As such, the taxpayer was not personally liable for unpaid corporate income taxes. TAKEAWAY: If you are a director and legal representative of a corporation, ensure that you are properly protected if distributing assets. Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick in Vancouver, B.C. He concentrates his practice on assisting business owners with accounting services, tax and estate planning and overall business development. This article was sourced from www.scotiabank.com/small business centre.
Property Flipping – The Fine Line Between Sales Recognition as Income Or Capital
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
February 11, 2021
Category: Taxation





Slide 1
The Corporate Attribution Rules

Navigating the Delicate World of Non-Arms Length Transactions.
Slide 2
Slide 3
Slide 3
The Optimal Revenue Model For Driving Tech Ventures

Keys to Securing The Funding You Need to Scale.
Property Flipping - The Fine Line Between Sales Recognition As Income Or Capital
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
In an August 14, 2019 Tax Court of Canada case, at issue was whether the sales of four properties in B.C. were on account of income (fully taxable) or capital (half taxable), and whether they were eligible for the principal residence exemption (potentially tax-free) as claimed by the taxpayer, a real estate agent. Essentially, the Court was trying to determine if the properties were purchased with the intent to re-sell for a profit, or for personal use.
The properties were sold in 2006, 2008 and 2010 for a total of $5,784,000 and an estimated profit of $2,234,419. None of the dispositions had been reported in the taxpayer’s income tax returns. Three of the properties were residences located in Vancouver, and the fourth was a vacant lot on an island off the coast of B.C. The taxpayer was also assessed with $578,040 in uncollected, unremitted GST/HST and associated interest and penalties. At the outset of the hearing, CRA conceded that the vacant property sale was on account of capital and, therefore, not subject to GST/HST. Gross negligence penalties were also assessed.
The taxpayer argued that he had purchased and developed each of the three properties with the intention to live in them as his principal residence, but changes in circumstances forced him to sell. CRA, on the other hand, argued that the taxpayer was developing the properties with the intention to sell at a profit and was therefore conducting a business. To make a determination, the Court considered the following factors.
Nature of the properties
While a house, in and of itself, is not particularly indicative of capital property or business inventory, the nature of the rapidly increasing housing prices in Vancouver, the fact that the taxpayer was a real estate professional knowledgeable of the potential gains, and the fact that the properties were run down, indicated that the purchases were speculative in nature, all of which suggested that the transactions were on account of income.
Length of ownership
The properties were owned for a year and a half on average. During that time, the original houses were demolished, new homes were built, and then they were listed and sold. The Court found that the homes were under construction substantially all of the time that they were owned and were sold shortly after construction. In particular, the Court stated that it appeared as if the taxpayer was selling homes as he developed them while trying to meet the requirements for the principal residence exemption to avoid paying tax. The short holding and personal use periods suggested that they were held on account of income.
Frequency or number of similar transactions
Not only did the taxpayer rebuild the three homes in question, but he also conducted similar activities for his corporation, his father, and his girlfriend/spouse. This indicated that he was in the business of developing properties.
Premium Accounting and Tax Assistance - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234 to find out more for your business and click here to see our latest first-time offers.
Extent of work on properties
During the periods in question, it was apparent that the taxpayier expended a “good deal of time” purchasing, redeveloping and selling the three homes. Further, based on his low reported income (approximately $15,000 - $20,000 per year) and lack of material real estate commission income earned from unrelated third parties, the majority of his time and work appeared to be focused on the properties. This suggested that amounts were received on account of income.
Circumstances leading to the sales
The taxpayer provided a number of reasons for the sales. One reason cited was that unexpected personal expenses and accumulated debts forced the sales. However, the Court questioned this reason, noting that each sale was followed by the purchase of a more expensive property, and there was no indication of other restructuring or sale of personal items (like his airplane). The taxpayer also stated that other reasons for sale included a desire to move with his son closer to his school and mother, and a desire to move in with his elderly parents to provide full-time care. However, the Court found support for such assertions lacking, and in some cases contradictory, adding that they were neither credible nor plausible.
Further, there was no indication that the taxpayer could afford to actually live in the properties based on his available assets and reported income.
Taxpayer loses – on account of income
Ther transactions Court concluded that the motive for the sales were not personal as stated by the taxpayer but, rather, in pursuit of profit (sold on account of income) and not eligible for capital gains treatment. As the gains were not capital in nature, the principal residence exemption could not apply.
Taxpayer loses – no principal residence exemption
The Court also chose to opine on whether the principal residence exemption would have been available had the properties been held on account of capital. In particular, it considered whether the taxpayer “ordinarily inhabited” any of the properties prior to sale.
Other than testimony from the taxpayer and his son, which was found unreliable, the only other support provided was bills for expenses such as gas and insurance, which the Court noted would have also been incurred during the redevelopment even if he never lived there. There were no cable or internet bills and no evidence that he used the addresses for bank, credit card, driver’s licence, or tax return purposes. Further, the real estate listings for the houses described them as new and provided a budget for appliances. During the period, he also had access to a number of other properties which included those of his girlfriend/spouse and parents. Due to the lack of support demonstrating that he actually resided in the properties, and the fact that he had many other places in which to live, the Court concluded that he did not “ordinarily inhabit” any of the properties, therefore would not have been eligible for the exemption in any case.
Taxpayer loses – gross negligence penalties
The Court viewed the taxpayer as a knowledgeable business person, real estate developer, and real estate agent with many years’ experience who understood tax reporting obligations in relation to real estate development activities. He had specifically asked both his accountant and CRA about the principal residence rules. Given the taxpayer’s knowledge and experience, he should have been alerted to the fact that the gains should have been reported, or at least sought professional advice on whether the principal residence exemption would have been available for those specific sales. Further, he had neglected to report the gain on the vacant land, stating that he forgot. This indicated at least willful blindness given the magnitude of the gain ($126,000) in comparison to his very low reported income. All in all, the Court found that the taxpayer made false statements or omissions of the type and significance to constitute willful blindness or gross negligence. The penalties were upheld.
Taxpayer loses – GST/HST
The Court found that the taxpayer met the definition of a “builder” in the Excise Tax Act. A builder includes a person that has an interest in the real property at the time when the person carries on, or engages another person to carry on, the construction or substantial renovation of the complex. However, an individual is excluded from being a “builder” unless they are acting in the course of a business or an adventure or concern in the nature trade. Since the Court had determined that the individual taxpayer was carrying on a business, this exclusion would not apply, resulting in the sales being subject to GST/HST.
Taxpayer loses – GST/HST penalties
The taxpayer was also assessed penalties for failure to file GST/HST returns and late remittance of GST/HST. The Court found that the taxpayer did not demonstrate sufficient due diligence to merit protection from the penalties.
TAKEAWAY:
If moving out of a property that was occupied for a short period, ensure you maintain documents and proof that you had intended to establish residential roots and live there.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick in Vancouver, B.C. He concentrates his practice on assisting business owners with accounting services, tax and estate planning and overall business development. This article was sourced from www.scotiabank.com/small business centre.
I Want To Quit My Job And Start A Business!
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
February 10, 2021
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory
The Right Way To Quit Your Job And Start A Business
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
Eight out of ten startups fail, and how badly do you think the entrepreneurs behind the failed businesses wish they could go back to their old jobs?
Well, the good news is, if you follow some of the tips below, you may be able to go back to your job if your startup doesn’t work out the way you hoped:
• If you’re working on your business ideas outside the hours you’re working for your employer, that’s okay. If you’re working on your business while you’re at work, however, that’s stealing. It may be difficult to focus on the job you’re doing when your head is filled with dreams of starting your own business, but, you have to buckle down and do great work. This is the last chance you’ll have to make an impression on your employer, and you don’t want that impression to be “stole company time for personal projects.”
• Maybe you’ve not written your resignation letter yet. Maybe you wrote it months ago, keep it in your back pocket at all times, and are just waiting to slap it on your boss’s desk. Regardless, make sure it’s short and sweet.
Give your employer a two-to-three-sentence letter that tells them how grateful you are for the opportunity to have worked for them, and how much you’ve learned. Your resignation letter is also your two weeks notice. Understand the situation that letter puts your employer in; they now have to find someone to fill your spot, either via a backfill or hiring. That’s going to take them time and resources. In other words, you just made more work for them. So, make sure your resignation letter is respectful, not only for the opportunity but also of the plight you’ve just put them in. Your letter of resignation is an important professional document that ends a professional relationship; the content within should reflect that. • Whenever possible, give your employer the full two weeks of a two-week notice. If, for whatever reason, your employer needs more time from you, give it to them. People quit. You may feel like you’re the first person who has ever done this, but you’re not. What makes you stand out is either the incredibly rude and selfish things you do as an employee, or the kind, thoughtful, and helpful things you do. It’s what gets you promoted, and it's what will get you your job back if you can’t make the startup dream work. So, if your former employer needs help, and it’s in your power to help, do so. Premium Accounting and Tax Assistance - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234 to find out more for your business and click here to see our latest first-time offers. • When you go, don’t steal the company’s clients upon departure. It’s important to start your business fresh, with a clean slate and clean reputation. Remember, as a startup, you’re small. It’s a strength: you’re nimble, customized, fast. But you’re also small as in easily crushed by a big, angry business with more reach and power than you. If a big business feels like you're threatening its ability to turn a profit, it can hit you with legal issues, suck up your cash reserves, and send your business into bankruptcy. Even just the threat of something like that can destroy your reputation. It’s better to earn your reputation and customers naturally from scratch. • Don’t recruit your friends to jump ship. By all means, put it out there for them. Let them know what you’re planning and that there is a place for them, but don’t facilitate their departure or sow seeds of dissatisfaction with the current employer. many ways, taking an employee is far worse than taking a client. Losing an employee is losing information, revenue, and incurring the cost and energy of sourcing new talent, onboarding new employees, and getting the team back up to speed. • Do not pocket the company stapler, a pack of stationery, or a box of pens. This is beneath you! • Sit down with your employer and map out everything you can about what you do and how you do it. If they ask you to show someone else the ropes, do it, and take it seriously. If you leave and they call you with questions that only you can answer, answer the questions—even if you don’t like your former employer and don’t want to hear from them. • Many entrepreneurs leave one business to start a very similar business, their way. If this is you, and you are open and willing to help your former employer, you may find that former employer will send you clients they don’t service the way you would. But if you’re not willing to help them, they won't be willing to help you. Nor will they be ready to bring you back. • Once you hand in your letter of resignation, work extra hard. Do not, under any circumstance, coast. Not only does this let them know that you were a valuable employee, but it also reinforces what losing you represents. The ideal situation for you to quit and start your own business is one in which in your current employer says to you, “we’re going to miss you around here, and if you ever want to come back, there will always be a place here for you.” • Once you’re gone, do not, under any circumstance, bad-mouth your former employer. New customers are sensitive to how you talk about past relationships, so this is a good practice to keep. If your former employer wants to conduct an exit interview, don’t rip them apart with ridicule about how bad your boss is (even if he is). Remember, if you don’t make it as a startup, you may be looking for another job, and this employer, being your last employer, could be a reference! • Even if your employer makes a very persuasive counter offer, humbly refuse. The entrepreneurial itch is a reality - it won't go away until you’ve scratched it, and once you’ve handed in your resignation you need to move on. If it were about making more money, that would be different, but you’re not starting your own business because of the money, you’re doing it because you want a lifestyle change. If you want to be your own boss and chase a dream, staying for more money isn’t going to change anything besides the size of your paycheck. • When your final day arrives, stay around, shake hands with your co-workers, tell them they’re great people, and make sure they have your contact information. • Finally, do not burn any bridges. Even if you swear to heaven above that under no circumstances will you ever work for this employer again, don’t burn a bridge. Time changes many people’s perspectives, and when you wake up one day in the future, way before dawn (because you have to keep up with the demands of your small business), you may find yourself thinking … “my old boss wasn’t so bad.” When that day comes, you’ll wish you had that bridge! Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner with the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick and specializes in tax structuring and business development for his small and medium business sized clients. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on Facebook at www.facebook.com/Burgess Kilpatrick for more information on our firm. This article was sourced from Mike Kappel, Forbes Magazine
Give your employer a two-to-three-sentence letter that tells them how grateful you are for the opportunity to have worked for them, and how much you’ve learned. Your resignation letter is also your two weeks notice. Understand the situation that letter puts your employer in; they now have to find someone to fill your spot, either via a backfill or hiring. That’s going to take them time and resources. In other words, you just made more work for them. So, make sure your resignation letter is respectful, not only for the opportunity but also of the plight you’ve just put them in. Your letter of resignation is an important professional document that ends a professional relationship; the content within should reflect that. • Whenever possible, give your employer the full two weeks of a two-week notice. If, for whatever reason, your employer needs more time from you, give it to them. People quit. You may feel like you’re the first person who has ever done this, but you’re not. What makes you stand out is either the incredibly rude and selfish things you do as an employee, or the kind, thoughtful, and helpful things you do. It’s what gets you promoted, and it's what will get you your job back if you can’t make the startup dream work. So, if your former employer needs help, and it’s in your power to help, do so. Premium Accounting and Tax Assistance - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234 to find out more for your business and click here to see our latest first-time offers. • When you go, don’t steal the company’s clients upon departure. It’s important to start your business fresh, with a clean slate and clean reputation. Remember, as a startup, you’re small. It’s a strength: you’re nimble, customized, fast. But you’re also small as in easily crushed by a big, angry business with more reach and power than you. If a big business feels like you're threatening its ability to turn a profit, it can hit you with legal issues, suck up your cash reserves, and send your business into bankruptcy. Even just the threat of something like that can destroy your reputation. It’s better to earn your reputation and customers naturally from scratch. • Don’t recruit your friends to jump ship. By all means, put it out there for them. Let them know what you’re planning and that there is a place for them, but don’t facilitate their departure or sow seeds of dissatisfaction with the current employer. many ways, taking an employee is far worse than taking a client. Losing an employee is losing information, revenue, and incurring the cost and energy of sourcing new talent, onboarding new employees, and getting the team back up to speed. • Do not pocket the company stapler, a pack of stationery, or a box of pens. This is beneath you! • Sit down with your employer and map out everything you can about what you do and how you do it. If they ask you to show someone else the ropes, do it, and take it seriously. If you leave and they call you with questions that only you can answer, answer the questions—even if you don’t like your former employer and don’t want to hear from them. • Many entrepreneurs leave one business to start a very similar business, their way. If this is you, and you are open and willing to help your former employer, you may find that former employer will send you clients they don’t service the way you would. But if you’re not willing to help them, they won't be willing to help you. Nor will they be ready to bring you back. • Once you hand in your letter of resignation, work extra hard. Do not, under any circumstance, coast. Not only does this let them know that you were a valuable employee, but it also reinforces what losing you represents. The ideal situation for you to quit and start your own business is one in which in your current employer says to you, “we’re going to miss you around here, and if you ever want to come back, there will always be a place here for you.” • Once you’re gone, do not, under any circumstance, bad-mouth your former employer. New customers are sensitive to how you talk about past relationships, so this is a good practice to keep. If your former employer wants to conduct an exit interview, don’t rip them apart with ridicule about how bad your boss is (even if he is). Remember, if you don’t make it as a startup, you may be looking for another job, and this employer, being your last employer, could be a reference! • Even if your employer makes a very persuasive counter offer, humbly refuse. The entrepreneurial itch is a reality - it won't go away until you’ve scratched it, and once you’ve handed in your resignation you need to move on. If it were about making more money, that would be different, but you’re not starting your own business because of the money, you’re doing it because you want a lifestyle change. If you want to be your own boss and chase a dream, staying for more money isn’t going to change anything besides the size of your paycheck. • When your final day arrives, stay around, shake hands with your co-workers, tell them they’re great people, and make sure they have your contact information. • Finally, do not burn any bridges. Even if you swear to heaven above that under no circumstances will you ever work for this employer again, don’t burn a bridge. Time changes many people’s perspectives, and when you wake up one day in the future, way before dawn (because you have to keep up with the demands of your small business), you may find yourself thinking … “my old boss wasn’t so bad.” When that day comes, you’ll wish you had that bridge! Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner with the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick and specializes in tax structuring and business development for his small and medium business sized clients. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on Facebook at www.facebook.com/Burgess Kilpatrick for more information on our firm. This article was sourced from Mike Kappel, Forbes Magazine
Contact Us
KPI’s – How To Use Key Performance Indicators To Track Your Business’s Success
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
February 9, 2021
Category: Business Management
KPI's - How To Use Key Performance Indicator's To Track Your Business's Success
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
KPI, which stands for Key Performance Indicator, is an acronym applied by people working in or studying management. But if you’ve never had a specific reason to investigate what KPIs are, it’s likely you’re unfamiliar with the meaning of the term.
KPI Metrics: Which to Include
First, beyond the literal meaning of the acronym, what is KPI? The real KPI meaning refers to purposefully chosen metrics that management uses to define and evaluate operational success. Think about it. You’re leading a team charged with a certain set of shared objectives. But how do you know, exactly, whether or not you’re on the path toward achieving those objectives? You use key performance indicators to help assess your performance. This helps determine what stands between you and accomplishing your goal.
Working with KPIs isn’t always obvious at first glance, even if you know what KPI stands for. There’s actually almost no limit to the amount of information you can assess when you analyze a situation. The real key to working with KPI metrics is to be smart about the most appropriate, useful, and powerful metrics to focus on as you monitor a business.
There are a few criteria that effective KPIs have in common. A good KPI should be clearly defined and quantifiable. Further, it should be essential to the goal you’re trying to achieve and should define what success means for the project or business. Finally, it should be effectively communicated to all relevant stakeholders to keep the various parties on the same page.
KPI Examples
Every project or business will have its own unique best KPIs, and there’s no one-size-fits-all form of KPI report. But there are some common types of KPIs you can adapt to suit your needs in many situations. There are certain common KPIs for marketing contexts, sales contexts, financial contexts, and virtually every other dimension of a business’s operations. Determining which elements of your business require the most focus within a particular task will go a long way toward helping you decide on the right KPIs.
Let’s take a look at a few common KPI examples.
• Profit
This is the most common financial metric and defines some of the most important objectives for most every organization. Until or unless our economic system fundamentally changes, virtually every organization will have to keep profit front-of-mind. Sometimes determining profit for the sake of a KPI is obvious, but other times you might drill down more. For instance, you can measure profit-per-unit-produced, or else profit relative to previous performance, or profit relative to prevailing economic conditions. Be careful to define which type of profit you’re tracking – in most contexts, operating profit will be the metric to track.
Act Now To Get Our Value Pricing Adjustment on Audit and Review Engagements For Your Business
• Customer Acquisition Cost
In most organizations, this will fall under the category of customer KPIs. Customer acquisition cost refers to how much money a company has to spend in order to bring in a new customer. This is an especially relevant metric for subscription-based business models, in which the company’s profits & solvency are directly tied to the growing or shrinking customer base, and the profits derived from each customer are narrowly defined. Complaint tickets. One simple way of measuring the success of a company’s quality control & customer service is to measure the number of formal complaint tickets initiated by customers. You might set a simple maximum as a target and use that as your KPI, or else you might evaluate on some proportional basis, such as complaints-per-units-sold.
• Website Traffic
This simple KPI is critical for online businesses. If you notice fewer people navigating to your site, you should expect revenue to fall.
• Website Conversion
If you are experiencing a revenue decline, you might be inclined to assume you need to do more marketing to get more people considering your products. But maybe the issue is that people aren’t deciding to buy once they are on your website? A KPI report needs to include KPI examples that measure different things and help you analyze your business from different angles.
OKR vs KPI: What’s the Difference?
Some people misunderstand the concepts of OKR vs KPI, mistakenly believing they’re interchangeable. While they are related, they are different. OKR refers to Objectives & Key Results. This refers to the strategic framework by which a team or organization will define its goals. KPI refers to the specific evaluation tactic of using pre-chosen quantified metrics to achieve the goals previously defined by the OKR. The difference is subtle, but meaningful.
In other words, a business must start with OKR, and establish KPI metrics to monitor and help achieve its OKR.
KPI Template
Every organization will produce its own unique KPIs. However, a KPI template should be produced that can be used to define what its KPIs will be:
1. Determine overarching strategic goals. What is the purpose of an organization, of a team within an organization, of a project undertaken by a team?
2. Define what success will mean. Too often teams proceed with a hazy impulse forward but no real definition of success. Defining the goal can help you envision and manifest it.
3. Pick your metrics. What are the most relevant things you can reliably measure to determine whether you’re getting closer to or farther from your objective?
4. Choose your best KPIs. Within the metrics you’ve emphasized as most relevant to your objectives, what exact measurements will mean you’ve been successful? And what numbers will you need to hit along the way to know whether you’re keeping up with the plan?
Conclusion
It’s one thing for a business to fail because it has an inferior product, or because it neglects its responsibilities to the public. Those results are inevitable in any public marketplace. But what shouldn’t happen is when a business fails despite offering a superior product/service. When this happens, it’s often because management failed to clearly define what success would mean, and so was unable to steer its operations toward it.
If you want to give your business the best chance of succeeding, use KPI metrics to monitor performance. Key Performance Indicators are a navigation device without which any business risks getting lost at sea.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick in Vancouver, B.C. He concentrates his practice on assisting business owners with accounting services, tax and estate planning and overall business development. This article was sourced from managementconsulted.com
Going International – Tips And Points To Steer The Multi-Jurisdiction Business
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
February 9, 2021
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory






Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
Using Joint Ventures To Capitalize On Real Estate Investments
Research tax-efficient structures to facilitate real estate investing.
Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
The Corporate Attribution Rules
Navigating through the delicate nature of non-arms length transactions.
Going International - Tips And Points To Steer The Multi-Jurisdiction Business
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
"The life of a typical entrant is nasty, brutish, and short.” - Paul Geroski, London Business School
There’s nothing that quickens the pulse of a growing enterprise-level business than expanding its footprint beyond its native borders. “Taking a company international,” as it is often less formally referred to, is no small task. What works well at home might be less than perfect abroad. It is also difficult to manage from a distance, so successfully going international takes some planning. CEOs need to keep target markets, objectives, entry mode, organization and execution in mind.
It’s little wonder that many companies toil mightily to realize a decent return from a global shift. According to a Harvard Business Review study of 20,000 companies in 30 countries, it can take almost a decade to realize a positive rate of return on an international investment.
Don’t Rush Into The Decision To Go International
To best prepare for expanding its horizons, a company must have a strategic rationale for going international. Good reasons can include going after growth opportunities, or following a key customer abroad. Perhaps the home market is getting saturated, or competition is heating up and pushing prices down.
There are also some very common -- but usually bad reasons -- for going international. One significant downer: Pursuing unsolicited proposals from would-be distributors or agents. Following this folly often carries the risk of not going for the most attractive export market, and disappointment when the foreign partner does not deliver the promised sales.
Once a decision is made to go overseas, it is important to understand company strengths and vulnerabilities and to be very level-headed about what characteristics are needed for success. This is not the time for wishful thinking!
Instead, do a fair amount of homework to identify the target market(s) and the most suitable products for your overseas endeavors; develop clear objectives and goals, taking into account how sophisticated the target market is; and map out how production and supply chain will be organized. Finally, but not insignificantly, it is crucial to really understand the political, economic and socio-cultural factors of the target country.
Miscues at any of these stages can lead to big mistakes, including misguided assumptions around terms, payments, warranties, court system, liability, agency agreements, et cetera. A good lawyer or international accounting firm can be very helpful. For example EY, PwC and Deloitte all have “doing business in country X” -type guides that are concise and have good information.
Entry Mode
Probably the most key decision has to do with entry mode. The company can decide to export products from factories at home, or sell licenses for manufacturing abroad. Both of these approaches are less complicated, and the effects of failure are less severe.
An investment like an equity joint venture or an acquisition represents a higher stakes foreign-market entry. However, done right, this can allow you to, in effect, “buy” excellent market access and good knowledge of the local business environment. Also, some companies choose to enter new markets through a direct investment in plant facilities. This allows efficiency gains, as production lines can be copied from other plants and staff transferred to run the operation.
Equity investments carry bigger risks than exporting products and take longer to give results -- but can also be very lucrative.
Get Access to leading accounting and tax help. The time is now to get the right help and not waste any more effort getting mediocre results - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234.
Organization
The next step is to design an appropriate organizational structure around your chosen entry mode. At this stage, It is important to assess special problems and approaches to managing, and to make sure leaders have good intercultural understanding (or are local hires).
Needless to say, language skills are paramount – speaking in the native tongue shows commitment, creates respect, and opens doors. There is a joke in expat circles that goes something like this: “What do you call somebody who speaks three languages? Trilingual. What about two languages? Bilingual. What about somebody who speaks only one language? American.”
English being the business lingua franca is good on one level, but it also puts Americans at an unknown disadvantage – though counterparts may speak English fluently, this is not an indicator that they share our thought processes or business culture.
Planning
Specific marketing plans must be developed for each geography. The same goes for necessary support systems like customer service, technical service, or handling of warranties. It is not enough to just translate manuals and collateral; they also have to be adapted to local laws and customs.
Going through rigorous planning steps like above will greatly increase the likelihood of success – but you will quickly learn, as I have, that running an international business can very time consuming. In a typical U.S. manufacturing company, exports may account for 10 to 20 percent of sales, but require 60 to 70 percent of top management attention.
Summary
Failure can have many reasons: Executives may have over-estimated market size, or they believe company skills are more relevant than they really are, or they bump up against strong competitor responses.
A good approach is to learn from others’ experiences. What business models have been successful? What about learning curves or competitor abilities?
Among those who have successfully “gone international,” there is general agreement about the most important factors for success:
• Entry should be early in the life cycle, when an industry is still growing.
• Go for a unique niche, rather than try and compete against established leaders or other companies entering at the same time!
• Make sure supporting functions like marketing and distribution are in place and effective.
• Remain as close as you can to the core capabilities and value proposition of the home market. For a smaller company, it can make a lot of sense to undertake internationalization gradually. Starting with exporting, a company can then find a local distributor and grow a market presence. When sales reaches critical mass, a decision can be made to license or manufacture locally to improve the cost situation. There may even be opportunity for re-exporting products back to the home market, if manufacturing costs are low. Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick in Vancouver, B.C. He concentrates his practice on assisting business owners with accounting services, tax and estate planning and overall business development. This article was written by Per Ohstrom of chiefoutsiders.com
• Go for a unique niche, rather than try and compete against established leaders or other companies entering at the same time!
• Make sure supporting functions like marketing and distribution are in place and effective.
• Remain as close as you can to the core capabilities and value proposition of the home market. For a smaller company, it can make a lot of sense to undertake internationalization gradually. Starting with exporting, a company can then find a local distributor and grow a market presence. When sales reaches critical mass, a decision can be made to license or manufacture locally to improve the cost situation. There may even be opportunity for re-exporting products back to the home market, if manufacturing costs are low. Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick in Vancouver, B.C. He concentrates his practice on assisting business owners with accounting services, tax and estate planning and overall business development. This article was written by Per Ohstrom of chiefoutsiders.com
7 Traits Of Highly Successful Business Owners That You Need To Copy
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
February 9, 2021
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory






Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
Using Joint Ventures To Capitalize On Real Estate Investments
Research tax-efficient structures to facilitate real estate investing.
Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
The Corporate Attribution Rules
Navigating through the delicate nature of non-arms length transactions.
7 Traits Of Highly Successful Business Owners That You Need To Copy
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
Being a successful leader in a business is something that takes a lifetime to learn and apply. Then, the lessons learned facilitate success in other areas of your life. With this much benefit from learning to be a successful business leader, it makes sense for this to be a lifelong process. The more learned, the better the product (you).
Among other things, the core of successful business leadership is being proactive rather than reactive. This includes intentional planning to position the business for success.
Along this path, leadership invariably involves identifying potential problems and solving them before they reach crisis proportions—and the ability to identify and reap potential windfalls. So good leaders analyze and plan, and adapt their plans to new circumstances and opportunities.
Here are 7 ways that, within this context, successful leaders champion their cause by directing and guiding the businesses and people they lead;
1. Lead by example… try to get it right, not be right
When asked what courageous leadership looks like, Kate Johnson President of $45 billion business Microsoft US, says, “When you see a person trying to get it right, instead of trying to be right, you need to positively recognize that sincerity.” As a leader, you are like an emotional barometer in your organization, providing ‘cues’ to everyone on how to respond and behave. If you show up as anxious, you’ll only stoke anxiety in others. So before you focus on strategies and processes, get your head and heart in the right space, and ground yourself in the values you want to define yourself as a leader. Employees understand that there’s a lot outside your control. Still, if they can see that you’re at least in control of yourself, it provides a form of psychological safety net that encourages them to be that bit braver than they might otherwise be.
Remember, your way of being speaks more loudly than your words. You lead by virtue of who you are, not what you do or say. Work to try to get it right, not be right.
2. Reward non-conformity… make it safe for loyal dissent
Research shows that high-performing teams are those where people feel safe to speak up – to challenge ‘how we do it around it and raise sensitive issues. Yet when weighing the pros and cons of dissenting from the consensus, people are wired for caution. If they fear the risk of social humiliation, much less being professionally penalized, they’ll almost certainly play it safe.
Leaders who reward ‘loyal dissenters’ – those with the courage to ‘stick their neck out’ for the greater good – reduce collective fear and build the psychological safety needed for others to report, share and discuss what’s not working. After all, it’s the conversations that are not happening that often incur the steepest hidden tax on every measure that matters.
Premium Accounting and Tax Assistance - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234 to find out more for your business and click here to see our latest first-time offers.
3. Show you care… connect from the heart to the heart
People do their best work when they feel appreciated for who they are, not just what they do. Not feeling that their boss doesn’t care about them is the number one reason good employees leave.
Amid this challenging time, practicing empathy for what employees are dealing with is even more crucial. Prioritize regular one-on-one check-ins. Send them a personal message to acknowledge how hard people are working. Take the time to enquire how things are at home. Then listen. No agenda.
Emotions drive behavior, not logic. Leaders need to be highly attuned to their organization’s emotional landscape if they’re to harness the ‘positive emotional contagion’ within their ranks. 4. Destigmatize failure… and harness the value of ‘miss-steps’ No one starts out to fail. Yet unless people feel safe enough to risk making a mistake, they’ll only make small incremental changes, cautiously iterating on what’s already in place. This stifles innovation and deprives everyone of the learning required to build and retain an edge. A study at the University of Exeter Business School found that leaders who back employees to back themselves build stronger performing teams. Removing the stigma of failure is essential to optimizing growth and adapting to change. So talk about failure, including your own, in ways that normalize it as necessary for meaningful progress. At meetings, ask everyone to share how they’ve failed in the last week and what they learned in the process. Then celebrate the learning and talk about how you can apply it to other projects. 5. Nurture belonging… ensure everyone feels valued People need to feel connected, and this is especially important in the work context. So be deliberate in fostering a sense of inclusion. Invite everyone for their input. Ask open-ended questions. Nurture discussion. Then actively listen and acknowledge the value of what everyone has to share, particularly those who may feel most marginalized. Making people feel valued for who they are, not what they do, will build the psychological safety that is a key predictor of the highest performing teams. 6. Delegate decision making… treat people as trust-worthy People rise to the level of expectation others have of them. When you treat employees as trust-worthy – by extending decision-making authority or simply letting them get on with the job – most will go the extra mile to prove you right. On the flip side, when you micromanage or undermine decisions, you do the opposite. As you set priorities, manage accountability, allocate resources or communicate expectations, consider how you’d feel if your boss went about it as you are. Of course, when trust is broken, hold people to account. Nothing demoralizes a great employee faster than watching you tolerate a poor one. 7. Rally your team… get behind a compelling mission In the midst of crisis, leaders have an opportunity to activate the ‘rally effect’ and build a shared sense of mission and solidarity. Don’t squander that opportunity. Ensure everyone is clear about what lies at stake if they don’t all pull together and what is possible if they do. Continually communicate your vision, share plans and ensure everyone knows their specific role in the larger scheme of your business and why their part matters.
People are always the number one asset in your company. Unlocking their full potential requires working every day to nurture the conditions for them to engage in courageous conversations, make better decisions, and do their best work. Small actions can make a bigger impact than grand gestures. Don’t underestimate them. Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick in Vancouver, B.C. He concentrates his practice on assisting business owners with accounting services, tax and estate planning and overall business development. This article was sourced from www.scotiabank.com/small business centre.
Emotions drive behavior, not logic. Leaders need to be highly attuned to their organization’s emotional landscape if they’re to harness the ‘positive emotional contagion’ within their ranks. 4. Destigmatize failure… and harness the value of ‘miss-steps’ No one starts out to fail. Yet unless people feel safe enough to risk making a mistake, they’ll only make small incremental changes, cautiously iterating on what’s already in place. This stifles innovation and deprives everyone of the learning required to build and retain an edge. A study at the University of Exeter Business School found that leaders who back employees to back themselves build stronger performing teams. Removing the stigma of failure is essential to optimizing growth and adapting to change. So talk about failure, including your own, in ways that normalize it as necessary for meaningful progress. At meetings, ask everyone to share how they’ve failed in the last week and what they learned in the process. Then celebrate the learning and talk about how you can apply it to other projects. 5. Nurture belonging… ensure everyone feels valued People need to feel connected, and this is especially important in the work context. So be deliberate in fostering a sense of inclusion. Invite everyone for their input. Ask open-ended questions. Nurture discussion. Then actively listen and acknowledge the value of what everyone has to share, particularly those who may feel most marginalized. Making people feel valued for who they are, not what they do, will build the psychological safety that is a key predictor of the highest performing teams. 6. Delegate decision making… treat people as trust-worthy People rise to the level of expectation others have of them. When you treat employees as trust-worthy – by extending decision-making authority or simply letting them get on with the job – most will go the extra mile to prove you right. On the flip side, when you micromanage or undermine decisions, you do the opposite. As you set priorities, manage accountability, allocate resources or communicate expectations, consider how you’d feel if your boss went about it as you are. Of course, when trust is broken, hold people to account. Nothing demoralizes a great employee faster than watching you tolerate a poor one. 7. Rally your team… get behind a compelling mission In the midst of crisis, leaders have an opportunity to activate the ‘rally effect’ and build a shared sense of mission and solidarity. Don’t squander that opportunity. Ensure everyone is clear about what lies at stake if they don’t all pull together and what is possible if they do. Continually communicate your vision, share plans and ensure everyone knows their specific role in the larger scheme of your business and why their part matters.
People are always the number one asset in your company. Unlocking their full potential requires working every day to nurture the conditions for them to engage in courageous conversations, make better decisions, and do their best work. Small actions can make a bigger impact than grand gestures. Don’t underestimate them. Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick in Vancouver, B.C. He concentrates his practice on assisting business owners with accounting services, tax and estate planning and overall business development. This article was sourced from www.scotiabank.com/small business centre.
Deducting Expenses as an Employee When You’re Also A Shareholder – Be Careful
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
February 8, 2021
Category: Business Management, Taxation
Deducting Employee Expenses When You're Also A Shareholder - Be Careful
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
For an employee to deduct travel or motor vehicle expenses against employment income, the employee must be normally required to work away from the employer’s place of business, be required to pay the travel expense under the contract of employment, and have a signed and completed T2200. Also, the employee cannot receive an allowance excluded from income.
In 2017, CRA began denying travel expenses claimed on the personal tax return of many employees who were also shareholders of the employer or related to a shareholder. After receiving concerns from stakeholders regarding this new assessing practice, CRA reversed their assessments, indicating that “clear guidelines for taxpayers and their representatives” were important to the Canadian self-assessment system and that additional consultation and guidance was needed in this area.
In September of 2019 CRA released the promised guidance. It noted that the following conditions had to be met for employment expenses incurred by shareholder-employees to be deductible:
1. The expenses were incurred as part of the employment duties and not as a shareholder.
2. The worker was required to pay for the expenses personally as part of their employment duties. When the employee is also a shareholder, the written contract may not be adequate, and the implied requirements may be more difficult to demonstrate. However, CRA noted that both of these conditions may be satisfied if the shareholder-employee can establish that the expenses are comparable to expenses incurred by employees (who are not shareholders or related to a shareholder) with similar duties at the company or at other businesses similar in size, industry and services provided. Act Now To Get Our Value Pricing Adjustment on Audit and Review Engagements For Your Business TAKEAWAY: Instead of deducting amounts against employment income, consider whether it would be better for the company to reimburse expenses of shareholder-employees, or perhaps, pay a tax-free travel allowance. If amounts will continue to be paid personally, retain support that shows how the travel expenditures are reasonable as compared to those of other similar arm’s length workers. Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick in Vancouver, B.C. He concentrates his practice on assisting business owners with accounting services, tax and estate planning and overall business development. This article was sourced from www.scotiabank.com/small business centre.
2. The worker was required to pay for the expenses personally as part of their employment duties. When the employee is also a shareholder, the written contract may not be adequate, and the implied requirements may be more difficult to demonstrate. However, CRA noted that both of these conditions may be satisfied if the shareholder-employee can establish that the expenses are comparable to expenses incurred by employees (who are not shareholders or related to a shareholder) with similar duties at the company or at other businesses similar in size, industry and services provided. Act Now To Get Our Value Pricing Adjustment on Audit and Review Engagements For Your Business TAKEAWAY: Instead of deducting amounts against employment income, consider whether it would be better for the company to reimburse expenses of shareholder-employees, or perhaps, pay a tax-free travel allowance. If amounts will continue to be paid personally, retain support that shows how the travel expenditures are reasonable as compared to those of other similar arm’s length workers. Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick in Vancouver, B.C. He concentrates his practice on assisting business owners with accounting services, tax and estate planning and overall business development. This article was sourced from www.scotiabank.com/small business centre.
Business Home Office Expenses – What Expenses Are Deductible?
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
February 8, 2021
Category: Business Management, Taxation
Business Home Office - What Expenses Are Deductible?
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
A Tax Court of Canada case reviewed various deductions claimed against a taxpayer’s business income derived from engineering and arbitration services related to the business use of his home. The taxpayer and the CRA had agreed that 35.83% of the home, mainly the basement which was used as a business office, was used for business purposes.
The CRA had disallowed gardening and swimming pool maintenance costs which the taxpayer argued were business related as he met clients at his home and sometimes conducted arbitrations in the garden. He also argued that there was no personal use of the pool, but clients sometimes used it. CRA had also disallowed costs for repair and renovation of the living room, which the taxpayer argued made that room suitable for hosting arbitrations.
Taxpayer wins – in part
The Court accepted that the gardening expenses were ordinary home maintenance costs, deductible in proportion to business use of the home (35.83% as noted above), allowing a deduction of $1,271. The pool expenses were not allowed, on the basis these were not ordinary expenses of a business of this nature, and the Court was not convinced that clients used the pool. It was not relevant that the taxpayer and his wife did not use the pool.
Claims for repairs and renovations to the living room were denied as the taxpayer had ample space in the basement office and the garden to host arbitrations and conduct his other business activities. The living room was not part of the floor space making up the agreed 35.83% business portion of the home. As well, the evidence showed the renovations were required to comply with city regulations, including removal of a wood fireplace.
Get Access to leading accounting and tax help. The time is now to get the right help and not waste any more effort getting mediocre results - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234.
TAKEAWAY:
Consider which portions of the home, and which expenditures clearly tie to the business use of your home. Retain and obtain documents (like client emails and photos of work-spaces), which demonstrate how different portions of the home were used for business, and to what extent.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick in Vancouver, B.C. He concentrates his practice on assisting business owners with accounting services, tax and estate planning and overall business development. This article was sourced from www.scotiabank.com/small business centre.
5 Essential Tasks of Successfull Entrepreneurs
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
February 6, 2021
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory





Slide 1
The Corporate Attribution Rules

Navigating the Delicate World of Non-Arms Length Transactions.
Slide 2
Slide 3
Slide 3
The Optimal Revenue Model For Driving Tech Ventures

Keys to Securing The Funding You Need to Scale.
The 5 Essential Tasks Successful Entrepreneurs Must Do Every Day To Maximize Growth in Their Businesses
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
People tend to think of very successful (and subsequently wealthy) entrepreneurs and cultural leaders as extraordinary and singular human beings, and sometimes they are. Usually, however, they are just highly attuned, exceedingly motivated thinkers who would rather try and fail for themselves than work for someone else. Yet there are some common threads that run between world-famous entrepreneurs and cultural leaders, and one of them is daily tasks.
1. Plan your time
Successful people tend to have a set schedule. Their schedule is arranged in advance, before that day, before that week and sometimes even months before. Of course, their schedule can change, and certain variables will alter appointments, meetings and business dinners, but starting with an organized, prearranged schedule allows busy professionals to avoid wasting time throughout the day, thinking about their next move. It seems simple and obvious, but adhering to a set schedule—in all aspects of one’s life—can help lead to success. 2. Exercise
Successful people take time to work on their fitness goals. Whether they are working out, jogging, biking, swimming or practicing yoga, successful people understand that in order to have the energy to complete their daily tasks, they must feel good physically. Take a look at the most successful people in the world—entrepreneurs, singers, actors and actresses, CEOs, TV and film producers—and you will very likely see that almost all of them block out time for fitness, regardless of how busy the rest of their schedules are. 3. Personal Development
Successful entrepreneurs understand that in order to maintain the level of success they have already achieved, they must continue to learn, grow and improve their craft. They often add personal development into their schedule, knowing there will always be someone who can provide them with guidance, advice and new knowledge, so these inquisitive people make time to learn something new every day. Personal development is easier than ever now; all you need is an internet connection and a laptop (or a tablet or cell phone). Premium Accounting and Tax Assistance - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234 to find out more for your business and click here to see our latest first-time offers. You can watch industry leaders and all types of icons discuss just about any topic on TED, and you can find inspiration in your own community by listening to local leaders on TEDx. You can even take free, challenging online courses via several MOOC (Massive Open Online Courses) websites, such as Mooc List, which is an aggregate list of worldwide MOOCs. If you are a high achiever, you may prefer the remarkable selection of Ivy League MOOCs; you can take courses taught by real Ivy League professors from Brown, Columbia, Harvard (which also offers numerous video lectures, taught by some of the world’s greatest professors, through its Open Learning Initiative), Princeton, University of Pennsylvania and Yale. If you have varied interests and would like to learn about something related to your business, you can easily utilize Coursera, which offers courses on a multitude of subjects from universities. Through Coursera, you can take “Strategic Business Analytics Specialization” from the ESSEC Center for Excellence for Digital Business in France; “Think Again: How to Reason and Argue” from Duke University in North Carolina; “iOS Development for Creative Entrepreneurs” from the University of California, Irvine; “Inspirational Leadership: Leading with Sense” from HEC Paris; “Leading People and Teams” from the University of Michigan; or “Wireless Communication Emerging Technologies” from Yonsei University in South Korea. Or, just for fun, consider “Magic and the Middle Ages” from the University of Barcelona; “Greek and Roman Mythology” from Penn; or “Dog Emotion and Cognition” from Duke University. If you prefer to expand your horizons the old-fashioned way, simply pick up a book whenever you have spare time. You can even listen to audio books while you commute. Many successful entrepreneurs admit to reading over 60 books per year. How many books did you read last year? 4. Eat Breakfast
This is another simple but overlooked task. We all know breakfast is the most important meal of the day, but not all of us live by this rule. Successful people, however, seem to take the adage more seriously. Despite schedules filled with numerous responsibilities, a variety of locations and business decisions that may seem much more important than eating breakfast, highly successful people still eat breakfast. They acknowledge that they simply do not perform as well when they are hungry (what type of performing they do is irrelevant); they are not as aggressive, not as creative, not as focused and not as motivated. For most entrepreneurs and cultural leaders, this small step is an easy way to gain a competitive edge. 5. Reflect
Revisit successes and failures throughout the day, and consider whether or not you reached a goal, missed a deadline or grew your business. Successful entrepreneurs and cultural leaders take time to acknowledge their daily accomplishments, and also explore the ones on which they fell short. They ponder what happened, and what can be done differently in the future. A lot of successful entrepreneurs and cultural leaders contemplate their goals at least twice a day. If you compare this to average people, who tend to only scrutinize their aspirations at the end of the year (in the form of New Year’s resolutions), it becomes fairly obvious who has a clearer capacity to reach their career and personal objectives. These are just five daily tasks that all of us can implement in order to emulate some of the most successful entrepreneurs and cultural leaders in the world. Start tomorrow, with these five, expand on them as you can and be sure to let us know how you’re doing. Please feel free to add suggestions for other daily tasks in the Comments section below.. If you have any questions or want to speak further about your corporation or tax planning matters, contact Nicholas Kilpatrick at nkilpatrick@burgesskilpatrick.com Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner with the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick and specializes in tax structuring and business development for his small and medium business sized clients. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on Facebook at www.facebook.com/Burgess Kilpatrick for more information on our firm. This articel was written by Devin Scott, Delaware Inc. com.
Successful people tend to have a set schedule. Their schedule is arranged in advance, before that day, before that week and sometimes even months before. Of course, their schedule can change, and certain variables will alter appointments, meetings and business dinners, but starting with an organized, prearranged schedule allows busy professionals to avoid wasting time throughout the day, thinking about their next move. It seems simple and obvious, but adhering to a set schedule—in all aspects of one’s life—can help lead to success. 2. Exercise
Successful people take time to work on their fitness goals. Whether they are working out, jogging, biking, swimming or practicing yoga, successful people understand that in order to have the energy to complete their daily tasks, they must feel good physically. Take a look at the most successful people in the world—entrepreneurs, singers, actors and actresses, CEOs, TV and film producers—and you will very likely see that almost all of them block out time for fitness, regardless of how busy the rest of their schedules are. 3. Personal Development
Successful entrepreneurs understand that in order to maintain the level of success they have already achieved, they must continue to learn, grow and improve their craft. They often add personal development into their schedule, knowing there will always be someone who can provide them with guidance, advice and new knowledge, so these inquisitive people make time to learn something new every day. Personal development is easier than ever now; all you need is an internet connection and a laptop (or a tablet or cell phone). Premium Accounting and Tax Assistance - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234 to find out more for your business and click here to see our latest first-time offers. You can watch industry leaders and all types of icons discuss just about any topic on TED, and you can find inspiration in your own community by listening to local leaders on TEDx. You can even take free, challenging online courses via several MOOC (Massive Open Online Courses) websites, such as Mooc List, which is an aggregate list of worldwide MOOCs. If you are a high achiever, you may prefer the remarkable selection of Ivy League MOOCs; you can take courses taught by real Ivy League professors from Brown, Columbia, Harvard (which also offers numerous video lectures, taught by some of the world’s greatest professors, through its Open Learning Initiative), Princeton, University of Pennsylvania and Yale. If you have varied interests and would like to learn about something related to your business, you can easily utilize Coursera, which offers courses on a multitude of subjects from universities. Through Coursera, you can take “Strategic Business Analytics Specialization” from the ESSEC Center for Excellence for Digital Business in France; “Think Again: How to Reason and Argue” from Duke University in North Carolina; “iOS Development for Creative Entrepreneurs” from the University of California, Irvine; “Inspirational Leadership: Leading with Sense” from HEC Paris; “Leading People and Teams” from the University of Michigan; or “Wireless Communication Emerging Technologies” from Yonsei University in South Korea. Or, just for fun, consider “Magic and the Middle Ages” from the University of Barcelona; “Greek and Roman Mythology” from Penn; or “Dog Emotion and Cognition” from Duke University. If you prefer to expand your horizons the old-fashioned way, simply pick up a book whenever you have spare time. You can even listen to audio books while you commute. Many successful entrepreneurs admit to reading over 60 books per year. How many books did you read last year? 4. Eat Breakfast
This is another simple but overlooked task. We all know breakfast is the most important meal of the day, but not all of us live by this rule. Successful people, however, seem to take the adage more seriously. Despite schedules filled with numerous responsibilities, a variety of locations and business decisions that may seem much more important than eating breakfast, highly successful people still eat breakfast. They acknowledge that they simply do not perform as well when they are hungry (what type of performing they do is irrelevant); they are not as aggressive, not as creative, not as focused and not as motivated. For most entrepreneurs and cultural leaders, this small step is an easy way to gain a competitive edge. 5. Reflect
Revisit successes and failures throughout the day, and consider whether or not you reached a goal, missed a deadline or grew your business. Successful entrepreneurs and cultural leaders take time to acknowledge their daily accomplishments, and also explore the ones on which they fell short. They ponder what happened, and what can be done differently in the future. A lot of successful entrepreneurs and cultural leaders contemplate their goals at least twice a day. If you compare this to average people, who tend to only scrutinize their aspirations at the end of the year (in the form of New Year’s resolutions), it becomes fairly obvious who has a clearer capacity to reach their career and personal objectives. These are just five daily tasks that all of us can implement in order to emulate some of the most successful entrepreneurs and cultural leaders in the world. Start tomorrow, with these five, expand on them as you can and be sure to let us know how you’re doing. Please feel free to add suggestions for other daily tasks in the Comments section below.. If you have any questions or want to speak further about your corporation or tax planning matters, contact Nicholas Kilpatrick at nkilpatrick@burgesskilpatrick.com Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner with the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick and specializes in tax structuring and business development for his small and medium business sized clients. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on Facebook at www.facebook.com/Burgess Kilpatrick for more information on our firm. This articel was written by Devin Scott, Delaware Inc. com.
Contact Us
The Responsibility of Director Due Diligence
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
February 6, 2021
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory
The Responsibility of Director Due Diligence
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
Directors can be personally liable for employee source deductions (both the employer and employee’s portion of CPP and EI, and income tax withheld) and GST/HST unless they exercise due diligence to prevent failure of the corporation to remit these amounts on a timely basis. As many businesses are struggling with cashflow, it may be attractive to direct these amounts held in trust for the government to satisfy other creditors, such as suppliers. However, in doing so, directors may unknowingly expose themselves to personal liability if the entity is not able to remit the required source deductions and GST/HST.
Director liability can extend beyond directors of a corporation to other directors, such as those of a non-profit organization.
The following recent court cases highlight some of the issues related to this liability exposure:
• In a July 20, 2020 Tax Court of Canada case, the use of trust funds (employee withholdings and GST/HST collected on revenues) to pay other creditors resulted in the directors being personally liable for the unremitted amounts. Their significant contributions of personal assets to pay other creditors and efforts to remedy the failure after it has occurred could not offset the lack of steps taken to prevent the failure to remit.
• However, in another July 20, 2020 Tax Court of Canada case, the director was not personally liable as due diligence to prevent failure to remit was demonstrated. In this case, there was no evidence GST/HST funds had been diverted to other expenses, and significant efforts to make remittances was conducted, including prioritizing remittances over opportunities to benefit the business. Racial discrimination and sexual harassment by its customers impeded the business’s efforts to collect revenues including GST/HST.
Care should also be provided to properly resign as a director to limit future exposure. CRA must issue the assessment against the directors within two years from the time they last ceased to be directors.
In another July 23, 2020 Tax Court of Canada case, failure to comply with all resignation requirements under the relevant provincial corporate law meant that the director’s resignation was not legally effective, even though he had submitted a signed letter of resignation to the corporation. As he was still a director, he was still personally liable for unremitted GST/HST and source deductions.
Act Now To Get Our Value Pricing Adjustment on Audit and Review Engagements For Your Business
TAKEAWAY:
Ensure all source deductions are made in a timely manner. Failing to make source deductions may expose directors personally to the liability.
If you have any questions or want to speak further about your corporation or tax planning matters, contact Nicholas Kilpatrick at nkilpatrick@burgesskilpatrick.com
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner with the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick and specializes in tax structuring and business development for his small and medium business sized clients. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on Facebook at www.facebook.com/Burgess Kilpatrick for more information on our firm.
[1] Haughey, Marshall, Spinoff Butterflies in Trouble?, Bennett Jones LLP.
[2] Kakkar, Manu, A Critique of Canada’s Divisive Reorganization Rules: Should Breaking Up Be So Hard To Do?, Canadian Tax Foundation, Vol. 49 No. 4.
Contact Us
The Danger Of Mixing Personal And Business Expenses
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
February 5, 2021
Category: Business Management, Taxation






Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
Using Joint Ventures To Capitalize On Real Estate Investments
Research tax-efficient structures to facilitate real estate investing.
Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
The Corporate Attribution Rules
Navigating through the delicate nature of non-arms length transactions.
The Danger Of Mixing Personal And Business Expenses
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
The Tax Court Of Canada decided on a case involving a number of expenses claimed by taxpayers (a corporation and its sole individual shareholder) in respect of the business of selling financial products and providing financial planning advice. CRA denied various expenses spanning multiple years and assessed many of them as shareholder benefits. That is, the amounts were taxable to the individual shareholder and not deductible to the corporation.
CRA also assessed beyond the normal reassessment period on the basis that the taxpayers made a misrepresentation attributable to neglect, carelessness, wilful default or fraud. They also assessed gross negligence penalties which is computed as the greater of 50% of the understated tax or overstated credits related to the false statement or omission, and $100.
The following expenses were reviewed:
• bonuses paid to family members who were not employees of the taxpayer;
• payments to family members under an Employee Profit Sharing Plan (EPSP) where there was no evidence that the payments referred to profits;
• salaries paid to family members (including the shareholder’s daughter who received a salary of $5,000 for the years in question); • salaries paid to the taxpayer’s children’s care providers; • salaries to the taxpayer’s former spouse, which the taxpayer argued was the same as personally paying spousal support; • travel costs for the taxpayer and his family to go on a cruise on which the taxpayer made business-related presentations (CRA conceded the taxpayer’s travel costs); • significant interest expense with very little support; and • many other costs such as clothing, toys, jewelry, personal items, lawncare, maid service, and pet care for the shareholder and family members. While the taxpayer originally claimed the travel expenses for the taxpayer’s family to travel to Hawaii for a shareholders’ meeting, the taxpayer conceded these amounts. The taxpayer argued that any benefits taxable to him personally were conferred by virtue of his employment, not his shareholdings, and, therefore, should be deductible to the corporation. Taxpayer loses In dismissing the taxpayer’s argument, the Court found that the vast majority of expenses reviewed were personal in nature and denied the deduction. The Court also found the vast majority of denied expenses to be a shareholder benefit. These expenses were not, by and large, expenses a reasonable employer would otherwise pay for the benefit of an arm’s length employee. The taxpayer, through his unfettered control, chose not to pay salaries or bonuses but rather to deduct the disallowed expenses from the corporate receipts and never report or ascribe any amount of benefit or employment income to himself. Get Access to leading accounting and tax help. The time is now to get the right help and not waste any more effort getting mediocre results - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234. The Court upheld CRA’s assessment beyond the normal limitation period as well as gross negligence penalties, noting: • the sole shareholder’s education and training regarding complex tax integration, small business deduction strategies, and corporate/personal lifestyle structuring; • the individual unilaterally directed which expenses the corporation should deduct, even though some were clearly personal; and • the degree and scope of the upheld assessments were very large – in excess of $700,000 for the corporation and in excess of $1,100,000 for the individual, both spanning a two-year period. The Court stated that the gross negligence penalties exist for these such situations: sophisticated taxpayers must appreciate that using corporate structures to mask inappropriate deductions and shield personal income from tax should not be done. The result of these inappropriate deductions was effectively triple taxation – corporate tax on disallowed deductions, personal tax on shareholder benefits, and a 50% gross negligence penalty on both the corporate and personal taxes. It would have been much cheaper had the taxpayer taken additional salaries or dividends, and paid the additional taxes up front, rather than running personal expenses through the corporation. In the case where personal expenses are paid by the corporation, the accounts should generally be corrected by adjusting the shareholder loan account or having the individual pay the corporation back. This was not done in this case. Takeaway As best as possible, keep business and personal expenses separate. Deducting personal expenses in a corporation can lead to a very costly bill, well in excess of the tax should the amounts have been reported correctly. If you have any questions or want to speak further about your corporation or tax planning matters, contact Nicholas Kilpatrick at nkilpatrick@burgesskilpatrick.com Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner with the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick and specializes in tax structuring and business development for his small and medium business sized clients. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on Facebook at www.facebook.com/Burgess Kilpatrick for more information on our firm.
• salaries paid to family members (including the shareholder’s daughter who received a salary of $5,000 for the years in question); • salaries paid to the taxpayer’s children’s care providers; • salaries to the taxpayer’s former spouse, which the taxpayer argued was the same as personally paying spousal support; • travel costs for the taxpayer and his family to go on a cruise on which the taxpayer made business-related presentations (CRA conceded the taxpayer’s travel costs); • significant interest expense with very little support; and • many other costs such as clothing, toys, jewelry, personal items, lawncare, maid service, and pet care for the shareholder and family members. While the taxpayer originally claimed the travel expenses for the taxpayer’s family to travel to Hawaii for a shareholders’ meeting, the taxpayer conceded these amounts. The taxpayer argued that any benefits taxable to him personally were conferred by virtue of his employment, not his shareholdings, and, therefore, should be deductible to the corporation. Taxpayer loses In dismissing the taxpayer’s argument, the Court found that the vast majority of expenses reviewed were personal in nature and denied the deduction. The Court also found the vast majority of denied expenses to be a shareholder benefit. These expenses were not, by and large, expenses a reasonable employer would otherwise pay for the benefit of an arm’s length employee. The taxpayer, through his unfettered control, chose not to pay salaries or bonuses but rather to deduct the disallowed expenses from the corporate receipts and never report or ascribe any amount of benefit or employment income to himself. Get Access to leading accounting and tax help. The time is now to get the right help and not waste any more effort getting mediocre results - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234. The Court upheld CRA’s assessment beyond the normal limitation period as well as gross negligence penalties, noting: • the sole shareholder’s education and training regarding complex tax integration, small business deduction strategies, and corporate/personal lifestyle structuring; • the individual unilaterally directed which expenses the corporation should deduct, even though some were clearly personal; and • the degree and scope of the upheld assessments were very large – in excess of $700,000 for the corporation and in excess of $1,100,000 for the individual, both spanning a two-year period. The Court stated that the gross negligence penalties exist for these such situations: sophisticated taxpayers must appreciate that using corporate structures to mask inappropriate deductions and shield personal income from tax should not be done. The result of these inappropriate deductions was effectively triple taxation – corporate tax on disallowed deductions, personal tax on shareholder benefits, and a 50% gross negligence penalty on both the corporate and personal taxes. It would have been much cheaper had the taxpayer taken additional salaries or dividends, and paid the additional taxes up front, rather than running personal expenses through the corporation. In the case where personal expenses are paid by the corporation, the accounts should generally be corrected by adjusting the shareholder loan account or having the individual pay the corporation back. This was not done in this case. Takeaway As best as possible, keep business and personal expenses separate. Deducting personal expenses in a corporation can lead to a very costly bill, well in excess of the tax should the amounts have been reported correctly. If you have any questions or want to speak further about your corporation or tax planning matters, contact Nicholas Kilpatrick at nkilpatrick@burgesskilpatrick.com Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner with the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick and specializes in tax structuring and business development for his small and medium business sized clients. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on Facebook at www.facebook.com/Burgess Kilpatrick for more information on our firm.
Contact Us
Strategic Alliances – How To Navigate – and Benefit From – Them
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
February 5, 2021
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory
Strategic Alliances - How To Navigate And Benefit From Them
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
A strategic alliance is a cooperative agreement where companies come together for a specific duration and/or project and add value to each other through the alliance. Resources, skills, and/or capital are pooled for mutual gain.
Whether your business is small or large, creating domestic or international partnerships can help you gain an edge in today’s marketplace.
Strategic alliances let two (or three or four) companies share each other’s strengths. For example, a convenience store might form an alliance with a fuel company to create a one-stop gas station.
Together, these companies can pull in a larger number of customers and benefit from complementary sales activities.
Areas for strategic cooperation
- Marketing
- Outsourcing
- Research and development
- Licensing
- Production
- Foreign-market expansion
Benefits to strategic alliances
Consider the many benefits of a strategic alliance for your business:
- Diversifying your product and/or service lines and markets
- Providing access to new markets and product knowledge
- Reducing or sharing potential risks
- Blocking competition
- Avoiding ‘reinventing the wheel’ each time
- Reducing innovation costs
- Shoring up gaps in your business
- Accessing new resources·
- Enhancing your capacity to bid on large contracts
- Strengthening customer and supplier relationships
- Increasing your export capabilities
Select your partners carefully
Look for peers and who are like-minded and share your ethics. Viable sources include networking events, online groups or social networking, industry and trade publications, trade associations, and government agencies.
Make sure the alliance is a win-win situation. For example, if you plan on tackling the global market, your potential partner may be international, but may lack the product knowledge you have.
Be clear about your expectations and desired outcome
Identify the kind of alliance you want – marketing, licensing, distribution, technology, or research and development. Calculate the amount of time you can both realistically commit to the project. You should also determine how much you can afford to invest and lose, should your alliance fail.
It’s important to negotiate a formal contractual arrangement for further peace of mind.
Communicate, communicate, and communicate
Many business relationships fail because of faulty assumptions and poor communication. What’s obvious to you may be unclear to your partner, especially if you are dealing with different cultures or in different languages.
To avoid failure, take notes, have minutes of meetings recorded, and document all agreements and actions to be taken.
Set specific timelines
Set trial timeframes to get an idea of your partner’s work ethic, management style, attention to detail, and true commitment.
Be cautious about taking things to the next level before testing the waters. If your partner misses the first deadline, how will they meet future ones?
Establish an exit clause
Decide upfront (before anything goes wrong) on an exit strategy that suits you both if the alliance fails. It’s better to lose a partner in the early stages of a joint venture than to lose your good name in the marketplace.
Brainstorm possible best and worst case scenarios.
Celebrate your successes
If the partnership is working well, don’t forget to take a breather now and then and enjoy your mutual accomplishments.
To maintain motivation, it’s important to celebrate the milestones in your alliance such as the acquisition of your first big corporate account or receiving an award for exceeding industry standards. A lot of work and a little bit of play go a long way in a maintaining a healthy and successful strategic partnership.
The possibilities for business owners to create strategic alliances are endless. Do your homework to make sure it’s the right strategy for your business, target a strategic and motivated alliance partner, and be prepared for benefits and potential risks that may come your way.
It can be a delicate balancing act to maintain your autonomy and preserve your interests.
Premium Accounting and Tax Assistance - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234 to find out more for your business and click here to see our latest first-time offers.
By sharing resources, costs, and risks, your strategic alliance may catapult your growth in a way you would never achieve on your own.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick in Vancouver, B.C. He concentrates his practice on assisting business owners with accounting services, tax and estate planning and overall business development. This article was sourced from www.scotiabank.com/small business centre.
The Optimal Revenue Model For Driving Tech Ventures
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
January 26, 2021
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory





Slide 1
The Corporate Attribution Rules

Navigating the Delicate World of Non-Arms Length Transactions.
Slide 2
Slide 3
Slide 3
The Optimal Revenue Model For Driving Tech Ventures

Keys to Securing The Funding You Need to Scale.
The Optimal Revenue Model For Driving Tech Ventures
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
The quest to turn your idea into money, a career, or a successful exit can result in some important foundational tasks left unattended. It’s commendable to work hard and strategize correctly to bring your business into reality, but soon it comes time to introduce VC’s to the strategy. You may not get to where you want to go without them.
Take the point at which you’ve gone through a Series A round, you’re through beta, the bugs are out and you’re ready to mobilize, scale, market, distribute and otherwise disrupt the market. Although the product is ready to go, doing the marketing and penetrating your target market takes lots of more money, backing, support, and still more discipline.
In an effort to spare you the utter devastation of multiple VC funding denials, get ready before you go in front of them by having thought through your optimal revenue and compensation models. Why?
The revenue model is obviously important because it tells them how you’re going to get this thing off the ground and profitable, and the compensation model is necessary because it tells them that the strong management team on board is going to be motivated to see this thing through.
Necessary components in the revenue model
Let’s assume that the VC’s you get in front of are pre-disposed to what you’re doing (ie: the product is the right fit for their fund), so they’re already interested enough to assess it’s viability, the team, and overall prospects).
If you’re not monetized yet with a strong backbone to facilitate consistent, graduating revenue (with a wide traction base), consider backing up and re-working your previous funding options, such as angels and other primary investors. A monetized idea goes a long way with VC’s.
Absent this, your revenue model should:
Be realistic
Forget pie-in-the-sky numbers and instead show sustained, justifiable revenue increases year-over-year facilitated by a pre-requisite sustained effort to grow your traction base (increased, sustained traction resulting in an increasing revenue base).
Remember that the numbers, the strategy and the execution will all be a reflection of the ability of the management team to bring the venture to financial fruition. A great management team combined with a revenue plan containing leaks and irrationalities will possibly capsize a VC funding. Sure, the VC’s want to see 30% revenue increase year-over-year, but only if it’s feasible. The VC’s need to see a high probability of success in the revenue model; the only real variable in the equation should be the management team’s ability to execute consistently and successfully, and the experience of the team will cover off this concern in the minds of the VC’s.
Be consistent and confident
The VC may, if he/she hasn’t heard of your venture, say no on principal and see if you’re serious enough to work for the funds’ money.
If you’ve been able to get an introduction to the VC from someone in your network who has pre-emptively lobbied your venture, you may not have to worry about this. However, sometimes your first intro is a cold one – the only prior knowledge he/she has about you is your business plan and what other people are saying.
You’ve heard and read everywhere that the 30-90 second elevator pitch needs to be refined; what’s worth repeating here is to not verbalize the mechanics of the venture during the pitch, but rather a quick, 3-strike penetrating message:
This is the problem – 10 seconds
Here’s our solution – 10 seconds
What the solution provides – 10 seconds
The venture’s activity over the next 6 months – 10 seconds.
Put a solid, confident pitch out there. Don’t say too much because the more you talk, the greater the tendency to get into the mechanics of the venture, which the VC will get to in due course, but not now. They’re smart and don’t need you to explain everything. The key is to sell yourself – as confident and able to disrupt the market you want to penetrate.
Also make sure that the activity for the next 6 months is reasonable for where the venture is at the moment. If you get it right, it shows reasonability, a well thought-out plan, and adds to the confidence picture you want to portray.
Act Now To Get Our Value Pricing Adjustment on Audit and Review Engagements For Your Business
Local, national, international
These parameters get blurred with the globe one URL away, but the message is to penetrate a manageable space, secure that space, and then scale. Relaying this to the VC will again show a reasonable plan for penetration and growth. So you emphasize, for example, hitting the west coast market, then once your metrics show viability and sustainability, you venture our nationally, etc…
Showing the VC a structured and manageable plan lowers the probability of failure and attests to the ability of the management team to do things right.
These are just a few highlights of what I think you should have ready when you go before a VC to get funded at this level. Above all, your ability to show confidence and exude ability and trust will go a long way to get their money and business support, which may be the key to your own success.
These traits are what we’ve noticed as we work with business owners to maximize their business profitability. If you operate a business, we welcome your insights at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on any of our social sites:
Facebook: www.facebook.com/BurgessKilpatrick
LinkedIn: Burgess Kilpatrick
Google +: Burgess Kilpatrick
Twitter: @BurgessKilpatrick
and let us know what you think.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick in Vancouver, B.C. He specializes in business development, and has worked with business owners to increase profitability at all stages of their businesses. He can be reached at nkilpatrick@burgesskilpatrick.com or at 604-327-9234.
Canada Revenue Agency Enhances Audit Activity on Real Estate Transactions
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
October 29, 2020
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory, Taxation
Canada Revenue Agency Enhances Audit Activity on Real Estate Transactions
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
For those involved in Real Estate investing, the CRA is enhancing it’s audit activity around real estate transactions, presumably because any audit activity it takes on is a money maker. Some of you may have already received this questionnaire. The intention of this is to disclose information that that CRA may use to warrant (from their perspective) an audit of your real estate transactions. If you are unsure about the CRA’s enhanced audit Canada procedures and need expert assistance then we at Burgess Kilpatrick are here to help you out.
In 2019, the CRA assessed $171 million more in additional gross taxes related to real estate than in the prior year, according to a CRA news release that you can find here
The project is aimed at promoters, developers, and taxpayers involved in multiple real estate transactions. The CRA believes that a substantial amount of taxpayers are transacting real estate deals that constitute an income transaction rather than a capital one, and wants to collect the additional taxes previously unpaid.
To assist taxpayers, a Real estate questionnaire that the department will use to determine qualified audit candidates has been released for public use and can be referenced below.
The questionnaire is designed to get information for taxing purposes only, and there is the risk that the CRA may use this information to assert a tax position on your transactions inconsistent with a fair and equitable application of the Income Tax Act.
If you have such a questionnaire and need help is answering the questions that assert your position, give me a call. At Burgess Kilpatrick, we will guide you with the CRA in audit questionnaire issues and will save you from hefty tax payment.
CRA Real Estate Activities Questions (1)
If you have any questions or want to speak further about your joint venture, real estate or tax issues, contact Nicholas Kilpatrick at nkilpatrick@burgesskilpatrick.com
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner with the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick and specializes in tax structuring and business development for his small and medium business sized clients. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on Facebook at www.facebook.com/Burgess Kilpatrick for more information on our firm.
Contact Us
Complementing Dental Practice Management With Sustained Growth
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
August 5, 2020
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory
Complementing Dental Practice Management With Sustained Growth
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
In the midst of the competitive business environment they find themselves in, professional dental operators by and large recognize the need to manage their practices not only in the present (ie: to attract revenues today), but also to lay the foundation for additional, referral revenue for the future.
As the apt saying states, each service is an advertisement for the next. Also, as we’ve stated in previous posts, there is no better time to advertise than when you are face to face with your patient.
Such advertising is not defined as exclusively pushing additional treatments on the patient – you as the dentist will recognize the time and place for that to happen. Rather, quality face-to-face advertising with a high return for your practice is in the form of a more personal engagement.
Engagement is the medium of marketing in our economy. Digital marketers and advertisers daily assert with loud vocal trumpets the need to engage online, and this constitutes a necessary cog in the marketing arsenal of any business, especially dentists. The need to engage, however, has become all the more necessary AS A RESULT OF the pervasive perceived demand to engage online.
Personal engagement is the time to build trust. Online mediums have afforded us all the opportunity to commence, develop, and track engagement online until that key time when engagement turns from digital to personal, thereby denoting a spike in the trust relationship and a signal of a new patient.
We tackle the process of sustained growth in other posts, but without complementing the drivers that lead to growth in the practice with proper management of those clients brought into the fold, those clients become exposed to overtures from competitors, feelings of indifference, and compliance-like attitudes such as “let’s get this over with”
How can the practitioner turn the complaint visit to the dentist into an engaging experience? Our research suggests that doing exactly this will increase client services, as well as referrals. Turning visits to engagements is, in our opinion, the key to complementing practice growth and proper management of that growth.
About 5 years ago, some restaurants began offering to waiting patrons small samples of their menu offerings at no charge, a decision considered by many to be wise not only because it gave patrons the desire to order the full size of the menu items tasted, but also because the offering differentiated those restaurants from their competitors and established rapport with visiting customers.
Dentists would be well-served to employ the same strategy – provide an environment and offerings that differentiate you from competitors and that prepare the patient for, among other things, cross-selling opportunities.
Office offerings
Many visiting the practice are either working men and women, or are bringing their children to the dentist. They need a place to engage with their work, since time in this economy is valuable. Therefore, it’s a smart idea to offer free wi-fi and data plug-ins at your practice so that they can turn this “down-time” into productive time.
It’s amazing how free coffee and finger foods sell people. We know that coffee is not the best thing to have prior to a dental check-up, so provide them with a toothbrush and toothpaste to clean up afterwards. The key is to provide something that you know they want, so that you can build rapport and trust.
There are dental practices that are, similar to bank branches, installing tables with Ipads. We see these tables at Apple Stores across North America. To install 2 tables, each with 2 Ipads, allows for children to play, parents to engage in research, and provides the look of a modern practice. This also extends to the perceived quality of your dentistry.
Dentist interaction
The intent is that, by the time patients see you, they consider your practice as relevant and modern, with quality dentistry that complements the look and feel of the place. Barriers to personal communication to facilitate trust are weakened, and the likelihood of the dentist being able to have a valuable conversation leading to the identification of birthdays, personal events, and important issues in the lives of their patients increases.
You the dentist take that information and continue an offline (ie: once the patient is away from the office) relationship by sending birthday cards, reminder check-up cards with personal notes, and gift baskets to your patients to keep engaged. It’s this continuing engagement that precedes the referral of you by those clients. As well, the differentiation between you and competitors is broadened.
You’re trying to do things that few other dentists do in order to provide an experience leading to patient retention, increased business, and increased referrals.
Few dentists do this because they thing there is little or no time to do it. However, a 5-minute conversation tacked on to the end of the appointment is not going to dismantle the daily schedule, especially if it’s built into the appointment. Plus, you’re trying to prep the patient as much as possible by providing enhancements at the practice that set it apart and provide enjoyment to the patient while they wait.
Incorporating this, get suggestion cards out the waiting area with the question – “what would you like to see at our dental practice”. You won’t get all the patients responding, but if you get some who suggest ideas that will separate your practice from others, then you have another idea that can possible build value and trust in the minds of current and potential patients.
Growth in the dental practice is the combined result of a well-considered and implemented marketing plan, a well-trained staff in the skills of cross-selling and personal interaction with patients, and personnel who know how to do dentistry, hygiene, and dental assisting.
However, sustaining that growth and facilitating referral business is , we believe, the result of taking steps that differentiate the practice, the dentist, and the experience of the patients coming to the practice.
These items do not take many hours and dollars to implement; in most cases, they are little things that enhance the experience of the patient and prep them for good, quality conversations with the dentist during which, hopefully, they will be open both to referring you and to additional dental services. Just as in the digital world, the concept of quality and regular engagement is the key to sustained growth.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick, CPA’s in Vancouver, B.C, Canada. The firm specializes in dental practices and business development, providing operational, strategic and data analytic support. Nicholas works with practice owners to increase profitability at all stages of their practice. He can be reached at nkilpatrick@burgesskilpatrick.com or at 604-327-9234.
Contact Us
Using Joint Ventures To Capitalize On Real Estate Investments
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
July 17, 2020
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory, Taxation
Using Joint Ventures To Capitalize On Real Estate Investments
Joint Ventures are increasingly being used by Real Estate Investors to suitably combine financial capital with pro rated risk exposure, and the structure provides a comfortable legal and logical framework for many investors, beginner and veteran alike. This article summarizes a few components of a Real Estate Joint Venture (JV) Structure.
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
What is a Real Estate Joint Venture (JV)?
A real estate joint venture (JV) is a deal between multiple parties to work together and combine resources to develop a real estate project. Most large projects are financed and developed as a result of real estate joint ventures. JVs allow real estate operators (individuals with extensive experience managing real estate projects) to work with real estate capital providers (entities that can supply capital for a real estate project).
The basic principle surrounding a Real Estate Joint Venture can be illustrated through the following example. Company X owns a plot of land in the city of Winnipeg. However, Company X is based out of Halifax. John was born in Winnipeg and grew up there. In addition, John lives next to the plot of land. Company X wants to develop the land and build an office block there. Company X gets into a Joint Venture with John where Company X takes care of the capital and John provides the expertise.
The Different Players in a Real Estate Joint Venture
As mentioned above, most real estate joint ventures are comprised of two separate parties: the operating member (also called “agent”) and the capital member (also called “beneficial owners”). The operating member is usually an expert on real estate projects and is responsible for the daily operations and management of the real estate project. A typical operating member is usually a highly experienced professional from the real estate industry with the ability to source, acquire, manage, and develop a real estate project. The capital member usually finances a large part of the project or even the entire project. The operating member is normally responsible for GST and other tax remittances and returns that may be required.
In a Real Estate Joint Venture, each member is liable for profits and losses relating to the joint venture. However, this liability only extends as far as the particular project that the joint venture was created for. Aside from this, the joint venture is separate from the members’ other business interests.
Structure of a Real Estate Joint Venture
In most cases, the operating member and the capital member of the real estate joint venture set up the Real Estate project as corporation. The parties sign the joint venture agreement, which details the conditions of the joint venture. such as its objective, the contribution of the capital member, how profits will be split, delegation of management responsibilities for the project, ownership rights of the project, etc.
However, a real estate joint venture is not limited to a corporation. Partnerships, and several other business arrangements can all be used to set up a joint venture. The exact structure of the JV determines the relationship between the operator and the capital provider.
Act Now To Get Our Value Pricing Adjustment on Audit and Review Engagements For Your Business
Key Aspects of a Real Estate JV Agreement
A real estate JV agreement involves the following factors:
Distribution of profits:
An important distinction to make when drafting the terms for a joint venture is how the members will distribute profits generated from the project. Compensation may not necessarily be equally distributed. For example, more active members, or members that have invested more into the project may be compensated better than passive members.
Capital contribution
The JV agreement needs to specify the exact amount of capital contribution expected from each member. In addition, it must also specify when this capital is due. For example, a capital owner may agree to contribute 25% of the required capital but only if this contribution is made at the last stage of the development process (last money in).
Management and control
The JV agreement is expected to specify in detail the exact structure of the JV and the responsibilities of both parties regarding the management of the Real Estate JV project.
Exit mechanism
It is essential for a JV agreement to detail how and when the JV will end. Usually, it is in the best interest of both parties to make the dissolution of the JV as economical as possible (i.e., avoid legal fees, etc.). In addition, the JV agreement must also list out all the events that might allow one or both parties to trigger a premature dissolution of the JV.
Reasons to Form Joint Ventures
Real estate development partners enter into joint ventures for the following reasons:
- Complements - Managing partners bring industry expertise and put time and effort to manage the project, while limited partners provide the capital required to fund the project.
- Incentives - Managing partners are often provided with disproportionate returns to keep them motivated to work hard.
- Structures - Investors possess limited liability and liquidation preference in the case that the assets of the partnership are liquidated.
Contact Us
Section 84 And The Deemed Dividend Rules – Avoiding The Deemed Dividend Trap
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
July 17, 2020
Category: Taxation
Section 84 And The Deemed Dividend Rules - Avoiding The Deemed Dividend Trap
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
Canada’s deemed dividend rules as found in section 84 of the Income Tax Act (ITA) are both cumbersome and complicated to understand. Canadian corporate taxpayers must heed to this section of the Act, however, because actions taken can easily cause a slip into the myriad rules that surround this section of the Act.
Introduction – The What And Why of a Deemed Dividend
What is a deemed dividend? Even in the absence of an explicit distribution from a corporation to its shareholder, Canada’s income-tax law forces the shareholder to recognize dividend income when certain transactions take place. These deemed-dividend rules are found in section 84 of Canada’s Income Tax Act.
Yet a deemed dividend is still a dividend. In other words, a deemed dividend qualifies for the tax treatment that would otherwise apply to a conventional dividend. For example, a deemed dividend to an individual shareholder qualifies for the dividend tax credit. Similarly, just like it can with a conventional dividend, a corporation can designate the deemed dividend as a capital dividend if the corporation has a balance in its capital dividend account. Capital dividends are tax free for the recipient. Further, like conventional inter-corporate dividends, a deemed dividend from one corporation to another is fully deductible for the recipient under subsection 112(1) of the Income Tax Act.
Why does Canada’s Income Tax Act contain deemed-dividend rules? Generally, these rules serve two purposes. First, Canada’s tax law allows a shareholder to withdraw a capital contribution from the corporation on a tax-free basis. The deemed-dividend rules preserve the integrity of this system by ensuring that corporate distributions exceeding contributed capital are taxed as dividends. Second, Canada generally taxes capital gains at a lower rate than that applied to dividends. The deemed-dividend rules hinder some transactions under which taxpayers could convert otherwise taxable dividends into capital gains–an effort known as “surplus stripping.”
Like What You're Reading? Read More at:
After examining the concepts of stated capital, paid up capital, and adjusted cost base, this article discusses the deemed-dividend rules found in subsections 84(1), 84(2), 84(3), and 84(4) of the Income Tax Act.
Important Concepts: Stated Capital, Paid Up Capital, and Adjusted Cost Base
To understand the mechanics of the deemed-dividend rules, you need a handle on three important concepts: stated capital, paid up capital, and adjusted cost base.
Stated Capital
A corporation’s stated-capital account tracks the consideration that the corporation received in exchange for issuing its shares—in other words, the account tracks the amount paid by the shareholder to the corporation. The corporation will keep a separate stated-capital account for each class or series of shares. And proper accounting should allow you to discern the stated capital for each issued share.
The corporation’s stated capital reveals the shareholders’ skin in the game. The stated-capital account shows how much the shareholders have invested in the corporation. Because the stated capital represents the amount that shareholders commit to the corporation, it serves as a measure of shareholders’ limited liability. That is, the stated-capital account shows exactly how much the shareholders have risked by investing in the corporation. As a result, it alerts potential future investors or lenders of risk when investing or lending to a corporation.
Generally, the stated-capital account tracks the fair market value of the consideration that the corporation received upon issuing a class or series of shares. But, in certain circumstances, corporate law allows the corporation to increase its stated capital by less than the full fair market value of the consideration received. The amount of the consideration that isn’t added to the stated capital is called a “contributed surplus,” and it can later be capitalized and added to the appropriate stated-capital account.
In addition, the stated-capital account for a class or series of shares must decrease if the corporation purchases, acquires, or redeems shares in that class or series.
Paid Up Capital (PUC)
Paid up capital (PUC) measures the contributed capital and capitalized surpluses that a corporation can return to its shareholders on a tax-free basis.
Paid up capital and stated capital are closely related concepts. The corporation’s stated capital serves as the basis for computing the paid up capital of its shares. And, like stated capital, PUC is an attribute of each issued corporate share.
But PUC may deviate from stated capital. Stated capital is a corporate-law concept; paid up capital is a tax-law concept. So, while PUC derives from stated capital, the two may diverge. For example, say you bought a property for $50,000 a few years ago. Now, the property is worth $100,000, and you transfer that property to a corporation in exchange for a single share, thereby incurring a capital gain. Your share’s stated capital and PUC will each be $100,000. In contrast, say you transferred the same property to the corporation under section 85 of the Income Tax Act, which allows you to effect the transfer at the property’s cost and thus avoid incurring a taxable capital gain. In this case, your share’s PUC will be $50,000, and its stated capital will be $100,000. (A section 85 rollover typically qualifies as a circumstance where corporate law allows a reduced stated capital. So, experienced Canadian tax planning lawyers will often adjust the stated capital to match the PUC. The default, however, is a mismatch.)
Premium Accounting and Tax Assistance - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234 to find out more for your business and click here to see our latest first-time offers.
Adjusted Cost Base (ACB)
The adjusted cost base (ACB) is the shareholder’s tax cost for purchasing the shares. The ACB, when deducted from the proceeds of disposition, determines the amount of a capital gain or capital loss when the shareholder disposes of the shares.
The ACB is an attribute of the shareholder; stated capital and PUC are attributes of the shares. So, the shareholder’s ACB for a share need not accord with the share’s stated capital or PUC. The stated capital and PUC only capture a shareholder’s contribution to the corporation for a share; the ACB captures a shareholder’s contribution to any vendor for a share.
To illustrate, we continue with the example above: you transfer that property worth $100,000 to a corporation in exchange for a single share. Your share’s stated capital and PUC will each be $100,000. And your ACB will also be $100,000. You later sell your share to a buyer for $150,000. The corporation gets nothing out of this transaction. So, the share’s stated capital and PUC each remain at $100,000. But the buyer paid $150,000 for the share. So, the buyer’s ACB is $150,000.
Deemed Dividend Upon an Increase of PUC: Subsection 84(1)
Subsection 84(1) deems a corporation to have paid a dividend on a class of shares for which the corporation has increased PUC. In turn, paragraph 53(1)(b) increases the shareholder’s share ACB by the amount of the deemed dividend. The ACB bump ensures that the shareholder isn’t double taxed when selling the affected shares.
But subsection 84(1) doesn’t apply and no deemed dividend will arise if the increase in PUC resulted from any of the following:
- the payment of a stock dividend (i.e., a corporation’s capitalizing retained earnings);
- a transaction where the PUC increase matches either an increase in the corporation’s net assets or a decrease in the corporation’s net liabilities;
- a transaction where the PUC increase matches a PUC decrease for shares in another class; or
- conversion of contributed surplus into PUC (i.e., a corporation’s capitalizing contributed surplus).
Contact Us
The Refundable Dividend Tax on Hand (RDTOH) Provisions Explained
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
July 17, 2020
Category: Taxation
The New Refundable Dividend Tax On Hand (RDTOH) Provisions Explained
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
As part the 2018 budget, the federal government announced two proposed measures to restrict the tax advantages of earning passive investment income in a private corporation:
- Limiting access to the small business tax rate
- Limiting access to refundable taxes
Contact Us
The Income Attribution Rules – An Overview
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
July 17, 2020
Category: Taxation
An Overview of Attribution Rules Canada
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
Income splitting among family members can be beneficial largely because of the graduated tax rates used in our income tax system.
All provinces similarly have graduated tax rates. As a result, if you are in a lower tax bracket than your family members, the splitting of income can subject the income to a lower rate of tax. In addition, their tax credits can further reduce tax payable on the split income. The government is aware of this potential tax savings, and generally frowns on income splitting. As a result, there are various income attribution rules that can apply if you transfer property to your spouse (or common-law partner) or minor children. These rules are summarized below, followed by the major exceptions to the rules.
Loans or Transfers to Spouse
Attribution can apply if you lend or transfer money or property to your spouse (or common-law partner), including a loan or transfer before you became spouses. Under this rule, income or loss from the property (or property substituted for that property) is attributed to you and included in your income (or loss) rather than your spouse’s income. Income from property includes items such as interest, dividends and rent.
A similar attribution rules Canada can apply to attribute taxable capital gains (or allowable capital losses) from your spouse’s dispositions of the property or substituted property. The substituted-property rule means attribution can continue even if your spouse sells or converts the lent or transferred property and uses the proceeds to acquire another property. For example, if you give your spouse cash and she uses the cash to purchase corporate bonds, the interest from the bonds will be attributed to you. Furthermore, if she sells the bonds and uses the proceeds to buy another income-producing property, the attribution rules can continue to apply to the income or gain from that other property.
The property income attribution stops if you divorce, or are living separate due to the breakdown of your marriage (or common-law relationship). The capital gains attribution ceases after divorce, but stops during your separation only if you make a joint election with your tax returns.
Loans or Transfers to Minor Children
Another attribution rules CRA applies if you lend or transfer property (or money) to your child who is under 18, any other minor child with whom you do not deal at arm’s length, or your minor niece or nephew. As with the rule for spouses, income or loss from the property or property substituted for that property is attributed to you. The income attribution does not apply throughout the year in which the minor child turns 18 or in later years. However, the attribution rules do not apply to capital gains of minor children, so capital gains splitting with your minor children is generally allowed.
For example, you can purchase common shares or equity mutual funds for your minor children, and subsequent taxable capital gains on the property will be included in their income and will not be subject to attribution. (But see the discussion below on the “kiddie tax”, which can apply to a minor child’s capital gains in limited circumstances.) You also have to make sure that, under the law of the province in which you live, your minor children are legally allowed to acquire and own the property in question.
Exceptions
Fortunately, there are various exceptions to the attribution rules Canada. The main ones are summarized below. The rules do not apply to income from business. Therefore, you can give or lend property to your spouse or minor children to earn business income and the income will not be attributed to you. As noted, the attribution rules CRAdo not normally apply to capital gains of minor children. Therefore, you can legitimately split capital gains with them. Note however that attribution can apply if you transfer certain farm or fishing property to your child under the rollover provisions of the Income Tax Act.
The rules do not apply if you lend money to your spouse or minor child at the prescribed rate of interest, as long as they actually pay you the interest each year or by January 30 of the following year. For example, if you lend money to your spouse at the prescribed annual interest and she uses the fund to purchase an investment that pays an annual return greater than the prescribed rate, the attribution rules will not apply provided she pays you the prescribed rate every year. She will include the excess net return in income.
Act Now To Get Our Value Pricing Adjustment on Audit and Review Engagements For Your Business
You will include the prescribed interest received by you. However, if your spouse misses or is late with even one interest payment, this exception from attribution ceases to apply. The attribution rules do not apply if you receive at least fair market value consideration for the property.
Similar to the lending exception above, if the consideration is debt, you must charge at least the prescribed rate of interest, and they must pay you the interest each year or by January 30 of the following year. Also, in the case of your spouse, if you transfer property under this exception you must elect out of the tax-free “rollover” on the transfer, which is otherwise available for transfers between spouses. This means that the transfer of the property will normally take place at fair market value, which could generate a capital gain for you if the value exceeds your cost of the property.
Unfortunately, because of the superficial loss rules (discussed further below in this Letter), any loss on the transfer will normally be denied. The rules do not apply to reinvested income. Thus, if you transfer property to your spouse or minor child and they reinvest the income earned on the property, the income earned on the reinvested income is not subject to attribution. The rules do not apply to transfers of property to children over 18. However, there is an anti-avoidance rule that can apply if you lend money to a relative (minor or adult) or another non-arm’s length person and one of the main reasons is to reduce your tax payable.
As above, there is an exception to this anti-avoidance rule if you charge at least the prescribed rate of interest on the loan. The rules obviously do not apply if the property generates no income or capital gains. Therefore, you can make personal expenditures for your spouse and children and not worry about any attribution rules.
As a planning point, consider paying most or all of your spouse’s personal expenses, common household expenses and any income tax your spouse owes, thus freeing up your spouse’s own income to invest in income-earning property. The attribution rules will not apply. Since income or capital gains from a tax-free savings account (TFSA) are not included in income, you can put cash into your spouse’s or adult child’s TFSA and there will be no attribution on any subsequent income. Similarly, as noted earlier, if you contribute to your spouse’s RRSP (provided it was set up as spousal plan), there is no attribution when the funds and income are withdrawn by your spouse, generally as long as the withdrawal does not take place in the year during which you contributed or the two subsequent years.
If you receive the Universal Child Care Benefit because you have children under 18, the benefit can be invested and all income or gains from the investment are exempt from attribution provided you can track it. So it can be a good idea to put these payments into a separate bank account, if you don’t need to spend them.
Tax on Split Income of Minor Child (“Kiddie Tax”)
Although not an attribution rule, the kiddie tax can apply to the “split income” of a minor child. The tax is levied on the split income of the child at the highest marginal rate of tax (i.e. 33% federal, plus provincial tax). Furthermore, the only tax credits available against the tax on the split income are the dividend tax credit and any available foreign tax credits. Thus, although the income is not attributed, the kiddie tax is just as onerous or more so. “Split income” includes shareholder benefits and dividends received from shares of corporations other than publicly-traded shares and mutual funds. In general terms, it also includes certain trust or partnership income derived from services or property provided to a business in which a parent is involved (the details are somewhat complex).
If you have any questions or want to speak further about your tax situation, contact Nicholas Kilpatrick at nkilpatrick@burgesskilpatrick.com
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner with the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick and specializes in tax structuring and business development for his small and medium business sized clients. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on Facebook at www.facebook.com/Burgess Kilpatrick for more information on our firm. This article has been paraphrased from an article by Pierre-Yves Daoust, Marcil Lavallee.
Contact Us
The Concept of Adjusted Aggregate Investment Income – What Does it Mean?
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
July 17, 2020
Category: Taxation
The Concept of Adjusted Aggregate Investment Income - What Does it Mean?
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
The 2018 federal Budget includes a measure designed to slow the accumulation of passive investments within active corporations. This measure is based on a calculation that considers both the amount and the type of investment income earned in a corporation. Understanding this calculation will guide an investor in developing a tax-efficient investment strategy going forward.[3]
The calculation
Aggregate investment income (AII) is carved out from active business income and is both ineligible for the small business deduction and subject to a higher tax rate than ordinary business income. The definition of AII remains unchanged with the 2018 Budget but has become the starting point for the calculation of adjusted aggregate investment income (adjusted AII). A corporation is entitled to $50,000 of adjusted AII. Thereafter, its small business deduction limit decreases by $5 for every additional $1 of adjusted AII and is completely eliminated at $150,000 of adjusted AII.
The calculations for AII and adjusted AII are:1
AII =
net income from property (rent, interest, royalties, etc.)
+ taxable capital gains for the year (including gains from the sale of active assets)
+ taxable dividends
+ foreign investment income
Portfolio dividends, although not taxable2 and not included in AII, are included in adjusted AII.
Capital losses for the year only reduce adjusted AII in the year incurred, and only if there are adequate capital gains in that year against which they may be applied. That is, capital losses from prior years applied in the current year do not reduce a corporation’s adjusted AII.
For the purposes of AII, a capital gain is income from property, regardless of the use of the asset that generated it. For adjusted AII however, as the purpose of this new limitation is to penalize corporations with passive investments, a carve-out of capital gains from active assets is permitted. For these purposes, an active asset is one used principally in an active business carried on primarily in Canada or by a related CCPC.
These differences provide a roadmap to managing a corporation’s adjusted AII and limiting its small business deduction clawback:
Moving away from interest and dividends and toward capital gains
Only half of a capital gain is included in adjusted AII, and managing when a capital gain is triggered will provide a corporation with some control over its annual clawback. Monitoring when capital losses are triggered
Capital losses triggered in a year in which there are no capital gains to offset are wasted for the purposes of adjusted AII. Triggering capital losses in years in which large capital gains are expected will make the most of the losses. Investors should meet with their advisors before the end of each year to discuss this timing. Purchasing appreciable active assets
Investors might consider (for example) investing in the building in which they operate. The capital gain from eventual sale will not affect adjusted AII, and if structured properly, related rent can be charged and treated as active income. Tax-deferred distributions
Some investments can provide tax-deferred distributions. Consider, for example, a real estate investment trust (REIT). A portion of each REIT unit’s distribution is a return of capital, which does not affect adjusted AII and is not taxable until the unit is ultimately disposed of. Limited partnerships and mortgage-backed securities are some other common types of investments that provide tax-deferred distributions. Off-balance-sheet investing
Investors might consider funding Individual Pension Plans (IPPs). IPPs allow for higher contributions than traditional RRSPs, and funding payments, administrative costs and investment costs are fully deductible to the corporation. However, growth of the plan assets is tax-deferred and thus does not affect adjusted AII. Overfunding a life insurance policy
Life insurance policies provide the tax-deferred accumulation of investment assets (to certain limits), they do not affect adjusted AII, and they provide tax-advantaged distributions. The spirit of the small business rate available to private corporations is to provide business owners with more after-tax income to grow their businesses. This new measure is intended to curtail the ability to reinvest funds taxed at the small business rate which is consistent with Finance’s original intent. Bear in mind, after-tax business income reinvested in passive investments within a corporation – whether taxed at the small business rate of 13.5 per cent or the general rate of 26.5 per cent – still provides an initial deferral benefit that corporations can continue to use. But with some strategic investing, the benefit can be maximized to its fullest extent. Premium Accounting and Tax Assistance - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234 to find out more for your business and click here to see our latest first-time offers. 1 The calculations of AII and adjusted AII have been simplified here for illustrative purposes to include only common types of investment income.
2 Subject to 38.33 per cent refundable tax unless the dividend is received from a connected corporation. If you have any questions or want to speak further about your corporation, contact Nicholas Kilpatrick at nkilpatrick@burgesskilpatrick.com Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner with the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick and specializes in tax structuring and business development for his small and medium business sized clients. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on Facebook at www.facebook.com/Burgess Kilpatrick for more information on our firm. 3 Dupuis, Scott; Managing Adjusted Aggregate Investment Income, Baker Tilly
- taxable dividends
- capital losses for the year
- capital losses from prior years applied in the year.
- capital gains from the sale of active assets
Only half of a capital gain is included in adjusted AII, and managing when a capital gain is triggered will provide a corporation with some control over its annual clawback. Monitoring when capital losses are triggered
Capital losses triggered in a year in which there are no capital gains to offset are wasted for the purposes of adjusted AII. Triggering capital losses in years in which large capital gains are expected will make the most of the losses. Investors should meet with their advisors before the end of each year to discuss this timing. Purchasing appreciable active assets
Investors might consider (for example) investing in the building in which they operate. The capital gain from eventual sale will not affect adjusted AII, and if structured properly, related rent can be charged and treated as active income. Tax-deferred distributions
Some investments can provide tax-deferred distributions. Consider, for example, a real estate investment trust (REIT). A portion of each REIT unit’s distribution is a return of capital, which does not affect adjusted AII and is not taxable until the unit is ultimately disposed of. Limited partnerships and mortgage-backed securities are some other common types of investments that provide tax-deferred distributions. Off-balance-sheet investing
Investors might consider funding Individual Pension Plans (IPPs). IPPs allow for higher contributions than traditional RRSPs, and funding payments, administrative costs and investment costs are fully deductible to the corporation. However, growth of the plan assets is tax-deferred and thus does not affect adjusted AII. Overfunding a life insurance policy
Life insurance policies provide the tax-deferred accumulation of investment assets (to certain limits), they do not affect adjusted AII, and they provide tax-advantaged distributions. The spirit of the small business rate available to private corporations is to provide business owners with more after-tax income to grow their businesses. This new measure is intended to curtail the ability to reinvest funds taxed at the small business rate which is consistent with Finance’s original intent. Bear in mind, after-tax business income reinvested in passive investments within a corporation – whether taxed at the small business rate of 13.5 per cent or the general rate of 26.5 per cent – still provides an initial deferral benefit that corporations can continue to use. But with some strategic investing, the benefit can be maximized to its fullest extent. Premium Accounting and Tax Assistance - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234 to find out more for your business and click here to see our latest first-time offers. 1 The calculations of AII and adjusted AII have been simplified here for illustrative purposes to include only common types of investment income.
2 Subject to 38.33 per cent refundable tax unless the dividend is received from a connected corporation. If you have any questions or want to speak further about your corporation, contact Nicholas Kilpatrick at nkilpatrick@burgesskilpatrick.com Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner with the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick and specializes in tax structuring and business development for his small and medium business sized clients. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on Facebook at www.facebook.com/Burgess Kilpatrick for more information on our firm. 3 Dupuis, Scott; Managing Adjusted Aggregate Investment Income, Baker Tilly
Contact Us
Taxation Issues Facing Canadian Parent Corporations With Foreign Affiliates
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
July 17, 2020
Category: Taxation
Taxation Issues Facing Canadian Parent Corporations With Foreign Affiliates
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
The prospect for Canadian parent corporations to invest in foreign subsidiaries can provide multiple business opportunities that otherwise may not exist in Canada. For example, the Canadian market for a company’s existing product line may be saturated, while competition may be low in foreign jurisdictions. Or established business connections or relationships may facilitate expedited insertion of the company’s products or services into a foreign market[1].
If a Canadian corporation establishes or purchases a foreign subsidiary and generates profit from that subsidiary, the repatriation of profits from the foreign subsidiary to the Canadian parent presents various taxation issues – and international tax planning opportunities – that need to be considered in order to determine the viability of any proposed investment into any foreign jurisdiction.
Definition of “Foreign Affiliate” and “Controlled Foreign Affiliate”
A non-resident corporation is a foreign affiliate of a Canadian parent corporation if the Canadian parent (i: “taxpayer”) owns, either directly or indirectly, at least 1 percent of any class of shares, and the taxpayer, together with related persons (whether residents or non-residents of Canada) owns, directly or indirectly, at least 10 percent of any class. The threshold for foreign affiliate status is therefore fairly low, and qualifying as a foreign affiliate can be either good or bad. If the affiliate is carrying on an active business, foreign affiliate status will give a Canadian corporate shareholder access to deductions under the exempt/taxable surplus regime. However, if the foreign affiliate is also a “controlled foreign affiliate,” any Canadian shareholders (individuals as well as corporations) will be subject to annual taxation on their pro rata share of any Foreign Accrual Property Income (FAPI). A controlled foreign affiliate (CFA) of a taxpayer resident in Canada means a foreign affiliate that is controlled by the taxpayer or the taxpayer and a person or persons with whom the taxpayer does not deal at arm’s length.
Dividends from Active Business Income
Dividends paid from active business income by a foreign affiliate to a Canadian corporate shareholder may be out of “exempt surplus,” “taxable surplus,” or “pre-acquisition surplus.” Exempt surplus generally includes after-tax, active business income earned in a treaty country, provided that the affiliate is also resident in a treaty country, both under the common law principle of management and control and as defined in the applicable treaty. Active business income earned by a foreign affiliate in a non-treaty country, or by an affiliate that is not resident, as defined, in a treaty country, is included in taxable surplus.
Dividends paid by a foreign affiliate that exceed its exempt and taxable surplus accounts are deemed to come out of pre-acquisition surplus, a notional account for which no actual computations are made. Dividends received by a corporation resident in Canada from foreign affiliates are initially included in income, but deductions are then allowed for all or a portion of the dividends in computing taxable income, depending on the surplus account from which the dividend is prescribed to have been paid.
Dividends out of exempt surplus are deductible in computing taxable income, irrespective of the foreign tax burden that has been incurred. Where a dividend is out of taxable surplus, deductions related to the underlying foreign tax applicable to the earnings being distributed, as well as to any foreign withholding taxes applicable to the dividends, are available. The general policy rationale is that Canadian tax will be payable on dividends out of taxable surplus only to the extent that the total foreign tax burden is less than the basic Canadian corporate tax rate. While the underlying foreign tax applicable to a dividend received
While the underlying foreign tax applicable to a dividend received out of taxable surplus is generally determined on a pro rata basis according to the proportionate amount of the taxable surplus being distributed, a taxpayer can claim more than a pro rata amount if prescribed tests are met. Dividends received out of pre-acquisition surplus are deductible in computing taxable income, but the amount of such dividends, net of any foreign withholding tax, reduces the tax basis of the shares on which the dividends were paid. Dividends paid by a foreign affiliate are deemed to come first out of the affiliate’s exempt surplus to the extent available, and next out of taxable surplus. However, a taxpayer may elect to have all or part of a dividend received from a foreign affiliate treated as having been paid out of taxable surplus rather than exempt surplus. This election may be desirable where, for example, the dividend is out of low-taxed taxable surplus, and the Canadian corporation has a non-capital loss carryforward expiring in the year. Any dividend payments that exceed an affiliate’s exempt and taxable surplus balances are generally deemed to be paid out of pre-acquisition surplus.
Act Now To Get Our Value Pricing Adjustment on Audit and Review Engagements For Your Business
Taxation of FAPI
Taxpayers resident in Canada must include their proportionate amount of any FAPI earned by a CFA in income on a current basis (subject to deductions in respect of underlying foreign tax), whether or not the income is distributed by the affiliate as dividend payments. These rules apply to Canadian-resident individuals as well as to corporations, and to affiliates in treaty as well as non-treaty countries. The allocable amount is based on the taxpayer’s participating percentage,10 determined at the end of each taxation year of the affiliate. If a Canadian taxpayer has an interest in a CFA at the end of a particular taxation year, there is an attribution of FAPI earned by the affiliate during the entire year; conversely, there is no attribution if the Canadian shareholder does not have an interest in a CFA at the end of a year. Generally, no further Canadian tax is imposed when FAPI is repatriated to Canada as dividend payments, although deductions may be available at that time for foreign withholding tax imposed on the dividends. Income characterized as FAPI is included in taxable surplus and, to the extent that FAPI is earned by a foreign affiliate that is not a CFA of a Canadian taxpayer, the income is subject to potential Canadian tax when it is ultimately paid to Canada as dividends.
Determination of FAPI
FAPI, as defined, includes an affiliate’s income from property and businesses other than active businesses, and taxable capital gains from dispositions of property other than “excluded property,”less the affiliate’s losses from property and businesses other than active businesses and allowable capital losses from dispositions of property other than excluded property. There is a five-year carryforward of any net FAPI losses incurred by an affiliate in a particular year. Interaffiliate dividends are specifically excluded from the definition of “FAPI.”
In addition to property income that is purely of a passive nature, FAPI includes income from an adventure or concern in the nature of trade, as well as
- income from an “investment business
- income from trading or dealing or indebtedness; and
- various types of income earned by a foreign affiliate, where the corresponding deduction erodes the Canadian tax base.
Contact Us
Corporate Tax Planning: Utilizing The Butterfly
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
July 17, 2020
Category: Taxation
Corporate Tax Planning: Utilizing The Butterfly
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
In 1981, John Robertson, then director general of the CCRA’s Corporate Rulings Directorate, presented a paper at the annual conference of the Canadian Tax Foundation setting out the Canada Customs and Revenue Agency’s (CCRA’s – as the department was then called) concerns related to the ability of taxpayers to use the butterfly transaction to separate business and investment properties, as well as sell any asset, on a tax-deferred basis at the corporate level. [1]
The butterfly transaction introduced a complex and effective corporate tax planning Canada concept for two partners involved in a corporation. He indicated that the CCRA would apply subsection 55(1) of the Income Tax Act4 (as it then read) to tax as a capital gain any tax-deferred intercorporate dividend where the parties were seeking to avoid tax on the unrealized gain on the shares of a taxable Canadian corporation. In an attempt to remedy weaknesses in subsection 55(1), the Department of Finance (“the department”) codified the nucleus of Robertson’s comments with specific legislation that was enacted in 1981. The rules, under new subsection 55(2), allowed the intercorporate transfer of income on which tax had already been paid at the corporate level after 1971. This came to be known as “safe income.”
The department also enacted two exceptions to the anti-avoidance rule in subsection 55(2) that would serve as the divisive reorganization provisions in the Act. The first exception, set out in paragraph 55(3)(a), applied in situations where the parties did not deal at arm’s length with each other. The second exception, in paragraph 55(3)(b), applied in situations where the parties involved in the transaction dealt at arm’s length with each other (“the butterfly”
Over the next decade, the department became aware of additional abuses and losses of revenue at the corporate level. In particular, the department was concerned that resident and non-resident taxpayers were misusing the purchase butterfly to transform what would normally be a taxable sale of assets into an inter-corporate dividend.
The Basic Steps of the Butterfly
Step 1: The shareholders of a distributing corporation (DC) will transfer a percentage of their common shares into a newly incorporated transferee corporation (TC) and take back common shares of the TC.
Step 2: The DC will roll over the assets of the business it wishes to spin off into the TC and take back preferred shares of the TC.
Step 3: The DC will repurchase for cancellation its common shares held by the TC and issue a promissory note as consideration to the TC. The TC will receive a deemed dividend and a deduction from part I tax.
Step 4: The TC will redeem its preferred shares held by the DC and issue a promissory note as consideration. The DC will receive a deemed dividend and a deduction from part I tax.
Step 5: The notes will be set off against each other in both the DC and the TC. Since they will be of equal fair market value (FMV), there should be no tax consequences to either the DC or the TC. The original shareholders of the DC now hold shares in both the DC and the TC.[2]
Such a comprehensive corporate tax planning Canada require the assistance of qualified accountant experts as they prioritize the main purpose. The purpose of a spinoff butterfly is to move some property of a distributing corporation to one or more newly incorporated transferee corporations having the same shareholders in the same proportions as the distributing corporation.
As a pre-distribution step in a typical spinoff butterfly, shareholders of the distributing corporation exchange their common shares in the distributing corporation for new common and preferred shares in the distributing corporation on a tax-deferred basis under subsection 51(1) or 86(1). Such an exchange is a "permitted exchange" under subsection 55(1), provided that it does not result in an acquisition of control of the distributing corporation. Thus, one presumes that the exchange is unobjectionable under the butterfly rules in section 55. However, the share exchange may technically infringe paragraph 55(3.1)(a). If that is the case, paragraph 55(3)(b) will not operate to prevent the application of subsection 55(2).
Get Access to leading accounting and tax expertise. Call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234.
Paragraph 55(3.1)(a) will cause paragraph 55(3)(b) not to apply where, in contemplation of and before a distribution made in the course of the reorganization in which the dividend was received, property became property of the distributing corporation otherwise than as a result of certain enumerated exceptions, none of which appears to apply to a share exchange. Thus, whether paragraph 55(3.1)(a) will apply to the share exchange turns on whether the old shares become property of the distributing corporation.
The CRA has taken the position that a clearance certificate is required when a non-resident shareholder exchanges common shares in a corporation for preferred shares under subsection 51(1)
The purpose of paragraph 55(3.1)(a) is to prevent property from being acquired by a distributing corporation before a butterfly in order to change the types of property owned by the distributing corporation that would permit the tax-free cashing out of a shareholder. The Department of Finance made a deliberate policy decision to exclude public corporations from the "types of property" requirement through the addition of subsection 55(3.02). Amendments provide that paragraph 55(3.1)(a) does not apply to public corporations. Because the paragraph is concerned with the "types of property" requirement, the exclusion of public corporations from its application makes sense.
In the private company context, the share exchange does not offend the policy at which paragraph 55(3.1)(a) is aimed, since it will not change the types of property that the distributing corporation holds. The share exchange is simply a necessary pre-distribution step to facilitate the paragraph 55(3)(b) butterfly. Nevertheless, owing to the current wording of paragraph 55(3.1)(a), the share exchange may technically trigger its application.
Notwithstanding the analysis above, the CRA does not appear to consider a share exchange objectionable: it has issued favourable rulings in the when a share exchange took place as a pre-distribution step in a spinoff butterfly. Normally, when proposing to engage in butterfly transactions, comfort letters from the CAR are secured in order to have the benefit of the analysis from the CRA regarding such proposed transactions. Although not binding, these comfort letters provide not only comfort to the client and the tax practitioner regarding the proposed series of events encapsulated as a part of the transaction, but also confidence to progress in the transaction.
We at Burgess Kilpatrick, offer end-to-end assistance and understanding for such complex corporate tax return Vancouver concepts.
If you have any questions or want to speak further about your corporation or estate planning matters, contact Nicholas Kilpatrick at nkilpatrick@burgesskilpatrick.com
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner with the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick and specializes in tax structuring and business development for his small and medium business sized clients. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on Facebook at www.facebook.com/Burgess Kilpatrick for more information on our firm.
[1] Haughey, Marshall, Spinoff Butterflies in Trouble?, Bennett Jones LLP.
[2] Kakkar, Manu, A Critique of Canada’s Divisive Reorganization Rules: Should Breaking Up Be So Hard To Do?, Canadian Tax Foundation, Vol. 49 No. 4.
Contact Us
Tax Planning And Transfer Of Wealth Using Life Insurance
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
July 17, 2020
Category: Taxation
Tax Planning And Transfer Of Wealth Using Life Insurance
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
There has been a substantial increase by corporate and individual taxpayers alike in Canada of the use of Life Insurance products to facilitate the minimization of tax and effective transfer of wealth. This article reviews 2 of the most effective uses of life insurance to transfer wealth to future generations:
The Waterfall Concept
Also called the Cascading strategy, the Waterfall Concept is a strategy where a parent or grandparent uses a tax-exempt permanent life insurance policy to accumulate wealth tax-deferred, then transfers it to their child or grandchild as a gift without tax consequences to use throughout their lifetime. There are many variations of the Waterfall Concept, so it can be tailored to meet an individual’s objectives. It is referred to as a “waterfall” because, like a waterfall, the transfer can flow downward only — i.e. for the gift not to be taxable, the life insured on the policy must be a child’s, and the policy must be transferred to a child. The provisions in subsection 148(8) of the Income Tax Act (ITA) govern the rollover. Under this subsection, a child is defined as the transferor’s child or grandchild, their son- or daughter-in-law, their spouse’s child from a previous marriage, their adopted child or their child from a common-law relationship. The term “child” is not restricted to a particular age, and the life insured and future policyowner don’t have to be the same child. In addition, the gift of the policy to the child must be made without consideration of any type.
Many permanent life insurance policies have unique features and tax attributes that make them ideal vehicles to facilitate the transfer of wealth between generations. This insurance transfer strategy is popular because the transfers can be done in a tax-efficient manner without giving up control of the gift, and in most cases, without the assistance and cost of lawyers. Therefore, it can be rightly said that this particular corporate owned life insurance tax considerations are less complicated.
How does it work? The transferor purchases a tax-exempt permanent life insurance policy on the life of a child and contributes to it, typically for three to five years. The policy grows on a tax deferred basis and is eventually transferred to the child of the transferor for no consideration. According to the provisions in subsection 148(8) of the ITA, the child becomes the new policyowner without any immediate tax consequences. However, any time the child withdraws funds from the policy, the funds are taxed in their hands — not the transferor’s — at their effective tax rate. The benefits of this strategy are that the child’s tax rate will most likely be much lower than the transferor’s, and taxes are deferred until the withdrawal actually occurs.
Dealing with potential issues
The Waterfall Concept is very simple and becoming more popular given our aging population and the massive number of wealth transfers anticipated in the years ahead. However, there are a number of issues that should be considered when setting up this arrangement to ensure your client’s objectives are realized.
Death of the policyowner: Whenever the policyowner is older than the life insured, there is a real possibility that the policyowner will pass away before the life insured. If this happens, the policy will become part of the deceased’s estate, and the gains in the policy will be taxable to the deceased. Probate fees may also apply. The larger the age difference between the policyowner and life insured, the greater the risk of this outcome.
Income attribution: For the gift to be non-taxable, we rely on a rollover provision in the ITA. A rollover prevents tax from arising as a result of the transfer, but has no impact on the taxation of transactions that occur after the transfer. As such, if funds are removed from the policy in a situation where the income attribution rules apply, any taxes payable will be attributed back to the transferor. Loss of control over the policy: The legal age to be able to negotiate a contract is 16 in all provinces except Quebec, where the age is 18. If the policy is transferred to a child under the legal age, the child does not have legal authority to deal with the policy until the child reaches the legal age to negotiate; thus, a court application for the appointment of a trustee will be required if a transaction needs to be executed. Control over the use of funds: If structured right, the transferor can retain some control over the policy after it has been transferred to the child. Otherwise, the child gains control upon transfer.
Most of these issues can be dealt with by utilizing the features available in the insurance policy: The policyowner can name a child as the contingent owner: If a contingent owner is named, then upon the original policyowner’s death, the policy will be transferred to the contingent owner outside of the estate. Because the transfer is to a child and the life insured is also a child of the original owner, the rollover provisions apply.
This strategy is particularly useful in cases where the transferor wants the gift to skip a generation. For example, if a grandparent acquires a policy on the life of a grandchild and names the child’s parent as the contingent owner, upon the grandparent’s death, the policy will roll over to the parent on a tax-free basis, and the parent can then transfer the policy to the child at the appropriate time.
This doesn’t eliminate the risk of the policyowner dying before the life insured, but it reduces it. Given that these policies are usually transferred shortly after the child reaches age 18, there is a very good chance that the parent will be alive at this time.
The policy’s transfer can be deferred until the child reaches age 18: This avoids concerns about income attribution and loss of control.
An irrevocable beneficiary can be placed on the policy prior to transferring it to the child: The irrevocable beneficiary must consent to policy withdrawals of any type before the child can access the accumulated value in the contract. The irrevocable beneficiary acts like a trustee to ensure the original owner’s wishes for the use of the funds are realized. The irrevocable beneficiary must be a trusted individual to ensure they allow the child to use the policy as originally intended.
Premium Accounting and Tax Assistance - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234 to find out more for your business and click here to see our latest first-time offers.
What are the advantages of the Waterfall Concept?
The corporation pays a dividend to the business owner who then pays the premium and owns the policy personally.
The corporation pays an increased salary to the business owner who then pays the premium and owns the policy personally.
The corporation pays the premium directly and owns the policy.
From these three options usually the most tax-efficient strategy is to have the corporation pay the premiums directly and own it corporately. This is due to the fact that corporate tax rates are usually lower than individual tax rates. Furthermore this is a major factor in owning a life insurance policy corporately versus personally. One of the prime reasons why there has been substantial growth in corporate owned life insurance tax considerations.
Tax-exempt growth
Corporately owned tax-exempt life insurance provides tax deferred growth, which is especially attractive for business owners who have maximized their total contribution room to their registered accounts. Specifically, the cash surrender value grows on a tax deferred basis in addition to a tax-free death benefit. This gives rise to a tax minimization strategy whereby a business owner reallocates funds, within the corporation, that would otherwise be subject to tax, into a corporately owned life insurance policy.
Cash value options A corporately owned tax-exempt life insurance policy can provide more than a tax-free death benefit. In fact, during the life of the policy, the cash value can provide funds to the business owner for personal or business reasons. There are three options when accessing the cash surrender value:
Partial of full withdrawal of funds within the cash value account.
Obtain a policy loan against the cash value from the insurer.
Collaterally assign the policy to secure a loan.
With the first two strategies, there would be a deemed disposition that could result in a taxable policy gain. Collaterally assigning the policy to secure a bank loan is not considered a disposition and will not affect the policy’s ability to grow on a tax deferred basis. The bank loan can be structured in different ways including no repayment until death enabling more possible solutions for the business owner. Even while the loan is outstanding, the policy continues to grow on a tax deferred basis which could produce a higher return than the interest rate on the loan. For these reasons the most efficient manner to access cash values usually is to collaterally assign the policy to secure a loan. A potential downfall of cash value within a corporately owned policy is that it may not be fully creditor proof.
Death benefit and beneficiary designation
A corporately owned policy should also have the corporation as the beneficiary. When a corporation receives the death benefit from a life insurance policy it will receive a credit to its capital dividend account (CDA) in the amount of the total proceeds of the policy less the adjusted cost basis. The CDA is a notional tax account that tracks tax-free surpluses accumulated inside the corporation. The corporation can then issue tax free capital dividends to the intended shareholders.
Other corporate considerations
- The transferor can provide a valuable gift and legacy for their child or grandchild.
- The transferor avoids annual taxation on the investment income generated on the gifted amount.
- They also avoid taxes when they transfer the funds to their child or grandchild. And when the child withdraws funds from the policy, as long as the transfer has been properly structured, the funds are taxable to the child, not the transferor, at the child’s tax rate.
- Probate fees can be avoided and the transferor’s privacy respected by ensuring the transfer doesn’t go through the estate.
- A trusted individual can control the use of the funds in the transferor’s absence.
- All this can be done through the life insurance contract, without the need for legal intervention.
- The cash surrender value of the life insurance policy shows up on the balance sheet of the corporation and in turn affects the value of the corporation.
- It is possible to transfer a policy from your personal ownership into your corporation. Care should be taken to determine the effect of such a transaction, which is considered a disposition of the policy for tax purposes. A resulting gain in the transfer may create tax consequences.
Contact Us
Inter-Corporate Dividends and Subsection 55(2) – What You Need To Know
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
July 17, 2020
Category: Taxation
Inter-Corporate Dividends And Subsection 55(2) - What You Need To Know.
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
Taxation of inter-corporate dividends has been expanded by amendments to Subsection 55(2) of the Income Tax Act first proposed in the 2015 Federal Budget. This article provides an introduction to the “Purpose” test which determines the applicability of ss. 55(2) to a transaction.
What is Subsection 55(2)?
Canadian corporations are taxed on capital gains but can receive certain inter-corporate dividends tax-free. To take advantage of this, corporations will enter into transactions where capital gains are converted into tax-free inter-corporate dividends. These transactions, which vary in complexity and as to how they are conducted, are known as capital gains strips. A simple example of capital gains stripping is as follows:
HoldCo wishes to sell its ownership of its subsidiary SubCo to an arm’s length third party. This sale would create a taxable capital gain as the fair market value (“FMV”) of SubCo’s shares presently exceeds their adjusted cost base (“ACB”). Prior to the sale, HoldCo causes SubCo to pay it a tax-free inter-corporate dividend equal to the difference between the FMV and ACB. This decreases the FMV of SubCo allowing the shares to be sold without incurring a capital gain.
A dividend stripping anti-avoidance provision, ss. 55(2) is intended to remove the tax benefits of capital gains stripping. It applies where a corporation receives dividends from another Canadian corporation for one of the three purposes listed below. These inter-corporate dividends must be part of a transaction involving the disposal of shares to an arm’s length party. Subsection 55(2) recharacterizes these tax-free inter-corporate dividends as proceeds of disposition. Capitals gain tax is paid on proceeds of disposition, and thus there is no longer a tax benefit to capital gains stripping.
“Purpose” Test
Inter-corporate dividends will incur taxation under ss. 55(2) if the transaction is conducted for one of the purposes delineated in the subsection. Prior to the 2015 Federal Budget, the only purpose contemplated in ss. 55(2) was the reduction of capital gains. Two new purposes were added following the Budget. The current ss. 55(2) is applicable to transactions where one of the purposes of the transaction is:
- A significant reduction in the capital gain on any share,
- A significant reduction of the FMV of any share, or
- A significant increase in the cost of property of the party receiving the dividend.
Contact Us
Safe Income And The Calculation Of The Safe Income Determination Time
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
July 17, 2020
Category: Taxation
Safe Income And The Calculation Of The Safe Income Determination Time
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
Amendments to section 55(2) of the Income Tax Act (IT) greatly broadened the reach of subsection 55(2) primarily due to the addition of two new purpose tests and the restriction of the paragraph 55(3)(a) related party exception to only subsection 84(2) or (3) deemed dividends. This article deals with the safe income exception in paragraph 55(2.1)(c) which is the only objective safe harbour in dealing with revised subsection 55(2). [1]
The Safe Income On Hand Exception
The underlying concept of safe income is that once corporate income has been taxed, corporations should be able to pass that income amongst themselves on a tax‐deferred basis (subject to Part IV tax). Accordingly, paragraph 55(2.1)(c) provides that a dividend is not subject to subsection 55(2) if the amount of the dividend does not exceed an amount that is:
- the income earned or realized by any corporation, after 1971 and before the safe‐income determination time (SIDT) for the series, and,
- that could reasonably be considered to contribute to the shareholder’s hypothetical capital gain on the share from which the dividend is received, at the moment immediately before the dividend.
Contact Us
The Replacement Property Rules: Using The Income Tax Act To Help You Build Your Business
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
July 16, 2020
Category: Taxation
Learn About the Eligibility Criteria for Using the Income Tax Act Under Replacement Property Rules
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
The purpose of the replacement property rules in the Income Tax Act (ITA) is to allow a taxpayer to defer the recognition of a capital gain, recapture of capital cost allowance (CCA) or the gain on sale of eligible capital property (ECE) when property has been disposed of and it is replaced with the acquisition of similar property, provided that all the requirements of the ITA are met. The benefit of these rules is that there is no cash outflow needed to pay the related income taxes on these types of dispositions provided that the proceeds are being used to purchase a replacement property. The election is made by filing a letter with the tax return for the period in which the replacement property is acquired. [1]
Overview:
Generally, the Tax Act permits a taxpayer to elect to defer the recognition of income or capital gains where a property is disposed of and a "replacement property" is acquired within the prescribed time deadlines. To be considered a "replacement property", the following conditions must be met:
It must be reasonable to conclude that the property was acquired by the taxpayer to replace the former property. This means that there must be some correlation or direct substitution between the disposition of a former property and the acquisition of the new property.
In the case of ECE, it must be acquired by the taxpayer for a use that is the same or similar to the use to which the taxpayer put the former property. For depreciable and other capital property, the property can be acquired by the taxpayer or a related person.
In the case of ECE, it must be acquired for the purpose of gaining or producing income from the same or a similar business as that in which the former property was used. What this means is that you cannot use the replacement property rules to defer the income or gain on the sale of land and buildings by purchasing a manufacturing plant since they are not similar businesses.
In the view of the Canada Revenue Agency (CRA), the replacement property rules are not intended to apply to business expansions. It is a question of fact as to what is considered to be a business expansion.
As per the Replacement Property Rules, the types of property eligible and the deadlines that need to be met are as follows:
The replacement property must be acquired before the end of the first taxation year following the disposition.
Depreciable and other capital property - the type of property and the circumstances resulting in the disposition determines the type of property and the timing deadline.
In the case of an involuntary disposition the replacement property must be acquired before the end of the second taxation year following the disposition. The property included in this category includes all capital property (land, buildings and equipment).
In the case of a voluntary disposition, the replacement property must be acquired before the end of the first taxation year following the disposition. The property included in this category includes only "former business property" which is defined to mean capital property of the taxpayer that is real property (land and buildings only) and does not include a rental property.
In some cases where both land and building are disposed of and a capital gain remains on one even after the application of the above rules, it may be possible to reallocate proceeds of disposition between the land and building in order to reduce and even eliminate the capital gain remaining.
Act Now To Get Our Value Pricing Adjustment on Audit and Review Engagements For Your Business
According to Replacement Property Rules, all calculations are done on a property by property basis (for example, a separate calculation is done for each of land and building). Where the proceeds of disposition are all reinvested in the replacement property, the entire income and capital gains on the disposition can be deferred.
The new capital cost of the replacement property is reduced by the amount of the deferred capital gains. As a result, when the replacement property is sold, the now lower capital cost is used in determining whether or not there are any capital gains to be realized.
The amount eligible for capital cost allowance purposes is reduced by both the deferred capital gain and the deferred recapture.
An election to defer recapture automatically means you are electing to defer the capital gain as well and vice versa.
Where the replacement property is purchased in a subsequent year, a letter needs to be attached to the tax return for the year the replacement property is acquired to request the adjustment of the prior year return (to amend the income and capital gain otherwise required to be reported in the year of disposition).
If you have any questions or want to speak further about your corporation, contact Nicholas Kilpatrick at nkilpatrick@burgesskilpatrick.com
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner with the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick and specializes in tax structuring and business development for his small and medium business sized clients. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on Facebook at www.facebook.com/Burgess Kilpatrick for more information on our firm.
[1] Replacement Property Rules, Baker Tilly.
Contact Us
Protecting Your Wealth For The Next Generation: Provisions To Transfer Wealth Efficiently
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
July 16, 2020
Category: Taxation
Protecting Your Wealth For The Next Generation: Provisions To Transfer Wealth Efficiently.
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
If a taxpayer owns shares in a corporation that was built over the years and that now contains substantial value, he/she probably anticipates leaving this value to a future generation. However, without a tax-planning strategy involving the wealth in the company, that wealth will be exposed to double taxation and that future generation will see much less of that wealth than if some time was taken to plan the taxpayer’s estate before death.
Subsection 70(5) and the Potential for Double Tax
When an individual dies and own shares in a private corporation, the shares are deemed to be disposed of at Fair Market Value (FMV)[1]. This deemed disposition can only be avoided when the shares can be rolled over to a spouse or a spousal trust. Those shares are then deemed to be purchased by the deceased’s estate at a cost equal to the FMV. However, the deemed disposition does not change the Adjusted Cost Base (ACB) of the assets in the corporation.
Normally, the executor of an estate will wind up the company in order to accomplish distribution of estate proceeds. Doing this, however, results in a deemed dividend under subsection 84(2) equal to the difference between the FMV and the Paid-up Capital (PUC) of the shares, thereby resulting in double taxation on the value of the corporation.
For example, if Mr. X started a business and had 100 shares issued to him for $1 each, the paid up capital (PUC) of those shares is $100. These constitute the total issued shares of the corporation. Through the years he has grown the business and today the value of his shares is $1,000,000.
Like What You're Reading? Read More at:
Upon the death of Mr. X, his shares are deemed to be sold for $1,000,000; 50% of this amount will be taxable. Then when the executor winds-up the estate, there will be a deemed dividend on the estate equal to the same amount, as follows,
Upon death
Value at death
$1,000,000
Less: PUC of shares
-100
Capital Gain
999,900
Taxable capital gain (50%)
499,950
Tax (30%) - A
149,985
Upon wind-up of estate
Deemed dividend under ss. 84(2)
999,900
Tax (35%) - B
349,965
Total tax paid (A + B)
$499,950
Combined tax on sale
50.00%
Assumptions:
Capital Gain tax = 30%; Deemed dividend tax = 35%
Techniques to Relieve Against Double Tax
The two main techniques to relieve against this form of double taxation are:
Capital loss carry-back under subsection 164(6) of the ITA
For this technique to be executed correctly, the executor of the estate must be organized and begin administering the estate soon after the death of the taxpayer, because this provision is only available in the first year of the estate.
This subsection of the ITA allows for the value of the deemed dividend triggered upon the wind-up of the corporation to be deducted from the value of the shares of the corporation. Once the deemed dividend has been paid and all of the value of the corporation has been considered extracted as a result of that dividend, the value of the shares are nominal. The ITA allows for the value of the deemed dividend to be deducted from the value of the shares at wind-up, thereby resulting in a loss which can be carried back to the final return of the taxpayer, as follows:
The taxpayers’ estate is established upon the death of the taxpayer and begins on the day after the taxpayer’s death. An estate tax return must be filed by the end of the tax year (ie: the first tax year ends on the day that is the day before the same date of the year following the year of the taxpayers’ death), and this carry-back must be claimed in the form of an election on that first return.
Tax planners should be consulted as soon after the death of the deceased as possible in order to determine materials needed to calculate the deemed disposition and subsequent capital loss to carry back. All information and administration necessary to facilitate this carry-back can be time-consuming, and so it is best to begin this process early.
Premium Accounting and Tax Assistance - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234 to find out more for your business and click here to see our latest first-time offers.
Some resources on this topic may reference a “Circularity” issue that prevents the execution of a loss carry-back in a situation like this. This circularity issue is embedded within Section 40 of the ITA, which determines a taxpayers gain or loss from the disposition of property. Specifically, subsections 40(3.4) and (3.6) defer a taxpayer’s loss where, despite a disposition by the taxpayer, the loss property remains within – or the property is acquired by – a person within the population of persons affiliated with the taxpayer.
However, subsection 40(3.61) specifically ensures that these subsections will not apply to any portion of the capital loss carried back that is in excess of the capital gain claimed on the deceased’s final tax return.
In the event that, from the time of the deceased’s death to the end of the first year of the estate, the value of the shares of the corporation have declined, the value of the capital loss carried back to the final return will be less than the capital gain reported on the final return. However, additional planning can be executed to take advantage of any possible tax benefits inherent in notional accounts of the corporation such as the CDA, RDTOH, NRDTOH, or GRIP accounts to further reduce tax exposure.
As you can tell, if we can carry back the capital loss on the first estate return to the final return of the deceased, then the only tax exposure remaining (assuming the capital loss is equal to the capital gain claimed on the final return of the deceased) is the dividend that was reported on the estate’s first tax return. The second technique, if applied correctly, can further reduce tax exposure in this estate planning cycle to that of a capital gain. This second technique is referred to as “Pipeline Planning” as discussed below:
Pipeline Planning
The Pipeline plan simply involves incorporating a new company which, through a series of transactions, will convert the increase in value in the shares of the corporation from a capital gain to a loan receivable to the estate. To create a Pipeline, assume that the taxpayer, Mr. X owns XCo:
That the corporation in question (ie: XCo in our example) would remain a separate and distinct entity for at least one year.
That during this one year period, the corporation would continue to carry on its business in the same manner as before, and
Only thereafter would the note be repaid on a progressive basis.
One point to consider is that, when the above points exist, subsection 84(2) should not apply to the transaction because the money is being paid to cancel a debt (ie: the $1,000,000 loan) rather then being paid for the benefit of shareholders, and the continuance of the operation of the business further qualifies the loan as an operating one, the repayment of which benefits the corporation and contributes to it’s working capital resources.
In summary, the Pipeline plan, if executed correctly and if sufficient planning is done, results in the lowest tax exposure (ie: capital gain). This plan also involves the most time and financial resources to correctly implement. Consideration should be given to the costs versus the ta benefits of implementing such a plan.
The carry-back plan, by contrast, is easier to implement, but results in tax exposure equal to that paid on the deemed dividend reported on the estate’s first tax return. Organization and proactive administration of the estate is necessary to ensure that the carry-back can be effected in the first year of the estate’s tax filing. Note that the deadline to filing an estate’s T3 tax return is 90 after the end of the tax year of the estate. Either method, however, is preferred to the onerous tax consequences realized if no planning is done at all.
If you have any questions or want to speak further about your corporation or estate planning matters, contact Nicholas Kilpatrick at nkilpatrick@burgesskilpatrick.com
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner with the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick and specializes in tax structuring and business development for his small and medium business sized clients. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on Facebook at www.facebook.com/Burgess Kilpatrick for more information on our firm.
[1] Falk, Chris; Morand, Stefanie, “Income Tax Developments in Estate Planning and Administration”, Law Society of Upper Canada 15th Annual Estates and Trusts Summit
- Capital loss carry-back under subsection 164(6) of the ITA, to create a loss in the deceased’s estate within the first tax year of the estate, which can be carried back to the final return of the deceased to offset the capital gain reported on that return.
- Pipeline Planning, in which a new corporation is used to convert that value in the corporation to debt so that the value can be extracted by the estate tax-free
- X’s estate incorporates a new corporation, Newco, for nominal consideration.
- The estate sells the shares of XCo to Newco for $1,000,000 (assuming no accrued gain or loss on the shares since Mr. X’s death)
- The sale proceeds payable by Newco would be a non-interest bearing demand promissory note payable by Newco in the amount of $1,000,000
- XCo would be wound up into Newco on a tax-deferred basis.
- Newco would use cash on hand (ie the cash that was in XCo) to repay the loan to the estate.
Contact Us
The Foreign Accrual Property Income (FAPI) rules. What Corporations Need To Know Before Investing Outside of Canada
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
July 16, 2020
Category: Taxation
The Foreign Accrual Property Income (FAPI) Rules. What Corporations Need To Know Before Investing Outside of Canada.
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
When a Canadian corporation holds a controlling interest in a foreign affiliate, that affiliate can generate 2 types of income for the Canadian parent:
Active Business Income (ABI), or
Foreign Accrued Property Income (FAPI)
Whereas the first type of income is self-explanatory, the second type of income is defined in subsection 95(1) of the ITA; it is more generally described as passive income and includes income from property, rent, royalties, investment income, and taxable capital gains from the disposition of property that is not used in an active business.
Although some controlled foreign affiliate (CFA) businesses are investment businesses, generally those property businesses will be considered for Income Tax Act (ITA) purposes to generate ABI if those employed by the CFA cumulatively comprise work at least 5 full-time equivalent (FTE) hours.
There are even some types of income that are specifically excluded from FAPI, such as taxable dividends paid from foreign affiliates generating ABI. Such dividends paid to the Canadian corporation owning the shares of the foreign affiliate are deductible under section 112 of the ITA and therefore not taxable. The overall objective of the FAPI rules is to ensure that Canadian corporations pay tax annually on income from investments that are located in an off-shore jurisdiction but that remain under the control of the Canadian corporation.
The concept of FAPI is that Canadian-resident taxpayers could without these rules earn passive income in foreign subsidiaries and keep it there until the money was needed back in Canada, if ever. Unless the money is repatriated back to Canada, Canadian taxes on the income would be deferred indefinitely. Prior to the introduction of the FAPI rules in the ITA, a common strategy to realize this tax deferral was to utilities an offshore holding company to hold passive investments. The application of FAPI is intended to eliminate this otherwise Canadian tax deferral
The FAPI rules instead deem all passive income generated by the CFA, whether that income is actually received by the Canadian parent or not (hence the word “accrued” in the full terminology), to be included in the income of the Canadian parent in proportion to the ownership percentage that the parent holds in the CFA. Specifically, under section 91 of the ITA, the amount of FAPI generated by a CFA that must be reported by a Canadian parent is equal to that parent’s participating percentage in that CFA. For example, if the Canadian parent owns 75% of the outstanding shares of the CFA, then 75% of the FAPI generated by the CFA in a year must be reported as income on the Canadian parent’s tax return.
In calculating the proportionate percentage of net income that must be included in the parent’s income, the following amounts can be deducted from gross income calculated from the CFA:
- Losses from property
- Losses from a business other than an active business
- Certain allowable capital losses from the disposition of certain property.
- Starting FAPI recognized by the Canadian parent (participating percentage basis),
- Applicable deductions from FAPI
- Foreign tax credit
Contact Us
Tax Planning With Estate Freezes – An Overview
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
July 15, 2020
Category: Taxation
Tax Planning With Estate Freezes - An Overview
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
An estate freeze is a technique used to freeze the value of someone’s business interest, pass the future growth in that business to someone else, and yet still control the business. This article discusses some of the different types of corporate freeze strategies, and some reasons for doing – and not doing – a freeze.[1]
How an estate freeze works: the section 86 reorganization
There are many ways to do an estate freeze, and the most common way is the section 86 freeze. Named after the section of the Income Tax Act that governs it, the section 86 reorganization is an exchange of shares or reorganization of capital.
In a typical estate freeze, a business owner owns all the shares in the incorporated business. Usually those shares are common shares with voting rights. The owner identifies a successor or successors for the business. Often the successors are the owner’s child or children, or a key employee or group of key employees.
The owner has the company redeem the owner’s shares. In exchange the company issues new preferred shares with voting rights to the owner. The preferred shares have a fixed redemption value and are equal in value to the common shares just redeemed. As such, no immediate capital gains tax consequences result from this share exchange. The owner could redeem the preferred shares at any time, but only for their fixed value. Any capital gains tax consequences would be realized at that point.
At the same time, the company issues new common shares to the successors. Since the preferred shares represent all the company’s value to that point, the new common shares have no value. However, any future growth in the company’s value would accrue to the common shares, not to the preferred shares. The common shares would also have voting rights, but not enough to outvote the preferred shares even if a substantial number of preferred shares were redeemed. So no matter how large the company grew, the preferred shareholder would remain in control of the company until almost all of the preferred shares were redeemed.
An example may help to show how a preferred shareholder could maintain control of the company even while the company redeemed the preferred shares. The company’s owner could transfer all the common shares in the company for 1,000 preferred shares. Each preferred share would have 1,000 votes (1 million votes in total). At the same time, they would have the company issue 1,000 common shares to the successors.
Each common share would have 1 vote. Under this arrangement, the preferred shareholder could redeem all but two preferred shares and still have enough votes to control the company. The owner could elect to treat the redemption of the common shares as a distribution of those shares. The owner could choose a price between the shares’ adjusted cost base and their fair market value. If the company had grown in value from when the owner started it, a distribution would trigger capital gains tax. However, if the owner had some or all of the lifetime capital gains exemption available, and if the business qualified for the exemption, the exemption could be used to reduce or eliminate the capital gains tax that would result. An owner considering this option needs to consider whether there will be any issues with the cumulative net investment losses account, allowable business investment losses, or with alternative minimum tax. Regardless of whether the owner uses the capital gains exemption, the amount the successors will one day need to pay for control of the company will be frozen, and the owner’s probate tax liability for the business will also be frozen.
Variations on an estate freeze: the section 85 share exchange and a trust
A section 85 share exchange is a slightly different type of estate freeze, again named for the section of the Income Tax Act that governs it. Rather than have the company redeem shares, the owner creates a holding company, and transfers the common shares to the newly created holding company. The holding company then issues preferred voting shares (in the holding company) to the owner. The holding company also issues new common shares to the owner’s successors.
Similar to the section 86 reorganization, the superior voting power of the new holding company preferred shares allows the owner to control the holding company even though the new common shares also vote. Since the holding company owns all the shares in the operating company, the owner also controls that company, too.
An owner can also do an estate freeze by transferring the common shares to a trust. This type of freeze is often used when the intended successors are children too young to own shares.
One advantage to the trust is that it can give the owner and the owner’s family some flexibility. If the children decide to not participate in the business the trustees could sell the business to a third party. Or, if the owner died prematurely, the trustees could manage the business for the children until they were old enough to run it themselves, or could manage the business for the owner’s spouse until a buyer for the business could be found. Also the owner could structure the trust to reverse the freeze if circumstances changed (although the tax benefits from the estate freeze would not work as well).
Another advantage to moving the business into a trust for the children is that the trust assets can be protected from claims of the children’s creditors or from inclusion in their net family property if their marriages fail.
There are some drawbacks to using a trust, though. Any property transferred to the trust is subject to capital gains tax. Trust income that is not distributed is taxed at the highest marginal rate without personal tax credits. A trust is also subject to a deemed disposition of its assets every twenty-one years, with the potential for capital gains tax consequences.
Partial estate freezes
An owner doesn’t have to freeze all of the shares at once. An owner can freeze only some of the company’s shares, with the option to freeze the rest at a later date. This is a way to achieve some of the aims of a full estate freeze already discussed, but still retain some right to participate in the company’s future growth. A partial estate freeze may be appropriate if the owner is too far from retirement to do a full estate freeze, but needs to transfer
Reductions to the Capital Gains Exemption
If you borrowed money to acquire shares in a company, the cumulative net investment loss (CNIL) account tracks the deductible loan interest that you paid to acquire those shares minus the net income you received from the shares (such as dividends). If, when you sell the shares, you want to shelter capital gains from tax by using the lifetime capital gains exemption, the exemption will be reduced by any amount in your CNIL account.
Also, allowable business investment losses can be deducted from ordinary income. However, to the extent that you deduct such losses against income, you will not be able to use the lifetime capital gains exemption to shelter capital gains from tax.
The alternative minimum tax (AMT) is a parallel tax regime imposed on high income earners. Without the AMT, such individuals could use tax breaks available to them under the normal tax system to pay very little tax or no tax at all. The AMT requires them to also perform a separate tax calculation and pay the higher of the two tax bills. AMT can produce an unpleasant surprise for someone selling capital assets. For example, if your only income for the year is the capital gain, and if you anticipate using the lifetime capital gains exemption to completely eliminate your tax liability, the AMT tax calculation may still require you to pay some tax. This tax, however, will be refundable if in future years your reported income results in a tax liability. That liability will be reduced by the amount of the “prepaid” AMT.
Act Now To Get Our Value Pricing Adjustment on Audit and Review Engagements For Your Business
A couple of ways not to do an estate freeze
The complexities of share redemptions, holding companies or trusts may make some wish for a simpler alternative. Unfortunately, the drawbacks from the simpler alternatives may outweigh any benefits they offer.
One alternative is for an owner to simply give or sell the shares to the successors. Unfortunately, the owner would then lose control of the company, and could lose the right to continue working there. Capital gains tax would be due immediately. The new owners could even sell the company to third parties, defeating one of the main reasons for doing an estate freeze in the first place (which is the business continuity within the family or key employees).
One partial solution to this problem is to sell the company to its new owners, taking a promissory note in exchange, rather than giving the company away or selling it for cash. The owner could then maintain control through the ability to call the loan.
As a form of control, however, threatening to call a loan leaves much to be desired. An owner could not exercise that right except in the most serious circumstances. And as the company grows and the business becomes more valuable, the new owners could pledge their shares as collateral for a loan of their own, and repay the promissory note. Maintaining control through superior voting power, offered through a section 85 share exchange or section 86 reorganization, or through a trust, is a better alternative because it relies on the owner having the legal right to control the company, rather than on a threat to call a promissory note.
Reasons for doing an estate freeze
Several reasons for doing an estate freeze have already been discussed. This section will examine these and other reasons in detail.
- Lock in capital gains and probate tax liabilities: By freezing the value of the business, the owner also freezes the capital gain and the amount that an executor will have to include as an asset for probate tax purposes. The owner will be in a better position to plan for these expenses, knowing that they will not grow.
- Lock in a purchase price for the business: By freezing the value of the business, the owner also sets the price that the future owners will have to pay for the business. The future owners will therefore be able to plan for the day when they will own the business themselves, and will be better able to complete the purchase.
- Secure a commitment to the business from its future owners: Since the successors will own any increase in value that the business experiences, they will have an incentive to work hard to preserve and increase that value. And as the value of their interest in the business grows, so does their incentive to remain with the business. The business becomes too large an asset to walk away from.
- Encourage a smooth transition: by locking in the price and securing a commitment to the business’ long term future, an owner using an estate freeze helps ensure a smooth ownership transition.
- Transfer risk to future owners: since the successors will have common shares, they will have greater risk if the company goes under than the owner, who will have preferred shares. On liquidation, the preferred shareholders’ claims to the company’s assets are satisfied before the common shareholders’ claims.
- Provide retirement income: an owner could transfer preferred shares over time to the successors. This strategy could allow the successors to buy the owner out over time, and provide the owner with a retirement income. Further, if the owner’s preferred shares had enough votes, the owner could retain control of the company until almost all of the preferred shares were gone.
- Income splitting: an owner can split income with the children as the result of an estate freeze without violating the attribution rules. If the children are minors, trust income (if the estate freeze is done using a trust), dividend income and shareholder benefits will be subject to the attribution rules, but not business income or capital gains. Once the children become adults, many of the attribution rules cease to apply. Avoid family conflicts: in many families, some children will want to pursue a career in the family business, but others won’t. However, the family business is usually the parents’ major asset. By implementing an estate freeze, the parents can give the business to the children who one day will take over, and make plans to ensure that the children who won’t get the business are still treated fairly. Life insurance can help make that happen.
- Creditor protection: if the freeze is done using a trust or holding company, creditor protection can be enhanced.
- Melt: after completing an estate freeze, the owner redeems shares over time in a controlled distribution. The usual purpose for the melt is to provide a retirement income for the owner from the gradual redemption of the owner’s shares. The successors retain their shares. Ultimately, all the owner’s shares are redeemed, leaving the successors in control of the business. This type of freeze is also called a “wasting freeze” (not in the sense that the owner’s shares are wasted, but in the sense that they dwindle away over time as they are redeemed).
- Thaw: although an estate freeze is generally regarded as irrevocable, there are ways to thaw a freeze. If the owner has used a trust to freeze his or her estate, there may be provisions created to allow the business to revert to the owner. The price for such a provision would be a reduction in the tax advantages that would otherwise accrue to the owner after an estate freeze.
- Refreeze: if the value of a business has declined after an estate freeze, as it could during a recession, the owner and successors could thaw the estate freeze, even if they did not use a trust to accomplish the freeze. Generally, the irrevocable nature of an estate freeze comes from the unacceptable tax consequences that would follow strong business growth. But those consequences may be minor or nonexistent if the business has declined in value since the estate freeze. Having thawed the freeze, the owner could then refreeze the business, using the lower value that would prevail during a recession. Any capital gains exposure would then be based on the new, lower value for the business.
Contact Us
The Corporate Attribution Rules – Navigating Through The Delicate Nature Of Non-Arms Length Transactions
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
July 15, 2020
Category: Taxation
The Corporate Attribution Rules - Navigating Through The Delicate Nature Of Non-Arms Length Transactions
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
Income splitting has become a very popular technique used by many individuals for effective income tax planning. The concept is simple: shift the income from one family member who is subject to a high rate of tax to another family member who is subject to a lower rate of tax. The end result is overall reduced taxes. But, though the concept may be simple, the strategies to implement income splitting can be extremely complex. The decision of the Supreme Court of Canada in the case of n B. Lipson, Earl Lipson v. The Queen on January 8, 2009 is a prime example of a complex income splitting strategy that was successfully challenged by the CRA. You can read more about this case in the winter 2009 issue of Tax Alert. [1]
The Income Tax Act does permit certain income splitting arrangements, but there are still many arrangements that are considered improper and subject to the attribution rules, which are designed to reduce or eliminate the income splitting benefit.
Section 74.4 of the Act contains an attribution rule commonly referred to as "corporate attribution." Corporate attribution applies when an individual tries to split income with family members by transferring or lending property to a corporation in order to benefit those specific family members while reducing the transferor's income. Consider this example: John has $500,000 of investments producing $25,000 of additional income that will be taxed at the high marginal tax rate due to John's current salary level. If John sets up a company with his family members (spouse and minor children) as shareholders, and then transfers the $500,000 of investments to the company in an attempt to divert this income to his family members indirectly through the company, corporate attribution would apply.
Corporate attribution effectively reduces or eliminates the income splitting benefit by attaching a deemed interest rate to the consideration received on the transfer, thereby requiring the transferor to include into income a deemed taxable benefit. This taxable benefit is punitive because it results in taxable income to the transferor with no corresponding deduction to the company. Nor does it improve the transferor's ability to increase his or her shareholder's loan.
Corporate attribution applies if the following two conditions are present
property was transferred or loaned to a corporation, and
the main purpose of the transfer or loan may reasonably be considered to reduce the income of the transferor and to benefit a designated person (spouse or minor child under 18 years of age).
The two conditions above are usually key ingredients in most income splitting strategies. Consequently, corporate attribution occurs frequently with many reorganizations and transactions, and it can catch the unwary taxpayer.
Common corporate attribution situations
Corporate attribution applies in some of the most common corporate reorganizations, such as:
Estate freezes - An individual freezes the value of the company into fixed value preferred shares, thus allowing his or her spouse or minor children to own common shares directly or indirectly through a family trust. In either situation, an exchange of shares is considered to be a transfer of property to the corporation.
Creditor protection - A corporation operating a business that has certain elements of risk may consider a creditor protection corporate reorganization. This would involve setting up a holding company and transferring the corporation's redundant assets or retained earnings to the holding company. Corporate attribution might apply if the shareholders of the holding company are "designated persons." A designated person is defined as a person who is the spouse or common-law partner of the individual or a person who is under 18 years of age and who does not deal at arm's length with the individual or is the niece or nephew of the individual.
Income Splitting - Corporations that only have one shareholder will usually freeze the value of the company in order to introduce family members as shareholders for the purpose of sharing dividends to reduce personal income taxes. This reorganization is usually carried out in the same manner as the estate freeze above, which may lead to corporate attribution if the family members are designated persons.
Bonuses and dividends - Bonuses and dividends occur not as part of a reorganization, but as a normal part of a profitable business. One would not think that a normal bonus or dividend could result in corporate attribution because there is no property being transferred to the corporation. But consider this common scenario: a bonus or dividend is declared, appropriate withholding taxes are paid, and a journal entry is posted to the individual shareholder's account to record his or her entitlement to the cash. The journal entry to post the bonus or dividend is simply the shortcut approach to actually providing the shareholder with the money, and the shareholder loaning it back to the company. In this situation, corporate attribution may apply because the loan is considered a transfer of property to a corporation.
Premium Accounting and Tax Assistance - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234 to find out more for your business and click here to see our latest first-time offers.
Corporate attribution tips
Clearly, there are some common situations that can result in the application of corporate attribution. How can the impact of corporate attribution be minimized or avoided? Here are some tips:
maintaining the small business corporation (SBC) status; and
paying out the prescribed rate on the consideration received for the transferred or lent property.
Maintaining the SBC status when corporate attribution applies is particularly important. This status requires the corporation to be a Canadian Controlled Private Corporation where 90% of the fair market value of the assets is used in an active business carried on primarily in Canada. As long as the corporation remains an SBC, corporate attribution will not apply. The SBC status is a "point in time" test; if at any point in time the company temporarily losses its status, corporate attribution will apply for that time period. Therefore, the corporation should monitor on a continuous basis to ensure that the SBC status continues to apply. There are many situations that can arise to cause a company to go offside on its SBC status, including, among others, retaining cash to pay a bonus, investing in non-active assets, and operating a profitable foreign branch or subsidiary. If corporate attribution applies, and the company cannot maintain its SBC status, the company may pay a rate of return on the consideration received for the transferred property. If property was transferred to the company in exchange for a note payable or share capital, interest could be paid on the note or dividends could be paid on the shares. The amount paid to the transferor will reduce the deemed benefit, with the entire benefit being eliminated when the amount paid equals the calculated benefit amount.
If you have any questions or want to speak further about your corporation, contact Nicholas Kilpatrick at nkilpatrick@burgesskilpatrick.com
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner with the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick and specializes in tax structuring and business development for his small and medium business sized clients. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on Facebook at www.facebook.com/Burgess Kilpatrick for more information on our firm. This article has been paraphrased from an article by John Oakey of Collins Barrow, Halifax, NS
[1] Oakey, John, Collins Barrow, Halifax, NS
-
- Do not transfer or loan property. In an estate freeze of a company, consider a stock dividend instead. A stock dividend is not considered a transfer of property and is thus not subject to corporate attribution.
- If a transfer or loan of property is required, ensure that it is not made for the main purpose of reducing the individual's income and/or benefiting a designated person. Consider the example where two spouses hold equal interests in a company, and they equally exchange their shares for fixed value preferred shares to accomplish an estate freeze in favor of their adult children. Each spouse would be considered a designated person but, since they have equal interests in the company, we can conclude that neither spouse is attempting to reduce his or her income to benefit the other.
- If a transfer or loan is required and one of the main purposes of the transfer or loan is to reduce the income of the individual, ensure that a designated person is not involved in the transaction. Consider a spouse who is the sole shareholder of a holding company, and exchanges her common shares for preferred shares to affect an estate freeze. As long as the transaction does not include a designated person (spouse, minor children or minor nieces or nephews), corporate attribution would not apply.
Contact Us
Income Tax And Non-Residents – Part 2
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
July 15, 2020
Category: Taxation
Income Tax And Non-Residents - Part 2
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
In part 1 of our article on taxation of non-resident Canadian income, we dealt with the various filing requirements non-residents must complete on a yearly basis in relation to their Canadian sourced income. This income includes, but is not limited to, Canada Pension Plan benefits, Old Age Security benefits, super-annuations, investment income generated from Canadian resident entities.
In part 2 of our summary on the taxation of Canadian income earned by non-residents of Canada, we deal with income generated from taxable capital property situated in Canada. Taxable capital property includes the sale of any real, depreciable or other immovable property, and the reporting requirement of any capital gain or loss arising from the sale of such property is captured in section 116 of the Income Tax Act (ITA).
If a non-resident holds any interest in taxable Canadian property and wants to sell that property, there is a specific process that must be adhered to in order to correctly satisfy all legislative and Canadian income tax requirements prevailing upon such an anticipated transaction.
As mentioned in part 1, unless an alternative tax rate is specified in a tax treaty or Information Exchange Agreement (IAE) between Canada and another country, a standard withholding tax rate of 25% is levied on the realization of any Canadian-sourced income or capital gains by non-resident individuals. When a non-resident partially or completely owns taxable Canadian property and wishes to sell that property, that non-resident, normally with the assistance of a lawyer and/or accountant, needs to undertake a specific process in order to satisfy the previously mentioned legislative and Canadian income tax requirements. An explanation of that process is the purpose of this article.
Receiving Approval For The Sale – The Certificate of Compliance
For purposes of this article, we will assume that a non-resident of Canada living in the United States is the 100% owner of a rental property in Canada, and wishes to sell it. He has secured an agreement with another individual for that other individual to purchase the property.
Get Access to leading accounting and tax expertise. Call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234.
If the sale completes, the lawyer for the non-resident will be required to remit tax equal to 15% of the proceeds of the sale (the tax treaty between Canada and the U.S.A applies a non-resident tax rate of 15% between the 2 countries, overriding the ITA-imposed rate of 25%). Such a high tax rate is onerous and will ultimately result in a substantial refund on the U.S resident tax return of the Canadian non-resident once he reports the transaction.
However, by securing a Form T2068, Certificate – The Disposition of Property by a Non-Resident of Canada (commonly referred to as a Certificate of Compliance) from the CRA on the transaction, the withholding tax to be remitted by the non-resident will be reduced to 25% of the anticipated capital gain on the sale.
Application for a Clearance Certificate is executed by completing on or more of the following forms:
T2062 – Request by a Non-Resident of Canada for a Certificate of Compliance Related to the Disposition of Taxable Canadian Property.
2. T2062A - Request by a Non-Resident of Canada for a Certificate of Compliance Related to the Disposition of Canadian Resource and Timber Resource Property, Canadian Real Property (other than Capital Property) or Depreciable Taxable Canadian Property.
3. T2062B- Notice of Disposition of a Life Insurance Policy in Canada by a Non-Resident of Canada. ,
We will not be dealing here with the circumstances surrounding the submission or T2062B.
Where the non-resident is disposing of depreciable property, both forms T2062 and T2062A must be submitted in the same application package.
The T2062 series of forms essentially provides for a description of the property being sold and the particular contact information of the non-resident vendor. The non-resident vendor must have an Individual Tax Number (ITN). While the Social Insurance Number can be used by Canadians owning Canadian property who have moved outside of Canada and who wish to sell that property, other individuals who do not have a Social Insurance Number can use for T1261 - Application for a Canada Revenue Agency Individual Tax Number (ITN) for Non-Residents – to obtain an identifier number.
In addition to filing the T2062 forms, the non-resident must file information supporting the proposed transaction, such as an agreement for sale. The T2062 form must be submitted to the CRA within 10 business days of the date that the agreement has been entered into.
Because the uncertain nature of the time it will take to secure a Certificate of Compliance on the transaction, it is advised to allow for as much time as possible from the time of the sale agreement to the time of completion of the sale. This will hopefully provide ample time for the CRA to receive the application package, receive and additional information that may have been missing in the original submission (if necessary) and process and approve the Certificate of Compliance.
All required documentation must be sent to the Tax Services Office nearest to where the property is located. Once the CRA is satisfied with the reporting, documentation and payment, it will issue a Form T2068, Certificate – The Disposition of Property by a Non-Resident of Canada.
Approval of the T2062 form, and processing of the Certificate of Compliance, authorizes the non-resident’s lawyer conveyancing the transaction to remit to the CRA 25% of the estimated capital gain as reported on the T2062 form.
If you have any questions or want to speak further about your tax situation, contact Nicholas Kilpatrick at nkilpatrick@burgesskilpatrick.com
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner with the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick and specializes in tax structuring and business development for his small and medium business sized clients. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on Facebook at www.facebook.com/Burgess Kilpatrick for more information on our firm. This article has been paraphrased from an article by Steve Suarez of Borden Ladner Gervais, Toronto, titled “Canada’s 88(1)(d) Tax Cost Bump: A guide for Foreign Purchasers.
Contact Us
Income Tax And Non-Residents – Part 1
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
July 15, 2020
Category: Taxation
Income Tax And Non-Residents - Part 1
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
Sections 115 and 116 of the Income Tax Act (ITA) deal with Canadian sourced income and capital gains generated on taxable Canadian property by individuals not residing in Canada. Sections 212 to 219 deal with tax provisions that apply to non-resident corporations, but which also provide additional insight regarding Canada’s approach to international tax policy as it relates to individuals.
Taxation in Canada is determined by residency, and while it can appear a simple task to determine whether one is a resident of Canada or not, fact patterns existent can complicate this determination to the point that sitting judges of Canada’s Tax Court have in many cases had to deliberate on the question of whether or not one is a resident before proceeding to adjudicate on other matters before them. Non resident tax return Canada policies are different and one needs to determine their residency before learning about them.
If a non-resident, the taxpayer is taxed on Canadian sourced income (such as Canadian pensions, investment income, and dividends of corporations resident in Canada), and the sale of taxable Canadian property in accordance with the Tax Treaty or Information Exchange Agreement (IAE) between Canada and the jurisdiction that the taxpayer resides in. Absent a tax treaty or IAE, non-resident tax on Canadian sourced income and the sale of taxable Canadian Property is generally taxed at a rate of 25% on proceeds received.
Such an onerous tax rate can place non-resident individuals at a severe disadvantage compared to resident individuals. Canadian residents enjoy access to tax credits, tax on only 50% of the gain on the sale of taxable Canadian property, and reduced administrative filing requirements. While providing a positive contribution to the Canadian economy is the traditional logic behind access to tax credits for residents but not non-residents, in some cases such a high tax rate exposure imposed on the non-resident contravenes the existing fact pattern and can be inconsistent with the spirit of fairness and equity that the Income Tax Act purports to facilitate.
For this and other reasons, the ITA provides various remedies to reduce the tax exposure on non-residents down to a rate more closely resembling that which a Canadian resident would experience. Such an attempt for tax parity via those remedies is symptomatic of the underlying intent of the tax treaties and ITA’s that Canada enters into, which is simply to recognize at the transaction level the country of residency of the taxpayer and the tax liability to which s/he would be exposed had the income been generated in that resident country.
Administrative guidelines in the ITA provide for a definitive process of applying Canadian non-resident tax rates on income generated on Canadian property by a non-resident taxpayer (“Canadian income”), and then providing for a foreign tax credit on the taxpayer’s resident personal income tax return equal (in theory, not necessarily in practice) to the Canadian tax paid on that income. Here you will learn about different solutions offered to the non residents for tax purposes Canada which will help lessen their tax liabilities. Furthermore, in this article describes various provisions within the ITA to reduce the tax exposure to non-residents on Canadian sourced income; provisions dealing with non-resident tax on the sale of taxable Canadian property and dividends from resident corporations will be dealt with in Part II of this article series on non-resident tax.
NR5
The NR5-Application by a non-resident of Canada for a Reduction in the Amount of Non-Resident Tax form allows for the reduction of tax on qualifying Canadian income earned by non-residents. Such qualifying income includes Canada Pension Plan and Old Age Security benefits, superannuation benefits, RRSP and RRIF payments.
Approval of this form is for a period of 5 years, and renewal form will be sent to the non-resident before the due date, which as of the time of this writing was October 31 of the year prior to first year of the 5-year application period.
The approval of this form necessitates the filing of a section 217 world income election tax return by the non-resident each year of the NR5 approval period. Filing this form is of benefit to Canadian non-resident taxpayers receiving qualifying Canadian income in order to reduce unnecessary withholding tax on that income. We at Burgess Kilpatrick can assist you with the filing of this form and other non resident tax return Canada services as well.
Act Now To Get Our Value Pricing Adjustment on Audit and Review Engagements For Your Business
NR6
The NR6 – Undertaking to File an Income Tax Return by a Non-Resident Receiving Rent from Real or Immovable Property reduces the amount of tax installments that must be remitted by non-resident owners of Canadian rental property on income received from that property. If an NR6 form is not approved, the non-resident owner would have to remit monthly tax installments to the CRA equal to 25% (absent a reduction allowed by a tax treaty or IEA) of the gross rental income received, with no regard to rental expenses incurred.
Submission of the NR6 for is done each year for approval of the following application year, and involves providing an estimate of rental income and expenses for that year. Tax equal to 25% of the net income amount (“yearly tax amount”) is calculated and remitted to the CRA for approval, If approved the non-resident taxpayer will now be required to remit monthly installments equal to 1/12 of the calculated yearly tax amount. As of the time of this writing, the due date of the NR6 form is October 31 of the year prior to the beginning of the application year, and includes the following requirements:
- Creation of a Non-Resident Tax Number (NRF or NRH) number. This number is used by the CRA to administer monthly tax installments remitted by the non-resident taxpayer. All tax installments remitted by the non-resident will be allocated to this tax number.
- Canadian payer agent. Non-resident taxpayers are required to appoint a Canadian agent who bears the legal obligation to withhold and remit tax on Canadian rental income generated by the non-resident to the CRA on the non-resident taxpayers behalf. Such a representative can be approved by submitting a from NR95 – Authorizing or Cancelling a Representative for a Non-Resident Tax Account.
Contact Us
Best Practices And Tax Planning Essentials
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
July 15, 2020
Category: Taxation
Best Practices And Tax Planning Essentials
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
The concept of corporate and personal tax planning over the last 10 years has become more complicated as the Canada Revenue Agency (CRA) continues to take steps to prevent avoidance of tax by taxpayers. Violation of the Income Tax Act can be triggered by taxpayers even in cases where there was no intent to avoid tax; unfortunately, however, such violations, albeit unintentional, may still result in expensive tax penalties imposed by the CRA
For this reason, it is very important that corporate shareholders and/or personal taxpayers understand the legitimate corporate and personal tax planning opportunities available to them so that corporate and personal financial and tax affairs can be structured in a tax efficient manner. At Burgess Kilpatrick, with effective personal and corporate tax planning strategies, you can secure financial order.
I have included here explanations of various corporate and personal planning opportunities that, depending on your situation, may result in tax savings compared to what one otherwise would have to pay if no tax planning preparations are undertaken.
We start with the situation of the family-owned business, where there exist several opportunities within the Income Tax Act to plan for the following:
AFTER
In the before diagram, there was no provision for the owner-manager to be able to pass down ownership of the corporation to the children. In addition, if the owner wanted to take money out of the company, either as salary or as dividends, the amounts withdrawn would be subject to his/her marginal rates. In the after diagram, a freeze of the owner’s shares can be enacted, thereby passing on any future growth of the company to the children. The discretionary trust provides the added benefits of Capital Gains Exemption multiplication and protection of assets, since creditors are unable to penetrate the trust to retrieve value from the assets held within it. For more such viable tax planning strategies for small businesses or new business, feel free to reach out to us.
Premium Accounting and Tax Assistance - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234 to find out more for your business and click here to see our latest first-time offers.
REORGANIZING TO SPLIT INCOME
When an individual incorporates a business, the primary intention is to work as hard as possible to earn enough money to pay the bills. Hopefully, that effort will pay off and wealth will accumulate in the corporation. The preferred corporate tax rates in Canada allow income retained in the corporation to be taxed at a substantially lower rate than if it was taken out as a salary or dividends by the owner.
However, the issue now becomes how to take that wealth out of the company tax efficiently. The Income Tax Act allows the business owner to reorganize the corporate structure so that the owner can pass income and/or dividends to the spouse and children which is then taxed at their individual personal rates (assuming the children are over the age of 18). In the case of dividends, this is referred to as “dividend sprinkling”. The main planning issues related to such an income splitting arrangement are that:
In the preceding diagram, the owner has reorganized the corporate structure to include a holding company (Holdco), which allows dividends to be passed from Opco up to Holdco and then sprinkled out to the spouse and children at their respective personal tax rates. If the spouse and children are to be paid salary, then the Income Tax Act stipulates that a reciprocal amount of work must be performed to earn that salary. By maintaining the discretionary trust in the corporate structure (discretionary meaning that the owner/trustee has discretion as to how funds within the trust are allocated), there is provision to move non-business assets up to the trust and protect them from creditors.
MAXIMIZING THE CAPITAL GAINS EXEMPTION AND TAX PLANNING OBJECTIVES
A comprehensive tax plan will normally involve the following:
The diagram is altered only to include the owner-manager as an additional shareholder in Opco. With this arrangement, when the shares of the business are sold, and assuming that these shares meet the criteria of qualified small business corporation shares, the shares owned by the owner-manager and by the trust will all be eligible for the Capital gains Exemption. Even though a trust is considered to be a separate entity, amounts flowing to each beneficiary up to the Exemption limit of $750,000 will be eligible for the Capital Gains Exemption.
This arrangement facilitates the maximization of the Capital Gains Exemption upon the sale of the business, although it must be noted that, since the Exemption is a one-time provision, the beneficiaries will not be able to use this exemption again. This is usually not a problem because great importance can be placed on the ability to take advantage of this tax saving when it is available (ie: there is always the possibility that this Exemption can be cancelled via legislation).
Having the Holdco in place in the corporate structure enables the “purification” of Opco by facilitating the transfer to Holdco of assets unnecessary to the operation of Opco and thereby maintaining qualified small business corporation status. The existence of Holdco also provides for the income splitting mechanism by allocating dividends through Holdco to its respective shareholders. Burgess Kilpatrick takes pride in offering such exemplary tax planning strategies for small businesses that would help shape your finances and keep your business afloat.
REORGANIZING THE BUSINESS STRUCTURE
When an owner-manager has been operating and building a business for a significant number of years, a significant amount of wealth may have accrued in the business. In order to protect the assets of the business and facilitate income splitting through salary issuance and dividend sprinkling, the above mentioned techniques can be incorporated to reduce tax liability and protect business assets.
However, in cases where 2 or more individuals previously came together to establish the business, either to utilize complementary skills or combine start-up financing resources, and now want to take their respective shares in the accumulated wealth of the business and continue on with their own individual businesses, the Income Tax Act contains provisions to enable the division of the corporation’s assets among its shareholders in a series of tax-deferred transfers. This technique of dividing the corporation’s assets among the respective shareholders is effectively called a “butterfly-type” reorganization, metaphorically termed to represent the “opening up” of the corporation’s assets and allocating them to its respective shareholders.
The objective of a butterfly-type transactions is to separate the interests of shareholders and in effect “demerge” the corporation. The usual procedure to do this is for each shareholder to create a holding company (Holdco) into which his/her interest in the operating company (Opco) would be transferred. The Holdco’s would then continue to operate as independent operating companies.
Unless the re-organization is effected the a tax-deferred manner, the application of subsection 69(5) of the Income Tax Act will deem the assets to be transferred to the holding companies at fair market value, which may result in punitive tax consequences if the assets have appreciated in value.
Consider the diagram below:
In this situation, there are 2 shareholders, A and B, each owning 50% of Opco. A and B would each create a holding company into which 50% o the assets of Opco would be transferred, and then Opco would be wound-up. The transfer of shares to the holding companies would create a deemed dividend under subsection 84(3) of the Income Tax Act; however, these dividends would be free of tax by virtue of the fact that they are flowing between connected corporations (meaning that the recipient of the dividend directly owned more than 10% of the voting shares of the payer corporation, the fair market value of which exceeded 10% of the fair market value of the total outstanding shares of the payer corporation at the time of the dividend issuance), and are therefore considered to be “inter-corporate” dividends.
Get Access to leading accounting and tax help. The time is now to get the right help and not waste any more effort getting mediocre results - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234.
Ordinarily, subsection 55(2) of the Income Tax Act prevents this type of transfer as an inter-corporate dividend. The Canada Revenue Agency enacts sections of the Income Tax Act to ensure that the transfers of certain types of property at values different than their cost base are taxed in accordance with the provisions contained within the Act. In cases of the transfer of capital property this means that any increase in the transfer value normally is taxed at 50% of the increase between the cost and fair market value at the time of the transfer.
Subsection 55(3), however, prevents the imposition of subsection 55(2) on inter-corporate transfers in 2 cases:
TAX TREATMENT AT DEATH
Consider the situation where a taxpayer of a private corporation dies. When this happens, he or she is deemed to have disposed of the shares in that corporation at fair market value (FMV) immediately prior to death, unless the shares are rolled over to a spouse, common-law partner, or a spousal/common-law partner trust.
The deemed disposition results (usually) in a capital gain, 50% of which is taxable and must be reported on the final tax return of the deceased. The estate acquires the shares for an adjusted cost base (ACB) equal to the FMV immediately before death. However, the paid-up capital (PUC) of the shares is unaffected, which will result in double taxation if the shares are later redeemed by the corporation to provide the estate with cash. Consider the following illustration:
If the shares are later redeemed by the corporation, there will be a deemed dividend under subsection 84(3) of the Income Tax Act and also a capital loss. The amount of the deemed dividend will be the difference between the paid-up capital on the shares and the fair market value at the time of redemption. Only if the shares are redeemed within the first year after death can the capital loss can be carried back and reduced against the capital gain originally reported on the personal return (under s164)(6) of the Income Tax Act). Otherwise, double taxation will result – first as a capital gain on the deceased person’s tax return, and a second time as a dividend, in the tax return of the estate or the beneficiaries.
Like What You're Reading? Read More at:
Consider the following example: At the time of his death Howard holds 1000 shares in ABC Inc. with an FMV of $2,000,000 and an ACB and PUC of $20,000. There will be a deemed disposition of $1,800,000 and a taxable capital gain at 50% of $900,000 which must be reported on his final tax return. Subsequently, and within the first year following death, the shares held by the estate are redeemed by ABC Inc. The redemption will trigger a deemed dividend. The tax liability is as follows:
CAPITAL GAIN AT DEATH
Proceeds (FMV) $2,000,000
Less: ACB (20,000)
Capital Gain 1,800,000
Taxable (50%) 900,000
Tax (35%) $315,000
REDEMPTION OF SHARES BY ESTATE (1st year)
Proceeds (FMV) $2,000,000
Less: PUC (20,000)
Deemed dividend [84(3)] 1,800,000
Tax (35%) $630,000
Dividend tax credit
(approx 13.5%) (85,050)
Tax paid $544,950
CAPITAL LOSS CARRIED BACK TO PERSONAL RETURN
PUC $20,000
Less: Proceeds under
Deemed dividend (2,000,000)
(1,800,000)
Offset against capital
gain on personal return
s164(6) 1,800,000
Net capital gain 0
Tax refund received ($315,000)
The net tax paid under this scenario is $544,950, which is the amount of the deemed dividend under part B of the example. However, if the redemption is deferred until after the 1st anniversary of the date of death, then double taxation will result and the total tax paid on the set of transactions with be $859,950 – a tax rate of 43%.
II- UTILIZATION OF CONNECTED CORPORATION AND s.112(1) INTER-CORPORATE DIVIDEND
Although the election under s164(6) will reduce the tax paid to the deemed dividend amount, a second technique to further reduce the tax owing upon death is for the estate to transfer the shares to a holding corporation that is connected to ABC Inc. (connected meaning that the recipient of the dividend directly owned more than 10% of the voting shares of the payer corporation, the fair market value of which exceeded 10% of the fair market value of the total outstanding shares of the payer corporation at the time of the dividend issuance). The following diagram illustrates this technique:
In exchange for the transfer, the holding company will give the estate a note payable equal to the cost (ACB) of the shares to the estate. Once the shares are in the holding corporation, they are then redeemed by ABC Inc. Because the holding company and ABC Inc. are connected, the deemed dividend is considered inter-corporate and therefore non-taxable, except for any Part IV tax if the payer receives a dividend refund, The holding company then pays the $20,000 note to the estate.
In the above scenario, the only tax paid on the shares is the capital gain of $315,000, which is a reduction of $229,950, or just over 11 tax percentage points when compared to the net tax paid in the first scenario.
CONCLUSION
The above issues represent only a small aspect of potential tax planning techniques that can be implemented to legitimately minimize tax and implement a strategy to effect income splitting and asset protection. In most tax planning scenarios, consideration must be given to qualitative as well as quantitative, or monetary concerns, such as parity to beneficiaries, quality of life to the owner-manager and the spouse, philanthropic desires and vehicles available to realize those desires on a tax-efficient basis, etc.
Regardless of the situation, long-term planning and implementation of a well-considered strategy will result in legitimate tax minimization and the optimal allocation of resources among those involved in the tax planning process. We at Burgess Kilpatrick have been offering valuable assistance for corporate tax planning for companies Canada and aim to continue doing so.
If you have any questions or want to speak further about your corporation or estate planning matters, contact Nicholas Kilpatrick at nkilpatrick@burgesskilpatrick.com
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner with the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick and specializes in tax structuring and business development for his small and medium business sized clients. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on Facebook at www.facebook.com/Burgess Kilpatrick for more information on our firm.
- Transfer of wealth to the next generation
- Minimize tax exposure


- The owner must retain access to the Capital Gains Exemption
- There is provision to allocate inter-corporate dividends within the corporate structure.

- Maximization of the Capital Gains Exemption.
- Ability to split income.
- Facilitate the movement of inter-corporate dividends.
- Separation of business vs. non-business assets to maintain qualified small business corporation (QSBC) status and protect against legal and creditor actions.
- Transfer of wealth.
- Estate planning and tax minimization on death.
- At the time of the sale, at least 90% of the assets held by the business must be used to earn business income
- During the 24 month period prior to the sale, at least 50% of the assets held by the business must have been used to earn business income.


- where the reorganization is internal (subsection 55(3)[a]))
- where the reorganization is a true “proportional” butterfly (subsection 55(3)[b])), meaning that the shares received by the holding companies are on a pro rata basis (ie: in proportion to the ownership levels held in Opco at the point in time immediately preceding the transfer).


Contact Us
Amalgamation or Wind-Up – What’s The Difference?
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
July 15, 2020
Category: Taxation
Amalgamation or Wind-Up - What's The Difference?
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
The Income Tax Act provides 2 main merger techniques that can be used to consolidate two or more Canadian corporations. There are quite a few reasons to do this, and all with the intent of securing additional tax and/or financial benefits than if the 2 corporations were to continue operating separately. However, is there a reason to use one over the other? And is there an optimal time to select one over the other?
Both essentially do the same thing – ie: bring 2 corporations together so that they can operate as one. There are differences that may compel the taxpayer and tax professional to choose one method over the other. The following explains the technical requirements of both:
Amalgamation -subsection 87(1)
When two or more Canadian corporations amalgamate, the assets, liabilities and equity of the corporations being amalgamated (“the ‘predecessor’ corporations”) are combined into a new amalgamated corporation (“Amalco”).
When implementing either a vertical amalgamation (Parent-subsidiary) or a horizontal amalgamation (Sister entities), there will be no tax consequences on the amalgamation if the following requirements of subsection (87)1 are met:[1]
Immediately before the amalgamation, all corporations involved are taxable Canadian corporations.
All of the assets and liabilities of the predecessor corporations become the assets and liabilities of Amalco.
All of the shareholders of the predecessor corporations receive only shares of Amalco.
All of the property in the above points are not purchased or obtained on a wind-up of a corporation
Windup – subsection 88(1)
Whereas an amalgamation is a preferred form of consolidation when desiring to combine entities regardless of corporate relationship (ie: arms-length, sister, of parent-subsidiary), a wind-up is implemented only in a Parent – subsidiary relationship. In a wind-up, all the assets and liabilities of the subsidiary corporation are “purchased” by the Parent corporation at the subsidiary’s tax cost. The necessary fact set in order to implement a wind-up are as follows:
The subsidiary corporation (“Subco”) must be wound up.
The parent corporation (“Parentco”) and Subco are taxable Canadian corporations.
Parentco owned 90 percent or more of each class of shares of Subco immediately before the commencement of the winding-up; and
The minority shareholders, if any, deal at arm’s length with Parentco.
If either transaction is done correctly, the rollover provisions automatically apply. That is, there will be no tax consequences on the deemed transfer of assets to Amalco / Parentco.
As mentioned already, there are reasons to do either an amalgamation or a wind-up:
If you have 2 or more corporations and want to combine them, it may be advantageous to amalgamate because you don’t’ have to deal with the administration of multiple corporations.
In a tax planning context, an amalgamation or wind-up can be used to combine operating profits and losses of separate corporation, thereby utilizing the tax advantage of losses that could otherwise not be realized if the corporations operate separately.
A wind-up can facilitate a bump in the cost basis of the assets of the subsidiary up to the cost basis to the Parent in those assets.
Premium Accounting and Tax Assistance - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234 to find out more for your business and click here to see our latest first-time offers.
Things to Watch Out For:
In a wind-up, there is no provision for a bump in the cost basis of assets defined as “ineligible property”. This is discussed in our post on the section 88(1)(d) ACB bump.
If one corporation in the amalgamation or wind-up has a positive Capital Dividend Account (CDA) balance and another has a negative CDA balance, the corporation should pay out a capital dividend equal to the positive CDA balance prior to the amalgamation or wind-up. If not, the 2 amounts will be netted against each other and the provision to extract equity tax-free will be diminished.
In either an amalgamation or wind-up, any non-capital losses available in the corporations prior to the amalgamation or wind-up continue to be available after the transaction. The availability in years that those losses continue to be available is not altered due to the insertion of Amalco and Parentco.
The Execution of either an amalgamation or a wind-up results in a Chang of Control and requisite tax filings and legal documentation requirements that such a change entails.
An amalgamation is less labour intensive than a wind-up since there is a legal continuation of the corporations and the cost basis of the assets involved, whereas in a wind-up the subsidiary cease to exist and there is additional required to conveyance assets and discharge liabilities of the subsidiary. There is also additional work involved in a wind-up due to the requirement to obtain clearance certificates upon the deemed “sale” of assets, the possible filing of elections to avoid the debt forgiveness rules and the administrative work to utilize losses of the Subco in the year of winding-up.
If you have any questions or want to speak further about your corporation, contact Nicholas Kilpatrick at nkilpatrick@burgesskilpatrick.com
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner with the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick and specializes in tax structuring and business development for his small and medium business sized clients. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on Facebook at www.facebook.com/Burgess Kilpatrick for more information on our firm.
[1] Crowe, Wendi P., Senyk, Tom L., Miller Thomson LLP, “Amalgamation and Windup: What’s the Difference”
Contact Us
Canada’s 88(1)(d) Tax Cost Bump And What It Means for Canadian and Foreign Purchasers.
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
July 15, 2020
Category: Taxation
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
Under paragraph 88(1)(d), the Income Tax Act permits an increase (or bump) in the cost of property and effectively reduces or completely eliminates accrued gains that would otherwise be taxed on a disposition of property[1]. This increase is particularly relevant to foreign purchasers of Canadian corporations, although it is often unavailable to those foreign purchasers in transactions in which something other than money (such as shares or other securities of the foreign corporation) is used to pay for the acquisition.
Overview of the 88(1)(d) bump
Most taxation systems identify the amount a taxpayer paid for a property as that property’s tax cost. When the property is disposed of, any sale proceeds the taxpayer receives (or is deemed to receive) are measured against the taxpayer’s tax cost of the property to determine whether the taxpayer has realized a gain or a loss. The benefit of the 88(1)(d) bump is to increase the tax cost of the property and thus reduce or eliminate the amount of any gain realized on a future disposition of that property.
The 88(1)(d) bump is available only when a taxable Canadian corporation (the parent) owning not less that 90% of each class of the shares in another taxable Canadian corporation (the subsidiary) causes the subsidiary to wind up or merge into the parent. The general rule in the Income Tax Act (“ITA”) on wind-ups is that the parent acquires all the subsidiary’s property at whatever tax cost the subsidiary had in that property without any gain or loss being realized on the wind-up. In effect, the parent steps into the shoes of the subsidiary, inheriting any accrued gains or losses.
If all applicable criteria in a wind-up transaction are met, the 88(1)(d) bump allows for an increase in the tax cost of some property of the subsidiary to increase potentially up to an amount equal to the property’s fair market value (FMV) as of the time the parent acquired control of the subsidiary. This opportunity arises when the parent’s tax cost of it’s shares of the subsidiary (the outside basis) is greater than the subsidiary’s aggregate tax cost of all of its property (called the inside basis). On a wind-up, the parent’s outside basis is eliminated when the subsidiary’s shares are cancelled. Without an 88(1)(d) bump, if the outside basis exceeds the subsidiary’s inside basis, the parent company simply loses the excess inside basis and loses tax cost. The 88(1)(d) bump effectively permits the parent to apply some of it’s excess outside basis to increase the tax cost of the eligible subsidiary assets acquired on the wind-up.
Note again that the 88(1)(d) bump is only available on the wind-up of a wholly-owned subsidiary up to it’s parent. The 88(1)(d) bump can be beneficial when a parent may want to sell some of it’s wholly-owned subsidiary assets as quickly as possible following its acquisition in the subsidiary shares. The 88(1)(d) bump is available also in situations where a foreign acquirer wants to purchase the foreign subsidiaries of a Canadian target corporation. Correct application of the bump can effect the sale of the foreign subsidiaries to the foreign acquirer without incurring Canadian capital gains tax .
The 88(1)(d) bump arises only on a wind-up or amalgamation of one taxable Canadian corporation into another that meets certain criteria. Two aspects of the 88(1)(d) bump rules that can determine the availability of the bump provision are:
Acquisition of Control (AOC) – a person is generally considered to acquire control of a corporation when it obtains ownership of enough shares to elect a majority of the corporation’s board of directors.
Series of Transactions – many of the 88(1)(d) rules refer to the “series of transactions” that incudes the parent’s AOC of the subsidiary. The determination of what constitutes the series of transactions may or may not result in a successful application of the 88(1)(d) bump, depending on the series.
Determination of Eligible Property
Only certain property is eligible for the 88(1)(d) bump. For purposes of the bump, only non-depreciable capital property is eligible for the bump. This restricts eligible property to land, shares of corporations, and interests in partnerships or trusts.
To be eligible for the bump, the eligible property must be owned by the subsidiary at the time of the AOC and held continuously until the wind-up. Note that eligible property of the subsidiary refers to eligible property owned directly by the subsidiary (ie: there is no look-through provision that allows property owned by another entity in which the subsidiary has an interest to be eligible for the bump). However, that same look-through property can be made eligible by engaging in a reorganization of the property so that the subsidiary owns it directly. Alternatively, such reorganizations can occur downstream and sequential qualifying wind-ups and bumps can be implemented up through the corporate chain.
Not Transferred on Butterfly Reorganization
A “butterfly” reorganization allows properties held in one Canadian corporation to be divided between two or more Canadian corporations with the same shareholders as the existing corporation, without gains being realized at the corporate or shareholder levels. Property transferred to the parent as part of a distribution made on a butterfly reorganization will not qualify as eligible property.
The scope of eligible property available for the 88(1)(d) bump can be summarized as property distributed to the parent on the wind-up that is:
Per Property Limit
Utilizing the 88(1)(d) bump provision, the tax cost of any particular eligible property can be increased up to an amount equal to the Fair Market Value (FMV) at the time of the Acquisition of Control (AOC). Or stated another way, the maximum amount of the property’s bump is the difference between the FMX and it’s tax cost at time of the AOC.
Some subsidiaries have tried to engage in efforts to reduce the tax cost of their eligible property so as to protect more accrued capital gain by utilizing the bump. In response to this the CRA has amended the property limit rules to respond to perceived avoidance transactions that reduced the subsidiary’ tax cost after the date of the AOC but before the wind-up. The CRA therefore amended the maximum amount of the bump on any particular eligible property to the amount by which the FMV of the particular property at the time of the AOC exceeds the greater of:
the subsidiary’s tax cost of that particular property at the time of the AOC; and
the subsidiary’s tax cost of the property at the time of the wind-up.
Shares of a foreign affiliate are likewise subject to an additional specific limitation. If a Canadian owned parent corporation acquires and subsequently winds-up a wholly-owned taxable Canadian subsidiary that owns shares in a foreign affiliate, the bump is not permitted on the sum of the parent’s tax cost on those shares and the exempt surplus[2] of the foreign affiliate at the time of the AOC exceeding the FMV of those shares. Canadian tax authorities perceive the 2 amounts to be duplicative and, as a result, the bump in foreign affiliate shares is essentially reduced by the exempt surplus amount.
The Overall Limit
The overall limit is described as follows:
-Parent’s tax cost of Subsidiary’s shares immediately before the wind-up, less
-net tax cost of Subsidiary’ assets immediately before the wind-up, and less
-tax-free dividends paid by Subsidiary to Parent or another corporation with which the Parent deals at non-arms length (NAL).
Like What You're Reading? Read More at:
In structuring takeovers, and acquirer must consider that offering tax deferral opportunities to target shareholders (ex: qualifying share-for-share exchanges that defer gains on target shares) may reduce the tax cost of target shares, and therefore reduce the overall limit on the amount of any potential 88(1)(d) bump.
The Bump Denial Rule
The bump denial rule looms over any analysis of whether the 88(1)(d) bump is available for a particular wind-up. If this rule is contravened for even a single property, no 88(1)(d) bump can be claimed for any property distributed on that wind-up.
The bump denial rule is designed to prevent the parent from buying and then winding-up the subsidiary, claiming the 88(1)(d) bump on its property, and then selling some of that property to the subsidiary’s former shareholders. The CRA’s concern with such a series of transactions is that there is no appropriate realization (and tax paid) on the accrued gains on the subsidiary’s own property, which the former subsidiary’s shareholders would continue to own if the bump was allowed.
The bump denial rule is complex and involves the identification of prohibited persons transacting on prohibited property.
Prohibited property is generally distributed property involved in a bump transaction, and is prohibited because that property cannot be the subject of future transactions between the parent and the shareholders of the former subsidiary. Prohibited persons are essentially the shareholders of the former subsidiary.
The denial rule also prevents the bump from being applied in situations where distributed property is exchanged for other property, creating substituted property.
The extent of the bump denial rules are beyond the scope of this article. There are many ways in which the bump denial rules can disqualify a wind-up transaction from being eligible to apply the 88(1)(d) bump provisions. Most of the denial rules, however, revolve around transactions involving the property on which the 88(1)(d) bump is being applied and the shareholders of the subsidiary. Generally the involved persons (ie: the shareholders of the subsidiary) are not allowed to transact on the distributed property during the AOC series.
One other transaction that can give rise to a bump denial is the case where, post AOC, the subsidiary owns property deriving more than 10% of it’s value from distributed property. For example, if the parent acquires the subsidiary by delivering parent shares or debt to subsidiary shareholders in payment, the subsidiary shareholders will own property (ie: shares in the parent) that derives its value post-AOC partly from the subsidiary’s own property (ie: distributed property on the wind-up). If those parent shares derive more than 10% of their FMV from the subsidiary’s eligible property, the parent shares are deemed to be substituted property and therefore prohibited property unless an exception to the rule applies.
Fortunately, because many wind-up transactions are facilitated by the parent purchasing the subsidiary via a exchange of shares or debt prior to the wind-up, there is an applicable exemption available. In general, shares or debt of a parent issued as consideration for the acquisition of a subsidiary (referred to as specified property) are exempted from being identified as prohibited property for purposes of the 88(1)(d) bump.
Unfortunately, such an exception does not apply to shares or debt issued by non-Canadian corporations (except for debt issued solely for money). Therefore, shares of a foreign entity acquiring a Canadian subsidiary will constitute substituted and, therefore, prohibited property, unless either:
- non-depreciable capital property;
- owned directly by the subsidiary at the time of the Acquisition of Control (AOC) and held continuously thereafter until the wind-up;
- not acquired by the subsidiary from the parent (or person dealing non-arms length (NAL) with the parent) as part of the AOC series, or property acquired in substitution for such property; and
- not distributed as part of a butterfly reorganization.
- The shares are debt issued in exchange for money.
- The foreign entity it so much larger than the Canadian target subsidiary that the foreign entity’s securities cannot be said to derive more than 10% of their value from the Canadian target subsidiary’s assets (that is, distributed property).
Contact Us
Anticipating Patient Desires – The Future Of Your Dental Practice
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
July 19, 2019
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory
Every dentist desiring growth should be analyzing relevant data in order to make sound business decisions that will facilitate practice growth and sustainability. We all know that, in business, change is constant, and for dental practices to maintain growth, they themselves must change.
Relevant data collection for dental practices includes metrics such as income levels, population levels, growth prospects (ie: availability for people to move into the area), and competition levels.
Data collection can help the dentist determine the optimal allocation of marketing resources – whether to a certain type of service (cosmetic for example) or to a population demographic that presents growth opportunities.
Data, and the information and insights gleaned from it, have popularly been used to qualify an idea for practice growth and enable an assessment of its “viability” to determine chances of success.
We see data and the insights derived from it playing an increasing role in facilitating dental practice growth over what Albert V. Bruno describes as a corporation’s four-stage marketing development process. This can easily apply to dental practices as they evolve through their growth phases. As the corporation moves along in that marketing process, the effort of anticipating consumer needs remains constant, but the collection of and insights derived from data become increasingly important catalysts for recognizing those needs and desires. Bruno, a professor or marketing at the University of Santa Clara’s School of Business in Santa Clara, California, and his associates Tyzoon T. Tyebjee and Shelby H. McIntyre identify these four stages as follows:
Stage 1: Entrepreneurial Marketing
Stage 2: Opportunistic Marketing
Stage 3: Responsive Marketing
Stage 4: Diversified Marketing
At stage 1 of the development of the practice, dentists engage primarily in personal marketing, trying to differentiate themselves and their offices from their competitors. Differentiation has as much to do with providing a unique and pleasant experience for patients as much as it has to do with the services provided.
As the dental practice moves from Stage 1 all the way to stage 4 in it’s marketing development, the focus on the dentist and his/her staff should evolve from determining how best to anticipate future needs of the patient (stage 2 and 3), to ultimately incorporating latest techniques and practices at the office.
Just as important, however, is that the collection and usage of data becomes ever-increasingly more vital to dental practice growth and anticipating patient needs, desires and spending behaviours. Clean, accurate data can facilitate wise and strategic moves so important in practice growth.
A general example of data collection to drive strategic moves is Amazon. They’ve taken their massive consumer data bank, with the plethora of data points collected via online purchases, and produced in-house algorithms to predict a consumers’ purchase and ship it to a nearby-located depot awaiting pick-up before the consumer actually buys it. The company gained a patent for what it describes as “anticipatory shipping”, and believes that it can cut delivery times and discourage consumers from shopping at physical stores.
This is but one example of a company using data to drive growth; something, which, among many dental practices, is a vastly underutilized exercise. What opportunities for growth do you think could be uncovered if data collected and analyzed from your local market, patients, and demographics were used to determine your dental practice growth strategy?
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick in Vancouver, B.C. He specializes in dental practices, from optimizing performance to practice development. Check us out at:
https://www.burgesskilpatrick.com
www.facebook.com/ Burgess Kilpatrick
www.linkedin.com/showcase/burgesskilpatrick-dentistry
Contact Us
Analysing Product Profitability Quickly And Effectively With Dashboards
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
January 28, 2019
Analysing Product Statistics To Keep Profitability High
Analyzing Product Statistics To Keep Profitability High
What is the best way to get maximum profit?
Use this visualization designed to provide insightful and efficient details of product profitability.
Putting product profitability information along with the time it takes to product each product type in a quadrant format provides another value-added view to show staff and management how profitable their products are performing:
Showing the quadrant chart with a Product Profitability graph provides 2 different representations of product contribution which can be used in management meetings.
Want to try out the filters and toggle some numbers? You just need to install Tableau Reader onto your Desktop and launch the visualization file. It's easy! - just do the following:
Download Tableau Reader here
Download the visualization file to your Desktop (note: it has a ".twbx" extension)
Launch Tableau Reader
Open the visualization file while in Tableau Reader
And that's it! - Happy analyzing!

Financial Analysis With Dashboards
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
January 28, 2019
High Level Data Insights With The Financial Summary Dashboard
Want to get a better handle on your financial metrics and financial data?
This High-level Financial Summary visualization gives you the chance to see at a glance the main financial components of your operation, and can easily determine whether or not it's warranted to take a further look at specific items.
The visualization contains information for the whole calendar year, but can be changed to show 2 or more years, or fiscal year data.
The main enhancement of these visualizations over static excel graphs is the interactive feature column on the right side of the view. There are 2 separate filters on the right side; one at the top to toggle the 5 metrics on the top bar, and another below to show prior year data for those particular metrics. The second toggle allows the user to compare current year data to the same data of the prior year.
Underneath the top horizontal bar showing the individual metrics, we have a graphical comparison of cash on hand, production and net income for a particular month on the left side. This data can also be toggled using the top filter on the right column. Beside that is comprehensive view for the year showing all metrics addressed in the view, with revenue showing in bars and the other metrics showing as lines on the chart. Both charts are accompanied by a legend on the right-side column.
Want to try out the filters and toggle some numbers? You just need to install Tableau Reader onto your Desktop and launch the visualization file. It's easy! - just do the following:
Download Tableau Reader here
Download the visualization file to your Desktop (note: it has a ".twbx" extension)
Launch Tableau Reader
Open the visualization file while in Tableau Reader
And that's it! - Happy analyzing!

Quick And Effective Ratio Anaysis With Interactive Dashboards
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
January 28, 2019
Ratio Analysis Views For Management
Ratio analysis is a great way to quickly keep on top of your operations’ metrics. We’ve taken the most valuable and easily understood ratios and incorporated them into the ratio analysis visualization to maximize management’s ability to efficiently track operational metrics and profitability:
On the right side, you can toggle to view all months or specific months of the fiscal year, depending on your analytical desires. This view can also provide analysis of the current and prior 4 years of activity, which can be valuable to prospective stakeholders if you want to provide information on prior- and current- year operational performance.
The second column from the left side compares the current year ratio to the same period last year, and the third column provides an industry standard and compares that standard to the current year ratio.
Want to try out the filters and toggle some numbers? You just need to install Tableau Reader onto your Desktop and launch the visualization file. It's easy! - just do the following:
Download Tableau Reader here
Download the visualization file to your Desktop (note: it has a ".twbx" extension)
Launch Tableau Reader
Open the visualization file while in Tableau Reader
And that's it! - Happy analyzing!

Optimal Balance Sheet Analysis
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
January 28, 2019
Getting Insights From Your Balance Sheet Data
Keeping track of your cash and the drivers behind it is what this visualization is all about.
This information-laden chart combines asset and debt numbers that you need to track assets an liabilities without diving unnecessarily into your bookkeeping records.
After the highlighted statistics at the top, the 2 charts below compare the debt/equity ratio to your cash and production levels, and also give you a view of how the 4 main financial components of your operations have performed over the past 12 months namely:
-Accounts Receivable
-Cash
-Net income
-Production
Of course, no information view would be valuable without comparing important data to prior year levels, which is what we do on the 3rd row of charts above. Utilizing these charts, staff and management can spot trends to capitalize on as well as confirm results of operational decisions made. This data can also enable them to change plans to realize operational goals.
Want to try out the filters and toggle some numbers? You just need to install Tableau Reader onto your Desktop and launch the visualization file. It's easy! - just do the following:
Download Tableau Reader here
Download the visualization file to your Desktop (note: it has a ".twbx" extension)
Launch Tableau Reader
Open the visualization file while in Tableau Reader
And that's it! - Happy analyzing!

Income Statement Analysis Done Effectively
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
January 28, 2019
Monitoring Revenue And Expenses With Income Statement Dashboards
How does management keep on top of financial metrics? And how can they best identify opportunities or weaknesses in the operation in order to maximize profitability or prevent unwanted financial problems?
Check out these financial dashboards that give provide a quick top-level glance at income statement and related metrics. Using this information, management can quickly keep on top of operations without wasting valuable time.
Our enhanced dashboards are borne from an understanding of the logic behind the Dupont system of financial analysis, which asserts a top-level analysis of important metrics to ascertain insights and potential weaknesses in the financial and business model. These insights are then acted upon to maximize return on equity and the levers that are driving the return on invested capital.
Our first dashboard provides a top-level view of important metrics. Management can quickly compare Net Sales vs. expenses in a numerical format. These numbers are also graphically represented in the chart below it.
On the third row you can drill down to compare expense levels to the prior year, but toggling the preferred month in the legend on the right-hand side of the dashboard.
The fourth level provides a heatmap, with the different colours representing expense levels (ie: blue = under control; red = high). When viewing this, management or the financial team can decide whether or not action is warranted.
If you want to take a closer look at the high-level view, the Net Sales vs. expense comparison are magnified in the chart below.
However, we all know that-regardless of the business you’re operating, wages are the one expense that needs constant control. Our dashboard below emphasizes an analysis of wages – both at the staff and executive level.
Want to try out the filters and toggle some numbers? You just need to install Tableau Reader onto your Desktop and launch the visualization file. It's easy! - just do the following:
Download Tableau Reader here
Download the visualization file to your Desktop (note: it has a ".twbx" extension)
Launch Tableau Reader
Open the visualization file while in Tableau Reader
And that's it! - Happy analyzing!



Monitoring Cash Activity
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
January 28, 2019
Monitoring Cash Activity
Vizualizations To Track Cash in Your Practice
Regardless of the industry we work in, cash is king. Use these handy vizualizations to keep regular track of cash performance, see where the money is going, and all while using management’s time efficiently. These vizualizations show you exactly what the cash performance is and how it’s used, all within a few minutes.
The above chart shows cash levels for all months – or a designated month on the left, and compares them against the same period last year. It also provides pie charts from the current and last year showing how cash was used.
Cash is then compared to revenue and net income. Based on these parameters, cash should be at certain levels, so this chart can quickly show anomalies.
Then in the next cash analysis chart (below), you can drive deeper into the expense types that their respective levels. You can toggle each expense on the left and see how they each have fluctuated during the current or prior year.
The following chart uses the same expense type information and show it on a percentage basis. This can be used to determine the reasoning behind net income percent levels.
Want to try out the filters and toggle some numbers? You just need to install Tableau Reader onto your Desktop and launch the visualization file. It's easy! - just do the following:
Download Tableau Reader here
Download the visualization file to your Desktop (note: it has a ".twbx" extension)
Launch Tableau Reader
Open the visualization file while in Tableau Reader
And that's it! - Happy analyzing!



Valuing A Business – Determining How Much To Pay For Your Next Acquisition.
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 13, 2018
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory






Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
Using Joint Ventures To Capitalize On Real Estate Investments
Research tax-efficient structures to facilitate real estate investing.
Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
The Corporate Attribution Rules
Navigating through the delicate nature of non-arms length transactions.
Valuing A Business - Determining How Much To Pay For Your Next Acquistion.
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
For many entrepreneurs (but not all), the natural evolution of business ownership travels from one singular business to multiple units. Although for many the thought of spreading yourself further to operate another business makes no logical sense, others see the potential advantages inherent in the acquisition of multiple business operations. Benefits such as leveraging economies of scale, local trends, and human resources increase potential returns on investment that make purchasing business units a legitimate, viable growth strategy.
There are, however, a myriad of businesses for sale that present beautifully on their exterior, but conceal hidden dangers on the outside, and it’s the job of pragmatic, disciplined entrepreneurs to separate the proverbial wheat from the chaff by unearthing negative characteristics where they exist, staying away from business units that show potential conflicts, and jumping on opportunities revealed through rigorous due diligence.
Once you’ve recognized a business opportunity that fits with your strategic plan, how do you go about determining a price for it? The vendor surely has a price set, and that price may or may not be realistic. Surely, however, you wouldn’t take his or her word for it and just accept whatever price is presented to you (your lawyer wouldn’t let you do this).
What is required now is a diligent, thorough valuation process that the business can be subjected to which will draw out the value of the components of the business. But how do you do this?
The eventual price that a business (or whatever product or service) is going to change ownership at is the amount between a willing buyer and seller when neither is acting under compulsion and when both have reasonable knowledge of the relevant facts. Intuitive in the process should be the absence of emotion in the transaction, but also important is sufficient knowledge upon which to make an informed decision of the price to pay. This is where a structured valuation process comes in.
The Valuation Process
Pro-Forma Statement Generation
The first step in the valuation due diligence exercise is to prepare a pro-forma of the expected revenues and expenses on the business. Doing so requires an analysis of each income statement item and excluding all those “discretionary” items.
Discretionary items are those income and expense amounts that are not necessary to operate the business. For example, owner’s salary amounts can be added to back to net income because they are not a necessary expense.
Included in the Pro Forma exercise is the review of:
-Working Capital
-Income Statement
-Balance Sheet
-Cash Flow Statement
An estimate of all these items is necessary to get a disciplined picture of the prospects of the business. When the working capital requirements are known, then we an also assess by the cash flow statement whether or not the business operations, pricing structure, etc… is sufficient to finance the working capital requirements. If the answer to this question is no, then either the pricing model needs to be changed or a new product/service mix must be introduced into the offerings of the business to inject revenue growth.
Act Now To Get Our Value Pricing Adjustment on Audit and Review Engagements For Your Business
Valuation
The following are the 3 main valuation methods used to value a business
Asset Based Approach
Used primarily to value businesses where the main value is contained within the assets held by the business. Such businesses will also be cyclical in nature, making it difficult to provide an accurate valuation based on income levels alone. An example is the automotive industry.
Market approach
The approach requiring the least amount of work, the market approach looks for similar business sales, and compares the characteristics and components of those sales with the business being valued, and the prices at which those businesses were sold are then used as a benchmark for the business being valued , with any variances being separately valued and added/subtracted as necessary. Any adjustments for inflation are appropriate.
Income approach
The most popular valuation method, the income approach takes the income level of the business, and forecasts income out to the foreseeable future (normally 3 to 5 years).
The Discounted Cash-Flow Method is the most popular of the income approaches. Once income has been forecasted, the income levels of future years are then discounted back to the present by subtracting any effects produced by inflation. The cumulative yearly net income amounts over the forecasted period are then added to arrive at a value for the business.
The industry that the business is in will normally influence the method to be used. However, there are cases where the final results of 2 or 3 methods will be similar, in which case an average will be used to arrive at a final valuation.
Valuation Reasonability Assessment & Conclusion
Once the valuation has been calculated, it needs to be confirmed and reviewed for reasonability. At this stage, and tax consequences are then considered and tax planning is undertaken to mitigate tax liabilities.
Part 2
The valuation process doesn’t end there, however. Other key areas of due diligence include:
Analysis of population demographics to assess the likelihood of growth.
City Planning to determine future geographical growth prospects.
Marketability of Business.
A full valuation of a business includes a comprehensive and thorough examination of all components of a business, including quantitative, qualitative (ie: markets, customers), and economic considerations. Only when you have undertaken a disciplined diligence approach to determining the value of a business that looks good to you, will you be able to make a reasoned, business decision regarding whether or not the business fits with your business strategy.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick in Vancouver, B.C. He concentrates on business development, and has worked with business owners to increase profitability at all stages of their businesses. He can be reached at nkilpatrick@burgesskilpatrick.com or at 604-327-9234.
Traits Of Great Managers – Filling The Roster With Successful Team Players.
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 13, 2018
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory
Tags: Business Management





Slide 1
The Corporate Attribution Rules

Navigating the Delicate World of Non-Arms Length Transactions.
Slide 2
Slide 3
Slide 3
The Optimal Revenue Model For Driving Tech Ventures

Keys to Securing The Funding You Need to Scale.
Traits Of Great Managers - Filling The Roster With Successful Team Players.
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
What makes a great manager? What do you want to achieve in your business that you think a great manager can help you with?
These 2 questions and more eventually raise up in the minds of business owners endeavoring to build their businesses and grow revenues. Given that we can only do so much with our own 2 hands, finding people with the right ethical, professional and emotional character sets is hard to find. Mix in the criteria of applicable skill-sets, and the pool from which to draw prime candidates shrinks even further.
There was a drive over the last decade to “flatten” corporations; the mindset was that people felt alienated by being pat of an organizational hierarchy, and that if only the hierarchical template was gone, freedom, license to create would result in over-performance, corporate growth and greater long-term sustainability.
David A . Garvin studied Google employees and found that the benefits of department managers statistically proved increased performance among it’s staff, based on quantifiable metrics.[1]
So what is it that great managers bring that can enhance the performance of the business and its’ people and help the business owner achieve much desired success? Garvin highlights 4 areas that contributed to the success of managers:
Does not micromanage
Micromanagers are difficult to work for because they now have to use up creative energy to “manage” the manager. Managers need to give staff flexibility and space, employing a “there is more than one way to achieve our goal” attitude.
The greatest tragedy about micromanaging is that, even if the micromanager gets his/her way, the performance of the business-or department managed- is capped at the level of the micromanager. Who knows if this is lower than what could be cooperatively achieved in all staff were empowered to flex their individual talents and brew their skill sets into something that enhanced performance further. Staff under micromanagers go into survival mode rather than performance mode.
High performing managers, however, bring out high performance in their staff by being flexible, being willing to listen, and harnessing the power of their staff to maximize performance. They’re not concerned with protecting their position on the corporate ladder, a stance which itself shows insecurity and a restraining attitude towards their own work.
High performers want to work for managers like this, and the manager develops a committed following.
What is interesting is that, when the manager is able to manage people that have similar traits of respect, professionalism, ethics and hard work, s/he spends very little time on performance-eroding activities such as discipline, correction, and babysitting. Rather, time is spent on performance-enhancing activities such as one-on-one meetings as well as encouraging, collaboration and championing sessions and communications. The focus becomes spending time as a group, developing trust among team members and fostering a cohesive environment that naturally fosters a performance-driven mindset within a positive, community-based atmosphere. It’s this environment that the successful manager is responsible for and on which the success of the team and members within it is predicated.
Balances giving freedom with being available for advice
Successful managers give space to their staff to work independently, but are there for provide support when they encounter roadblocks or need advice. This trait concentrates on the manager’s relationship with individual members. They are good coaches, empower members and listen and communicate carefully to ensure that staff are able to maximize their performance and experience on the job. Managers can subtly find themselves as life coaches as well as career coaches if they do their jobs right. It’s not uncommon for staff to stay in touch with successful managers once they leave their position because the manager played such an integral role in their lives while working for him/her.
Premium Accounting and Tax Assistance - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234 to find out more for your business and click here to see our latest first-time offers.
Makes it clear that s/he trusts the staff
Successful managers cultivate a culture of accountability while not losing sight of the fact that staff can enjoy work. In fact , they carefully manage to ensure that work does not devolve into a continuous chore, which would result in mediocre performance. Trust is fostered via focus meetings, group activities within and outside the office to establish a mutually trusting attitude toward each other.
A natural benefit of showing trust in staff is that staff reciprocate by moving quickly .
Gives a clear vision for the team
Without a clear vision, all of the points preceding will be declared null and void. Successful managers respect the skill sets of their team members by providing a clear plan and environment for success, realizing that these skill sets are valuable and will move on if not satisfactorily challenged. Not only is clear vision provided for the team and it’s role within the company; successful managers provide vision for the career’s of their team members, providing career counseling and development insights.
Successful managers are out there, and they share in common an ability to maximize the performance of their team members. Their positive attitudes are contagious, providing the impetus for a strong, performance-driven working environment within an emotionally satisfying work environment.
The above points may seem to be elusive, given the work conditions some may find themselves in. However, what is certain is that, as a business owner, the retention of successful managers as defined here are necessary to evolve businesses into competitive corporations within their respective industries.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick. He leads the firm’s consulting and strategy practice and works with companies to enhance their Analytics, Forecasting , and Data Optimization functions. The practice’s focus includes quantitative forecasting, corporate and unit strategy and planning. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on Facebook at www.faceobok.com/ Burgess Kilpatrick for more information on our firm.
[1] Garvin, David A., “How Google Sold Its’ Engineers on Management’, Harvard Business Review, December 2013.
Relationship Selling To Maximize Your Business’s Potential.
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 13, 2018
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory
Relationship Selling To maximize Your Business's Potential.
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
In this fast-paced, data-and-digital driven economy, dexterity with smartphone screens and their apps has become today’s euphemism for “customer relationships”. The currency of trust, however, retains it’s value and will always be a prerequisite for lasting sales relationships.
Multitudes are caught up in the euphoria of the online sale, where an impulse can quickly evolve from an inquiry to an addition in the shopping cart and subsequent next-day delivery. This paradigm works just fine for many products. For others with a heftier price tag, money-back guarantees and in-store credits may assuage the initial anxiety of a non-physical buy.
For those following the trend, the social explosion has tangible merits. Whereas one may preliminarily sneer at the detachment of the social online process, upon deeper thought we see that online interaction between the Company and prospects provides an incredible opportunity for them to foster trust and credibility with one another. Combine this opportunity with social media’s close relative – data – and we have a new paradigm for the relationship- building process; specifically, that the combination of social media and data usage can provide a foundation upon which to build trust.
However, the modern-day sales process doesn’t end there. Whereas a prerequisite for the buying decision has always been the familiarity and bonding- type courtship, at some point the prospect will demand face-to-face interaction before agreeing to purchase. If the relationship has been fostered correctly, at this point they want to trust you, and refer to their integrations with you and the Company to judge the value of their intuition, hopefully convincing themselves that they are making a wise decision to go with you.
Trust is a currency that has obvious pervasive qualities, themselves driven no doubt by our human proclivity to anxiety, worry, and our lack of faith in the capacity in others to extend goodwill.
A cursory mental run through the sales mantras of prior years and generations will reveal the constant message - to give the customer what they want. This ideal has never been extinguished; it just hasn’t been given its rightful place in the sales process since the 80’s.
We suggest that trust can transform “one-of” purchase decisions into long-term relationships and referral partners. Hence the need to investigate "Relationship Selling”.
It stands to reason that people are more inclined to make purchase decisions from those they trust. This lesson, understandably, springs out in the preface of most business textbooks; however, the key to successfully executing this truth in today’s business landscape is in determining how best to combine today’s social tools with time-proven methods of trust-building to build reciprocating trust and to usher prospects into the sales pipeline.
For business owners, long-term relationships resulting in regular sales and referrals are as attainable as they have ever been, because customers long for it and desire to reward owners who positively engage. Tell me a customer who would not appreciate a hello from the owner, as well as some customized attention while (insert your product or service here) is being prepared / packaged?
Customers and prospects are looking for trust. They may be initially inspired by the ease of the online experience, the look of your store, or the efficacy of your operation. Trust, however, will bring them back and compel them to refer.
Relationship Selling involves establishing trust. If the business owner can build trust, that sincere relationship spawned from it will result in higher sales, stronger community profiles, and more referrals over time.
So how do you do this? Here are some keys to driving Relationship Selling at your business?
Get Access to leading accounting and tax help. The time is now to get the right help and not waste any more effort getting mediocre results - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234.
Know your customer verifiers
Customer verifiers are those things that accelerate customer interaction from one of indifference to engaged. Know the customers special dates, such as birthdays, the names of all the children and where they go to school- anything that promotes discussion of what’s important to them. Also retain knowledge of their hobbies, and be able to converse about the things that interest them. People like to talk, and they are intelligent enough to see that you’re genuinely interested in listening to them.
At no point in these points of contact are you trying to “up-sell”. John Lowery, an accomplished salesperson from Carlsbad, California, recalls in his E-Zine article, Relationship Selling, a sales friend of his who, upon reflecting on his successful sales career at a Fortune 100 Company, advised that his people didn’t buy his product; they bought him.[1] People, upon noticing your genuine interest, will attach to you and will respond favourably. The cost to them of your genuine nature and concern is their time – a cost that their willing to pay because the utility to them easily exceeds what they have to give up. This becomes a perpetuating cycle that naturally builds trust. Try attaining this result from mailers and spam emails!
You won’t know your customer verifiers until you talk to them and until they trust you enough to provide this personal information. These verifiers are integral to the fostering of trust and to recognizing when you’re close to a sale and possible long-term relationship.
Humanize your Selling Strategy
An amplification of number 1, sales strategy today among business owners and marketing personnel must center on the customer. Over the course of building an envelope manufacturing company from a fledgling $200,000 turnover per year garage operation to a $100 Million per year Titan, Harvey Mackay, CEO of MackayMitchell Envelope Company, developed the oft quoted “Mackay 66”.
Mackay advised his sales people to serve the customers, get to know them, and take care of them. He told them to do this by finding out 66 things that reverberated with the customer and elicited engagement. These things would be catalysts to engender trust. It works for him, and his salespeople tend not to argue.
This is how you build your business. If Mackay can build a Company in a commoditized, low-margin, hyper-competitive industry, with an average yearly growth rate of 18% and with 234 competitors nation-wide, then business owners would be well advised to consider his advice.[2]
You are your brand.
In today’s economy, brands are people first. This may be because so much is done online that, consciously or not, those on the other side of the screen have only their online interaction with you and the Company to assess the quality of the product or service you’re selling. Customers take their relationship with a brand personally, asserts Martin Zwilling. [3] Take for example the smartphone you use – you’re attached to it, and you purchase the upgrades because you have a brand relationship with it. Many “love” their mobile phones, because there’s a personal component to the smartphone. Contrast this with their brand relationship with their bank, and the brand radar flatlines – there’s no personal attachment there. There’s a direct relationship between the personal attachment to a brand and loyalty to it. If you the business owner can establish and build personal loyalty in the minds of your customers to your brand, then you’ll have loyalty.
Businesses at all stages of development need to realize that brand perception is becoming more and more driven by relationships. Therefore, the stronger the relationships - and by extension the stronger the trust - with customers, the stronger the brand perception and consequent loyalty to it will be.
To underscore the importance of Relationship Selling, Chris Malone and Susan T. Fiske, in their book “The Human Brand” state that humans are very perceptive, and make quick judgments about other people’s intents towards them (warmth) as well as the capability of carrying out those intents (competence). Thus your brand needs to project both warmth and competence for loyalty to blossom. [4]
Relationship Selling should encompass the sales strategy of businesses today. Doing so will pace them ahead of many competitors who are willing to remain content with the results of transactional relationships at the expense of healthy profits.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick in Vancouver, B.C. He concentrates his practice on assisting business owners with accounting services, tax and estate planning and overall business development.
[1] Lowery, John, Relationship Selling, E-Zine articles.
[2] Mackey, Harvey, Humanize Your Selling Strategy, Harvard Business Review, Harvard Business Publishing, March 1988
[3] Zwilling, Martin, Customer Relationships Now Drive Brand Perceptions, www. Forbes.com, November 8, 2013
[4] Malone, Chris and Fiske, Susan T., The Human Brand, Jossey-Bass, San Francisco
Performance Incentives For Your Managers – Doing it Right.
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 13, 2018
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory
Performance Incentives For Your Managers - Doing it Right.
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
Our Business Growth Model seminar and video incorporates manager compensation as a tool to facilitate business growth. Getting the compensation right for each individual, however, is key to making your business growth plans work. You can’t be everywhere at the same time, so getting someone in who you can trust over time will require understanding what it will take to motivate him/her to do that which you trust him/ her to do over (hopefully) the long-term.
Whether you are a one-unit owner aspiring to own multiple businesses, or are already operating multiple businesses, this article presents practical information on assessing and providing compensation models that work for different individuals.
Every owner planning to insert managers into their businesses and then backing away from the day-to –day operations must have an intimate knowledge of that individuals’ motivating factors that will compel him/her to operate the store optimally, strive to meet performance metrics, and desire to maintain positive customer relationships. The individual should understand the PR benefits to customer service both in times when the customer is happy and when the customer is for some reason unsatisfied. In each case, how the individual performs should result in a happy, returning customer.
So with so many different personalities out there, how do you assess the best compensation model for your manager(s)?
All managers have needs or desires, and it’s up to you, the owner, to establish what those needs/desires are and determine, if it’s reasonable to do so, how to utilize those needs/desires to sustain his/her motivation. For most, monetary compensation will keep them motivated, but this is not the case for all. Others will appreciate a free dinner, or an expenses paid trip. The answer to what motivates individuals is as diverse as the individuals themselves.
There are, however, some accepted compensation models that are widely used, and that have a causal motivating effect, if applied consistently. The most popular one we’ve seen in practice incorporates short-term (ie: yearly) revenue increases with net income levels.
In other words, performance bonuses are provided to the manager upon a percentage increase in revenues, but that bonus is tied to net income levels. This compels managers to monitor costs as well as revenues, and also forces the managers to assess to probability of success of a marketing effort given its’ cost.
If revenue levels are realized, but net income levels fall, the bonus paid out is less on a percentage basis – and at times is zero - than it would be had the manager realized net income goals to accompany the increased revenues. The amount paid out in this scenario is based on the reasons for the net income decrease. If a marketing campaign has substantial up-front costs that decrease the net income, but that will not be repeated in future years, then rewards can be given for the revenue increase with the understanding that increased net income will follow next year. If managers disregard expense control, or try to increase revenue without considering the cost of doing so, then compensation may be withheld,
Act Now To Get Our Value Pricing Adjustment on Audit and Review Engagements For Your Business
Owners successful in creating a profitable business group invariably put marketing responsibility in the hands of their managers. For those managers who thrive on autonomy, this is a winning formula, but not for those who just want an operations job and who want to put in their hours and go home. In the latter case, the possibility exists that the wrong person is managing the store. Performance bonuses in part compensate those managers for their additional hours worked.
The ultimate purpose of compensation models for your managers is to assist in attracting and retaining top performers, and motivating them to achieve individual and business-wide performance objectives consistent with creating value and growth for the business.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick in Vancouver, B.C. He concentrates his practice on assisting business owners with accounting services, tax and estate planning and overall business development.
Managing and Maximizing Your Business’s Cash Flow.
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 12, 2018
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory
Managing And Maximizing Your Business's Cash Flow.
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
There are scores of people who dream of owning their own business and the suggested freedom that comes with it. These people get excited with the prospect of anticipating profits and a lifestyle over which they have a certain amount of control compared to the corporate grind that they’ve lived in for many years.
However, in order to realize this type of success, both financially and in terms of lifestyle, business owners need to have a definitive and disciplined approach to profitability and cash flow management that can serve as a stepping stone - or guidepost - to the realization of their business dreams. This article addresses what new, and sometimes, seasoned, business owners, need to be monitoring in order to realize success and profitability in their businesses. This is not an exhaustive commentary on what makes a business succeed, but certainly highlights issues that business owners need to address in order to build that successful business that they are all after.
There are 3 underlying components that determine the financial success of any business operation. Those are:
Profitability
Return on investment
Solvency
This article addresses point #3 – Solvency. Numbers 1 and 2 are addressed in other articles.
As you know, this word addresses the business’s state of liquidity (ie: is there enough cash in the bank to sufficiently cover the business’s expenses, provide residual financial resources for additional working capital needs, and - possibly -provide ownership with additional compensation). Profitability does not mean much if you can’t collect on your accounts receivable and deposit the money in the bank; similarly, without collecting payment from your clients, your return on investment is going to fall far short of your initial dreams.
For your business to work, you need to increase your bank balance. Not only that, it needs to increase at a level that justifies your efforts – that’s worth operating a business for!
Your business’s cash flow can be affected either with your cash inflows or your cash outflows, so let’s look at both of these areas in more detail:
Managing Cash Inflows:
If you think about the things that can affect the inflow of cash into your business, then you have a skeleton template of the areas that need to be monitored in order to maximize your cash inflow. Areas that affect your cash inflow are:
Revenues
Accounts receivable management
Strategy implementation
Seasonality of business
There may be other words that can fit on this list, but invariably they would fit into one of the 4 items listed above. Depending on your business, let’s assume that the percentage net income before taxes usually circulates around 20%. If your net income level is below this threshold, then you need to look at not only expenses (ie: cash outflows), but also revenues. You regularly need to ask yourself, am I consistently executing a marketing plan that will result in increased revenues? Am I collecting on my sales/ services? Is my Accounts Receivable balance within acceptable levels?
Revenues
Everyone reading this article will agree that it’s no use talking about managing cash flow if you don’t make sales in the first place. Generating revenues in today’s competitive economy means generating recognition and trust. You won’t make a sale the first time someone hears from you, but the more they do hear from you, the more you are recognized in their minds as a competitive merchant worthy of their disposable income. You need to have a strong business strategy in place as well as a strong marketing strategy that complements that business strategy and that will facilitate its’ success.
Accounts receivable management
Revenues and growth will not amount to much if you cannot collect on your receivables. Some businesses are primarily cash-based. But for those operations that accept credit, you need to have a monthly, and in some cases weekly, monitoring of your accounts receivable to ensure that you’re collecting on those invoices. It’s very easy for accounts receivable to get out of hand and seriously impair the cash flow of the operation.
Act Now To Get Our Value Pricing Adjustment on Audit and Review Engagements For Your Business
Strategy implementation
This point is important because it determines revenue growth, which then drives accounts receivable collection.
Regardless of the business and industry in which you’re involved, strategy implementation is key to growing your business and realizing business success. In many cases, however, the strategy considers the type of client desired in order to maximize cash flow. This is why your cash flow management process begins right at the point of building your business plan. Contrary to how many people approach business, you can’t think of your business one-dimensionally – trying only to make sales, and that’s it. There are many other areas that need to be systematized in order to run effectively and efficiently and, ultimately, produce a cash-generating operation.
Seasonality of business
An important consideration in the discussion of effective cash flow management is the seasonable nature of your business. During the down season, your business will spend more money than it will bring in. Business owners usually deal with this issue by either utilizing credit facilities and then paying them off during the busy season, by cutting operating costs, or possibly a combination of those 2 methods. Regardless, business seasonality forces you the business owner to carefully manage your cash flow by ensuring that you minimize your cash outflows and possibly create new revenue streams to offset the temporary downturn in your business operations during that time.
Managing Cash Outflows:
When discussing how to effectively manage cash outflows, we usually look at the income statement and balance sheet and see where we can minimize costs. This is certainly true; however, unnecessary cash outflows can result in other ways. The main areas of cash outflow management are the following:
Operating expenses
Wages
Wastage
Lease
Financial internal controls
Operating expenses
It’s a good idea to have your financial statements prepared with a comparative column for the previous year as well as a “common-size” column showing the percentage of revenues that each particular expenses draw takes. This percentage column quickly points out expense items that may be drawing too much from the money pool. Look at these expenses monthly, or weekly to keep close tabs on how your business’s money is being spent. Quick tweaks are sometime essential to maintaining effective cash flow management.
Wages
Wages are normally the biggest single expense of any business, followed by leasing costs. Effective cash flow management always involves close monitoring of your wage costs. Always make sure that your employees are being fully utilized and that there is no “wasted” employee time. If you find employees standing around too often, this may mean overcapacity in your human resources and unnecessary cash outflows.
It’s amazing what business owners can learn and how their operating methods change once they realize the money that is being wasted through subpar work practices by employees on incorrect operating procedures. For business owners wanting to maximize their cash flow, they need to regularly track wastage expenses. Such tracking may very well lead to the creation of updating of employee manuals and practices, since it is employees who perform daily tasks that can lead to the wastage of items within the business.
Lease
After wages, this cost is usually the second largest cost incurred by the business. We all know, however, that this cost has to be offset against any competitive advantage that may be secured because of any premium paid on a lease, such as location, access to suppliers, or networking advantages. The decision of leasing costs usually is unique to each business, and the business owner needs to recognize the requirements of his/her individual business and how a leasing space can facilitate those requirements. If the business owner has confidence that the potential increase in business, networking opportunities, and access to clientele will outweigh any lease premium paid in relation to other possible locations, then it may be a prudent business decision to decide to pay the lease premium. Leasing decisions should not be guided solely by cash flow management parameters.
Financial internal controls
Last but certainly not least, financial internal controls are the last (and sometimes strongest) defense against sub-optimal cash flow management. Policies, procedures, and monthly checklists designed to properly manage and monitor cash inflows and outflows are essential in properly managing your business’s cash flow. Monthly checklists that force personnel to calculate wastage, assess whether or not employees have performed their duties to required levels, or investigate whether financial transactions have been properly approved, will prompt the business owner to correct any weaknesses in the operating process that lead to poor cash flow management – in other words, such procedures expose problems and force the business owner to “right the ship”.
Ultimately, cash, not profitability, will determine whether or not a business will survive or fade away. It’s always better to refrain from additional revenue generating activities until the operation can perform optimally at each level of profitability. Optimally here is defined as operating effectively with an internal control system that monitors costs and ratios to ensure that the business remains solvent at each level of profitability. When your business is running well at each level of profitability, you can be confidant that your cash flow is optimal and that the business is ready to add more revenue.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick in Vancouver, B.C. He concentrates his practice on assisting business owners with accounting services, tax and estate planning and overall business development.
Fueling Organic Growth In Your Business.
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 12, 2018
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory
Fueling Organic Growth In Your Business.
A stable and continually executed local marketing plan to build clientele is one of the most important elements in maintaining a successful business.
Marketing is a full-time job, from the planning, to the relationship building, to the execution and ordering of materials - all components in the local marketing plan take time and energy. Business owners need to, therefore, develop a system to give themselves time to concentrate on marketing and relationship building while others (staff) oversee operations.
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
Relationship building
Many business owners can do more local marketing, but they can’t because they have not structured their staffing accordingly to facilitate this necessary task. This will not necessarily result in business failure will encroach on the ability of the business to reach it’s full potential.
If the business owner is taking the risk, working the long hours to earn a living, then that’s a decision within their prerogative. However, exceeding average sales and surmounting the inevitable inertia consumers have towards purchasing a new brand involves disciplined, strategic options, such as relationship building. This is done in many ways, including:
Introduction to local businesses. Finding ways that your product . service helps businesses; provide discounts to businesses in your area.
Chambers of Commerce. Establish relationships with other business owners who may be part of your target market.
Identifying any other place your target market may be, and establishing relationships with those people.
The intent of establishing relationships with the right people is to establish trust. Once the trust is established, then you’re 90% of the way to securing new customers.
If you think about it, in most cases, unless you’re in a transactional business, where someone needs something now and they’re going to make a relatively quick purchasing decision, selling the product or service to someone is going to be predicated on a foundation of trust.
This of course takes time, but the intended result is a higher quality pool of customers because of a relationship based on trust . When someone trusts you, the value component of the product or service you’re offering will be enhanced because they attach your strong values to the product/service. Strong sales and loyalty naturally follow.
Contrast this with a merchant – customer relationship based on price. For example, someone enters the store and inquires of the price. After finding out, he shops around and determines that your price is the lowest, so he purchases from you. To use a metaphor of boiled water, the relationship is relatively cold because it really has had no time to warm up. With no trust and no attachment, the customer will change vendors as soon as he can find a lower price.
Unless your billing for each sale is high (in which case it’s in your best interest to make the sale), the benefits of such a customer relationship are limited. Without time to establish trust and value, this person will probably hunt for your lowest price, will never turn into a referral champion, and may, in the long run, use up more or your business resources than add to them.
Target the right type of customer
Establish what makes an ideal customer, and then pursue that profile. Be careful to spend your time and money on that particular profile. It’s advantageous to concentrate local marketing efforts among a demographic, locale, or other criteria which you can identify as having the highest probability of your return on time and money invested.
Regardless of your target - or emphasis – market, there are venues to which those people will congregate. So the idea is to emphasize where they are. A shotgun approach will probably result in under-performing benefits.
Discipline
A local marketing effort of course takes time. The benefits really only start to accrue when you have an established place in the community (ie: many people know you’re there). They subconsciously know that your name will be at public events and locations.
When this happens, people start to refer because your name is on their mind. At the beginning when financial resources are more limited, local marketing and “get-the-name-out campaigns are word of mouth and take time – you can’t substitute eye-to eye contact for a mailer.
The fact remains that local store marketing will drive sales and future growth. Ongoing marketing efforts can “protect” your business from possible future competition moving into the area, since your name is at least known to people in the area, and the competition are going to have an uphill battle wedging in to the influence that you’ve created in the minds of both existing and non-existent (soon-to-be) customers.
Biography:
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick in Vancouver, B.C. He concentrates his practice on assisting business owners with accounting services, tax and estate planning and overall business growth development.
Act Now To Get Our Value Pricing Adjustment on Audit and Review Engagements For Your Business
Business Forecasting And Modelling – Keys To Unlocking Business Growth
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 12, 2018
Business Forecasting and Modelling - Keys To Unlocking Business Growth.
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
At all stages of the company’s existence, short– and long-range plans should be in place that dictate its actions. Company management and external stakeholders, such as investors, banks, and creditors want to know that growth prospects for the company have been forecasted to the most reasonable extent possible. The strength and validity of these forecasts will determine to a large extent the capital available to the company to continue and expand operations.
In addition, the company needs to understand all the variables both within and outside its control that will influence cash inflows and outflows. Extensive study on economic and consumer environments is important to forecast sales levels, which can then be used to determine other future financial components, such as costs of goods sold, capital requirements, and, most importantly, net income.
Therefore, one of the most important strategic exercises that the company should complete on a regular basis is the forecasting of sales. To do this, a complex range of economic factors needs to be analyzed, including:
-Existing competition and potential competitive threats
-Customers
-Sources of revenue
Preparing usable forecasts that the company can base decisions on means building an understanding of the many different strands that influence the relative strengths and weaknesses of the economy in which the company operates.
When undertaking a forecast of business components, due diligence takes on primary importance in order to ensure that, when forecasting, all possible variables affecting the forecast of sales an ancillary components affecting those sales have been considered. Necessary to exhaust diligence efforts include a study of :
Company analysis
Industry analysis
Domestic economic analysis
International economic analysis
Doing a Company analysis involves assessing the strength of the company by calculating and assessing the results of financial ratios. If the ratios expose any problems within operations, they need to be corrected to make sure that the result of the forecast can to be extent possible represent what will happen in reality. If, for example, there are ongoing cases of fraud or wastage, then a forecast of increased sales will not result in the anticipated forecast of cash inflows; the theft of cash will not allow it. All anomalies arising from the study of financial ratios, therefore, need to be addressed and corrections made.
Industry analysis involves a SWOT (Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities, Threats) to show attributes that can progress and hinder the Company’s growth. An understanding of these areas will enable the company’s leader to allocate resources so that growth and sustainability are maximized. A SWOT analysis combined with a constructive discussion on future economic and business trends which the company will be influenced by will help to position the company for future growth, because time has been spent determining what will happen in the future and how the company should be positioned and built to capitalize on those future friends.
An understanding of local and, if applicable, international economic trends is necessary to optimize the accuracy of the forecast. This is done by influencing the eventual forecast equation with realistic economic variables that can give a practical picture of what the environment in which the business operates is like.
Once these considerations have been assessed and exhaustive research undertaken to create a reasonable and accurate landscape upon which the forecast will be built, we proceed on to the exercise of actually building the forecasting model. Building a forecasting model usually involves the following steps:
Data pattern recognition
Analysis and recognition of model influencers
Assess and confirm Forecasting method
Build forecast model
Apply model to historical data and test accuracy
Refine model for accuracy
Apply the forecasting model to results obtained through analysis of 3-and 5 years projections.
Refine through iterations as necessary
Data pattern recognition involves compiling historical data which can be used to refine economic and industry forecasts. A simple time series plot can be employed here. When data is placed on a plot diagram, we can see the behaviour of the data points (such as sales, and variable costs), and be able to co-relate economic conditions, market influences, etc.. to those data points to ascertain what influences the data and what constitutes drivers for company sales. It’s essential to be able to identify drivers for sales because they constitute influencers of that which we’re trying to forecast – if we can identify and hopefully influence the driver, we can influence the component we’re forecasting, which in this case is sales.
Act Now To Get Our Value Pricing Adjustment on Audit and Review Engagements For Your Business
Drivers which cannot be influences are dealt with by determining how we can minimize the exposure of the forecasting component (sales) to that driver. Management may go to the extent of assessing alternative product offerings and/ or production processes which mitigate exposure to that driver.
Once the data have revealed the behaviours of sales, we can look for model influencers in the data. Model influencers are items like auto-correlation, seasonality or cycles, and must be identified and confirmed as influencers so that the eventual forecasting model can be refined to take into consideration these effects. Also of benefit to do in order to identify influencers is the decomposition of historical data. Decomposition of time series data is based on the concept that underlying patterns in data can be distinguished from randomness. Decomposition essentially breaks down data into its’ component parts and can be beneficial in building a model which can accurately forecast business components.
Based on the data and influencers identified, a forecasting method can be chosen which provides the right strength and flexibility to contain all identified variables influencing the forecasted component (ie: component drivers). The most popular methods, listed from simplest to complex, are as follows:
Time Series
Single, Multiple and Stepwise Regression
Exponential Smoothing
Additive and Multiplicative Decomposition (ARMA and ARIMA)
The type of forecasting model used depends on the complexity of the business and the type of industry it operates within. Regression methods are best suited for business that contain multiple drivers influencing the forecast variable, such as price elasticity, cost of equipment operation, or staffing costs to name a few. Exponential Smoothing methods allow for smoothing techniques to find commonalities in historical data with wide variations, and also provide consideration for influencers such as seasonality and cyclicality. ARMA and ARIMA models are usually employed when moving average trends and auto-regressive trends are detected in the historical data and need to be forecasted forward.
Once the model has been refined, future estimated data of the driver variables can then be inserted into the model to derive the forecasted variable, sales in this case. Once sales are forecasted, then other models can be used to forecast variables themselves influenced by sales. If these components have a direct causal relationship with sales. Then estimating their respective costs and requirements becomes a simple mathematical process.
The process of initially designing and refining the forecasting model to maximize the level of accuracy in the historical data can take time, but the ultimate benefits are obvious, the ability to forecast sales, can consequently cost requirements, enables company’s to adhere to strict budgets and strategic initiatives, thereby saving executive time and money.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick. He leads the firm’s consulting and strategy practice and works with companies to enhance their Analytics, Forecasting , and Data Optimization functions. The practice’s focus includes quantitative forecasting, corporate and unit strategy and planning. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on Facebook at www.facebook.com/BurgessKilpatrick for more information on our firm.
Finding Optimal Business Investments – Financial Statement Analysis Methodology – Part 2.
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 12, 2018
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory
Finding Optimal Business Investments - Financial Statement Analysis Methodology - Part 2.
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
In the previous post, we highlighted 3 areas of concern that determined the financial strength of a prospective business acquisition. Respectively, Profitability, Solvency, and Rate of Return give a high-level view of the financial prospects of a business.
However, a further, more detailed review of the financial statements is necessary to confirm the story revealed in the financial ratios and to pinpoint problem areas that would require action, and the cost to rectify potential conflicts.
As a addendum to the previous post, we turn our attention to the 2 main financial statements – namely the income statement and the balance sheet – to determine whether or not the initial story revealed by our initial financial ratio analysis is in fact true. We review here a few main accounts that need to be reviewed further to give additional valuable information upon which to assess the prospects of the business. Following we look at some balance sheet items that need a further, closer look.
Balance Sheet
Assets
Cash
As we proceed down the list of assets, no doubt the most important of all is cash. Cash can be monitored and assessed on it’s own basis, but it’s also valuable to compare specific asset balances against those of similar businesses within the industry and market in which the business operates.
We review the cash balance first to determine whether or not liquidity ratios and working capital requirements are being met. One should ask if the cash balance ever goes into a negative position, and if so, why? Are there major fluctuations in the balance through the year attributable to circumstances not related to owner discretionary spending? Such negative variations may expose a problem with accounts receivable collection or over spending on costs.
What we want to see is a consistent increase in cash over time. Assuming sales asre constant, and price points provide a profitability level in line with strategic goals, cash should be increasing in value. Any negative seasonal fluctuations must be accounted for, and if recognized, then the assumed cash balance can be adjusted accordingly. However, the business should be providing a strong cash return, and if not, the question of why must be answered. Correcting issues related to the cash account must be weighed against the cost of correcting such issues. Assuming that the owner finances the acquisition, s/he should calculate the time it will take to recoup that equity infusion/repay that debt. If additional cash is needed to finance a business transition, that will increase the required point at which the owner breaks even on his/her investment.
Accounts Receivable
The main concern with accounts receivable is that they are not being collected on time, thereby eroding working capital and ratios and the cash balance. Optimally, the accounts receivable balance remains low, with no amounts over the 30 day period. Some customers, however, will manage their own cash by only paying invoices 60 days after receipt. Although this remains a practice in various industries, such a practice can hamper cash flow requirements for small business owners who must finance costs to produce and provide for other customers while waiting for payment.
Get Access to leading accounting and tax help. The time is now to get the right help and not waste any more effort getting mediocre results - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234.
Related to accounts receivable is the amount of accounts receivable write-offs. THE expense section of the income statement will show an amount for “Bad Debt Expense”, which is essentially an accounts receivable amount deemed uncollectible.
An increasing bad debt expense amount suggests either an incapable collection process or customers unwilling or incapable of paying. If the former, new staffing or procedures will be required in addition to internal audit procedures to monitor ongoing accounts receivable collection. If the latter, then there may need to be change in either product offerings or target markets to position the business to provide to loyal paying customers.
Capital Assets
The main reason to look at the capital assets section is to see if ownership is investing in capital assets correctly to facilitate growth. A large cash balance combined with overworked employees may signal a need to invest in additional capital resources to accommodate increased business.
Contrastingly, capital asset usage should be assessed to find out if they are being used well to contribute to overall growth. If the assets are sitting idle or are not being used a lot, then it’s possible that the cost of maintaining them may outweigh their financial contribution to the business.
The prospective owner must also ask “What is the rate of return if we were to purchase capital assets and add another work shift. Can we reasonable expect a sufficient rate of return on this investment”. Forecasting questions come up when assessing capital assets, because investments in assets need to be planned in order to time their delivery and contribution with business seasonality levels.
Liabilities
Accounts payable
Intuitively speaking, the prospective owner wants to see payment of account payable in an organized fashion. Payment of accounts payable suggests good cash flow management and a sustained positive level of credibility within the industry. If the accounts payable are dangerously increasing in level over time in relation to sales, then – like cash – this may reveal price points lower than what they need to be, insufficient cash flows to finance accounts payable, or unorganized accounts payable procedures that now need to be formalized and monitored.
Long-term debt
Depending on the proclivities of the prospective owner, debt can be a good thing or a bad thing. As we stated in our previous article on financial statement analysis, the weighted average cost of capital is minimized with a mix of equity and debt financing. The level of debt carried by the business therefore becomes a strategic decision that an increase cash flow and facilitate overall growth.
The prospective owner needs to ask “Do we have sufficient cash flows to service the debt, and is the debt providing the required benefits for which it was secured in the first place?” Debt should be taken to increase production, secure market share, or finance expansion that can be sustained after the debt is paid off. Debt taken on to provide working capital, finance accounts payable, or for any other “current” problem is a red flag which must give the prospective owner pause and compel him/her to unearth underlying problems giving rise to this need of capital.
These are just a few of the balance sheet items that provide a more detailed picture of the viability of a prospective business acquisition. Any problems in the balance sheet are normally due to revenue and/or expense issues, or mismanagement of company resources once the income has been generated.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick in Vancouver, B.C. He concentrates his practice on assisting business owners with accounting services, tax and estate planning and overall business development.
Finding Optimal Business Investments – Financial Statement Analysis Methodology – Part 1
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 12, 2018
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory
Finding Optimal Business Investments - Financial Statements Analysis Methodology - Part 1.
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
For business owners seeking to build business empires through acquisitions, being able to quickly and accurately assess the prospects of a business venture is a skill learned only over time and with extensive practice. With so many options available in which to invest financial resources, the exercise of short-listing potential business acquisitions has become a coveted skill among aspiring and established entrepreneurs alike.
Those successful in the art invariably combine organic growth with the purchase of business units that offer complementary products and/or services, and which take advantage of economies of scale and shared business processes to optimize value and profit. They determine their desired return on investment (ROI), seek out opportunities that can provide that return considering the resources they have to commit, and then drill down further to ascertain economic fit and expose danger points that render the prospect detrimental to the execution of the strategic plan and potentially harmful to the owners’ resource base.
In studying successful entrepreneurs, one of the tenets of successful business ownership seems to be the ability to identify and place valuable resources in the right places. For example, as a group they all seem to sing the same chorus of surrounding themselves with people smarter than themselves . A strong network of human resources is found in any company with a fundamentally strong business model, and it’s the people of the operation that formulate, design and execute strategies to maintain and grow new models to sustain profitability and longevity.
Having the adroit capacity to correctly allocate financial resources in the right locations seems also to be a prerequisite for long-term success. Depending on the economic state of affairs in the region(s) a business operates in, going on an acquisition spree may not be the optimal usage of resources if, for example, inflation is high and the price of goods is stretching beyond the affordability level of the target market. Deferring an acquisition that looks strategically viable on paper and instead investing internally to shelter against interest rate risk may therefore be the best strategic alternative of the day. Smart entrepreneurs know when to play defense with their resources, realizing that a defensive posture at times allows for the accumulation of resources that funds future growth and possibly averts disaster.
In the context of finding optimal investments on which to risk their precious resources, following is a short list of the main criteria that can expose the ROI that successful entrepreneurs look for:
Profitability
Solvency
Return on Investment (ROI)
Profitability
No business can survive without eventually being profitable, and current profitability of course plays an instrumental part in determining the viability of a potential acquisition. However, as we know, current profitability can be a smokescreen shielding passive inquirers to problems lurking beneath. Consider IBM in the early 1990’s or Kodak. Executives at both companies neglected to recognize future trends and prepare their respective companies for future growth in these areas. IBM eventually invested heavily and worked hard to become viable again and eventually become a leader in cloud and business consulting services. Kodak, however, was slower in responding and no longer exists due to its’ inability to evolve. Apple Inc. purportedly has various products and services in various stages of development that will be released over the next 4 years, thereby guaranteeing sustainable levels of profitability over that time horizon.
At the very least , successful entrepreneurs look for businesses that have the capacity to profit in the future as well as in the present.
Premium Accounting and Tax Assistance - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234 to find out more for your business and click here to see our latest first-time offers.
Solvency
Profitability can easily lead to bankruptcy if the cash flow lags behind too much. A simple review of the accounts receivable balance and collection processes can determine whether or not this is a problem, but also important is to assess the target market to gauge if any collection problem can be fixed, or if there are underlying situations beyond the control of management or processes that make the flow of cash flow inelastic.
The collection of money, after all, is what predicates value and credibility among financial institutions and shareholders/investors, and no level of profitability will shield this unfortunate problem. Successful entrepreneurs always ensure that they get paid, and protect their business from those who don’t respect them enough to pay for their products and services.
No business maintains a zero balance in accounts receivable, and we’re all going to be caught eventually with an uncollectible receivable. The main task here, however, is to not get caught with a business acquisition containing an unfixable collection problem.
Return in Investment (ROI)
As mentioned previously, Return on Investment is the initial benchmark used by prospective owners to assess the value of the potential acquisition. However, notice that the main drivers of ROI are 1 and 2; ROI suffers if either one of them is absent, or low.
To truly analyze ROI requires a forecast of future strategic models, business environments, trends, target markets and personnel to determine if the company is positioned well enough to remain a viable operation 5 and 10 years into the future, and if it’s not currently viable , what is the cost to making it viable and will those costs provide an ROI high enough to warrant the purchase of it?
These are the 3 main areas of financial statement analysis that, when reviewed, can give the prospective owner a balanced view of the chances of a prospective business acquisition. How these 3 areas are analyzed requires a more detailed review of the income statement and balance sheet, which we’ll cover in the next article.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick in Vancouver, B.C. He concentrates his practice on business development - assisting business owners with accounting services, tax and estate planning and overall business development.
Should You Finance And Expand Your Business Or pay Off Debt?
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 12, 2018
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory
Should You Finance And Expand Your Business Or Pay Off Debt?
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
It takes a lot of discipline, discernment and courage to swim against the conventional wisdom of our previous generations to pay off debt as quickly as possible. By that I mean that when given the choice whether to use money to expand your business footprint or pay off debt, the best decision may be to go with expansion and float the debt. Pay off personal, non-wealth debt first though. However, here are a few reasons the best decision may be to go with expansion and float investment, or good- debt:
Low rates:
If the cost of financing investment debt is really low, and when you consider points 2 and 3, it is best time to channel resources to increase your business. It doesn't take a huge amount of money to finance debt at low rates and the return on investment by attacking business growth, given that estimated rates of return warrant such a decision, may be greater than what financial institution are offering to park your money. Remember, you need to work smart, not hard - this is not your job, it's your business.
Time
It's true that you really only have only so much time to build your business. If you’re going to implement a business growth strategy by acquisition, you need to start aright away, because you can't buy time. The worst thing would be to look back and be overcome with remorse because you didn't take advantage of time that you were given to expand your business footprint.
Ability
You have the ability now to expand, but who knows what will happen to your health in the future. Combine time, health, strategy, and execution and you can build/acquire multiple business units to provide a good nest egg in coming years.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick in Vancouver, B.C. He concentrates his practice on business development - assisting business owners with accounting services, tax and estate planning and overall business development.
Turning Customers Into Long-Term Relationships And Increased Profits.
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 12, 2018
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory






Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
Using Joint Ventures To Capitalize On Real Estate Investments
Research tax-efficient structures to facilitate real estate investing.
Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
The Corporate Attribution Rules
Navigating through the delicate nature of non-arms length transactions.
Turning Customers Into Long-Term Relationships And Increased Profits.
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
It’s common knowledge that, over the last 20 years, business ownership has become more serious in terms of competition.
Increased competition and graduates have watered down the client pool for all business owner, and so the mantra to innovate, change, and adapt to customer needs – and desires – applies just as much to those playing on the kitchen table practicing in the dental industry as to participants in others.
How can the new, emerging, or even established business owner acquire new clients and retain those clients so that they become long-term, profitable, referring champions of your business? If you’re a business owner, these are, in our opinion, the types of clients that will facilitate a healthy, growing business.
Whereas for years sales departments (which may be just yourself) at many other businesses have been focused on processes and tasks, successful selling of services today is better achieved via the application of what is referred to by Brent Adamson, director of the Corporate Executive Board, as Insight Selling.[1]
This post is not one of how to optimally provide your products/services, but rather a conversation on how to implement the best sales strategy at the office given current and potential customer approaches and sentiments towards what has been traditionally referred to as “the sales wheel”.
Adamson promotes the Insight Selling process by first stating that, over the years, as sales departments have tightened compliance belts and focused more on adherence to processes and tasks, sales performance has grown increasingly erratic. People today tend to take longer to make sales decisions. How do we change this?
The keys to winning in the new business environment involve owners abandoning the process drives sales program and instead relying on judgment amongst managers, assistants and themselves. This means cultivating relationships with customers through conversation and trust building and finding out who they are as people and how your products/services fit in with their perception, rather than seeing those products/services as a homogenously independent component of their daily lives.
Customers are savvy – they research businesses prior to visiting them and know what they want prior to visiting, so business owner’s don’t have to do this part of the selling – the customer already knows what he/she wants – albeit in an unclear way. The true goal of the office staff is to guide the custmer to the decisions that his/her talking points are already pointing towards, but that have yet to be refined and articulated. The owner and staff need to recognize the need of the owner and provide the solution that he/she is looking for.
Part of the Insight Selling path involves acquiring an understanding of what that need is. Customers may divulge the need plainly, or it may be implied within their conversation. It’s the task of the business owner and staff to ascertain that need, whether or not it’s camouflaged, and glean this information, within the context of helping the customer and providing value to him/her.
Act Now To Get Our Value Pricing Adjustment on Audit and Review Engagements For Your Business
Does this mean taking extra time to cultivate relationships? Possibly, but the long-term benefits are self-explanatory: a more densely-populated customer Pipeline invariably leads to more sales and to more Referral Champions. The Referral Champions - once promoted to this level - themselves need to be cultivated, and the office of course needs a Referral Program. That is, however, an extension of the Insight Selling process, and another component in the overall effort to attract and retain customers.
With traditional process selling, people are given a list of tasks to complete, in the hopes that such tasks will guide the potential or current customer to a hoped-for set of actions – preferably a purchase decision. However, the sequential tactics that once led to predictable progress in a sale or a retained customer are no longer applicable. Adamson calls this reality “The end of Solution Sales” because the customer many times already knows the solution – they’ re looking for something, or someone else, to implement it. Could it be trust, experience, a guiding hand?
A common consensus is that business owners need to serve as coaches rather than enforcers – guiding the customer to the right product/service, when applicable.
In today’s customer-intelligent arena, task lists should be replaced with “customer verifiers”. If the customer responds favourably to a suggestion from one of your staff, then this should be documented and taken as an indication that the customer is interested, thereby promoting follow-up to secure the sale - in a way that preserves any trust accrued to that point. In pursuit of customer verifiers, staff, and business owners, are left open to consider creative ways to determine what the customer wants, and how to elicit verifiers, based on customer behaviors and dispositions.
Focusing on customer behaviors - and also client pre-dispositions to types of communication that, if adhered to correctly, can increase the likelihood of a long-term relationship - can greatly enhance the success rate of customer conversions.
If a potential new client is speaking to you, the business owner, or a staff member, verifying whether the customer is ready for change, we suggest, is a prerequisite for pursuing a sale. So make a list – what are the series of identifiers that most reflect how your current and potential customers make buying decisions.
Importantly, this selling approach is about creating demand, not simply responding to it. A normal side-effect of the Insight Selling process is that customers respond favorably to the pro-active guidance of office staff and accrue trust with them and, by relation, your business. This is an important step towards securing a long-term customer and referral champion.
It’s interesting to note that SalesForce, the software company producing Sales Application and Customer Resource Management Solutions to guide the sales process at small, medium and large businesses both domestically and internationally, explains it’s solution, Salesforce1, as their effort “…to getting an entirely new contextual depth of intelligence about customers…”
Ashley Haynes-Gaspar, the Chief Marketing Office for General Electric Oil and Gas, explains how Salesforce1 is giving her division the opportunity to co-create with customers and drive direct, measurable financial results. Their efforts with the “Insight Selling” process are changing “how customers think about how to manage their businesses”. [2]
We mention this to reinforce the point that Insight Selling is not just a new way to serve the customer, but rather to drive new sales and more referral champions.
Insight Selling has become the prevalent way of selling, and is consistent with the way customers think and perceive today’s service providers. This leads to satisfied customers and staff, because through the years history has shown us that engagement among people is at the heart of business success, which itself plays a substantial role in workplace satisfaction.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick in Vancouver, B.C. He specializes in business development, and has worked with business owners to increase profitability at all stages of their businesses. He can be reached at nkilpatrick@burgesskilpatrick.com or at 604-327-9234.
[1] Adamson, Brent; Dixon, Matthew; Toman, Nicholas; Dismantling The Sales Machine; Harvard Business Review, November 2013, pp102ff
[2] Columbus, Louis, Salesforce1 Sets An Ambitious Strategy To Redefine Selling And Customer Relationships, www.Forbes.com, November 19, 2013.
Revitalizing The Marketing Plan At Your Business
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 12, 2018
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory





Slide 1
The Corporate Attribution Rules

Navigating the Delicate World of Non-Arms Length Transactions.
Slide 2
Slide 3
Slide 3
The Optimal Revenue Model For Driving Tech Ventures

Keys to Securing The Funding You Need to Scale.
Revitalizing The Marketing Plan At Your Business
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
For generations, there have been commonalities among the marketing efforts of successful business owners that are worth sharing. Those successful businesses have consistently enjoyed yearly increases in revenue an in net income. These commonalities also reveal concrete, practical business concepts prevalent across all industries, which themselves lean toward business improvement and success:
Communicating with today’s customer
The positive results once attached to direct mail marketing are, in the minds of many business owners and marketers, much less than 15 years ago. As readers know, the proliferation of content online, combined with busier lives, separates us from the physical content we receive in our mailboxes each day. Direct mail is not a waste of money. On the contrary, seeing is believing, and while the eyes of your potential customer are actively trained on their online profiles and social sites, there remains an subconscious attachment to a physical piece of paper with a well-heeled display of your business.
Business owners successful in their marketing efforts continue to utilize direct mail as an ancillary arm of the main thrust of their marketing efforts, usually online engagement, or newspaper and magazine advertising.
The ancillary concept is simple: the majority of your future customers are currently online, but they’re all bombarded with content and you need to somehow separate your marketing efforts so that your future customer engages with you. When you can communicate with them in different ways (ie: online, direct mail, newspaper), they see your efforts on multiple mediums thereby adding credibility to your message.
Marketing experts will say that it takes anywhere between 8 to 12 “communications” before a potential customer will actually exert effort to make contact with you, if they want your product of service at all. Communicating only through one medium, such as online, becomes stale and boring in the minds of your audience, and the potential customer will recognize this and may consider your practice in a similarly negative manner.
Using multiple mediums refreshes the message, adds credibility to your marketing strategy and your business in the eyes on the potential customer, and over time will result in higher revenue for the business.
Consistency in Delivery
We’ve noticed that business owners with consistent yearly increases in revenue and net income take care to consider their marketing efforts and budgets. They normally consider what will work from the menu of marketing options available, such as:
-Social Site Marketing (Search Engine Optimization)
-Website Marketing
-Direct Mail
-Email Marketing
-Newspaper and Magazine Advertising
-Billboard Advertising
and determine which marketing efforts will result in the highest return on their investment. The mediums used by individual practitioners will vary depending on the location of the practice. What we’ve seen over the last 5 years, however, is an emphasis on website marketing and search engine optimization, complemented by direct mail advertising and, in some cases, newspaper advertising.
The key here is that the marketing plan is considered, drawn out, and executed for pre-determined periods of time, usually one year. This planning approach has 3 main benefits (possibly more):
The consideration of “what to do to market the business” is already taken care of, leaving the owner and staff to concentrate more on operations and strategy.
There are no individual components to the plan; all are related and serve the same purpose (ie: all have the same message to the targets of the plan).
Executing the plan consistently over a pre-determined period provides great data from which to glean valuable insights. After getting more business through the door, this benefit is perhaps the greatest of all – to be able to measure the behavior of your marketing efforts and prospects, and continue that which is good and jettison that which is not working.
Act Now To Get Our Value Pricing Adjustment on Audit and Review Engagements For Your Business
The key to this last benefit is to be consistent. If the marketing effort is inconsistent, then the reliability of the data gleaned from the marketing effort reduces proportionately. Insights provided by marketing efforts result in better marketing plans in the future with higher returns on investment for the owner and staff.
Workplace Environment
Successful businesses over the long-term – we’ve noticed – invariably are fun places to work in. Life provides us all with challenges, and sometimes life just takes over. The environment provided to the staff at successful businesses, however, normally takes on a positive climate, due primarily to the attitude of the owner, the way he/she approaches overseeing the business, and his/her overall state of mind and approach to life. The attitude of the owner has a tendency to trickle down to the staff, and promotes the environment that the owner ultimately reveals in their own lives.
A positive work environment, in our observations, definitely contributes to increased revenue at the business because customer themselves see this positive attitude, and are more inclined to refer their trusted friends and colleagues to such an environment.
Notice that none of the commonalities mentioned above have anything to do with money – money is a by-product of the traits themselves. We’ve seen the opposite, however, where the focus on money and profit had the inverse effect on the environment, marketing efforts, and level of consistency at the office. The decision as to whether or not a business like this is successful depends on ones definition of success.
These traits are what we’ve noticed as we work with business owners to maximize their business profitability. If you operate a business, we welcome your insights at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on any of our social sites:
Facebook: www.facebook.com/BurgessKilpatrick
LinkedIn: Burgess Kilpatrick
Google +: Burgess Kilpatrick
Twitter: @BurgessKilpatrick
and let us know what you think.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick in Vancouver, B.C. He specializes in business development, and has worked with business owners to increase profitability at all stages of their businesses. He can be reached at nkilpatrick@burgesskilpatrick.com or at 604-327-9234.
Positioning For Success – Looking For The Optimal Office Manager
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 11, 2018
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory
Positioning For Success - Looking For The Optimal Office Manager.
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
If you’re a business owner aspiring to build a strong, profitable, and sustainable business it’s natural to continually consider how to bring additional customers through the door and increase revenue.
As necessary as this is, a strategy built only on increasing revenue through marketing efforts and hard work will produce growth only up to a certain level, and unless material efforts are undertaken to expand other business resources and act upon ancillary business components (staff and equipment upgrades, for example), your business is not going to break through that growth ceiling created by limiting the marketing and expansion strategy.
Economies of scale are realized when a business operates through and surpasses levels of critical mass. What this means is that appropriate steps need to be taken to ensure that the building of the business (growth) has a good foundation, which can propel the business through these levels of critical mass. What does this foundation look like?
Building an Office Machine
Invariably, the long-term growth and sustainability of any business is going to be determined by the quality of the staff on hand. Other things matter, yes, however, as a variable in the solution to realize a flourishing and profitable operation, having the right staff with the component attributes required to build the business is absolutely necessary and strategically indispensable.
This series, therefore, discusses the importance of the main staffing areas of the business. Each staffing area has uniquely identifiable yet mutually exhaustive roles in elevating the business to the level of maximum profitability. These are not mere jobs where one is fulfilling repetitive tasks (although they do constitute part of every job).
The main staffing components to be discussed over this and following articles are as follows:
Office manager
Office assistant.
The Office Manager
In this our series on optimal office staff, we begin with the office manager. What makes a champion office manager? They are individuals who display an ability to organize and shepherd a group, provide leadership amid multiple operational scenarios and with conflicting personalities, and after dealing with these things, continue to smile, shepherd, and present professionally.
Impossible to find? They’re out there, but just because they have the component parts you need of a champion office manager, there are many reasons why they’re unable to perform to their maximum potential. What we have found is that their greatness in this position flourishes in the right environment. It’s the owners’ responsibility to provide that environment. So what do you the owner have to do to provide that environment?
Give Them Autonomy
The most successful office managers we’ve seen are the ones who are allowed to exercise autonomy and who are given the freedom to execute the operations of the office. Once the right person is found to fill this role, you’ll begin to enjoy business ownership more, will find it easier to grow the business, and possibly be able to expand to additional units.
Good office managers want the office to grow – and so do you. Growing the business correctly means inserting the right talent where that talent can be optimally utilized. This means that the right person for the job must be motivated and capable of managing people. You the owner should only get involved in extraneous personnel matters, and if it gets to this point, the person in conflict with your prize office manager may very well be the one who needs to leave.
Give them responsibility
The owner needs to oversee the following:
Overseeing financial health of the business – you control the finances
Overseeing top level personnel
Overseeing practice strategy
Everything else should be delegated to the staff, and the one responsible for getting the staff online with duties and for disseminating the benefits of operating as a cohesive group is the office manager.
Get Access to leading accounting and tax help. The time is now to get the right help and not waste any more effort getting mediocre results - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234.
The purpose here is to excuse you the owner, to the extent possible, from operational and administrative matters outside of business strategy. The owner doesn’t have to do everything just because he/she is the owner. Other people have great skills – some greater than the owner.
All other components of the business should be reported to you during weekly meetings, and the staff responsible for reporting these things to you should be identified at those same meetings, so that there’s no confusion as to who is responsible for reporting on certain components of the business.
The purpose of staff reporting on operational areas to you is twofold:
Enable you to be aware of all aspects of the operation and identify weaknesses that may encroach on the business’s ability to meet strategic goals.
Provide you with an opportunity to assist in rectifying problems rather than, in a controlling fit of rage, take over problematic situations and in the process foster a defeating, hierarchical environment of mistrust, conflict, and divisiveness.
Most performers don’t want a boss who looks over them to ensure that they’re doing a good job. Assessing their performance should be done in the form of reports and occasional, informal meetings, sandwiched in between encouraging talks and conversations. If you have staff who are comfortable pleasing you and doing exactly what you say, they may be the weak link preventing the business from realizing it’s full potential.
Many years ago executives at the Dupont Corporation devised a high-level process of ratio analysis to determine the operational health of the corporation. At the heart of the ratios was the implicit understanding that, if a ratio was within established parameters, then there was no need to investigate further. Only those areas of weakness revealed through outlying results were followed up on. There were enough ratios in the analytical process to satisfactorily cover all operational metrics that required monitoring, and this allowed company executives to maintain control over the component parts while keeping responsibility and autonomy in the hands of their employees.
This process of managing facilitates and environment of accountability, trust, and productivity, but only if the right people are inserted into that environment. The busines office should be operated no differently. Find the right people, put them in positions where they can utilize their strengths (which are identified at the interview stage and during observation) and give them autonomy. However, finding them, inserting them into, and providing them with an environment in which to flourish is the direct responsibility of the office manager.
When you find the right one who can do this – yes, they should be compensated well. The office manager is the quarterback of the office, not the owner. On multiple occasions we’ve witnessed that the impairment of a particular business to grow in profitability is due not to an underperforming owner, but rather an overwhelmed, misplaced or incapable office manager.
A good, champion office manager will provide you with the opportunity to expand operations, will consider the feasibility of short- and long-term strategy options, and facilitate a positive working environment. If you find the right person to quarterback your operation, either let them do it or count the days before they leave, because they will take their strong talents elsewhere.
Give Them A Reason To Come To Work And Be Happy
No one knows the problems others are going through, so don’t judge anyone -because you’re working with incomplete information about them. What you can do is give them an environment in which they can excel, and when they can succeed at work, the positive feelings and emotions that emanate from that success can permeate to other parts of their lives.
Work is powerful – people spend a third of their lives there. You the owner have immense power to influence the lives of your staff. If you agree, and agree with the rest of the above, you can see just how important it is to facilitate a positive working environment for your office manager. With the exception of you the owner, the one person who is most instrumental in coagulating the component parts of the office to realize success is your office manager.
In conclusion, you need to delegate all parts of the business operations that don’t require your immediate attention. We circle back to the above 3 aspects of the operation that the owner should concentrate on:
Overseeing the financial health of the business – you control the finances
Overseeing top level personnel
Overseeing practice strategy
Hierarchical chart
As a point of reference, the hierarchical chart of the business sees the owner at the top, and the office manager directly below. If the owner is the coach of the operation, the office manager is the quarterback, responsible for executing daily operations. The owner doesn’t have time to oversee all aspects of the operation.
There should also be no reservation in relieving from employment those individuals who don’t work out, for whatever reason. By retaining individuals in a job that they are unsuitable for, you not only delay growth prospects for your business and possibly endanger a positive working environment, but you also impair that person’s ability to get on with their lives and find their true calling.
If you’re an aspiring business office manager reading this, take heed. Assuming you can quarterback the marketing and operations of the office, delegate tasks and reporting, and devise, create and maintain an efficient operation, then you need to disclose to the owner what potential there is in deploying a growth strategy. However, to reciprocate, you need to team up with an owner who has the unique skill set of high-performing and quality-producing owner with amenable social and leadership skills. Such a combination is not easy to find.
In the ongoing pursuit of growth and sustainability in the business, there must be a rudder that guides the operation. To place this responsibility squarely on the shoulders of the owner impairs growth and practice sustainability by reducing otherwise highly talented individuals to that of task workers.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick in Vancouver, B.C. He specializes business development, and has worked with business owners to increase profitability at all stages of their businesses. He can be reached at nkilpatrick@burgesskilpatrick.com or at 604-327-9234.
Keys To Increasing Revenue And Profitability At Your Business
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 11, 2018
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory





Slide 1
The Corporate Attribution Rules

Navigating the Delicate World of Non-Arms Length Transactions.
Slide 2
Slide 3
Slide 3
The Optimal Revenue Model For Driving Tech Ventures

Keys to Securing The Funding You Need to Scale.
Keys To Increasing Revenue And Profitability At Your Business
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
Over the course of time businesses have essentially the same probability of success. One of the key determining factors as to whether or not a particular business venture will achieve “success” (depending on how you define it) is how and to what extent the business owner will establish, develop, and implement a strategy to increase productivity year-over-year.
Impossible you say? Invariably, that emitted response is the function of a lack of clarity in the strategic function of the business.
All business owners are busy providing customer service, tending to administrative details, and the like, yet some – strictly from a financial perspective – are more profitable than others.
Here we list some keys to increasing business profitability; you will find that these keys are in some cases intuitive and easy. However, the true work is in the consistent, disciplined execution day after day – the “seeds that give root to the blossom”.
From a profitability standpoint (other components of thriving business management are dealt with in subsequent articles), herein lie our keys to increased productivity and profitability, based on our research and experience on the industry.
A charted path
Many businesses are created each year, and all (those who aspire to own their own businesses), without a directional rudder for their business careers. Freshman business owners and veterans – as well as their staff – require navigational rudders that answer the question “How will we increase revenue and profitability”.
This is not an article on the fine strokes of business operations, but rather one to prioritize the strategic and marketing direction of the business. Thought must be given to the type of products/services provided, and the criteria used to make decisions on what you the owner want the business to be.
Decide how your business is going to grow and pursue that path for a pre-determined period of time, such as one year, from September to June (July and August are summer holiday months, so difficult to provide analytical value from those months).
Too many businesses approach strategy and innovation without a game plan that positions it for success. Instead, they take traditional strategies and try to execute them better. To capitalize in today’s economic market, you need to know where to penetrate.[1]
A standard business strategy involves getting as many customers as possible, but the variables requiring consideration, and which will determine the ultimate level of success of your business, include among other things the desire to satisfy customer needs and wants and economic considerations.
Relentlessly pursue your target customer
An oft quoted strategy is “They bought just so they could get rid of me”. We don’t propose that you make yourself a pest, because today’s successful businesspeople will generate that success by bringing value, and not by being the loudest mouthpiece.
Determining a strategy to get in front of your target and exposing the value your business can provide is the kernel of the sales path leading to increased productivity.
Premium Accounting and Tax Assistance - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234 to find out more for your business and click here to see our latest first-time offers.
Ask yourself “where is my target customer looking so that can I put our name and value proposition in front of them?”. If it’s in the universities, then advertise there. If via mass mailouts or in targeted magazines, then penetrate there. Once there, and once potential customers recognize your existence and request more information, offer value via free product samples, updates on the office, a kind card at special times, etc…. Anything that provides value – you know what those things are; no one needs to tell you what would be valuable in your mind and compel you to switch, right?
Develop a pipeline
Once the strategy and target are established, we then move to a need to get the desired customers. As they purchase from you, you can consider other higher margin services to the extent that they create value to the customer.
Note that the overriding intent here is not to just push al your products/services on a client who doesn’t want it, but rather to provide value to the client. This is called feeding the pipeline – we start with a large opening in the pipe The higher up the pipe you go, the higher margin services you provide. As we move along this path of services, the pipe becomes thinner (less pool of clients requiring these services), and the profit margin increases.
It’s easy to see that, the larger the pool of clients that enter the pipe, the larger the potential for higher margin services
Existing at all levels of interaction with the client is the understanding that you as the owner get incredible, valuable face time with the client. It’s at this time that you create trust, which adds to referrals and additional, high margin services. A customer-centered owner with a good bed-side manner will thrive at maintaining a healthy customer pipeline
Process business rather than an owner-business
As your business grows, the need to move from an owner-driven business to a process driven business becomes more and more necessary to facilitate continued growth. As the number of customers served by the business increases and administration takes more time and effort, these people need to be shown their value by being treated within the business properly.
Processes are only as good as the extent to which they add value. The main pursuit of implementing processes is to increase quality while at the same time increase efficiency.[2] Customers will recognize this value and the quality that comes with it, and will naturally provide referrals, because everyone, if recommending anything or anyone to their trusted network, will not refer unless and until they are sure that their own credibility will not be compromised as a result of it.
As businesses begin, there are no processes, only a desire to provide customer service and get paid for it to pay the bills. If your marketing and strategy are done right, clients come and, over time, outgrow your facilities, equipment, and staffing levels.
To avoid customer service deficiencies, you, the owner needs to keep the business components larger than their capacity. In other words, try your best to keep the staff, facilities, and equipment such that you always have capacity and never get that “over busy” feeling”. Working at excess capacity has a unique result of disenfranchising good employees and , at worst, frustrating clients (and potential referrals) to the point that they jump to a competitior.
The best and most successful way to mitigate this potential problem is to convert to a processed based business.
Employing systems, technology and automated procedures, converting to a process-based business can eradicate inefficiencies at all levels of the business, automate redundant or repetitive tasks, and allow staff to do more of that which they are talented to do, thereby increasing the personal utility of their respective work and keeping them interested.
These 4 keys are the pillars that establish a strong program to increase the productivity of your business. In our next blog, we’ll look at keys to increasing profitability once that revenue increase has been realized.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick in Vancouver, B.C. He specializes in business development, and has worked with business owners to increase profitability at all stages of the business. He can be reached at nkilpatrick@burgesskilpatrick.com or at 604-327-9234.
[1] Anthony, Scott D., Mapping Your Innovation Strategy, Harvard Business Review, May 2006, p2
[2] Franz, Peter and Kirchmer, Mathias, Value-Driven Business Process Management: The Value-Switch for Lasting Competitive Advantage, 2012, McGraw-Hill,
Justification Points To Business Expansion.
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 9, 2018
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory
Justification Points To Business Expansion.
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
For entrepreneurs wanting to expand their businesses, do they know at which point expansion is justified?
Do you as a business owner/CEO consider opening multiple locations a viable business strategy? Or do you want to perfect your skills over time at your lone office?
Mentalities regarding growth models differ among strategic advisors, and there is no wrong decision when deciding whether to either run one location or multiply a similar model among multiple units. The ultimate criteria is whether or not you, the entrepreneur initiating the decision, have the criteria to succeed at either business model.
The Model for Multiple Business Units
If you as a business owner/CEO want to execute a growth model built around either the creation or acquisition of multiple locations, then you need to make sure of the following:
The population and its growth prospects will facilitate your plans for the offices that you operate in.
While it’s true that the relationship between a business and customer is one built on trust and not easily severed, the majority of customers will (usually) live within a certain radius of a location. It’s essential to study the population at present and growth prospects that the municipality has for the area. One CEO took this one item literally and purchased a small business in a lightly developed area, knowing that infrastructure planning was happening in the area and eventually would result in an additional 50,000 household being built within a half kilometer radius within the next 5 years (ie: site development would begin within the next 5 years). Admittedly, it may take 15 years to se the full 50,000 households, but at least he’s positioned to gain from it and is seeing benefits already.
Competition
Competition of course is everywhere, but in our experience a new entrant does not necessary mean that business is split equally between all participants. The extent to which the office implements a comprehensive marketing plan and exposes it’s name among its existing customers will incubate it from the overtures of competitors. That plan has to be executed – it doesn’t have to be perfect. In fact, the lessons on how to make the marketing plan better for the market that you serve are only realized when you get out there and try your marketing ideas.
It may be vital to your growth strategy to built multiple units that focus on a specialty product/service, so that your marketing can be more specialized.
Getting the Right Staff
When operating the multiple unit model, you as the CEO engage less in day to day operations, and delegate the operational tasks of running each location. Understand also, that you can’t be in more than one place at one time, but the computers at all the locations can be networked so that at least you can see what is happening at each location.
You need to find administrators for each office who feel that they have a vested interest in the success of the office. This may come in the form of bonuses based on established performance metrics and/or office production, or how well they’re able to keep expenses or receivables within a certain variable range.
Act Now To Get Our Value Pricing Adjustment on Audit and Review Engagements For Your Business
You’ll have to find the right staff who can work independently and who function efficiently and effectively. Such staff and upper management personnel themselves probably have aspirations to eventually own their own businesses, so you may want to provide compensation packages that outweigh the extra work they’ll inevitably go through making their own businesses successful.
Above is but an abbreviated list of the criteria aspiring business owners need to consider if they want to open multiple locations. Business owners/CEO’s transitioning to a multiple business unit model need to change their thinking from one of exclusively start-up entrepreneur to one of business owner. For some, this may be impossible to do, but each business owner needs to assess their own likelihood of success by going with this type of business model.
If you’re a business owner/CEO, we welcome your insights at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on any of our social sites:
Facebook: www.facebook.com/BurgessKilpatrick
LinkedIn: Burgess Kilpatrick
Instagram: burgesskilpatrickcpa
Twitter: @BurgessKilpatrick
and let us know what you think.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick in Vancouver, B.C. He specializes in business development, and has worked with business owners to increase profitability at all stages of their businesses. He can be reached at nkilpatrick@burgesskilpatrick.com or at 604-327-9234.
Contact Us
How To Protect Your Business From Fraudulent Activity
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 8, 2018
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory






Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
Using Joint Ventures To Capitalize On Real Estate Investments
Research tax-efficient structures to facilitate real estate investing.
Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
The Corporate Attribution Rules
Navigating through the delicate nature of non-arms length transactions.
How To Protect Your Business From Fraudulent Activity
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
Business owners/CEO’s in general will follow a standard method as they pursue growth: strive to continually generate more customers, provide products/services they need – and desire - at a price point leading to a profitable business, enjoy your work and have time to lead a balanced lifestyle.
Few CEO’s/owners I know of can say that they can mark as affirmative in their life check-list all of the above characteristics, although the majority of them sincerely believe that the nature of entrepreneurship itself will facilitate these personal benefits.
For entrepreneurs out there wishing they had a balanced lifestyle, profitable businesses and an enjoyable life, deliberate planning and continuous monitoring of processes and procedures are ultimately required to realize the “golden age” of a self-running, profitable business where employees take initiative to assist you in running an optimal, profitable and sustainable operation.
At a certain point in the evolution of a business, additional efforts and resources are necessary to document and monitor a system of operation that will support the current and forecasted profitability of the practice. If I start up a business, am fortunate enough to generate a substantial amount of clientele, I’m going to need additional staff and resources to meet the needs of that additional clientele (what exactly those additional resources are is the subject of another article).
However, as many reading this may know, piling up extra hands on deck and filling up the supply closet is an inadequate strategy in and of itself to deal effectively with a growing customer base. Nor do these tasks satisfactorily position the business to take on future growth and customer service levels. In other words, the constructing of an operational foundation upon which to build a healthy profitable and sustainable business is given low priority. In reality, the business “does what it can to meet demand”.
Such a story, eloquently referred to in some circles as “crash and burn” is unfortunately an all too common reality for a disturbingly large amount of entrepreneurs eager to serve the need to their respective communities. Others recognizing the pattern may describe this scenario as putting the cart before the horse, or “building a house on sand”. However you want to call it, if insufficient time is given to documenting procedures or outlining optimal methods for fulfilling tasks and procedures, you the CEO/owner are tacitly releasing your employees to fulfill their duties in whichever way and by whichever method they choose, and this can be catastrophic if/when the business is experiencing a growth trajectory.
Giving staff a certain amount of autonomy is fine in a start-up, or in one where limited services are provided with therefore limited variance in the type of tasks being performed each day. A different approach and mentality among business leadership, however, is necessary when the business is realizing substantial growth.
This article deals with establishing an operational process at the business, or “a map of operations” that can be followed by new hires and veterans alike, to ensure that the quality of service provided remains consistent, facilitates profitability and sustainability, and which protects from either internal or external fraudulent activity.
Experience tells us that people appreciate quality and consistency, and if these 2 traits are constant in the business, trust accrues with customers to such an extent that the customer will not only find it difficult to switch to a competitor when something does go wrong, but will also be increasingly inclined to provide referrals of your product/service to those people they trust.
Sustainability is an important factor in the evolution of a business. If the business is operated ineffectively or revenue growth is not accompanied by concomitant increases in human and tangible resources, staff, associates, and CEO’s/owner’s alike experience burn-out and will find it difficult to maintain a pleasing operating and working environment. Customers will eventually dial in to this and will act accordingly (ie: leave for another, more welcoming competitor).
Once customers recognize a familiar and consistent pattern when they come into the office, they will be inclined to extend trust, cementing a long-term relationship. In business, consistency means comfort for the concerned customer.
Premium Accounting and Tax Assistance - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234 to find out more for your business and click here to see our latest first-time offers.
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
When the business expands, there is a tangible need to organize customer and operational flow so that required tasks can be completed correctly. A Policies and Procedures manual becomes necessary so that existing staff can reference appropriate methods, new staff have a resource to go to learn office practices, and the office contains an organization manual that can provide consistency on a continuous basis. Our experience reveals that a Policies and procedures manual should cover at least the following:
POLICIES
Staff overtime
Staff will invariably have to work some amount of overtime to complete required tasks. Amounts paid in excess of the regular workday, and methods of payment for overtime worked should be documented.
Staff hygiene
Although this seems redundant, good personal hygiene is necessary to portray a professional environment. If any staff member does not adhere to a certain documented level of personal hygiene, the adverse results on customer retention and relationships can be substantial.
In order to warrant disciplinary action if such a situation arises in your business, a documented personal hygiene policy describing - at the very least - attire and cleanliness standards will be necessary.
Office closing and opening Policy
This should include days that the office is closed for statutory holidays, as well as vacation days. Information regarding when the office will be closed should be posted in advance of the office closure.
Bonus Policy
Various businesses will incorporate a bonus plan based on production, length of service, or other criteria to motivate staff. Such a policy usually is discussed at the time of hiring, but should be available in the office handbook for reference at any time by staff.
There will be other policies relevant to your particular business, but the above office polices are standard inclusions in any office policy manual.
PROCEDURES
Procedures detailing acceptable methods and priority levels of tasks enable staff to learn correctly and perform their tasks cohesively so that business growth is not hindered by wasted time or inefficient operation. The intent behind establishing and documenting procedures as well as allocating responsibilities is to maximize the efficiency of the office operation. In the interest of maintaining a positive work environment (ie: staying short of training your staff to be robots), an assumption behind training staff correctly is that by performing their tasks correctly and in a timely manner, the level of achievement and (hopefully) satisfaction) they engender as a result will contribute to a positive working environment.
If staff perform tasks well and are able to connect with customers to foster a level of trust which may lead to additional sales or referrals, then they should be able relax and talk comfortable among fellow staff members. If the working day for staff feels like non-stop work form the time they begin to the time they break for lunch or for coffee, then it becomes more difficult to foster a positive and healthy working environment.
Ultimately, however – and for purposes of this article – the practical result of the documentation of procedures is to facilitate the internal audit of the operation and to reduce the chance of fraud.
The financial procedures carried out in most offices each month are encapsulated in 4 main areas:
Bank reconciliations
Receiving payments
Invoicing customers
Paying vendors
Although there will be other financial procedures performed regularly by office staff, we’ll only cover the ones listed above in this article.
When documenting procedures for these tasks, we want to be sure that the procedures ensure the following:
Completeness
Existence
In all of the above procedures, provision should be made within the task list to ensure that all items have been recorded, and that all applicable components involved in the transaction exist. These items, called assertions the auditing world, together reduce the chance of fraudulent activity and / or collusion between staff and patients.
To implement an effective internal audit environment at the office and minimize the chance of fraud, all procedures should be documented and followed for each of the above tasks.
Chronological task list – Bank Reconciliations.
If the bookkeeper has access to cash or cheques as well as ability to alter the accounting software, he or she can take cash or cheques, reduce revenue and accounts receivable listings in the accounting software and just deposit the remainder in the bank account. There would be no indication that any money was stolen.
SOLUTION:
Separate access to accounting software and access to cash or cheques.
Chronological task list – receiving payments:
Receptionist (or other admin staff member) retrieves cash or cheques received in the mail and signs off on receiving the items.
Receptionist fills out report showing the amount of cash and cheques received in the mail (deposit report) and passes the report along with the cash and cheques to another staff member (staff #2).
Staff #2 reconciles outstanding receivables in the office software to cash and cheques received. Staff #2 then signs off and prints out receivables report and gives receivables report to bookkeeper.
Staff #2 prepares bank deposit and gives to CEO/owner (or whoever will be doing the bank deposit). CEO/owner checks the deposit against the deposit report to make sure that both are equal.
Bookkeeper updates receivables amount in accounting software.
Fraud exposure areas
Receptionist colludes with customers to reduce the amount of a customer’s bill, in return for a fee or a percentage of the amount by which the bill as reduced.
Receptionist colludes with staff #2 to reduce the receivables amount and pocket some of the cash and cheques
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick in Vancouver, B.C. He specializes in business development, and has worked with business owners to increase profitability at all stages of their businesses. He can be reached at nkilpatrick@burgesskilpatrick.com or at 604-327-9234.
- Bookkeeper (or can be any staff person) retrieves the monthly bank statement (the workings statement), either the paper copy or from online.
- Bookkeeper ensures that the closing bank balance on the previous months bank reconciliation is equal to the opening balance on the working statement).
- The bookkeeper starts with the first transaction on the bank statement and records the transaction in the accounting software
- Bookkeeper records all transactions on the bank statement.
- Once all the transaction are recorded, the bookkeeper compares the ending bank balance to the bank balance in the accounting software.
- If the 2 numbers are the same, then the bookkeeper completes the reconciliation be checking off all the transactions in the software bank register. that have cleared the bank account.
- A printout of the bank reconciliation from the accounting software should show the reason(s) for the difference between the ending bank balance and the ending balance on the bank account in the accounting software.
Complementing Business Management With Sustained Growth
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 8, 2018
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory
Complementing Business Management With Sustained Growth
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
In the midst of the competitive business environment they find themselves in, professional entrepreneurs by and large recognize the need to manage their businesses not only in the present (ie: to attract revenues today), but also to lay the foundation for additional, referral revenue for the future.
As the apt saying states, each service is an advertisement for the next. Also, as we’ve stated in previous posts, there is no better time to advertise than when you are face to face with your customer.
Such advertising is not defined as exclusively pushing additional products/services on the customer – you as the CEO/owner will recognize the time and place for that to happen. Rather, quality face-to-face advertising with a high return for your business is in the form of a more personal engagement.
Engagement is the medium of marketing in our economy. Digital marketers and advertisers daily assert with loud vocal trumpets the need to engage online, and this constitutes a necessary cog in the marketing arsenal of any business. The need to engage, however, has become all the more necessary as a result of the pervasive perceived demand to engage online.
Personal engagement is the time to build trust. Online mediums have afforded us all the opportunity to commence, develop, and track engagement online until that key time when engagement turns from digital to personal, thereby denoting a spike in the trust relationship and a signal of a new patient.
We tackle the process of sustained growth in other posts, but without complementing the drivers that lead to growth in the business with proper management of those clients brought into the fold, those clients become exposed to overtures from competitors, feelings of indifference, and compliance-like attitudes such as “let’s get this over with”
How can the CEO/owner turn the complaint visit into an engaging experience? Our research suggests that doing exactly this will increase client services, as well as referrals. Turning client meetings into engagements is, in our opinion, the key to complementing business growth and proper management of that growth.
About 5 years ago, some operators in restaurant industry began offering to waiting patrons small samples of their menu offerings at no charge, a decision considered by many to be wise not only because it gave patrons the desire to order the full size of the menu items tasted, but also because the offering differentiated those restaurants from their competitors and established rapport with visiting customers.
To the extent possible, all CEO’s / owners should establish a similar offering in their businesses – they would be well-served to employ the same strategy – provide an environment and offerings that differentiate you from competitors and that prepare the customer for, among other things, cross-selling opportunities.
Office offerings
Many customers may be either working men and women. They need a place to engage with their work, since time in this economy is valuable. Therefore, it’s a smart idea to offer free wi-fi and data plug-ins at your practice so that they can turn this “down-time” into productive time.
It’s amazing how free coffee and finger foods sell people. The key is to provide something that you know they want, so that you can build rapport and trust.
Get Access to leading accounting and tax help. The time is now to get the right help and not waste any more effort getting mediocre results - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234.
CEO/owner interaction
The intent is that, by the time customers see you, they consider your business as relevant and modern. Barriers to personal communication to facilitate trust are weakened, and the likelihood of the CEO/owner being able to have a valuable conversation leading to the identification of birthdays, personal events, and important issues in the lives of their customers increases.
You the CEO/owner take that information and continue an offline (ie: once the customer is away from the office) relationship by sending birthday cards, reminder check-up cards with personal notes, and gift baskets to your customers to keep engaged. It’s this continuing engagement that precedes the referral of you by those clients. As well, the differentiation between you and competitors is broadened.
You’re trying to do things that few other CEO’s/owner’s do in order to provide an experience leading to customer retention, increased business, and increased referrals.
Few CEO’s / owner’s do this because they thing there is little or no time to do it. However, a 5-minute conversation is not going to dismantle the daily schedule. .
Growth in the business is the combined result of a well-considered and implemented marketing plan, a well-trained staff in the skills of cross-selling and personal interaction with patients, and personnel who know your products/services well enough to be comfortable selling them.
However, sustaining that growth and facilitating referral business is , we believe, the result of taking steps that differentiate the business, the CEO/owner, and the experience of the customers/prospects coming to you.
These items do not take many hours and dollars to implement; in most cases, they are little things that enhance the experience of the customer and prep them for good, quality conversations so that, hopefully, they will be open both to referring you and to buying your products/services. Just as in the digital world, the concept of quality and regular engagement is the key to sustained growth.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick in Vancouver, B.C. He specializes in business development, and has worked with business owners to increase profitability at all stages of the business. He can be reached at nkilpatrick@burgesskilpatrick.com or at 604-327-9234.
Contact Us
Business Eroding Problems And How To Avoid Them
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 8, 2018
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory
Business Eroding Problems And How To Avoid Them.
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
Like most industries that reward hard work with sustainable wealth, career satisfaction, and the opportunity to positively affect the lives and welfare of others, life as a business owner/CEO is a competitive business.
Experience is invariably the most important ingredient in building a rewarding business. This article, therefore, is possibly more insightful for the young entrepreneur aspiring to purchase or take a business than it is for the more experienced in the field.
The best way to enter into business ownership while reducing as much as possible youthful errors is of course to apprentice with an experienced businessperson for a period of years until enough confidence and experience is accrued in the young entrepreneur to warrant his/her severing the chord and operating independently. Even then, retaining the experienced mentor as a mentor has invaluable benefits, if for nothing else to learn the subtle art of customer communication leading to positive revenues.
So proceeding under the watchful hand of the patriarch/matriarch business elder may reduce operational mistakes, but what about the other, not operational matters that must be dealt with. Those issues dealing mainly with positioning the business now to benefit in the future may or may not be satisfactorily addressed by the mentor, so it’s with those main business issues that we deal with here.
Business Eroding Problems
Proceeding before Planning
New entrepreneurs may feel the need, or the desire, to change the business (if acquiring one) – possibly to bring in a new caliber of customers, increase prices to make more money, etc. Some locations, no matter how hard an owner markets or produces, may just not provide the opportunity to change the underlying characteristics of the business. It will be difficult, though not impossible, to operate a highly producing business in a location where people don’t need the product. Issues like this are revealed through planning and ascertaining from research gleaned on the location and market what is possible in a particular operation. Young entrepreneurs need to start with their goals (and dreams). Those with an entrepreneurial bent need to foster hope for why they entered their field in the first place.
But planning meets reality, and without the practical observations gleaned from diligent research, the aspiring entrepreneur may end up wasting time and money pursuing objectives that prevailing conditions may render impossible to achieve.
Premium Accounting and Tax Assistance - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234 to find out more for your business and click here to see our latest first-time offers.
Structure Staffing To Avoid Fraud
A commonly dealt with problem among business consultants, abstaining from structuring the business to prevent fraud is a disservice not only to the CEO.owner (in lost funds, time and money spent on legal proceedings), but also to the staff (those engaging in the fraud and the others).
Segregating duties, instituting checks, policies and procedures, and doing regular internal audits of processes and financial information protects the staff because they don’t have the opportunity to be implicated in a perceived fraudulent activity when something goes missing or wrong. There are many reasons why things don’t reconcile all the time ( inputting information in the system incorrectly, incomplete reconciliations), but if your processes are set up to reduce fraud, your staff don’t even have to go though the agonizing pain of implication by association (ie: we can’t prove you didn’t do it, so possibly you did).
Without proper procedures to facilitate workflow and protect business assets, the business can crumble when the wrong staff member comes in. Everyone has hired incorrectly at some point in time, so it’s prudent to put proper procedures in place to assuage the temptation to commit fraud in the first place.
Examples exist of staff colluding with patients to engage in fraud; to prevent this, protect your assets – and your hard-working staff up front.
Service appropriately the clients you know will come.
New business owners, whether due to impulse, lack of research, or disgruntled response to the past, over-market services and products to their customers who have either no need or want for them. Positive referrals remain the least expensive and most powerful way to build a busy, profitable business, and in today’s society customers remain most compelled and motivated to provide a positive referral of you if they have been treated well, with respect, and have had their needs – and possibly desires – satisfactorily serviced.
Paradoxically, the best time to earn a positive referral may be when things are not optimal with a customer, and you the CEO/owner need to step up to the plate to make it right. Assessing the situation and the customer, and knowing him/her well enough to understand what it will take to bring him/her to the point of satisfaction can be just as valuable in the business context as the products/services you provide.
These are just a few things to consider when entering the business entrepreneurship foray. Taken for granted is the CEO/owner’s ability to provide optimal products/services Business ownership, and the requisite negotiating, managerial, and human resource skills, are areas that all business owners need to continually practice and hone in order to stay competitive in todays business environment.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick in Vancouver, B.C. He specializes in business development, and has worked with business owners to increase profitability at all stages of their businesses. He can be reached at nkilpatrick@burgesskilpatrick.com or at 604-327-9234.
Building Momentum – A Business Growth Strategy.
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 8, 2018
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory
Building Momentum - A Business Growth Strategy.
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
In our articles on Strategic Growth, we mention an important tenet in the marital art of Judo, where the concept of utilizing the momentum of your opponent is taught to achieve success. Building momentum in a business is similar, and our research has shown that the probability of business growth is enhanced when momentum of the strategic growth plan is achieved in the following ways:
Discipline
Loren Thompson describes how Louis Chenevert, CEO of United Technologies, grew the Company at a time when the US economy was shrinking and in the aftermath of the sub-prime mortgage crisis, by consistently applying a disciplined strategic focus that focused on two broad markets, building technologies and aerospace, and sought out corporate acquisitions that contributed functional and financial synergies to realize positive shareholder returns.[1]
When you have a strategic vision of where you want your business to be in 3 or 5 years, only the consistent, disciplined application of the tasks needed to achieve that requisite goal will result in the success of the dental practice.
Collaboration
The strategic vision of the practice must be championed from the CEO and management to all the staff. The synergy gained from having all personnel working towards the same goal will substantially outweigh the sum of the individual contributions of each staff member.
The main concept behind the LEAN model, for example, requires full collaboration between all personnel and resources at the dental practice, otherwise the anticipated results to be derived from applying the LEAN model (ie: the eradication of non-value-added activities and tasks) will never be achieved.
Measured Metrics
To ensure growth and sustainability in the business over the short-and long-term, it’s not enough to just implement the strategic vision and be disciplined every day when carrying it out. You need to have yardsticks – measurements – that tell whether or not the strategy is on track and is working. Metrics are quantifiable measurements that can be quickly and easily tracked, discussed, and acted upon by management and staff. We refer your to our video series on our website on KPI’s, which you can find on our Business Audit Proof” Video. Being able to see the results as the strategy is played out enables everyone at the practice to tack or jibe, depending on the results seen. Justin Moore, CEO of Axcient, a provider of data backup software, provides some criteria when establishing quantifiable metrics:[2]
Metrics should be complete and accurate, based on clean and optimized data.
Metrics should be simple and easy to explain
Metrics should not create excessive overhead or be complicated to calculate
Metrics should cause employees to act in the best interests of the company.
Good metrics are building blocks to achieving momentum for the business, because they are the best and easiest way to chart the progress of the strategic vision
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick in Vancouver, B.C. He specializes in business development, and has worked with business owners to increase profitability at all stages of their operations. He can be reached at nkilpatrick@burgesskilpatrick.com or at 604-327-9234.
[1] Thompson, Loren; Discipline and Imagination; How United Technologies Chairman Louis Chenevert Keeps His Powerhouse Running; www.forbes.com; April 2, 2014
[2] Moore, Justin; 7 Tips On Building Your Business With Better Metrics; www.forbes.com; July 9, 2012.
Effective Use Of Financial Ratios To Keep Your Eye On Your Business.
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 8, 2018
Effective Use Of Financial Ratios To Keep Your Eye On Your Business.
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
Business owners typically have more items on their task lists than time in the day to complete them. A normal problem for most, but for business owners with a growing operation, the business of their lives can present a myriad of problems, one of the most catastrophic being fraud.
The typical evolution of a business is one where the operation eventually secures clientele or sales to keep everyone busy. Then business increases to the point where everyone is working at 100% capacity, and then additional work comes in after that, requiring additional staffing and resources to facilitate increased production. The business is now playing catch-up with it’s evolution; it’s unprepared and operating in reaction mode rather than action mode.
If not handled effectively, the business becomes an Albatross around the owner’s neck, and it takes substantial discipline to organize the facets of the business so that it becomes a smoothly run operation, ready to provide optimal customer service and a place that attracts qualified, talented staff.
Many business owners can’t reverse the ship when confronted with a business that is out of control like this. Comments like “this business owns me”, “I didn’t plan on working this hard when I started this”, or “It’s not supposed to be like this” surface, and owners without outside help and encouragement are unable to free themselves from what they perceive to be a self-made prison.
In the next series of articles, we will discuss ways to methodically transform businesses that have outgrown their small level feel and existence to larger-scale operation. All of the 4 main areas of the business: Marketing, Operations, Finance, and Administration, must undertake a formal development phase to facilitate future growth; Human Resources takes on a new meaning; gone is the mom-and-pop feel where the owner comes and goes; the reality is now formal processes to keep procedures and processes organized so that production quotas can be met.
Internal audit procedures need to be created and implemented to ensure minimization, if not complete eradication of fraud, which becomes a leading concern when businesses evolve, grow, and take on a larger operational footprint.
When the business is growing, and the owner is wearing many hats in the hope of one day getting organized, getting processes and procedures and proper staff in place, and scaling back in order to breathe, what seems to get lost in all the business is cash-flow.
The proverbial oxygen of any business, cash is at it’s most exposed in businesses at this stage in their development, and in most cases businesses at this point become sieves for the leakage of cash, since no safety nets are installed to prevent it’s illegal escape.
Cash can disappear in many ways; unethical staff can take it away outright, procedures (manufacturing or otherwise) can become sloppy due to lax or non-existent technical requirements, wastage in manufacturing businesses can slowly leech out cash via sloppy processes, and the list goes on. What is needed is disciplined, well-defined, and monitored internal audit procedures to measure, assess, and quantify operational procedures and processes to prevent fraud and facilitate the ethical and professional methods of operation that the owner always envisaged the business to abide by.
This article is the first on a series dedicated to internal audit procedures. This first one, however, deals with the owner’s high-level- 50,000 foot analysis of the business’s cash, assets and liabilities by utilizing ratios.
Financial and operational ratios are a great way to quickly assess the pulse of the business and identify areas requiring the owner’s time resources. A logical starting point for owner’s who have limited time to commit to this activity, yet understand the necessity of spending time on it, can start with the following series of ratios, identified as the PALLR sequence of ratio analysis:
This sequence of ratio analysis takes no longer than 5 minutes to complete, and along with a cursory review of the bank statement balance(s), can provide the business owner with a quick yet comprehensive high level analysis of the health of the business and easily highlight potential areas of concern that can be addressed to prevent further, more critical problems.
Notice that there are 5 areas of ratios:
Profitability
Activity
Leverage
Liquidity
Rate of Return
Constituting the acronym PALLR, with specific ratios identified with this series of ratios listed in the “Ratio” column. The “measure” column shows the actual equation used in the ratio, and the “Standard” column lists desired metrics representing an average from 5 different service and manufacturing industries.
Get Access to leading accounting and tax help. The time is now to get the right help and not waste any more effort getting mediocre results - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234.
Profitability
Probably most commonly known, the profitability ratios measure if the business is profiting. These ratios are going to highlight whether or not the pricing of the business’s offerings are in line with the owner’s strategic goals, and whether or not and working capital problems are due to profitability concerns or from other areas.
We can see that regular monitoring of ratios provides not only an outlet to assess different performance areas of the business, but also enables the owner to eliminate those performance areas as causally related from previously identified problems within the business. For example, by seeing an operating margin in line with owner’s strategic plan, s/he can eliminate profitability as causally related to a problem with cash flow – the owner can be confident that pricing is reasonable to achieve the strategic goals of the business.
Activity
Activity ratios measure how well the assets of the business are being used, and the efficacy of the operating cycle.
The operating cycle is the sum of the manufacturing, sales, and collection cycle, and if the Receivables Turnover ratio is not in line with the standard column, then the owner knows that there is a problem lying somewhere within those 3 sub-cycles.
It’s important to measure how well assets are being used to contribute to profitability. A result below standard may mean that assets are underutilized, and that money may have been used to purchase a particular asset when it didn’t have to be. In service businesses, the main asset is staff and personnel, so the main cost to be used against sales is the total cost of employing that staff .
Leverage
Some business owners are naturally averse to employing debt in order to grow. Yet, as the following chart shows, financing growth partially via debt as opposed to only by owner’s (or shareholder’s) equity can be cheaper and can enhance cash flow, due to tax advantages:
The weighted average cost of capital (WACC), identified as the pink line on the chart, actually decreases when expansion is financed by using equity AND debt. The specific percentages of debt and equity to use to optimize the WACC will vary depending on economic conditions; however, for this reason owner’s should be hesitant to use equity exclusively to finance expansion for this reason.
Too much debt, however, can hamper a business’s ability to weather unexpected economic anomalies, as will invariably occur over a business’s evolution. Debt should only be undertaken to the extent that cash flows can sufficiently cover payments and provide for a systematic paydown of principle.
Liquidity
If a business is profitable yet not liquid, it will soon be bankrupt. As stated before, case is the oxygen of the business, and a situation where the business is profitable yet illiquid suggests either:
-Costs greater than standard
-Pricing of products/services below optimal
-Fraudulent activity
Liquidity ratios show a business’s ability to pay down it’s current liabilities with current assets, such as cash and accounts receivables. A weak liquidity ratio may also expose a slow collection period, which needs to be addressed.
Rate of Return
Rate of Return ratios provide an overall “performance” guage of the business. If this ratio is askew of standard, then the business owner can drill down into the other ratios to determine when problems lie and quickly address them to get the business on track.
These are just a few ratios that exist to assess the health of your business. Reviewing them daily can prevent fraudulent activity, operational wastage or incorrect pricing models before they have a chance to do real damage to the operation.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick in Vancouver, B.C. He specializes in franchises, restaurants and business development, and has worked with franchise and restaurant owners to increase profitability at all stages of their businesses. He can be reached at nkilpatrick@burgesskilpatrick.com or at 604-327-9234.


Contact Us
Franchising – Deploying A Multi-Unit Franchise Strategy.
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 8, 2018
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory
Franchising - Deploying A Multi-Unit Franchise Strategy.
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
Many aspiring entrepreneurs, whether fatigued by their day job or anxious to implement something new in their lives, each year enter the franchise arena, giving them an opportunity to own their own business and invest their equity into something that they actually own. This opportunity still exists among many franchise opportunities. However, history has revealed an inclination among franchisors to reward existing, successful franchise owners with additional units, whether a new one is planted, or an existing one is up for sale.
Rewarding franchise units to proven franchisees makes sense, since the risk to the franchisor is reduced. It does, however, raise the bar on acceptance into the franchisee pool – not the list itself, which only requires a passing application form, but the real one, containing the short-listed names that franchisors are inclined to offer units to.
As franchisees, you may want to consider a growth strategy to secure the ownership of multiple units. The reasoning is that if you’re successful in your franchise unit, then the benefits of duplication are self-evident: use the template in your successful unit and repeat in the new unit. This theory of duplication, however, does not necessarily present itself as reality, due to population differences, cultural differences, or even the staff at different locations
There are a few issues, however, that arise in a multi-unit environment that merit some attention and discussion.
A New Perspective
When graduating to a multi-franchise business, owners should realize that their responsibilities change. With only 2 hands and 24 hours in a day, the owner can’t be in 2 places at once, and can only be in each of those places for only so long. The importance of determining what to spend your time on takes precedence over how much time to spend in the store.
In our Business Growth Model, which we outline on our Facebook page, the example given is one where, over the course of a 15-year period, the owner purchases 3 franchise units. The intention of the owner is to sustain a 20% net income level before taxes, and utilize the equity in each preceding franchise owned to leverage the purchase of the next one.
An important element in the successful implementation of the plan is the hiring of assistant managers. Hiring management has its own series of factors to consider, not the least of which is compensation to maintain motivation. Studies reveal that, when given to the right person, equity ownership in the franchise unit is a leading financially related motivating factor in long-term employment and satisfaction with your franchise organization.
In our example, assistant managers employed at each unit are provided with equity payouts, but the numbers show that the remaining profit to the owner remains substantial. To ensure that this model is viable, due diligence is required to be confident that the net income numbers are attainable to pay all compensation arrangements. Here we’re trading hours for dollars, or course, but if the responsibility for running the unit is given to the right person, both you and the manager win.
For some, the re-think from operator to executive is a hard, sometimes an impossible one. However, to make a multi-unit structure work, the owner needs to excuse himself from the trees of operations, and oversee the strategic forest of the organization as a whole.
Becoming a Sub-franchisor
There are now organizations globally that operate in excess of 200 franchise units; not necessarily all from the same franchisor. This possibly confirms the trend of the ability of successful, proven franchisees to secure additional units based on their track record.
Owners don’t necessarily have to be conglomerates to employ this grand strategy. We know of one individual franchisee who currently owns in excess of 20 franchise units of a food franchisor, and has implemented the assistant manager-equity strategy to build his corporation while at the same time maintaining a livable work schedule.
Get Access to leading accounting and tax help. The time is now to get the right help and not waste any more effort getting mediocre results - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234.
We know of another individual multi-unit franchisee who owns 5 units of the same franchise, and has established a separate “command centre” to oversee overall operations. All units are networked together, and daily statistics from each unit are fed automatically and seamlessly into a firewalled network and used to compile automated reports the following morning for analysis on metrics from inventory levels to the effects of weather conditions on sales to optimal periods to sell various items.
Allocate Rather Than Operate
When deciding to operate multiple units, and assuming the intent of the owner is to achieve growth and equity with multiple units. The owner should begin concentrating on 3 areas:
Asset Allocation
If the main function is to drive growth, then more attention, and hence actions, should be geared towards that goal. This means investing the funds in the company to maximize growth and return on investment. Whereas the owner previously invested time as well as money into operating the franchise unit, now he/she is paying someone else to invest the time. So, in order to succeed in the role of asset allocator, the owner needs to be comfortable that the existing franchise is making enough of a return for the perceived value retained by the owner by stepping away from operations to outweigh the additional costs of the assistant manager. Second, the owner needs to find another franchise investment that will provide an acceptable return, based on his/her desired growth rate.
2. Staffing
At the executive level, possibly the main task to fulfill successfully in order for the strategy to work is to fill main positions with the right people. For the multi-unit owner, this obviously means getting the right managers in to operate the units. Owners may want to engage in behavioral analysis at this point to ascertain what truly motivates the manager so that both owner and manager can be satisfied in the relationship. More of a people position, the owner as executive now needs to consider being the leader of a “team of leaders”, and seriously implement on a day-to-day basis what he/she has to do to maintain top performance among his/her “key people”.
Liz McGill, a holder of multiple territories for Get in Shape For Women, states that going from an operator to a delegator can be the most frightening, and hardest, part of becoming a multi-unit franchisee[1].
According to McGill, ‘' ‘good' employees will put me out of business," she adds. "If they are good and just do their job, I will fail. I need people who share my passion for the business, and make it fun. You have to have superstars everywhere. You have to teach managers to improve B players or get them out of the organization.
Darrel Lamb, who owns 28 Express Oil Change and Service Centres, agrees. "People are the most important thing," he says. "You can't start opening stores without people. You need to start building a bench of potential managers within each store, people who can take over the next store you build or step into a manager spot. Bench-building costs money, but you have to have a team in place to maintain what you've got, and so people can move forward."
3. Strategy
The owner has always worn the hat of Chief Strategic Officer; now, however, the strategy may change from one of operating optimally, making the most money out of the unit, and paying off the business loan, to one of maximizing return on investment. This change in strategy brings with it a different set of parameters to gauge success. With managers in place and a bonus structure forming an incentive base, you as the owner need to lead an organization that can deliver on those incentives. You need to have a clearly defined marketing and sales strategy in place to facilitate growth and return in investment so that the managers can remain motivated, yet you also need to have the cognizance to understand the difference between a failed strategy and the faulty implementation of a correct one.
The jump from single to multi-unit franchise ownership presents its own issues requiring substantial thought and consideration. Successful multi-unit franchisors understand that, at this level, the soft skills of human resource management and insights as to where growth lies are the factors that determine whether or not the strategy will succeed.
Multi-unit ownership is not for everyone. The single unit owner who decides to jump into the multi-unit fray yet not change his/her methods of operation will invariably run into staffing problems, customer services complaints and excessive fatigue because he/she is trying to do too much with only 2 hands.
Biography:
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick in Vancouver, B.C. A previous franchise owner, he now concentrates his practice on assisting franchise owners with accounting services, tax and estate planning and overall business and franchise development.
[1] Daley, Jason, The Unique Challenges and Benefits of Multi-Unit Franchising, www.entrepreneur.com, July 19, 2013.
Contact Us
You Are Your Own Benchmark.
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 8, 2018
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory






Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
Using Joint Ventures To Capitalize On Real Estate Investments
Research tax-efficient structures to facilitate real estate investing.
Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
The Corporate Attribution Rules
Navigating through the delicate nature of non-arms length transactions.
You Are Your Own Benchmark.
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
We all have to learn to develop ourselves – managing a personal career that benefits from dreams early on. With an ever-increasing employment market, it’s good to understand the best ways to assess ourselves.
Peter F. Drucker in his essay on Leadership, Managing Oneself, explains that people’s ability to succeed in a leadership role will have a lot to do with the environment they operate in and the people they surround themselves with.[1]
Probably one of the most poignant lessons from Drucker’s essay is this: Put yourself where your strengths can produce results. This changes a lot of things for people as they pursue their work-related objectives.
Drucker further suggests that all people have skill sets, and are eligible to become star performers in something. The goal, then, is to find out where they can shine and excel Anyone who accepts the first job that comes along may be preventing himself/herself from flourishing and recognizing the amazing things he/she can do for themselves and for others with the talents they all have.
To thoroughly self-assess our strengths and hopefully pinpoint the environment in which we will be most successful, Drucker discusses three main questions that require consideration.
How Do I Learn?
As Supreme Commander of the Allied Forces in Europe during World War II, Dwight Eisenhower impressed the press corps with his ability to command press conferences. His advisors made sure that every question from the press was presented at least a half hour before a conference was to begin, and that he was thoroughly brought up to date on pertinent events and issues that were prominent on a given day. It’s said that as a result of this preparatory work, he was able to explain complex policy and situations elegantly and efficiently.
Ten years later, as President Eisenhower, he was chastised by the same press corps for deflecting questions by addressing unrelated issues and not communicating important and relevant issues cogently.
Why the vast change brought about by his job change? Eisenhower was a reader, as opposed to a listener. He preferred written summations from his advisors and time to digest them over impromptu discourse where he was deprived of satisfactory preparation time.
When he became President, Eisenhower succeeded two listeners; Franklin D. Roosevelt and Harry Truman. Both men knew themselves to be listeners, and thrived on the spontaneous discourse provided by the press corps, and the free-for-all environment of the press conference. They were quick thinkers on their feet, and this skill made them adept in their communication skills.
Some years later, Lyndon Johnson, a strong listener, tried to emulate the Presidential style of his predecessor John Kennedy. Kennedy was a reader who assembled around him a brilliant group of writers as his assistants, making sure that they wrote to him before discussing their memos with him in person. Johnson kept these people on staff but wasn’t able to leverage the same success because he enjoyed immediate discourse. Yet as a senator, he was superb, for parliamentarians above all have to be good listeners
Few listeners can convert into readers, and vice versa. Optimal performance requires understanding how you’re best able to collet vital information and process it.
Where Do I Belong?
The way in which many perform has a lot to do with their work environment. Some individuals are just unable to work in a corporate environment where the prevailing strategy is to defend and hold market share – they’re too entrepreneurial. Put them in a start-up situation, however, and they’ll flourish.
Get Access to leading accounting and tax help. The time is now to get the right help and not waste any more effort getting mediocre results - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234.
Leaders also need to align their leadership roles with their value systems, which means that the leader’s values must be compatible with the organization’s values. If the two are incompatible then the person probably won’t be successful in that leadership role, will get frustrated, and won’t produce desired results.
How Do I Perform?
One should waste as little effort as possible on improving areas of low competence – it takes far more energy and work to improve from incompetence to mediocrity than it takes to improve from first-rate performance to excellence. In the context of business ownership, this means that the owner should concentrate on what he/she excels in and delegate the rest to employees.
Too many people work in ways that are not their ways, and that almost always results in poor performance.
The context of these thoughts is people’s ability to exceed in leadership positions, whether corporate/for-profit, in voluntary positions, or non-profit situations. The sobering reality is that many people do not hold jobs that facilitate their ambitions or strengths because more practical necessities have superseded their desire to pursue a chosen path, (ie: need to bring money into the family, caring for parents, death of a loved one).
There’s no question that, invariably, life situations will arise to divert personal pursuits. These things that normally cause the diversion, however, may very well make us emotionally, spiritually, morally and ethically stronger and more ready to (if the opportunity presents itself,) pick up the paused pursuit and achieve greater success than if these events hadn’t transpired.
This is not to say that material life events are downgraded to the level of merely being catalysts for personal success – people who assert their values and self-defined responsibilities to the extent that they postpone their careers and leadership pursuits to take care of loved ones, establish a better situation for others, or promote advancement for others is a commendable trait in and of itself, which reaps in-kind rewards on its own merits.
Leaders Take Responsibility For Relationships
Very few people produce extraordinary results by themselves. In many cases, without the leverage of others who can utilize their own skill skill sets to complement the leaders’ strengths, success within the corporate context becomes an ever-increasingly difficult aspiration. . The component parts, however, can come together and adhere to produce a collective revenue-generating and efficient operation. Managing oneself as a leader requires taking responsibility for relationships.
Within the context of business relationships, fostering them to achieve a common goal requires acting appropriately on the understanding that people are individuals too and that they all have unique processes, talents and goals that, if aligned and managed well, can be leveraged to achieve commonly desired results.
Organizations are no longer built on force but on trust, and you can only foster trust by being face to face and developing relationships with your employees, stakeholders, prospects and customers. Note that this may mean that you, as the leader, may not be the best person on the roster to devise strategy. We circle back to the need to assess what the leaders skills are. If you’re responsible for leading your team, or company, there may be someone there better than you to devise strategy, and you may be best qualified to bring something else to the table to help implement the strategy.
It remains that the best way to build a strong, market-leading and sustainable corporation is one built on relationships and trust that provides products and/or services that enhance the lives of both the people selling them and the people consuming them.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick. He leads the firm’s consulting and strategy practice and works with companies to enhance their Analytics, Forecasting , and Data Optimization functions. The practice’s focus includes quantitative forecasting, corporate and unit strategy and planning. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on Facebook at www.facebook.com/Burgess Kilpatrick for more information on our firm.
[1] Drucker, Peter F., Managing Oneself, Harvard Business Review, Harvard Business Review Press, Boston, Massachusetts, January 1999.
The Importance Of Ongoing Improvement And Innovation To Competitive Advantage.
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 8, 2018
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory





Slide 1
The Corporate Attribution Rules

Navigating the Delicate World of Non-Arms Length Transactions.
Slide 2
Slide 3
Slide 3
The Optimal Revenue Model For Driving Tech Ventures

Keys to Securing The Funding You Need to Scale.
The Importance Of Ongoing Improvement And Innovation To Competitive Advantage.
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
When a start-up or mature company comes up with a disruptive product, and can relish the joy of being the first to market and the innovative winner, that joy is invariably short-lived. Smartphones, apps, and essentially everything in today’s information-demanding economy, have an extremely short life cycle, which brings to the fore the requirement for continuous innovation if corporations are to remain relevant.
Various sources reveal that Apple, Cisco, Google, and others have a 4-year product pipeline, meaning that they have innovative solutions either launch-ready or in-progress for the next 4 years. Such a pipeline requires above-average forecasting skill and an acute ability to gauge the product desires of global markets. Steve Jobs, however, reversed the traditional order, decided to go his own route and created the IPod and the IPad first, believing that the market would want them and would create the mass desire he was forecasting (ie: the market didn’t know what it wanted, so he drove their desires – a risk that in retrospect paid off handsomely).
Innovation is the mother of sustainability in todays marketplace, so what is the best way to implement an innovation mindset within companies who right now are resting on their current product offerings, yet have no plan on how to sustain growth?
A sustainable mindset
If a sustainable mindset doesn’t exist within the company from the top on down, investors and stakeholders will quickly exit, or possibly refrain from investing in the first place. Sustainability in this context means that the company must have in place a plan to innovate existing products, develop ancillary products to augment the customer experience with current offerings, or acquire other companies to achieve desired growth, market share, and return for shareholders.
Warren Buffet in his biography “The Warren Buffet Way”, emphasizes that unless he is able to find companies to invest in that will provide his required return for the investors of Berkshire Hathaway, he will return unused cash to them via dividends. Entrenched within his valuation of a prospective investment is the ability for it to provide above average returns over the long term, which itself will require continuous innovation.
Some may say that some of Buffets investments, such as Coca-Cola or GEICO insurance, don’t need to innovate. On the contrary, for any company to remain relevant in today’s domestic and global economies, innovation seems to be of the highest priority, not necessarily in the products that the company provides, as in the case of insurance, but rather in the methods of delivery and the means by which optimal customer service - both at bricks and mortar locations and online – is deployed.
Talent and ambition
No company founder will be able to devise and singularly direct a company’s innovation. Great start-ups and mature companies alike leverage the incredible talents at their disposal, making corporate growth in today’s economy a shared achievement. Unlike no other time in history, there is a high correlation between the success of corporate interests and the decentralized nature of its management and operations. In fact, it’s in such decentralized environments that innovation seems to prosper.
New ideas generally don’t come during a “planning” meeting - those structured occasions where the pre-meditated environment basically serves to extinguish the creative properties of its’ attendees.
Premium Accounting and Tax Assistance - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234 to find out more for your business and click here to see our latest first-time offers.
Rather, new ideas come at anytime, mostly when employees are most relaxed and with no sense of a requirement to perform on demand. Successful companies today provide such a relaxing environment; this is evidenced by the many interior design operations that have sprung up with the mandate to provide a “soft and creative” working environment. What “dream” job doesn’t include a Foosball table in the lobby, or free coffee at any time?
Capable leadership able to facilitate an innovative environment
Possibly most important in facilitating an innovative environment is to have company leadership aware enough to prevent its demise. A few observations here are worth noting.
First, aside from the fact that old dogs can learn new tricks, the tendency of old-school management veterans to insert structure and hierarchy into the company can possibly stifle its innovative and fluid nature. Conversely, however, their experience can serve to ascertain just how much structure to season the innovative culture with so that growth and organization dovetail beautifully to harness the full potential of the organization. Thus defines a key component of managerial ability, to give people what they need without taking away what they want.
The opposite of an innovative environment is complacency. Toxic to the corporation, complacency is easily observed when leaders become observers rather than eager participants, employees become boastful, and an attitude of entitlement pervades the company. It’s top leaderships’ responsibility to keep this mindset out of their company.
Leaders have a responsibility to recruit and retain new talent, because rising stars are always pursuing new opportunities. As Cindy Wahler states in her article “The Perils Of Workforce Complacency”, Leadership must foster and reward a culture that rewards and champions change and gives a platform for new directions.
Managers most intent on sustaining the competitive advantage of the companies they lead continuously keep their ears to the ground and mine for competitive intelligence. Actively listening to customers not just by understanding their present requirements but also by anticipating their future needs is integral to being a successful company.
Senior leaders must champion the innovative culture in the company. They need to be rewarded for recruiting and developing thought-disruptors; if they can’t do this, then they may be unfit to lead in today’s ultra-competitive economy that requires swift and decisive change.
This leads to a final observation regarding implementing an innovative culture; that non-urgent players must be weeded out. They are the ones – the weak links – who will stifle innovation and impair the company’s growth and competitiveness. Such players may not be bad people, but are just in the wrong working environment for who they are. Their agenda is one of maintaining a status quo that provides protection and minimal change. Many corporations of the past (think Compaq, Texas Instruments, Wang Computer) facilitated their own extinction by keeping this mindset.
Without an innovative culture, companies are forecasting their demise, or at least quick acquisition. So before going to ask for additional financing, or planning that next product launch, proper planning requires having a substantial product pipeline in place to sustain revenues and relevancy. Doing so will enable the company to actively pursue its growth potential.
Comments and suggestions are welcome. Read more of our blog posts at http://www.burgesskilpatrick.com/blog or at https://www.facebook.com/BurgessKilpatrick
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick. He leads the firm’s consulting and strategy practice and works with companies to enhance their Analytics, Forecasting, and Data Optimization functions. The practice’s focus includes quantitative forecasting, corporate and unit strategy and planning. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on Facebook at www.facebook.com/BurgessKilpatrick for more information on our firm.
The Effects Of Sub-Optimal Data On Modern-Day Corporate Strategy.
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 8, 2018
Category: Strategy and Advisory
The Effects Of Sub-optimal Data On Modern Day Corporate Strategy
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
“In God we trust – but all others bring data”
These are the words of Eric Schmidt, former CEO of Google, at a 2012 speech on Collective Intelligence at MIT’s Sloan School of Management. The context was the ever changing yet dynamically enhancing culture of the Internet as the planet’s largest data engine.
The costs of sub-optimal financial and non-financial data-collection are possibly best revealed in numerous past corporate strategy blunders that emanated from the absence of, inaccuracy of, or misuse of, Data (Big or Small).
Many will remember well the decision of Coca-Cola in 1985 to completely re-vamp its recipe and brand with the “New Coke” label. The Company’s share lead over its chief competitor, in its flagship market, with its flagship product, had been gradually declining for 15 years. Believing that it needed change to spur growth and interest, the Company decided to test its new secret recipe in 200,000 taste tests across the country.
While the data revealed that most consumers taking the test preferred the taste of the new Coke to the traditional recipe, what was not taken into account was the deep emotional attachment consumers had with the Coca-Cola brand.
Amid the outcry of the new look of cans and, by association, the new taste, calls flooded in to 800-GET-COKE and to Coca-Cola offices across the country demanding to know why the disastrous change was made. Consumers held employees and executives alike responsible for the change, and the whole change process was tagged as the “marketing blunder of the century”.
The official rollout began on April 11, 1985, and by July the Company reversed the whole strategy by introducing “Coca-Cola Classic” to quench the fears of its committed army of followers.
Such is an example of insufficient data, in this case non-financial, where the power of the brand could have easily been revealed via data collection efforts such as surveys asking if change was necessary, if consumers purchase other carbonated drinks on a regular basis and why, and how important the Coke brand is to them?
Consider Kodak. The Company actually developed the first digital camera in 1975, but collected insufficient data to accurately reveal its potential, consequently shelving the project. By the time it realized the market shift and the potential of the technology, it was too late; other companies that established the market were on their 2nd generation of product offerings before Kodak got started.
The need to get data right and comprehensive enough to facilitate correct strategic decisions is prevalent in companies of all sizes; the effects of short-cutting the data quality exercise are self-evident. A study from DemandGen Reports tabulating the impact of bad data on the Enterprise reports that 62% of organizations rely on marketing and prospecting data that is 20 to 40% incomplete or inaccurate.[1] Additionally, almost 85% of businesses said they are operating customer relationship management (CRM) and sales force automation databases with between 10 to 40% bad records.
These inaccuracies lead to substantially increased costs and lost production time. The unfortunate results of insufficient, poor quality, or poorly managed data result in email campaigns with a less than 3% response rate, and between 15 to 20% returned mail.
As a defining attribute to the problem, the research reveals that 68% of executives allow sales and marketing staff to access external sources to “supplement” their databases and information assets, summarily discounting substantial costs already incurred to provide a centralized hub of information to facilitate the compilation of sales and marketing metrics. Even more sobering, by doing this the executives tacitly vote no-confidence on the accuracy and sufficiency of the data they spend so much money collecting and working with.
Companies also exacerbate the lack of transforming power of their data source by placing pockets of data within different silos spread across different departments. The decentralized positioning results in duplication of data, inability to execute comprehensive cleansing and optimizing routines, and excess staff time coordinating the data to present in meaningful ways to sales staff.
To enhance data quality and reduce data transformation times, a good Data Quality (DQ) process attends to 3 main areas:
Data Accuracy
Data Cleansing
Data Optimization
Act Now To Get Our Value Pricing Adjustment on Audit and Review Engagements For Your Business
Data Accuracy
Data accuracy is symptomatic of the strategic plan employed by the Company. If the strategic plan does not align with the data collected, then no data optimization exercise will resuscitate this misalignment.
The preferred strategy to ensure compatibility between strategy and data utilization is to first internally assess which drivers could lead to the success of the strategy, and then collect meaningful data to ascertain what those drivers actually are. For example, Coca-Cola should have widened its pool of drivers to explain consumer response to the new Coke, but the pool of drivers was limited to taste. Expanding the driver pool to include customer relationships to the brand would have revealed a strong attachment. It’s the responsibility of the C-level personnel to assess the parameters of the strategy to be employed.
What is equally important is to correctly target the right market to obtain the right data. In the new Coke example, securing knowledge of the age group and demographic purchasing the most Coke is necessary to then assess their impressionable tendencies and how they would respond to any changes to the product.
Data Cleansing
Upon consensus of what data is needed to correctly facilitate the strategy, the data needs to be cleansed for duplications, errant attributes, and missing information. The DemandGen report reveals that 30% of respondents do not have a strategy for cleaning their raw data (via software, processes prior to data entering the funnel, etc.), and more than a third of respondents leave inaccurate or incomplete records in their databases, requiring sales teams to update them as often as possible. When asked how respondents update their in-house customer and prospect databases, “manually” was the most common response.
This means that substantial time is wasted by employees on non-value added activities, resulting in possible runaway costs and reduced value enhancement to the Company.
If done right, the data cleansing process can be eradicated at the collection stage as long as the data collection is aligned with the strategy and the process to collect the data is comprehensive and sufficient for the needs of the strategic deployment.
Data Optimization
To transform data to usable information, software analytics complemented with the experience and insights of the decision makers and executive personnel will optimize the usage of the data, but only if the data coming in at this stage is clean and current. Also, optimization of the data needs to be reconciled to the strategy by using insights, which provide the “how” and the “why” behind the “what” of analytics. The adage “Garbage-In-Garbage-Out remains a call to due diligence at all stages of strategy implementation.
When a well-considered and researched strategy is combined with grounded insights and resolute management, data can be correctly and confidently used as an important component to reveal optimal strategic alternatives.
Consider Southland Corporation in the 1970’s, known for pioneering the concept of the convenience store chain with its 7-Eleven shops.
Toshifumi Suzuki, the first CEO of 7-Eleven Japan, decided that the key to profitability and the Company’s stores would be rapid inventory turnover. So he placed responsibility for ordering in the hands of the stores’ 200,000 mostly part-time sales clerks. The strategy was based not just on data Suzuki had, but also on his insights and common-sense approach to the space in which Southland participated.[2]
Intending to get the right data to the stores in a timely manner, and in a format that could be most easily used to make the decisions necessary to carry out his profit-increasing strategy, Suzuki sent each store daily sales reports and supplemental information such as weather forecasts. The reports detailed what had sold the previous day, what had sold the previous year on the same date, what had sold the last day the weather was similar, and what was selling in other stores. In addition, he connected the clerks with suppliers to encourage the development of items that would suit local customers’ tastes.
The result? 7-Eleven Japan has been the most profitable retailer in Japan for the last 30 years. Why? Because Suzuki determined the correct data to put in the hands of the people who were responsible for using it, in order to ensure that the top-level strategy was realized. Suzuki also made sure that the data was clean and reliable before being disseminated to the stores. He was also adamant to retain primary control over the definitions of the data to be deployed. Lastly, he aligned the responsibility of inventory management with those who were most able to successfully do it.
Maintaining a Data Quality strategy by managing collection, cleansing, and optimization procedures is an easily recognizable step in the process to facilitate strategic success. Similar to the inverse relationship in the software development space of more time on planning resulting in less customer complaints at the post-sales stage, the more time spent on data optimization results in a higher success rate of the strategic plan
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick. He leads the firm’s consulting and strategy practice and works with companies to enhance their Analytics, Forecasting , and Data Optimization functions. The practice’s focus includes quantitative forecasting, corporate and unit strategy and planning. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on Facebook at www.facebook.com/BurgessKilpatrick for more information on our firm.
[1] DemandGen Reports, Assessing the Impact of Dirty Data on Sales & Marketing Performance, Waltham, MA, July 2013.
[2] Ross, Jeanne W., You May Not Need Big Data After All – Learn how lots of little data can inform everyday decision making; Harvard Business Review; Harvard University Press; pp92-93.
Contact Us
Staying Plugged In.
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 8, 2018
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory






Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
Using Joint Ventures To Capitalize On Real Estate Investments
Research tax-efficient structures to facilitate real estate investing.
Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
The Corporate Attribution Rules
Navigating through the delicate nature of non-arms length transactions.
Staying Plugged In.
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
Not everyone is made to be an entrepreneur. Possibly everyone knows this, because at some point in time, most have dabbled in business ownership.
There's a certain mix of skills, ability to withstand risk and humility, and disciplinary ethic that successful entrepreneurs have, all of which contribute to their success. At the same time, there are people who, because of their own unique make-up, are well positioned to excel in corporate or governmental structures; people are as different as the workplaces that exist to work in.
What's unfortunate, however, is the tendency in some to acquiesce to the first job that comes; due in large part to the "security" garnered from a paycheque, that security remains intact until we desire to do something else, or want to do a complete re-organization of our career.
Although it takes time, and risk, to wait until we find something that we truly enjoy doing, the benefits reveal themselves throughout our whole lives. This is especially true for the entrepreneur.
For those prepared for inevitable and multiple setbacks, who want to expose themselves to the possibility of living on operating lines of credit before their dream takes off, who are able to stomach the possible remorse of (hopefully) temporary financial hardship while their peers establish financial structure and attain assets while working in a comfortable corporate environment, then entrepreneurship is for you.
As long as the desire to succeed at the venture, complemented with a reasonable plan to build and sustain the business that makes common sense (given market opportunities) prevails over the yearning for the safe harbour of a regular paycheque, then you may have the necessary qualifications to embark on an entrepreneurial career.
Premium Accounting and Tax Assistance - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234 to find out more for your business and click here to see our latest first-time offers.
But the potential benefits are really what give credibility to (in the minds of those with the desire to fulfill their dreams) the entrepreneurial pursuit. The insatiable desire to create something from nothing, and establish for others (employees and stakeholders) a means to provide a healthy lifestyle, propels the true entrepreneur onward to reach goals which he or she has established autonomously, yet usually with the aid of the motivating insights of successful entrepreneurs who have succeeded before them.
What a wonderful phenomenon it is to provide a career for someone, enable them to maintain a standard of living, and see them flourish and succeed as a result of the risk, and possibly multiple years of hardship that you undertook to get your dream off the ground. The right people, once your venture is self-sufficient enough to warrant additional hires, will team with you to build the business and possibly take it to heights that you yourself didn't think possible. Assuming control and sole responsibility for growth and sustainability of the venture throughout its existence will impair that very growth and sustainability.
You never know when the entrepreneurial opportunity will present itself. For this reason, it's good not to just jump into entrepreneurship for its own sake. You need to wait for the right opportunity which, combined with your desires and skill-sets, will increase your chances of not only financial and business success, but also heighten the probability of enjoying your work over the long term.
Maelle Gavet, CEO of Ozon, gives an inspiring summary of her own progression from potential partner at the Boston Consulting Group to the CEO position at one of the firm's smallest clients. She plainly states that to her the move was risky, but, after assessing that her skills (fluent Russian, expertise in retail and logistics) complemented the opportunity before her (virtually untapped Russian market, shaky distribution systems, Internet penetration rates among Russians increasing at 15% per year), she realized that Ozon could become the Amazon of Russia. Now offering 3.5 million products on it's online platform, and with 2,355 employees, she has taken the operation from a revenue base of $295 Million when she took over the company in 2011 to $747 Million in 2016.
Keep in mind, too, that, there's risk working in the big corporate world too. Layoffs, benefit caps, re-organization of job descriptions, or re-locations can severely disrupt lives, but certain people can survive and even excel in the corporate environment.
If you find yourself struggling in your work capacity, wherever it is, try not to judge your abilities based on your present situation. The optimal parameters to use to engage in self-assessment are your skills, your drives, your gifts and talents. As long as you're in a career that can leverage those things, you're in the right place.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick. He leads the firm’s consulting and strategy practice and works with companies to enhance their Analytics, Forecasting , and Data Optimization functions. The practice’s focus includes quantitative forecasting, corporate and unit strategy and planning. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on Facebook at www.facebook.com/BurgessKilpatrick for more information on our firm.
Secrets To Selling To The Top.
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 8, 2018
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory





Slide 1
The Corporate Attribution Rules

Navigating the Delicate World of Non-Arms Length Transactions.
Slide 2
Slide 3
Slide 3
The Optimal Revenue Model For Driving Tech Ventures

Keys to Securing The Funding You Need to Scale.
Secrets To Selling To The Top.
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
Sales techniques of past generations profusely fail if tried in today’s society. Prospects are intuitive, wary, and quick to dismiss even the implication of a selling technique.
Yet people need products and services, and there are many competitors out there selling exactly what C-level executives need in order to progress their companies and maintain competitive advantage. The ultra-dynamic environment of selling today requires an acute understanding of what it will take to partner with target purchasers, rather than just sell to them – nobody likes to be sold to these days.
Do Your Homework
Today’s salespeople must do more homework than ever before to understand their prospect – all before they enter into the prospects’ building for the first time. In her article “Selling to the C-Suite”, Diane DiResta writes that purchasing making decisions don’t necessarily begin and end with the CEO – there are specific people charged with responsibility in purchasing. It’s the salesperson’s responsibility to establish a relationship with that person. DiResta affirms this by citing Vaxxinate CEO Wayne Pisano, who states ‘I won’t undermine roles and responsibilities o my direct reports. That’s not how I operate’. Just going to the top is a lazy and counterproductive way to get in the door.[1]
Creating a partnership with your prospects with the aim to helping them grow their businesses by educating them on you’re your product/service offerings is a long-term proposition. Cutting out the relationship-building phase, however, will almost certainly result in lack of sales.
Communicate correctly and efficiently.
Everyone today seems to be busy and with more demands on them than time to meet them. However, they need to be aware of deficiencies in their operations as well as your solutions that will help them achieve those problems that are invariably taking up too much of their time.
If salespeople can communicate how their offerings can aid in their prospects’ growth, and possibly solve problems preventing them from effectively addressing their business’s progress – at the right time (ie: once the relationship is established a mutual trust formed), - then the chances of a good sale (ie: defined as a value-sale, and perceived as valuable to the now purchaser) substantially increase.
Premium Accounting and Tax Assistance - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234 to find out more for your business and click here to see our latest first-time offers.
Prospects, however, require salespeople to respect their time. It’s up to the salesperson to be brief and effective with the prospect’s time. This requires establishing firmly, and quickly, the prospect’s problem (intuitive, so covering known information), your solution, and your value proposition to the prospect. In other words, solve their paid points. Providing hard data of the positive results resulting from the removal of those pain points will go far at the right time.
Gain Respect
Further, prospects, regardless of where in the hierarchy they are, respect brevity. This is a sure way to gain the respect of the prospect when given the opportunity – at the right time – to provide your sales pitch. A cursory review of the problem. along with a cogent description of how you plan to solve their pain points, is usually enough for your prospect. They will then drive the conversation by asking questions.
Important in maintaining the respect of your prospect is to bring the right issues to the table when providing your pitch, which requires a careful understanding of the prospect company’s goals, and how your service/product can help them achieve those goals. Once the goals of the prospect company are well known, then you can find out the obstacles they’re up against that need rectifying, and help remove them.
Above all, the right way to sell is to first establish strong, trusting relationships with your prospects. This is done differently with each prospect, requiring a unique approach each time the salesperson walks into a prospect’s building. Fortunately, though, building relationships is better than what we all know as “selling”, and getting the prospect to buy is a natural evolution of a mutually beneficial relationship that should remain intact long after the salespersons career comes to a close.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick. He leads the firm’s consulting and strategy practice and works with companies to enhance their Analytics, Forecasting , and Data Optimization functions. The practice’s focus includes quantitative forecasting, corporate and unit strategy and planning. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on Facebook at www.facebook.com/Burgess Kilpatrick for more information on our firm.
[1] DiResta, Diane, Selling To The C-Suite, www.forbes.com, May 21, 2014
Quantify Your Growth – What Investors and Institutions Need To See Before They Fund You.
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 8, 2018
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory
Quantify Your Growth - What Investors And institutions Need To See Before They Fund You.
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
For Companies on the cusp of monetization (ie: needing another round of funding in order to put the finishing touches on a money making and disruptive venture), numbers matter unlike at no other time. Assumed is the strong and secure management team with the wealth of experience and managerial pedigree, yet these attributes need to be accompanied by numbers that maximize the probability of success in the minds of investors.
Also assumed is the heightened level of business acumen inherent within the investor pool individuals – how else would they have achieved enough wealth to be able to invest in other business ventures. They’re all, however, looking for a realistic probability that their dollars will multiply “x” times within a short time frame (usually no longer than 5 years).
Absent 100% assurance of course, we forecast to the best of our ability certain parameters and components that, when taken cumulatively, provide a strong case for heightened upside potential down the pipe. This is an important due diligence exercise to engage in prior to apprehending the investors because, if we think like them, then our thought processes should guarantee the eradication of anything within the presentation that undermines subsequent funding.
The presentation for that elusive final push for money is not easy to prepare – the presentation needs to combat the inevitable force of inertia manifested in the response “if you’re not monetized by now, what makes you think this money will get you over the top?” Also needed is the peppering of fresh, exciting and confidence-boosting ideas to get this thing monetized ASAP.
How do you secure that final financial package to get into the market, knowing that the cost of market entry may ultimately dwarf the costs of conception, implementation, and administration just to get to this point?
Quantitative forecasts show your due diligence is intact
This is not the point to prove that your market exists and that you have a viable product. That’s in the past, and is the reason you secured previous rounds. Now is the time to show quantitatively (to the extent possible, combining exhaustive research with tried-and-true mathematics) that this will grow and multiply and produce profits. The quantitative narrative has to be pervasive in all areas leading to money in the bank. For example, how can you quantify market approval rates, acquisition rates, cash flow amounts, and at what rate will you need to supply capital to facilitate growth to facilities, supply chains, and marketing efforts?
All subsequent forecasts of business components stem from the sales forecast, and it’s this specific area where, based on our research, at this late-stage and final push for funding, the money, and hence the venture, is either won or lost. Sales forecasts, and their concomitant component forecasts, are given credibility when driven by reasonable, thought-out market drivers.
Sales forecasts are themselves predicated on economic and industry forecasts. Proven econometric equations and models are then utilized to produce sales forecasts that can be logically and reasonably extrapolated from the data used to prepare them.
Quantitative analysis sells and has a great ability to squeeze out “soft” or “qualitative” assumptions.
Investors know the qualitative information; substantiating that information with hard numbers and diligent thought and research, however, shows to investors a commitment to due diligence efforts, and no one will know better than them that this commitment to due diligence will extend to other areas of the business. They will then be more inclined to consider their additional investment safe and more prone to open their wallets.
Premium Accounting and Tax Assistance - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234 to find out more for your business and click here to see our latest first-time offers.
Targeting Small and Penetrating Fully
In its’ compilation titled “Management Tips”, the Harvard Business Review reports what many know to be true: that failing to choose a target market and instead attempting to be all things to all customers has proven, over and over again, to be a losing strategy.[1] It’s just too expensive, and thins out the company’s resources. Much better, the book goes on to say, to target your market and utilize your resources to penetrate that market as fully as your resources will allow. This focused strategy has a greater success rate over time than the all-too-often relied upon “shotgun” strategy.
Corporations today cannot afford to employ a general strategy because competitors already existing in a particular area are, with high probability, focusing and penetrating there and have been doing so for a long period of time. So for the corporation to come in and deploy an “average” level of resources in expected return for positive ROI and market share is an exercise in wishful thinking.
Today’s businesses, from start-up to emerging to developed, target. They research their strengths and value propositions, and find out where they can be best exploited. In the case of the start-up, this is usually just one area - as much of a test case prior to going bigger as a smart sales strategy to penetrate a closed and workable space.
These target markets, to be considered viable, must be researched and quantified in order to substantiate anticipated strategic movements. This combines nicely with point #1 above and constitutes a sub-forecasting exercise leading to the sales forecast discussed.
Astute investors will see this discerning and logical strategy, and hopefully will recognize it for what it’s worth: That it utilizes company resources, both financial and human, most adroitly, and that it is symptomatic of an underlying strength within top management to devise optimal strategy.
3-5 Years and Track
Assuming that the strategy at this point has been vetted, due diligence and forecasts reviewed and justified, Investors need to be secure in the commitment of top management to the strategy. There can be no wavering and “changing course”. The presentation to the investors at this point should discuss a firm commitment in time to this strategy. The commitment is reinforced not just because you’re verbally restraining the temptation to alter direction, but also because there are events, tasks, and rollouts all scheduled chronologically that keep the conversation going and that all take time to deploy – hence the time frame.
Yes you say that you’re committed to a 3-5 year time horizon, but you’re also busy throughout that time frame raising awareness, establishing the brand, and creating the foundation that will hopefully act as the springboard to subsequent strategic platforms.
Commitment to the strategy itself through a time frame and the resistance to move away from it shows in the minds of investors a high regard for the “cause”, and to the astute investor will earn you credibility, and funding.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick. He assists companies at all stages of development and growth to secure funding, improve operations and maximize business development. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on Facebook at www.facebok.com/Burgess Kilpatrick for more information on our firm.
[1] “Management Tips” Harvard Business Review, September 2013.
Optimal Revenue and Compensation Models For Driving Tech Ventures.
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 8, 2018
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory






Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
Using Joint Ventures To Capitalize On Real Estate Investments
Research tax-efficient structures to facilitate real estate investing.
Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
The Corporate Attribution Rules
Navigating through the delicate nature of non-arms length transactions.
Optimal Revenue And Compensation Models For Driving Tech Ventures.
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
The quest to turn your idea into money, a career, or a successful exit can result in some important foundational tasks left unattended. It’s commendable to work hard and strategize correctly to bring your business into reality, but soon it comes time to introduce VC’s to the strategy. You may not get to where you want to go without them.
Take the point at which you’ve gone through a Series A round, you’re through beta, the bugs are out and you’re ready to mobilize, scale, market, distribute and otherwise disrupt the market. Although the product is ready to go, doing the marketing and penetrating your target market takes lots of more money, backing, support, and still more discipline.
In an effort to spare you the utter devastation of multiple VC funding denials, get ready before you go in front of them by having thought through your optimal revenue and compensation models. Why?
The revenue model is obviously important because it tells them how you’re going to get this thing off the ground and profitable, and the compensation model is necessary because it tells them that the strong management team on board is going to be motivated to see this thing through.
Necessary components in the revenue model
Let’s assume that the VC’s you get in front of are pre-disposed to what you’re doing (ie: the product is the right fit for their fund), so they’re already interested enough to assess it’s viability, the team, and overall prospects).
If you’re not monetized yet with a strong backbone to facilitate consistent, graduating revenue (with a wide traction base), consider backing up and re-working your previous funding options, such as angels and other primary investors. A monetized idea goes a long way with VC’s.
Absent this, your revenue model should:
- Be realistic
- Be consistent and confident
- Local, national, international
The Power Of Persuasive Communication.
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 8, 2018
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory
The Power Of Persuasive Communication
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
He will win whose army is animated by the same spirit throughout all its ranks
-Sun Tzu’s 3rd essential for victory
Corporate North America is careful when implementing strategies and projects to again establish previous levels of market share, profitability, share price, and future prospects, both domestically and around the world. The road back to economic recovery for businesses continues to require adherence to budgets and a fortified resistance to unnecessary corporate spending.
Those marshaling the resolve are company executives charged with guiding the corporations under their direction back to previous levels of growth and prosperity, and in their wakes tow North America back to economic prominence. Whether or not we agree that global economic influence is a status currently unoccupied and available, the actions of North America’s political and corporate leaders validate their belief that it most definitely is and was never theirs to relinquish
It’s not surprising to surmise, then, that, when firmly established at the executive suite level, top level managers must not only undertake steps to win market share and increase overall profitability now, but they must also (as the artist first constructs the underlying foundation upon which to paint his masterpiece) assemble a productivity template, or self-generating machine that sustains new ideas and inventions, new ways of providing in-demand services, and new products and/or services which can benefit their customers. In effect – to use a sports metaphor – the CEO is coaching an ongoing dynasty, yet here the intent is to tack and jibe strategically and positionally to continuously maintain corporate advantage.
In effect, they need to simultaneously maximize present profitability levels while ascertain corporate requirements to sustain that profitability 5 to possibly 10 years down the road. Such a task is not easy to do. Corporate leaders are responsible for championing future strategic imperatives to ensure that the corporation and its stakeholders are consistently able to at least maintain and preferably advance its position in its respective industry.
The skill sets of successful CEO’s include ratios of intelligence, diplomacy, patience, and risk aversion all at the same time, with the ability to compensate for changes in the ratio on any given day given prevalent circumstances.
History shows us, however, that talent, great ideas, and market opportunity alone don’t result in sustainable success over long periods of time. Although operating at peak efficiency levels across functional areas such as marketing, R&D, production, and IT can be a strong predictor of corporate success, corporations that enjoy sustainable industry-leading profitability and market-share levels seem to have an overriding element that propels them above the competitive cloud of their counterparts.
As though a cohesive gel that mobilizes and galvanizes all resources of the company towards an effective implementation of the strategic agenda, those that Jim Collins describes in his book “Built To Last” as Visionary Companies are recognized as award-winning enterprises, where top North American and International talent consistently strive to secure employment and exercise their intellect and skills[1].
In so doing, as these top-tier corporations align their talent pools with carefully-planned and future-oriented strategic plans, their leaders then coagulate the component parts with the secret sauce that ultimately produces the market-leading, profit-generating and sustainable enterprise that attracted the talent there in the first place. All this serves to facilitate the self-generating machine that the Visionary CEO first saw in his/her mind. The production of this machine – or template - is what greater leaders are known for.
What is the glue that binds the best to produce corporate results superior to the rest in the industry? Collins and Jay A. Conger, currently the Henry R. Kravis Research Chair in Leadership Studies at Claremont McKenna College in California and a visiting professor at London Business School, point to the art of the Mission and to Persuasion of their leaders as the defining element that elevates corporations to success. True corporate leadership demands priority to these characteristics because time and time again the practice of them predicates above average growth and success, whereas inattentiveness can lead to obscurity.
The Components of Effective Persuasion
As we know, leaders must be effective communicators. This talent is especially required during times of uncertainty; the good times require a disciplined approach to maintaining a successful strategy or gradually maneuvering to a scalable, previously planned one that facilitates newly won economies of scale. However, at no point is there more need for solid, persuasive leadership than during uncertain times.
Implementing A Vision
To be true persuaders in this corporate era, we believe leaders need to have a vision that complements an altruistic ethic. Followers usually want to be led by someone who consistently does the right and equitable thing. Generally (though not exhaustibly true) they themselves may not consistently practice these commendable traits, but they recognize and appreciate being the recipients of admirable leadership.
Act Now To Get Our Value Pricing Adjustment on Audit and Review Engagements For Your Business
In presenting the ethos, or fundamental culture, that William Hewlett and David Packard strived to build their company on, Collins describes a meeting of HP management prospects that Packard spoke at on March 8, 1960 to kick off the company’s internal management program – itself a pursuit to develop highly competent, homegrown managerial talent:
“I want to discuss why [emphasis his] a company exists in the first place. In other words, why are we here? I think many people assume, wrongly, that a company exists simply to make money. While this is an important result of a company’s existence, we have to go deeper and find the real reasons for our being. As we investigate this, we inevitably come to the conclusion that a group of people get together and exist as an institution that we call a company so they are able to accomplish something collectively that they could not accomplish separately – they make a contribution to society.
You can look around [in the general business world] and still see people who are interested in money and nothing else, but the underlying drives come largely from a desire to do something else – to make a product – to give a service – generally to do something of value. So with that in mind, let us discuss why the Hewlett-Packard Company exists… The real reason for our existence is that we provide something which is unique, and that makes a contribution.”[2]
What many who have studied Hewlett and Packard’s leadership traits come to realize is that, in all that they did while building their company, they endeavored to institutionalize the view that people came together for a purpose which would galvanize their talents for a common good, of which they could all be collectively proud. Packard knew that a byproduct of this culture would be money, as his words to John Young (HP chief executive from 1976 to 1992) attest:
“If we provide real satisfaction to real customers – we will be profitable”[3]
To emphasize the benefits galvanizing and implementing a vision has on a company, Collins compares the culture of HP to that of Texas Instruments, where research revealed that there was no statement or document that could be used to argue that Texas Instruments existed for reasons beyond making money. TI appeared to define itself exclusively in terms of size, growth, and profitability.[4] During the 1950’s and 1960’s, co-executives Mark Shepard and Fred Bucy instituted a top-down autocratic approach that obliterated TI’s entrepreneurial culture through fear and intimidation, leading to many future years of mediocre profits and reduced market share, while HP continued to be widely admired and highly profitable.[5]
Rather than the old days of command-and-control, persuasion in today’s corporate environment has a collaborative and communal focus. According to Conger, effective persuasion is a negotiating and learning process through which a persuader leads colleagues to a problem’s shared solution. It involves careful preparation, the proper framing of arguments, and the sincere presentation and application of on-going support.[6]
Persuasion is a difficult and time-consuming proposition; the leader needs to establish credibility, champion the benefits of a line of action, and rally members of the team to realize the end result – consistently through actions, tone and demeanor.
If the integral components of the art of successful persuasion include utilizing phases of discovery, preparation and dialogue with employees of the organization, then the intended results of that collaboration are a team that is informed, allied with, and proactively engaged towards the implementation of corporate goals and the benefits derived from the realization of them.
Lawrence Bossidy, CEO of AlliedSignal Corporation (later Honeywell Corporation) from 1991-1999, was once quoted as saying:
“…Today you have to appeal to them (employees) by helping them see how they can get from here to there, by establishing some credibility, and by giving them some reason to help you get there. Do all those things, and they’ll knock down doors”
Ethics and Consistency
The power of applying ethics in the leadership role and being seen as consistent while carrying out that role is usually regarded synonymously with expertise in that role. Robert B. Cialdini explains in his essay, Harnessing the Science of Persuasion” that, invariably, people defer to experts. Research has shown that a single expert-opinion news story in the New York Times is associated with a 2% shift in public opinion across America.[7]
Subject matter alone, however, does not make an expert - history is littered with stories confirming this. A knowledge base in a certain area, if to be harnessed for the greater good in a corporate context, needs to be accompanied by a desire to leverage it to establish a culture similar to that championed by Hewlett and Packard.
Only then will the expert traits of the leader positively mix with his/her ethic and credibility to assemble in the minds of the employees a desire to follow his/her lead.
Praise And Support
Whoever dismisses as cliché the message that people appreciate praise for their work and the opportunity to openly discuss their likes and dislikes with the leader in a sincere manner to make things better has never led people and been responsible for getting them to march to the same drum to reach a goal. People naturally repay in kind – in a corporate world where advancement for many is pursued with disregard to ethics and void of respect for others, people – even those who may practice the prevailing “me first” attitude – invariably straighten up and take notice of acts and events of kindness. To those upon whom you bestow kindness yet who cease to take note, continuing on their selfish pursuits – their day will come!
People who receive gifts from you, and know that the intent in giving was sincere, naturally work harder for you and aspire to reciprocate your kindness. These people – the ones who reciprocate – are indicative of the types of employees who best are able to help realize corporate goals.
Just as important is how the actions of praise, support, ethics and consistency are naturally symptomatic of the leadership style espoused by Hewlett and Packard. Leaders aspiring to growth rates and approval ratings similar to that of Hewlett and Packard, who desire to cultivate their employees and create an incredible organization that preaches a message of making a contribution, are those who consistently practice the art of persuasion in the context of guiding their people to a common purpose and goal.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick. He leads the firm’s consulting and strategy practice and works with companies to enhance their Analytics, Forecasting , and Data Optimization functions. The practice’s focus includes quantitative forecasting, corporate and unit strategy and planning. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on Facebook at www.facebook.com/Burgess Kilpatrick for more information on our firm.
[1] Collins, Jim and Porras, Jerry I., Built To Last – Successful Habits Of Visionary Companies, HarperCollins Publishers, 2002, pp. XVff
[2] Ibid, p56.
[3] Ibid, p57.
[4] Ibid, p57.
[5]Ibid, p166.
[6] Conger, Jay A., The Necessary Art Of Persuasion, Harvard Business Review, Harvard University Press, May 1998, p.68ff
[7] Cialdidi, Robert B., Harnessing the Science Of Persuasion, Harvard Business Review, Harvard University Press, September 2001, pp. 36-37
Is The World’s Superpower Also It’s Franchisor?
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 8, 2018
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory





Slide 1
The Corporate Attribution Rules

Navigating the Delicate World of Non-Arms Length Transactions.
Slide 2
Slide 3
Slide 3
The Optimal Revenue Model For Driving Tech Ventures

Keys to Securing The Funding You Need to Scale.
is The World's Superpower Also it's Franchisor?
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
Take a cursory look at about half of the front pages of the Economist magazine during only the last year and you’ll find China and it’s people, economy, and sustained emergence/imminent dominance imprinted all over them. Similarly, scholarly magazines such as the Harvard Business Review and McKinsey Quarterly seem to be increasingly using Chinese economic metrics as a new global standard, serving also to define what an “emerging economy” looks like. Maybe standard is too strong a word, but it’s not impossible to see how China has become such a strong economic player (population of 1.35 Billion, strong work ethic, etc.)
Understandably, China has a marathon to run before it’s able to justify claims of full compliance with global concerns and requisite 1st world criteria such as human rights, workplace conditions, compensation, and religious freedom. This article doesn’t address these important issues, but the fact that such issues remain relevant and outstanding in the conversation suggests that China’s placement as a prevailing economic powerhouse has yet to achieve full consensus among its global peers.
Yet here we are reading almost daily about China’s strengths, the rising negotiating, entrepreneurial and political acumen of its subjects, and its (albeit speculative) future intentions regarding space travel and economic superiority in the East Asia region and beyond.
As China gains influence in such international bodies as the UN Security Council, the way incumbent Superpower America responds to China’s growing global influence may very well (probably will) serve to set precedence for how it interacts and facilitates with emerging countries. Such responses may have to be considered against the delicate motivations of emerging players who themselves are keen to exercise their respective strengths, yet simultaneously feel disenfranchised upon finding the omnipresent America asserting its own national interest in their back yards.
With such a strong economy threatening to overturn its position in the world, I think it’s best that America respond as good business leaders respond. Good business leaders recognize the assets that other people bring to the table, and try to create mutually beneficial situations by working with those people. The same should apply between China and America. Many researchers have written that China is not fixated on global dominance - China doesn’t seem to want to upend the international order.
So how does America retain global dominance with a formidable China? By becoming its ally. Good business leaders recognize talent and ambition, and find ways for those abilities to flourish so as to benefit the individual as well as the corporation. By doing this, all parties at the negotiating table win.
Contrastingly, a stubborn and proud America, bent on restraining China, has no apparent positive end results, but will most certainly end in the political equivalent of a strong talent jettisoning the corporation to engage in direct competition. Strong business leaders recognize superior ability and create opportunities for everyone involved to benefit long-term.
Premium Accounting and Tax Assistance - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234 to find out more for your business and click here to see our latest first-time offers.
America may do well to make room for China at the leadership table. The same goes for CEO’s who have a champion member of their organization. These top players should be given a chance to spread their corporate wings and develop. In the process, they may take the organization to greater levels than what the leaders thought imaginable. This is perhaps the greatest pay-off to decentralizing leadership to the right people - that they recognize and respect your hands-off approach, reciprocating the gesture with an enforced effort to contribute to the betterment of the organization.
As corporations grow and the mandate of CEOs are weighted more to developing relationships and overseeing strategy and mission, they become almost like franchisors providing a template to facilitate advancement and success to their champion franchisees (staff). Could America be in the same situation, where it’s better for it to refrain from frustrating China and other emerging economies, and instead become their allies (assuming consistency in macro-level domestic and foreign policy areas) to together continue to implement policies that can facilitate mutual success.
Like good talent or hard-working franchisees, as long as China gets what it wants (whatever that is, and from an economic context), and as long as it doesn’t encroach upon the rights of other countries, why should America try to exercise control over it?
In summary, leaders of growing businesses are positioned there because they know how to get the best out of their most important assets – their people. Case study after case study shows that this is now done by decentralizing decision-making and authority so that the right people can flourish and take ownership for their respective jobs and efforts. Possibly the high-stakes world of international relations is slightly more complex than this, but in the realm of global Geopolitics, maybe it would be beneficial for America to take its’ strategic direction from the corporate playbook?
Comments and suggestions are welcome. Read more of our blog posts at http://www.burgesskilpatrick.com/blog or at https://www.facebook.com/BurgessKilpatrick
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick. He leads the firm’s consulting and strategy practice and works with companies to enhance their Analytics, Forecasting, and Data Optimization functions. The practice’s focus includes quantitative forecasting, corporate and unit strategy and planning.
Funding and Scaling – Your Business’s Growth Trajectory Depends On It.
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 8, 2018
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory






Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
Using Joint Ventures To Capitalize On Real Estate Investments
Research tax-efficient structures to facilitate real estate investing.
Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
The Corporate Attribution Rules
Navigating through the delicate nature of non-arms length transactions.
Funding and Scaling - Your Business's Growth Trajectory Depends On It.
Funding – every business needs it. In today’s competitive, lightning-fast concept-to-market business environment, building a scalable corporate competitor by bootstrapping is a gigantic challenge - primarily (but not exclusively) because time will not allow it. By the time marketing, production, financing, and logistics are in place, markets have moved on.
For the entrepreneur willing to dive in, commit and penetrate a strong idea to fruition for the next 5 years(or longer), it’s wise to consider outside and professional financial assistance and business acumen to facilitate your goals.
Up until the 60’s, funding for new projects and expansion plans was limited and kept at bay; executives preferred funding from profits and maintaining control of the operations of the corporation. As we moved into the 80’s, the desire to expand metastacized to a thirst for growth and supremacy; what now brought growth goals within quick reach was a business plan template focusing on cash flow rather than profits; that as long as cash was available to satisfy loan requirements, and the company watched its Weighted Average Cost of Capital (WACC), then added debt or equity facilities were justified.
Now funding is required as a matter of necessity to capture fast moving opportunities.
As a start-up moves to emerging to industry-leading, its funding requirements, along with operational and human resource requirements, will change, and the evolutionary success of the business rises and falls on the ability of the leaders to maintain an operational foundational upon which to build a bigger business footprint.
To ensure that the company is able to scale well and at the same time prevent the mistakes that lead to the burn-out, internal quarreling, and financial malnutrition of less prepared concerns, we list what we feel are the most important planning considerations of the company intent on increasing its footprint beyond domestic jurisdictions.
Strategic, Financial, and Functional Management
In their book Venture Capital Financing, Laura and David Gladstone present management as the most important element in a company’s growth, not only at the Venture Capital stage, but beyond the IPO stage. Strong management will be able to conceptualize and implement the groundwork needed upon which will grow the organization’s component parts.
Top management of key areas are experts in defining the strategic direction of their functional areas, collaborating with organization peers to ensure (hopefully) seamless integration of the strategic plan, and championing the message down the organizational chain, providing transparency – now an important element precipitating buy-in of organizational employees.
Top management balances relationship (or exposure) building with operational and functional leadership. They are simultaneously assessing the validity of the current strategy now while predicting and laying the groundwork for the next phase of growth. Their visionary leadership must complement their operational acumen in order to sustain the company through growth phases. If top management continually does these things, progress will surely result – not always at a constant upward trajectory, but the net result will remain positive and sustainable.
Access to Funding
From the start-up through to emerging and mid-market stages, top management, to the best of its ability, positions the company so that it has access to funding. This invariably requires a strong network that can be accessed as needs arise, but also the combined skill set of operational/functional leader and accomplished networker.
Act Now To Get Our Value Pricing Adjustment on Audit and Review Engagements For Your Business
Well-connected management just makes the job of funding at the venture capital stage easier. Top, credible management with a successful track record will be expected, along with a solid business model that can survive the excessive reporting and compliance requirements of the public market while providing sustainable returns for its stakeholders.
Patience and Movement
Especially at the IPO stage, the ability of top management to progress the company and the IPO process, as well as maintain the focus of the company and/or functional area for which s/he is responsible, will determine the overall success of the IPO and the ability of the company to come through the other side cohesive and operating within established parameters.
When times get tough for the company (ie: lack of revenue, need to do lay-offs, another company encroaching on what you thought was patented and airtight) top management provides balance and perspective and, for those looking around, gives a patient countenance that frames the internal conversation and provides the context within which the company progresses through hiccups to arrive at strategic benchmarks. As disciplinary examples, this facet of their management arsenal may be the most vital element which they bring to the corporate table – to see the company through tough times and tow them to points of success which they – and possibly only they - saw as always within reach
Growth chases funding
As the company evolves through the funding ecosystems of venture capital and then IPO, the money increases, but so do the compliance and due diligence requirements. The balancing metric to this extra work is, of course, increased potential growth. Provide the extra money the IPO will provide, and mix it with a great strategy to scale and a strong, proven management team, and the result – hopefully – will be a new major industry partner chasing the leaders by bringing unique offerings to it’s target market, exceeding the expectations of an existing product, or a combination of the two.
The IPO stage, to the extent possible, should be taken in and experienced. Like the opportunity to play in the Superbowl (although few are able to see it this way), preparation along with securing the right team to maximize the IPO process, will enable the company to leverage maximum exposure and generate a strong public offering.
IPO hopefuls have to set up their business as a public company years before they actually start the IPO process, so that when the time comes to sell the public, the public sees a well oiled, structured and profit driven concern that impresses them.
Compliance requirements such as quarterly financial statements, audited financial statements, monthly growth projections, and monthly departmental reports should be commonplace, the intent being that all facets of the company that contribute to the bottom line are regularly monitored and traced.
Essential functional areas that the company needs to formalize, meet regularly on, and staff appropriately include:
Operations / Production
Finance
Marketing
IT
Administration
If looking at your company’s product life cycle (ie: the time from when it’s produced to the time it’s transported to your customer), we can imagine the following chronological timeline:
A. Marketing
B. Operations
C. Administration
The product cycle begins at the marketing phase, where new customers are brought in. Production tales over, delivers the product, and hands the baton to administration, which includes
customer service and retention. The IT and Finance areas have responsibility throughout the product cycle, and remain active to sustain the business and it’s ability to win more customers.
Since each of these functional areas are integral to the ultimate delivery of the product, each area needs to have its own division, with leadership, staffing, and regular meetings to keep everyone on board with it’s distinct strategy and how it fits into the overall corporate strategy. Each division needs to go through regular internal auditing cycles – prospective public investors and the IPO team will expect to see adherence to compliance requirements even though they are not yet required to do so.
Sustaining through a successful IPO has as much to do with preparing the company beforehand so that it can weather the extensive scrutiny once the IPO process begins. If done correctly, the company has a great future ahead of it as a credible industry player disrupting the space and chasing the leader.
Comments re: factors to consider when going through an IPO are welcome.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick. He leads the firm’s consulting and strategy practice and works with companies to enhance their Analytics, Forecasting , and Data Optimization functions. The practice’s focus includes quantitative forecasting, corporate and unit strategy and planning. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on Facebook at www.facebook.com/BurgessKilpatrick for more information on our firm.
Formulating Long-Term Strategy To Capitalize On Competitive Advantage
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 8, 2018
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory
Formulating Long-Term Strategy To Capitalize on Competitive Advantage
Many of today’s start-up and mature companies alike are prone to designing and implementing “end justifies the means” unit and corporate strategies. We’re seeing many self-proclaimed industry disrupting strategic agendas spawned and genius-level processes designed to implement them, yet insufficient time is taken to assess the relevance and potential of the strategy itself.
Strategy is an art as well as an exercise in the planning and execution of well-knit, coordinated task lists designed to drive a company’s Return on Invested Capital (ROIC). It’s at best ambiguous and risky, and to further plunge into the mist of uncertainty by failing to assess the quality of a strategic alternative is to possibly invite extinction.
So when at the strategic planning table and subsequently laying the groundwork of the company’s ascent or future growth, research shows that the more time spent on research and planning translates to higher overall ROIC over the subsequent 5-year horizon.
Our research on the subject of corporate strategy suggests, among other things, that, first, either the Company needs to find something new in the market that they can exploit by being first to market or by being better than competitors in some respect (ie: better quality or service), or second, that the Company unearth a new opportunity within its own structure (ie: developing a brand into new branches or new ancillary offerings).
If you have young children out there who enjoy playing with Lego, consider the brilliant strategy employed by Lego to branch out its’ product into the “Chima” and “Ninjago” brands. Children are lining up in droves for these items (as the author personally witnessed upon one Chima-purchasing visit to WalMart recently).
This is not an article about Company Mission, but rather the strategy employed to carry out that mission at a particular point in time, or particular stage in a company’s evolution. How do we articulate a corporate strategy that, as the title suggests, capitalizes on the Company’s competitive advantage?
David Dranove, and Sonia Marciano in their book “Kellogg on Strategy”, write that companies are engaging in discussion on strategy when they are “Describing in what respect your firm’s output is truly unique, or the process by which you achieve inimitable efficiency”. [1]
It’s within this context that companies should consider their target, positioning agenda, and execution model.
Consider the Strategic Pillars in the form of the acronym “T.P.E (Target, Position, Execute)” to drive your company’s next strategic conversation and corporate exercises:
Target
Consistent with Dranove and Marciano’s description of strategy, the company’s target market must be that which benefits from the unique offerings of the company. Be that unique products, or services, state-of-the art customer service options, etc. So the question of who or where to target is itself a response to “what are we good at, and who will benefit from this”?
In an industry with multiple contestants, your Company needs to differentiate itself and then penetrate that target market which will benefit from that differentiation. Many companies utilize surveys or questionnaires to determine just what that target market is, but in the case of most small organizations, there’s an intuitiveness that helps the companies establish who to concentrate on.
When Proctor and Gamble wanted to heighten the level of it’s Oil of Olay brand, it determined from various market surveys that the optimum price point was $18.99; for the department store (upscale) shopper, the product at $18.99 was a great value but credibly expensive, and for the mass shopper, the premium price signified that the product must be considerably better than anything else on the shelf.[2]
Get Access to leading accounting and tax help. The time is now to get the right help and not waste any more effort getting mediocre results - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234.
The potential for success from your targeting decisions increases when data are available to back-up pre-conceived notions about your market. Smaller operations tend to have neither the time, resources, not the inclination to target. The decision of where to target is therefore made on an understanding that the market segment which (the decision makers believe) will benefit most is the segment that the Company should penetrate. This is valid, as long as the segment will be the receptors of a unique offering, or at least something which can be recognized as a unique component in the marketplace.
Hou ever gone out to eat at a restaurant, and been offered a small portion of a menu item while waiting for your seat? Or been provided ancillary items at no charge that will enhance your eof another product, such as free advertising dollars on Google?
These are items which facilitate the unique experience such companies give to their target to differentiate themselves, with the ultimate goal to generate trust and loyalty.
Once the target is established and the company can confidently assess how it can differentiate itself from it’s competitors as it engages with the target, then the company can move on to the Positioning (“P”) phase of the strategic conversation.
Position
Once the reason for being is established, thought turns to how to carry out the mandate of the Company. How exactly do we do what we want to do? Many companies have gone before and executed ill-fitting strategies sorely wanting in corporate “fit”, and a waste of time of Company financial and human resources results. The generalist approach falls well short, because by trying to be somebody to everyone, you’re nobody to anyone.
You’ve established your target, and now the boardroom conversation turns to how to expose the unique offerings the Company provides.
Positioning the offering involves ensuring that your offering penetrates the need market in the needed location. Therefore, good Positioning is premised on the assertion that you have what is needed, where it is needed.
Sam Walton understood positioning very well. Wal-Mart started out by putting locations in rural areas where there were low options for low cost, quality goods. Walton reconciled the target with the correct positioning strategy, and the results of the success story are for all to see.
Positioning is an evolution of the targeting exercise – in targeting the need is established, and the positioning strategy is designed to penetrate where the need is, in whichever way the target responds positively to.
The quest to establish what elicits a positive response is the tedious and grinding work of data mining and analysis. Successful companies, both start-up and mature, recognize this, and will leverage this valuable information into profits and future strategic growth. How ironic it is, then, that in the Information Age data and information themselves not only are presented as the end product, but also as the means by which profits and growth are generated.
Execute
The concept of execution is an ongoing and continuous process which, if denied – or treated as an annual- or semi-annual project, may precipitate complacency at best, extinction at worst.
Consider Oliver Wendell Holmes’ apt quote:
“To reach a port we must sail, sometimes with the wind, and
sometimes against it. But sail we must, and not drift nor lie at anchor”
When speaking of cost cutting measures at Coca-Cola, former CEO Roberto Goizueta is often quoted as saying that “at Coke we cut costs continuously – there’s no end to it”
Execution, not just in terms of cost cutting, but in all aspect of strategic implementation, is a continuous process, most importantly for the execution part. Execution must be continuous, because in so doing important lessons are learned and new ideas spawned that bring on long-term success.
There should be regular (in some cases monthly) reviews of execution and new iterations implemented to capitalize on what is working and what isn’t in penetrating the corporate strategy. Without this continuous process, strategy becomes static and a “hit-or-miss” activity. Companies can’t grow this way. They need to be dynamic and continuously refining their approach commensurate with market variations.
This is not to say that the strategy itself is a shifting target. The Company mission must be well-rooted – something for stakeholders and employees to anchor themselves upon. But the changing times demand a flexible and dynamic approach to how that mission is implemented in different business climates.
[1] Dranove, David and Marciano, Sonia. “Kellogg on Strategy” (Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons Inc.), p8.
[2] Lafley, A.G, Bringing Science To The Art Of Strategy, Harvard Business Review, September 2012, p65.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick. He leads the firm’s consulting and strategy practice and works with companies to enhance their Analytics, Forecasting , and Data Optimization functions. The practice’s focus includes quantitative forecasting, corporate and unit strategy and planning. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on Facebook at www.facebook.com/Burgess Kilpatrick for more information on our firm.
Essential Traits Of Solid Leadership.
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 7, 2018
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory






Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
Using Joint Ventures To Capitalize On Real Estate Investments
Research tax-efficient structures to facilitate real estate investing.
Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
The Corporate Attribution Rules
Navigating through the delicate nature of non-arms length transactions.
Essential Traits Of Solid Leadership.
What characteristics do successful leaders have in common? When reading books on leadership, which are the most valuable insights to apply to your career as a leader?
We’re all different in our approach to leadership, and certain traits in one leader may not resonate or result in positive results in another. The extrovert and introvert both have strengths and weaknesses that need to be uniquely addressed, but no one is any less equipped to be a successful leader because of his or her natural traits.
However, some characteristics remain common among leaders. A few of these traits are cogently and eloquently expressed by Mike Brearley in his autobiography The Art Of Captaincy”’.
As captain of the English National and Middlesex County Cricket clubs from 1977 to 1980 and again in 1981, Brearley provides practical insights into the marks of successful leaders, the majority of which seem to apply to interactions and dealings with fellow players (or peers/employees). As such, his memoir provides another revealing indication that top management has as much to with placing, coordinating, and managing people as anything else.
Although compared to American baseball, - since both use a bat and ball, batters, pitchers and fielders (the similarities pretty much end there) - Cricket is strikingly unique in its rules and in its process. For example, while in baseball the fielders are essentially stationary in their positions on the field, other than the bowler, the 10 cricket fielders are free to position themselves anywhere on the field where it’s deemed their fielding skills would be most advantageous. Normally it’s the captain's responsibility to determine where on the field the batsman will hit the ball, and place fielders there to either win an out or minimize runs scored.
Given the myriad of options to the batsman on the oval-shaped cricket field, eliminating options by placing fielders is impossible, adding to the wide breadth of issues that the captain has to deal with at any one given moment. Does he just play the field to get the out, or rather encourage the batsman (via fielder placements) to hit in a certain direction to minimize runs scored? How does the captain use his fielders - all of whom can be placed in any position – to preserve energy for their time at bat.
Coincide these issues with the enduring demands of test cricket – each match played over a 5 day period, with 3 2-hour sessions per day (more or less depending on umpire discretion), and the level of fitness and ability to endure variables out of the players’ control begins to plays a material role in the final outcome of any test match.
The Need to Establish Good Relationships With Stakeholders.
Achieving consensus for a given strategy or operational goal at the executive level can at times require patience and deft negotiating skill. Good leaders are uniquely capable of recognizing when achieving consensus with the board - or main shareholders - is vital to the progress of the corporation. This is perhaps the main objective of C-suite personnel – to manage relationships in the best interests of the company to facilitate its mission.
Brearley points to the importance of having a constructive relationship with the committee of the cricket clubs on which he was captain. Many Cricket clubs, and countries (Australia, for example) historically segregated (prior to 1899)[1] the duties of the capital from those of the committee, even though the success of the team depended on the co-operation and unity of both. Operationally, the captain was responsible for on-field success, yet the committee was accountable for personnel. The traditional approach of the committee providing the group for the captain to work with and form into a working unit runs in stark contrast to what management students and practitioners regard as integral to corporate success – that the captain – or the CEO in the corporate context – should at least have input into team members, using well-tested measurements as specialist and/ or technical skills, breadth of network, social skills, and past achievements to determine the final team roster.
Act Now To Get Our Value Pricing Adjustment on Audit and Review Engagements For Your Business
Brearley recognized this and eventually was able to sit on the committee at Middlesex, therefore having the ability to provide important information to the committee which they used to assess individual abilities and team make-up.
The necessity of the board and CEO to have strong and shared views as to the strategy and objectives of the company, and how to realize those objectives, is integral to the eventual fruition of the strategic aims which the CEO has envisioned. If the CEO’s ability to select important team members is impaired, whether by the board or by any other means, then that decreases his/her chances of achieving the success which he/she was hired to create. Possibly it may mean that separation from the company is imminent, if the CEO is being restricted in his/her reach to create an environment for success.
Over time, the captain – or the CEO – forms intimate judgments and preferences that are based on direct interaction with various team members, and they therefore provide important insights into who will be strong and where, and how certain people can fill important roles in facilitating the company’s success.
The first trait of sold leadership has as much to do with the environment in which he/she operates as much as it has to do with his/her abilities.
Responding to Market Conditions To Maximize Advantage
Former American President George W Bush has been quoted as saying that no decisions coming across his desk were easy ones. Any issues for which there was a clear procedure to implement in order to render a decision could be carried out by one of his secretaries or department officials. The decisions he had to make were never black and white, never without negative collateral damage nor appealing to all of his constituents, and a lot of times void of consensus among his cabinet members. As it is in politics and national leadership, so it is in the corporate boardroom.
The ability of the CEO to quickly and decidedly jettison advice which does not provide value is necessary to maintaining effective leadership. Having a clear understanding of what it is you and the company are trying to achieve, and a previously mapped-out process of how to get there, will go a long way to ascertaining what is good advice that can provide value and what is a waste of your valuable time.
Additionally, an intimate knowledge of the people at the company, the market in which it competes, data analytics exposing trends, and company capabilities all contribute to a comprehensive knowledge-value base that can be used to confidently and perceptively disregard information and chatter that sidetracks the CEO from implementing the priority goals at any point in time. This leads to a sensibility of what is required to reach objectives to maintain competitive advantage.
Assertiveness
Multiple research studies show an interesting correlation between assertive leaders and corporate success. True leaders are those who, after visioning and creating the company’s strategy, have the discipline and the fortitude to exert influence to ensure that the mission is carried out as planned. Note that assertiveness does not have to be verbal, but can also be championed through action and example.
The task of implementing mission at companies as large as those of a Fortune 500 or 1000 Company involves the congruence of an incredibly large amount of logistical and administrative issues that must be dealt with seamlessly across company departments; invariably, some parts of the organization are going to get side-tracked unless someone is there to correct and encourage adherence to the ultimate goal. This is the job of the CEO; it’s not an easy task, requiring simultaneous doses of encouragement, assertiveness, correction, motivation, and planning.
Memorable leaders, - those who are remembered for their success in leadership– are those who, despite the ever-present challenges accompanying strategic implementation, execute diligently, refrain from giving in to the mental anguish of temporal failure, and who through their fortitude and personal discipline serve as a mentor and leader for all others at the company to emulate.
True corporate leadership, more than ever before, seems to accentuate skills of persuasion, communication, and influence as much as it does strategic vision. People want to work with, for - and follow - strong leaders with an innate desire to produce success for all involved in their corporations.
[1] Brearley, Mike, The Art of Captaincy; Hodder and Stoughton Ltd; p80
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick. He leads the firm’s consulting and strategy practice and works with companies to enhance their Analytics, Forecasting , and Data Optimization functions. The practice’s focus includes quantitative forecasting, corporate and unit strategy and planning. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on Facebook at www.facebook.com/BurgessKilpatrick for more information on our firm.
Employee And Executive Compensation – Keeping The Talent To Fuel Success.
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 7, 2018
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory
Employee And Executive Compensation - Keeping The Talent To Fuel Success.
People will ultimately facilitate the success of any start-up or emerging entity. This means the owner (or champion), management, and employees, if you have them. A strategy to keep good, strong talent is necessary because established firms are prone to actively pursue what you already have, if for no other reason to add them to their own talent pool. It’s not unheard of for goliaths like Google and Cisco to purchase start-ups exclusively for their talent pool.
So keeping the best that you have, and preventing them from running off to Silicon Valley for large dollars, requires a smart plan. Here are the components you need to consider and possibly include:
Revenue incentives
For the monetized operation, revenue incentives need to be balances with income incentives, or else your people may possibly do anything to generate a sale (include incur costs greater than the money received on the sale).
Baseline structures here involve calculating a breakeven point (including principal loan payback amounts), and then specifying a percentage pool out of which will be extracted incentive payments. Using a percentage pool allows the bonus to increase relatively with performance. Pools can be generated for each employee, employee or management group, or for the staff pool in total. 2 separate pools for employees and management is normal.
Income incentives
Income incentives should trump revenue incentives, because you don’t want to be exposed to the loss situation described above. In other words, revenue incentives are triggered only when income incentives are reached. This ensures that the company generates appropriate recovery on it’s sales.
For example, based on your market norms (or studies or similar markets if you’re in a new area), net income levels must increase year-over-years by a benchmark percentage. If this is reached, then incentives are awarded for reaching the income goals. The revenue incentives also kick it to complete a compensation package.
Overriding the consideration of these components is a calculation of what the “aggregate” compensation package should be, and ascertain if the package is sufficient to keep and attract good talent. If monetary compensation is a little thin in comparison with the competition (ie: monetary resources are a little limited(, then incentives can be provided elsewhere to provide comfort, such as benefit plans, incentive trips, etc… The overriding intent here is to make sure of the maximum compensation exposure and ensure that, if goals are reached, you can afford to pay out. You should be able to, because it can be funded from the increased sales – just make sure you collect on those sales!
Premium Accounting and Tax Assistance - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234 to find out more for your business and click here to see our latest first-time offers.
Option pools
Option pools are a necessary component in the compensation package for early employees and management. Management personnel usually receive in the area of 1 ½ to 3% share in the company in an option round; the specifics of which usually end up being finalized in the final moments of a capital fundraise. Giving top management options not only gives them incentive to stay with the company to help bring to fruition your business goals, but is also seen as the right thing to do to solidify your strongest personnel and protect against poachers.
In the end, people, yourself included, will build the company to success. Although you need a breakthrough and disruptive product, even the best idea won’t go anywhere without the right people to steer it correctly. You might as well keep them with you by finding out what motivates them and give it to them
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on Facebook at www.facebok.com/BurgessKilpatrick for more information on our firm.
Disspelling Shareholder Value As A Driver Of Corporate Growth.
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 7, 2018
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory





Slide 1
The Corporate Attribution Rules

Navigating the Delicate World of Non-Arms Length Transactions.
Slide 2
Slide 3
Slide 3
The Optimal Revenue Model For Driving Tech Ventures

Keys to Securing The Funding You Need to Scale.
Disspelling Shareholder Value As A Driver Of Corporate Growth.
Beginning in the 1970’s, the desire to maximize corporate profits coupled with the fear of losing market share drove corporate executives to do whatever was necessary to please the only constituents who mattered in the corporate board room – the shareholders.
Thus was born a corporate Executive Suite dogma emphasizing shareholder value as the barometer of corporate “Success”. Success became measured by the rate of return to shareholders and the short-term track record of the share price, and became such a pervasive corporate pursuit that it enveloped business school curriculums – emphasizing to students a shareholder-first ideology and providing them with tools to manipulate share prices and quarterly earnings reports.
How did we get to this point? Trace back to the end of World War II. In North America especially, the economic climate after the war was one of want and void of wealth. Yet from that environment spawned a 30-year economic boom, driven mainly by the innate human desire for wealth generation and something more out of life. But when the pendulum swung too far the other way to excess profits, as Jia Lynn Yang points out in her 2013 Washington Post article “Maximizing Shareholder Value: The Goal That Changed Corporate America”, competition in the 1970’s increased, thereby eroding company profits and, ultimately, shareholder returns.[1]
Yang cites a study done by Roger Martin, former dean of the Rotman School of Management at the University of Toronto, to show how an emphasis on shareholder returns as a barometer of performance has not provided the desired results for a corporations constituents. He calculated that from1932 until 1976, the real compound annual return on stocks on the S&P 500 index was 7.6 percent, compared to a comparable return of 6.4 percent from 1976 to the present. Martin attributes the higher annual performance over the earlier period to an era of “managerial capitalism”- recognized as a time in which managers sought to balance the interest of shareholders with those of employees, customers, and society at large. [2]
This ideal synchronizes with the leadership habits held by other corporate managers of the era; for example, Charles Erwin Wilson, CEO of General Motors from 1946 to 1953, believed that the aspirations of the corporation should coincide with and facilitate the aspirations of society, a belief firmly articulated in his report before a Senate Commission Inquiry during which he stated “What is good for the country is good for General Motors, and vice versa”.
Contrastingly, the post-1976 era – described as the era of “shareholder capitalism” – narrows the pipe of corporate pursuits to focus almost exclusively on shareholder returns. This era saw the proliferation of corporate raiders executing Leveraged Buyouts (LBO’s). Their game was to recognize and purchase, through cash, stock, or a combination of both, companies that owned assets with values greater than the market placed their stock prices at.
They exploited the market’s tendency to abdicate valuation due diligence on asset-heavy enterprises by purchasing the entities, retaining profitable operations (usually one or two) and dispensing of the remaining highly valuable assets to augment the bank account and sanitize the balance sheet (using cash to extinguish debt that produced inadequate returns) (see “Barbarians’ At The Gate”, required study for all who intend to participate in corporate North America).
Get Access to leading accounting and tax help. The time is now to get the right help and not waste any more effort getting mediocre results - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234.
Concomitant excess expenses, such as wages, salaries and unnecessary overhead, were dissected from the model to present a pristine machine ready to generate “above-average returns”. In the wake, many believed that the interests of employees, customers, and the idea of a corporation’s operations contributing to the sustainment of the local and federal economy were sacrificed so that individuals and investors could maximize wealth.
The conversion of mentalities from that of hard work, thrift, and drive to provide societal growth of the pre-170-s era to one of individual and investor greed of the 1970’s and forward has in part contributed to the consensus among some in other countries that North America has become a continent where its corporations and investors are immersed in a mentality of entitlement, and in some minds has abrogated North America as the purveyor of corporate responsibility. However, a remnant from the old era still remains.
Martin states that it’s no coincidence that companies that maintain a strong customer focus, such as Apple, Johnson & Johnson, and Proctor & Gamble, consistently provide better returns for their shareholders than companies claiming to put shareholders first.
In her book, “The Shareholder Value Myth”, Cornell University Law Professor Lynn Stout calls for a return to “Managerialism” - where executives and directors run companies without being preoccupied with shareholder value. Then, they’re free to think about customers and their employees and even to start acting in a more socially responsible manner. Shareholders would have a limited “almost safety net” role, Stout says.[3]
Of course, balance is required to at least provide the ground rules for corporate participation that sees financial performance reconcile with stakeholder and societal ideals and requirements. At the nucleus of any corporations Mission Statement, however, should be the principle that its corporate strategy center around customers and all other constituents that its operations depend on, come into contact with, and affect, including local, national, and international economies that it participates in.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick. He leads the firm’s consulting and strategy practice and works with companies to enhance their Analytics, Forecasting , and Data Optimization functions. The practice’s focus includes quantitative forecasting, corporate and unit strategy and planning. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on Facebook at www.facebook.com/BurgessKilpatrick for more information on our firm.
[1] Yang, Jia Lynn, Maximizing Shareholder Value: The Goal That Changed Corporate America, www.washingtonpost.com, August 23, 2013
[2] Martin, Roger L., Fixing the Game: Bubbles, Crashes, and What Capitalism Can Learn from the NFL, Harvard Business Review Press, 2011.
[3] Stout, Lynn, The Shareholder Value Myth, Berrett-Koehler Publishers, Inc., San Francisco, 2012.
Developing A Standardized Business – Keys To Increased Profitability.
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 7, 2018
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory
Developing A Standardized Business - Keys To Increased Profitability.
After decades of consultants promoting “best process practices” and “optimal profitability initiatives”, there seems to be an established consensus among corporations that process standardization has a lot to offer in terms of corporate value. The trick is in determining what components of your business to standardize and what to remain flexible so that you can adapt to market changes swiftly.
Many examples exist in our local marketplace as well as regionally and internationally of businesses incorporating standardized procedures to effect the following:
Cost reduction
Optimal resource allocation
Enhanced time management
Standardization directly affects businesses - wouldn’t it be beneficial to consider creating and implementing policy and procedures manuals if the result included an increase in cash flow and more effective use of the resources you use in your business?
Wang Gang, principal of the Meizhou Dongpo Restaurant Group, an international conglomerate of restaurants and food service facilities that includes manufacturing and processing operations, began in 1995 with one restaurant beside a hospital in Beijing, China. He worked hard to pay off loans his friends had given him to start his dream, and with business booming from the start, what would become known as the Meizhou Dongpo group has grown into an international empire with operations throughout Asia and North America.
With regard to the growth of his operations, Wang Gang notes that “All the benefits of expansion have been made possible by the implementation of the restaurant’s standardized processes”, and he believes that standardization is key to future expansion or his empire.
You don’t necessarily have to have expansion plans like Wang Gang, but standardization of your business becomes increasingly important in order to work more efficiently, increase cash flow, and be able to expand operations.
So what are the best areas of your business to standardize? Essentially any component that can be distilled down to a set of processes. We analyze 4 main areas in the next 4 posts, starting with the production cycle, that, when organized into a distinct and measurable series of tasks, can provide tangible increases to the performance of your business.
Standardized Production of Goods – Operating procedures
Whenever producing goods, or services, production departments should have in place a standardized framework to assemble the finished good or complete the service. That framework should be segregated down to each individual task so that these tasks can be refined and measured for how much their completion contributes to the overall cost and value to the final product or service.
For example, at a popular restaurant, management needs to standardize production of the final product – here an entrée to the diner’s table – to ensure that product deliverables are consistent whenever people dine there. In this example a consistent dining experience hopefully contributes to the value perceived by the diner and enhances the brand of the restaurant.
Premium Accounting and Tax Assistance - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234 to find out more for your business and click here to see our latest first-time offers.
Many tasks are involved in the process of delivering the final product to the diner, but to ensure that the production process includes only those tasks that provide value to the process and to the end experience of the diner, we need to define:
What the final product is
What defines it’s value
Answering these 2 questions is important because, in order for the end user to retain a perceived value in the product (ie: the entrée), what they perceive as valuable has to be consistent with the value propositions and drivers of the restaurant.
If a restaurant maintains a value proposition of delivering a hot plate of soup to the diner’s table, yet that diner is ambivalent to the temperature of his/her soup, there’s separation between perceived value (from the diner) and delivered value (from the restaurant).
The effectiveness of standardization is maximized when we can confidently combine perceived value by the end user (value drivers) with delivered value by the merchant (value propositions). Propositions are measured by Value Benchmarks.
For purposes of this restaurant, we define value drivers, propositions and benchmarks as follows:
Value Driver
Value Proposition
Value Benchmark
1. Dining quality
Elegant with refined (5 star ) cuisine
Independent reviews, consumer awards
2. Staff engagement
Professional; take active yet discreet role in enhancing customers dining experience
Customer appreciation and comment cards
3. Table time
90 minutes
90 minutes seat to payment
4. Food delivery
Hot and steaming but not uncomfortable to eat as soon as the food reaches the table
Food served at 160 degrees fahrenheit , or other appropriate temperature.
Table A
As can be seen, the Value Driver column represents that which the restaurant believes are drivers to value in the minds of it’s customers, and the Value Proposition column identifies what the restaurant does to deliver that value to the customer. Value Benchmarks then measure the success of the Proposition implementation and the legitimacy of the Driver.
Values and Propositions are researched and identified via such means as customer surveys at the restaurant, statistical analysis of local and/or regional data, and customer comment cards with well-placed questions designed to extrapolate information gleaning customer value preferences
Note that a causal relationship exists between the propositions defined above and the value drivers because the propositions naturally evoke a disposition to the value driver. For example, the very fact that I have a preference to have my food delivered to my table hot yet eatable when it’s delivered me discloses the value that I place on food temperature. In preparation of assembling and implementing a standardized production cycle, merchants need to gain insight into diner’s value drivers and the propositions which create those drivers. In other words,
“Here is what will create the value in our restaurant [driver] and this is how we will deliver it [proposition].
A similar causal relationship exists between benchmarks and propositions.
The benchmarks serve as monitoring procedures designed to ensure the attainment of proposition benchmarks, and are a vitally important component of a successful standardized production cycle.
The above table hopefully encapsulates all the important “macro level” Drivers of a successful restaurant production, and we can drill down into each Driver to create its own local production cycles. Of course, all 4 Value Drivers become linked to collectively contribute to the customer’s overall dining experience
Cycle points in green represent decision points in the process. A failure grade at this decision level means receding on the red lines back in the cycle to either re-build the order or re-assemble/replace the plate. It’s also best to put benchmarks at each point in the process and monitor each point to make sure that standards are being maintained.
Benefits to having a standardized procedure for operational areas include being able to continuously monitor performance against a pre-established set of benchmarks, such as those in Table A. Creating a standardized process just by itself won’t help in maximizing operational effectiveness and profit; there has to be comparison between actual results and standards that, when met, will provide the intended results in the business.
All tasks performed during the production cycle are aimed at facilitating value propositions, which themselves lead to the momentum of value drivers and corporate goals. Thus provides the main benefit to standardized processes and procedures – a logical and audited / monitored map that takes the business from even the smallest task to the realization of short and long-term strategic goals.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick. He leads the firm’s consulting and strategy practice and works with companies to enhance their Analytics, Forecasting , and Data Optimization functions. The practice’s focus includes quantitative forecasting, corporate and unit strategy and planning. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on Facebook at www.facebook.com/BurgessKilpatrick for more information on our firm.

Corporate Lessons From Vietnam.
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 7, 2018
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory






Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
Using Joint Ventures To Capitalize On Real Estate Investments
Research tax-efficient structures to facilitate real estate investing.
Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
The Corporate Attribution Rules
Navigating through the delicate nature of non-arms length transactions.
Corporate Lessons From Vietnam.
When Richard Nixon became president in 1968, he inherited an America eager to continue it’s campaign as the global instigator of peace, goodwill and progress. Yet the country seemed paralyzed between its’ apparent failure to extricate South Vietnam from Communist influence, and it’s desire to rigorously pursue a foreign policy that would preserve it’s credibility in international affairs.
The Post Second World War era saw America emerge as a global economic and political power and as the de facto champion of democratic ideals. With Russia and China shouldering the bastion of Communistic policy and touting it’s perceived merits, the Eastern Bloc countries soon came under its influence and constituted a beachhead from which Communist thought could leak into the Democratic West.
As the Cold war conflict progressed and US-Russian relations devolved, the US government, led by President Eisenhower, felt that America needed to refine it’s foreign policy objective in light of it’s position as a global leader. Thus was established an update on America’s foreign policy commonly referred to as Containment.
Containment saw America as the protector of democratic principles both at home and globally, and considered the promotion and implementation of those ideals necessary to global postwar prosperity. Any hindrances to the application of those principles was anathema to that prosperity and prevented – or so the logic went - people everywhere to live their lives free from the oppression so visibly exposed during the second world war.
As Henry Kissinger relates in his historical study, Diplomacy, President Eisenhower believed that America’s foreign policy was not supposed to be like that of any other nation; it was an extension of America’s moral responsibilities to it’s democratic values both domestically and to the global theatre it perceived it was tasked to guide.[1]
Eisenhower’s successor, President Kennedy, carried this theme of America as the West’s protector by declaring in his only inaugural address that his generation was the linear descendant of the world’s first democratic revolution, and that:
“We shall pay any price, bear any burden, meet any hardship, support any friend, and oppose any foe to assure the survival and success of liberty”.[2]
By the time Lyndon Johnson succeeded Kennedy after Kennedy’s assassination, it was clear that America’s foreign commitments were considered entrenched ideologically with it’s domestic responsibilities when he championed the theme of Containment even further during his inaugural address in January 1965:
“If American lives must end, and American treasure be spilled in countries that we barely know, then that is the price that change has demanded of conviction and of our enduring covenant [to liberty]. [3]
In the 1950’s and 60’s, however, Communism proliferated, and the rampant pace at which it was progressing combined with failed negotiation rounds designed to stay Communism’s hand justified Kennedy’s rationale that the only way to effect Containment and prevent the apparent spread of Communism via the South China Sea would be through military intervention in Vietnam.
As time wore on, and concerned with increasing American deaths in Vietnam, constant protests about the protracted participation in a war so far from home without any viewable end, and increasing resentment within the American public and some Washington insiders, President Lyndon Johnson in 1969 attempted a pivot to alleviate America from- or at least reduce it’s involvement in-additional military involvement:
“We are not trying to wipe out North Vietnam. We are not trying to change their government; we are there because we are trying to make the Communists of North Vietnam stop shooting at their neighbors…We want an honourable peace in Vietnam:
And then, in 1968, when leading senators joined the fray of protestors to the war, Johnson found himself unable to deal with the pressure and buckled, announcing that no further reinforcements would be sent to Vietnam. To reverse division, and accelerate a desired settlement, he invited Hanoi’s leaders to participate in the economic development of South Vietnam, this only 6 weeks after it (Hanoi) had violated a formal cease-fire.[4]
The Johnson Presidency was the unfortunate one to be exposed to the change of American sentiment from that of idealistic democratic champion to raging dissenter against it’s leaders policy errors. The ridicule towards Johnson in 1968 was so great that, even as an incumbent president, he did not even find it possible to appear at the 1968 national convention of his own party, let alone run for re-election.
Premium Accounting and Tax Assistance - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234 to find out more for your business and click here to see our latest first-time offers.
And so the president who had sent hundreds of thousands of troops to Southeast Asia would leave their extrication to his successor, Richard Nixon.
Unlike his predecessor, Nixon was highly sophisticated in international affairs. Not oblivious to the national debate on Vietnam, his focus as President was to what he thought was an Executive responsibility to the country he led; a responsibility to maintain it’s position in the world as a global leader, protector and sustainer of democratic ideals and bring an end to the Vietnam conflict in a way that confirmed and facilitated those ideals.
Fortunately for Nixon and America, the Communist North was experiencing it’s own challenges brought about by a protracted war.
The cumulative depletion of it’s own supplies from mining the North Vietnamese harbors, the U.S attack on Cambodian and Laotian sanctuaries, the defeat of it’s own spring “Tet” offensive in 1972, and the lack of political support from Moscow and Beijing when the US resumed bombing served to weaken them to the point of finally accepting the Nixon Administration’s terms on October 8, 1972.
Those terms included an internationally supervised cease-fire, the return and accounting of prisoners, continuation of economic and military aid to Saigon, and leaving the political future of South Vietnam to be settled by the Vietnamese parties via free elections.
With this agreement secured, America and the Nixon administration could now look to its failures, how to learn from them and how to re-write it’s own foreign policy.
Nixon had always been convinced that it was the President’s ultimate responsibility to defend the national interest. Yet against the visible and defiant demonstrations of his country’s dissenters and the hostility of the media, he increasingly realized that the application of Containment in Vietnam proved to tear America away from acting on the principles that berthed Containment in the first place – that of protecting it’s national interest.
By trumpeting it’s democratic ideals abroad for over 20 years and 4 presidents, and allocating an ever greater amount of financial and military resources to it’s implementation, it neglected to take care of it’s own. The cost of asserting foreign policy abroad was the disintegration of its domestic national interests. Nixon was the one who had to initiate a new engagement to bring America back to what it’s national interests intended it to be – a secure America first.
Upon this realization, Nixon sought to navigate America’s foreign policy directives according to a concept of America’s national interest. Such a concept stopped short of incorporating America as the purveyor of global democracy. Dubbed The Nixon Doctrine[5], this new approach sought to establish the national interest as the basic criterion for long-range American foreign policy, and dealt with the paradox that America’s two postwar military engagements, Korea and Vietnam, had been on behalf of countries to which America had no formal commitment.
Nixon first expressed this new direction in America’s foreign policy, and it’s relationship with global partners and adversaries alike, in his first annual report on foreign policy, dated February 18, 1970:[6]
Our objective, in the first instance, is to support our interests over the long run with a sound foreign policy. The more that policy is based on a realistic assessment of ours and others’ interests, the more effective our role in the world can be. We are not involved in the world because we have commitments; we have commitments because we are involved. Our interests must shape our commitments, rather than the other way around.
------
The unfortunate ramifications of overextension has corporate applications as well Although the cost is not as great as the loss of innocent lives, many corporations aspiring to take their successful formulas of wealth creation and growth to markets with which they have little or no familiarity, or which run counter to it’s foundational missions, have had to retrench into challenging and soul-searching periods of regression and eventual rebuilding.
In most - if not all - cases, these periods of acquisition and extension are innocent and sincere applications of a corporation’s executive branch to increase shareholder value and market share.
Yet the desire to grow, to build, or to extend the corporation’s offerings to other markets– however pleasing to shareholders and consistent with traditional corporate thought– may not be consistent with it’s mission.
Nixon found himself in the unfortunate position of leading a county where the adverse effects of engaging in a war that ran counter to it’s domestic mission had already manifested themselves. And the costs were visible: declining morale, increasing levels of American wounded and dead on the battlefield, and unprecedented levels of acrimony among congressional leaders. The same thing can and does happen in corporations unwary of the costs of overextension.
So how does a large corporation increase its footprint outside of it’s local market without overextending, as did America in Vietnam? Many companies have grown successfully outside of their local markets – and just as many have jettisoned resources in attempts to make expansions work, only to leave their local operations exposed to whither away.
The answer lies in why the company exists (mission) and how it applies that mission (strategy). Before engaging in new projects – outside of local markets, for example - thorough assessments of whether or not a particular course of action is consistent with the corporate mission are necessary. Careful planning, execution and continuous assessments of why the company exists, for whom they exist and whether or not a strategic course of action can facilitate the corporate mission - all play an important role in minimizing the possibility of such grave missional and strategic mistakes.
Comments are welcome.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick. He leads the firm’s consulting and strategy practice and works with companies to enhance their Analytics, Forecasting , and Data Optimization functions. The practice’s focus includes quantitative forecasting, corporate and unit strategy and planning. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on Facebook at www.facebook.com/BurgessKilpatrick for more information on our firm.
[1] Kissinger, Henry, Diplomacy, Harvard University Press, 1994, p622.
[2] Ibid, p623
[3] Ibid, p623
[4] Ibid, p673
[5] Ibid, p674
[6] Ibid, p711
Meeting The Capital Gains Exemption Criteria When A Holding Company Is Involved.
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 7, 2018
Category: Taxation






Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
Using Joint Ventures To Capitalize On Real Estate Investments
Research tax-efficient structures to facilitate real estate investing.
Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
The Corporate Attribution Rules
Navigating through the delicate nature of non-arms length transactions.
Meeting The Capital Gains Exemption Criteria When A Holding Company Is Involved.
The Capital Gains Exemption (CGE) remains one of the most beneficial components of the Canadian tax system. Rewarding resident Canadian business owners for their contributions to the Canadian economy, the CGE allows for the exemption from tax on the first $913,630 (in 2022) gain on the sale of shares of a Canadian Controlled Private Corporation (CCPC). For example, if shares in the company were owned at least 24 months prior to the date of sale, and the paid-up-capital (PUC) of the shares was $100, those shares can be sold for up to $913,640 without any tax consequences on the sale, assuming the corporation meets the criteria to claim the CGE.
The 2 main criteria involved when determining the eligibility of the CGE are the:
All or substantially all test: when at the time of sale at least 90% of the fair market value of the assets held by the operating company must be used to generate business income, and
Principal test: where for the 24 month period prior to the sale of the company, at least 50% of the fair market value of the assets must be used to generate business income.
Usually, as business owners grow their companies and accumulate cash, there is the tendency to keep the cash in the company and invest it in a portfolio, eliminating the tax incurred on drawing out the money either as salary or dividends. This is, however, a sure way to render the company eligible for the above criteria.
A better course of action is to keep only required working capital amounts in the company each year. Not only does this keep the company eligible for the Capital Gains Exemption but also can protect assets from any future creditor or other legal claims which may arise.
Many owners will insert a holding company into the corporate structure to facilitate tax plans, such as a corporate shareholder of the operating company to which the operating company can issue dividends, and in so doing transfer non-business assets. This is a good plan to keep the operating company clean of non-business assets, but also presents additional administrative requirements when it comes to becoming eligible for the Capital Gains Exemption.
When there is a holding company owning shares in the operating company, and the control shares in that holding company are owned by an individual wanting to claim the CGE, we now have to make sure that both entities meet the above criteria. This requirement normally pushes non-business assets out of the holding company to the shareholder to maintain eligibility.
Premium Accounting and Tax Assistance - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234 to find out more for your business and click here to see our latest first-time offers.
Subsection 110(1)(d) of the Income Tax Act (I.T.A) does provide that, if the operating company is unable to meet the All or Substantially All test, then eligibility can be achieved if the holding company alone meets the All of Substantially All Test for the 24 month period prior to the date of sale.
In various technical interpretations issued by it on the CGE, the Canada Revenue Agency Canada has at times been ambiguous as to the application of ss. 110(1)(d), implying that as long as the holding company meets the Principal test over the 24 month period prior to the date of sale as opposed to the All or Substantially All test, the requirements set out in ss. 110(1)(d) (ie: that the holding company must meet the All or Substantially All test over the 24 month period) are not necessary.
In light of this ambiguity, it’s prudent to obtain a technical ruling from the CRA on a proposed CGE transaction. Although a technical ruling does not constitute law, at least you’ve exercised some due diligence and can obtain some comfort.
The Capital Gain Exemption can only be claimed by individual shareholders, and the exemption is claimed on schedule 3 of the individual’s personal tax return. Utilization of family trusts can expand the exemption on the sale of shares in an operating company, thereby distributing more tax-free dollars to individual beneficiaries.
The benefits of utilizing a holding company – operating company corporate structure are solid, from income splitting to protection of assets. From inception of the structure however, it’s a good idea – and also possibly cheaper – to keep both companies clean of any non business assets unless they’re absolutely necessary.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner with the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick and specializes in tax structuring and business development for his small and medium business sized clients. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on Facebook at www.facebok.com/Burgess Kilpatrick for more information on our firm.
The Main Cause Of Business Growth Impairment And How To Avoid It.
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 7, 2018
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory






Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
Using Joint Ventures To Capitalize On Real Estate Investments
Research tax-efficient structures to facilitate real estate investing.
Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
The Corporate Attribution Rules
Navigating through the delicate nature of non-arms length transactions.
The Main Cause Of Business Growth Impairment And How To Avoid It.
Leading Tax Advice
Call Nicholas Kilpatrick
604-612-8620
Many business owners aspire to have thriving operations. How that word "thriving" is defined varies dramatically from one person to the next . Invariably, however, the realization of that goal is constantly suspended for multitudes of reasons. Most certain, though, are that those reasons are usually symptomatic of an underlying problem: a lack of planning.
"But what do I have to plan for?" many retort. "I have my business plan, and as long as I consistently execute that plan, the law of averages will comply and my anticipated growth will eventually come to fruition."
Those who have been up and down the topographically unbalanced road of business growth pursuit understand clearly that planning requires a) an understanding of how to deal calmly and logically with unforeseen circumstances, b) maintaining patience and- to the best of one's ability- c) a level of emotional fortitude in order to survive those a) times that exceed our human capacity to process and incorporate into our busy lives.
Business owners who have been able to grow their businesses and are ready to scale them from small- to medium-size must be able to delegate many responsibilities to people who are as good as, or better than, themselves to compete. This is hard to do given the fact that certain things have historically been done a certain way, and in a efficient amount of time by the owner without any help, making it difficult for him/her to relinquish responsibility.
And herein lies one of the main reasons why great businesses-and great entrepreneurs - are unable to scale their operations - they don't take the time to find great people to do those things in the business which can be done better than how they themselves do them.
The very fact that the business is growing suggests strongly (though not absolutely) that the business owner has or does something that s/he is best at and that shouldn't be delegated. All other things, however, should be delegated. You yourself are not the optimal person to perform every task in the business, so you need to price your products/services, and market accordingly, so that you'll have the financial resources in order to acquire the right people to help you scale your business. You won't scale the operation on your own, and hiring just another body won't facilitate your business growth dreams. Finding the right person takes time at interviews, and time once hired, to see if they meet the right leadership or operational criteria to become a part of your inner circle of core employees.
Act Now To Get Our Value Pricing Adjustment on Audit and Review Engagements For Your Business
Finding great people, hiring and testing/ evaluating them takes time and money, and many are unwilling to forego short term losses for possibly monumental gains.
The amazing reality is that great people can do for your business what you will be unable to do for yourself - take your business to heights you yourself never thought possible.
Most business owners have heard of the potential perils of hiring people that looked perfect at the hiring table, yet devolved disastrously into incessant sub-par performers and continuous value-wasters. This is - unfortunately - a prevalent and ever-existent risk to business growth that business owners have the unenviable task of shouldering on their way to entrepreneurial freedom.
Business owners therefore need to budget a certain amount of time continuously monitoring existing staff to determine where they may best fit in the organizational chart of the growing business. So do you have an organizational chart? Such charts are hard to accurately create if you don't have an idea of where you want the business to be and how you're going to get it there - which requires a strategy. So do you have a growth strategy? If not, you need to plan by getting a strategy and organizational chart in place. The former shows how you're going to grow, and the latter will clarify the people you need to help you get there.
Which brings up back to planning. People are your most important asset, and over the long-term one of the greatest investments of your time as a business owner is to assess people to determine if they can help you get your business to where you want it to be.
The right people will be looking for good compensation, so your compensation model has to be competitive. Therefore, as stated before, you need to structure your pricing model to ensure that, when budgeted targets are met, that there are enough resources in place to secure the right people.
So of you're aspiring to growing your business, look to hiring the right people who can help you get there, because you won't be able to get there on your own.
Comments and suggestions are welcome. Read more of our blog posts at http://www.burgesskilaptrick.com/blog or at https://www.facebook.com/BurgessKilpatrick
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick. He leads the firm’s consulting and strategy practice and works with companies to enhance their Analytics, Forecasting, and Data Optimization functions. The practice’s focus includes quantitative forecasting, corporate and unit strategy and planning.
Option Pools and the Start-up; Mechanics and Effective Uses.
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 7, 2018
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory





Slide 1
The Corporate Attribution Rules

Navigating the Delicate World of Non-Arms Length Transactions.
Slide 2
Slide 3
Slide 3
The Optimal Revenue Model For Driving Tech Ventures

Keys to Securing The Funding You Need to Scale.
Most of you will know of the possible contentious effects of a “pre-money” vs. “post-money” offering between entrepreneur’s and investors during negotiations of a financing round. As you also know, a strong way to motivate already talented employees and executive personnel early on is to provide them with options to purchase shares in the company at a future date. This motivation is self-evident: give me a chance to participate in the profits of the company I’m working hard to help you build, and I’ll just work harder, because I know that the harder I work, the higher the probability of success and, hence, my personal payoff.
Both investors and entrepreneurs know this, and so the option pool becomes a negotiating tactic that investors know how to utilize.
Understanding that it is investors who own the money (and possible other valuable resources) lends an understanding to the strength of the investors’ position entering into the financing round negotiations.
You as the entrepreneur also want to establish an option pool, first, because of the obvious motivations it elicits in team members, and, second, because it has become a necessary component in compensation packages around the start-up and emerging company ecosystem.
So in the process of the negotiating stage, the investors come to you with a funding package. Prior to speaking with them, word was that your start-up was worth $1 Million (the “pre-money” valuation), and you’re asking for funding of $1 Million. The investors agree to this, but stipulate that they want to insert an option pool equal to 5% of the post-money fully diluted valuation.
Why is this a dangerous option? The answer is best explained by an example:
Let’s assume that, prior to these talks, there are 100,000 shares outstanding. You as the originator own 70% of those shares, with the others owned evenly by each of your 2 business partners. The value per share is therefore $1 Million / 100,000 = $10 per share, and your value is $700,000
If you allow this pre-money option pool, then the Company’s “effective” pre-money valuation is reduced to $900,000 ($1 Million - $100,000 options)
What is the post-money fully diluted valuation?
$900,000 effective valuation + $1 Million cash + 100,000 new options = $2 Million.
Note that $100,000 in new options is equal to 5% of the post money fully diluted valuation, or $900,000 pre-money effective valuation plus $1 Million additional funding plus $100,000 in new options. To determine the post-money value of the shares, the value of the option pool must be included in the equation to determine per share value:
Premium Accounting and Tax Assistance - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234 to find out more for your business and click here to see our latest first-time offers.
What is the post-money value per share?
$1 Million pre-valuation / (100,000 shares plus 100,000 options) = $5 / share
What??? You say!!
A 5% option pool in the “pre-money” valuation would instantaneously dilute your initial ownership in the $1 Million pre-money valuation to $350,000($1 Million / 200,000 = $5.00 per share * 70,000 shares). This makes a substantial difference in the amount of money you walk away with, and it’s important therefore to recognize the issues on the table prior to entering into a negotiation phase.
Yes, you need an option pool, not only because it motivates the right people and can facilitate your overall goals to grow the company, but because without it it’s hard to retain good talent
Rarely will you see investors request an option pool as low as 5% (more common are option pools between 10% and 15% of the pre- or post-money valuation). I’ve maintained a 5% pool in the example, however, to keep the numbers relatively stable and reflective of the actual effects you’ll see in practice.
Slipping the option pool in the pre-money valuation is what effectively puts value in the pockets of investors. There are ways to deal with this potentially combustible issue:
Negotiate the option pool in the post-money valuation
Whenever you provide option pools, the value of the previously issued shares is at risk of dilution. However, the potential erosion will be less if the value of the option pool is based on the post-money rather than the pre-money valuation because the option pool, or the 5% in the example above, will be based on a higher valuation (post-money). Entrepreneurs need to know the possible dilutive results before entering into funding negotiations so that they know what they’re possibly heading into.
In cases where the funding comes with business expertise, then the dilutive ramifications of the funding may be tolerable, especially if options have been set aside previously for future utilization. However, these are points that need to be negotiated, and we look to industry practices and relevant transactions to determine reasonable option pool levels. Ultimately, the smaller the option pool, the better off you the entrepreneur are. The investors, however, will be going for as high an option pool as possible, so middle ground needs to be established in order to move forward in the negotiations.
Come to the table with option pool needs.
When you can tell investors and stakeholders what your option pool needs are and why you need them, and then wrap this reasoning within the context of keeping team players motivated to facilitate company growth, then efforts by investors to enlarge the pool can come off as self-aggrandizing and selfish. Determine quantitatively what the option needs are, and the detrimental effects of going beyond these parameters, and you’ll have an assertive argument to keep the option pool down.
Of course, the investors are the ones with the money, and if you need it and they’re the only funding option on the table, your negotiating leverage can dissipate. Each issue is unique, and the negotiations are executed within the parameters that they’re played out in.
Option pools are an important and vital component in the establishment of your team. Normally options given to team members range from 5-10% for the CEO, and reducing down the scale to.2-.3% for junior managers.
During the 1990’s we saw MBA graduates from top-tier schools marching off to Silicon Valley with nothing but the promise of big things ahead and millions of options - yet minimal salary - on their contracts. Times have definitely changed, yet the power of option pools remains intact. It’s the responsibility of entrepreneurs and investors alike to utilize this component of compensation to drive success within the company.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at Burgess Kilpatrick an accounting firm in Vancouver, B.C. He specializes in the firm’s strategic consulting and forecasting practice. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on Facebook at www.facebok.com/BugessKilpatrick for more information on our firm.
Make Money
Are You Really An Effective CEO?
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 6, 2018
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory
Are You Really An Effective CEO?
Those in corporate leadership positions, as well as the consultants paid to assist them, have long been taught that their success is measured by various quantifiable metrics such as profitability, earnings per share, return on equity, etc… Over the long term, these numbers tell a clear truth, and confirm the quality of those in the executive suite.
However, even the strongest companies have spills and gluts over the long term, and the rebuilding phase at times gives way to many years of profitability, growth and fortified structures on which to build sustainable enterprises, only because principled leaders recognized the right time to assert certain strategies and held the right traits to marshal the company behind them.
Research has shown that, over long periods of time, quantifiable metrics alone are not determining factors in knighting corporations as “successful”. CEO’s need to take note; success at the company you lead may have as much to do with the strong foundation that your predecessor championed as your own ability to recognize and fix departmental deficiencies.
CEO’s coming in at the right time can benefit without really putting in much effort at the beginning. In the early 1990’s, Barry Switzer replaced Jimmy Johnson as coach of the Dallas Cowboys and inherited a team structurally sound and at the height of its collective success, primarily due to the forward-thinking and team-building abilities that Johnson and Jerry Jones, the team’s owner, possessed.
Switzer won a Superbowl with the Cowboys in the second year of his tenure, but without Johnson’s strong direction, the team devolved into mediocrity, and, arguably, continues there presently.
So what exactly makes a good leader over the long term- defined as that period of time encompassing short-term spikes in quantifiable metrics- or just “good-times”-as well as rebuilding episodes? Our research of companies, clients, and resources reveals that the following 3 traits continuously reveal themselves when answering this question:
Caretaker for Future Generations
The overarching quality among CEO’s who lead prosperous companies is a desire to protect and promote the mission of the organization. There’s an understanding that everyone is there not just to make money, but also to promote each other’s welfare and contribute to society.
In Built To Last, Jim Collins and Jerry Porras write about how Motorola founder Paul Galvin prepared for the future at his company by ensuring that the core management philosophy would continue after his departure. He began grooming his son Bob Galvin years before the formal transfer of power, and made his son work from the ground up to see and appreciate the work involved in making the company a success. The elder Galvin told his son that they would act as one in the task of leading the company, and Paul learned the vital tasks of leadership by example and by observing his father care for employees firsthand.
To reinforce the concept of leadership continuity, Gavlin championed the concept of the Chief Executive Office as opposed to a lone individual. The office was held by team members (usually three), who acted as a cohesive unit to lead the company. All three had a unified set of leadership principles, there was always a clear understanding of succession hierarchy, and they were always prepared for unscheduled and seamless changes in leadership. Any one of the three could step in and thereby preserve the core values of the organization from the top.
As a result, Motorola has suffered no leadership discontinuities, and has displayed unbroken continuity in top management excellence steeped in core values, even when it has lost top management talent.[1]
Coach your People
Top CEO’s realize the benefit of good talent, and take direct measures to ensure that these people are cultivated and recognized. Each employee is different, and each needs to be individually recognized. If this is done regularly and sincerely by the top leader, top employees will respond positively and will catalyze the growth of the company, because the CEO has convinced them that it is in their best interest to do so. People of a certain caliber want to work for a good cause; if you give them that cause, they will respond positively.
Get Access to leading accounting and tax help. The time is now to get the right help and not waste any more effort getting mediocre results - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234.
Coaching people includes ensuring that they are happy in the workplace, and for top talent, that means challenging them to harness and grow their skill set. Avery Augustine argues that top leaders will continually do this in order to stretch their people. Doing so will maintain the workers commitment to the company, because they will be sufficiently stimulated and in a position where they can be rewarded.
As an example, for those displaying leadership qualities, the CEO provides them with increasing leadership roles commensurate with their ability, which is itself tracked by the CEO. The encapsulating reason for the CEO to do this is that, while mentoring the employee, the CEO has the ability to affirm and promote the mission and core values of the company.
The right employee will follow suit.[2]
Good listener
In the 1990’s, Anan Mahindra, CEO of the Mahindra Group, asked a number of people at his headquarters to scout for opportunities beyond his group’s tractor and utility-vehicle businesses. Among the pitches he received was one for a time-share based hospitality business. Recognizing that time shares in India at the time were operated unethically, Mahindra sensed an opportunity and invested $5 Million in company resources. By 2012, Mahindra Holidays & Resorts had become India’s market leader in the space, with a current member base of over 15,000 and a market valuation of over $50 Million. This is all because Mahindra had fostered an environment where employees had empowerment and could exert their talents for the benefit of the company.[3]
Leaders will not always have the answers, and if they have hired the right people, these people are going to want to – and have the ability to - make smart strategic decisions, and in so doing believe that they themselves are part of the mission of the organization.
These traits have a common cord – a conscious effort by CEO’s to focus on something other than themselves – a trait of giving rather than taking, of the future rather than the present. For those aspiring to help others and contribute to the corporate landscape, these lessons should be quickly implemented by new CEO’s.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick. He assists companies at all stages of development and growth to secure funding, improve operations and maximize business development. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on Facebook at www.facebok.com/BurgessKilpatrick for more information on our firm.
[1] Collins, Jim; Porras, Jerry; Built To Last; 2002; HarperCollins; p178-180.
[2] Augustine, Avery, How To Coach Your Really Good Employees, www.forbes.com, January 22, 2014.
[3] Ramachanran, J., Manikandan, K.S., Pant, Anirvan, Why Conglomerates Thrive (Outside the U.S), Harvard Business Review, December 2013, Harvard University Press, p117.
Contact Us
Applying Statistical Analysis To Forecast Strategy.
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 6, 2018






Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
Using Joint Ventures To Capitalize On Real Estate Investments
Research tax-efficient structures to facilitate real estate investing.
Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
The Corporate Attribution Rules
Navigating through the delicate nature of non-arms length transactions.
Applying Statistical Analysis To Forecast Strategy
The exercise of analyzing data from operations gives productive and valuable insights and drives future strategic decisions. A common approach to statistical analysis of data to determine strategy lies in revealing correlations between revenue levels and their respective drivers.
Our case study involves assessing the results of a strategic initiative deployed by First Mattress and Fittings, a hypothetical bed mattress and frame manufacturing entity suffering from years of lackluster sales and declining market share.
The Board of Directors has decided to insert a new management team, and as it’s new strategic direction the team decides to employ a strategy of cost leadership. Previous surveys to it’s target market nationally have revealed that its’ products are of sufficient quality, and, because time is of the essence, the team decides to forfeit additional market studies to determine revenue drivers and employ the cost reduction strategy.
Information tracked over the 5-year period were:
Monthly tabulation of sales made
Monthly national market share calculator
Collaborative efforts with the board resulted in a consensus on intended results over a 5-year strategic campaign of:
Yearly market share increase
Net income levels of 20% EBITDA
Does the data provide sufficient metrics to employ accurate forecasting efforts for future campaigns?
Is there room for future growth under the current strategy?
What is the optimal time frame for strategic campaigns?
That was 5 years ago, and the team has assembled its’ data optimization department to determine insights that can be used to drive future strategic decision.
Act Now To Get Our Value Pricing Adjustment on Audit and Review Engagements For Your Business
Statistical Findings:
Comparing the monthly sales to time, the charting reveals more sales in the summer months than the winter months. A strong advertising campaign employed over the 5-year period shows strong improvements in market share at the outset of the campaign; however, the increase in market share declined at an increasing rate as the campaign progressed, suggesting a finite life to product interest and consequent need for improved offerings based on market research.
The sales chart with time as the x-axis and sales levels as the y-axis revealed an upward-sloping line from left-to-right with acuteness dissipating as time wore on. Testing the correlation r showed a value of 77.9% (after discarding outlier data points) confirming that the strategy of cost reduction resonated with consumers and resulted in increased unit sales of mattresses and frames.
Forecasting Considerations.
How can this information be used to drive accurate forecasts and strategic agendas? The quantitative information needs to be reconciled with qualitative, executive considerations (“gut feelings” in the vernacular), which enhance the quality and probability of success of the strategic venture.
The following drivers should be selected to calculate co-relation with sales, which should then used to build a multi-variate forecasting model.
Population density
Location
Weather at location (average temperature)
Average age
Income level
Subsequent trend and seasonality insights from the 5-year campaign are integral to optimizing the quantitative and qualitative contributions to the forecast, and should be studied appropriately to determine any additional insights for the forecast.
The correlations between each independent variable and the calculated sales level will enable us to build a model to apply in the forecasting exercise. This model is then used to predict, first, sales by region, and then component assets required to facilitate sales levels, such as manufacturing equipment, staffing requirements, operational space needs, and administrative support.
The benefits of data to strategic forecasts have merits, but only to the extent that those using the data can apply the following:
Is the data relevant to what we want to forecast?
Can it be used to accurately apply to our strategic forecast
Can it provide us with accurate information on the drivers influencing what we want to forecast?
Understandably, forecasting is not a science, but the utilization of complete, accurate, and practical data can bring us closer to this optimal stat
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick. He leads the firm’s consulting and strategy practice and works with companies to enhance their Analytics, Forecasting , and Data Optimization functions. The practice’s focus includes quantitative forecasting, corporate and unit strategy and planning. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on Facebook at www.facebok.com/BurgessKilpatrick for more information on our firm.
Anticipating Consumer Desires – The Future Of The Corporation
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 6, 2018
Category: Business Management, Strategy and Advisory





Slide 1
The Corporate Attribution Rules

Navigating the Delicate World of Non-Arms Length Transactions.
Slide 2
Slide 3
Slide 3
The Optimal Revenue Model For Driving Tech Ventures

Keys to Securing The Funding You Need to Scale.
Anticipating Consumer Desires - The Future Of The Corporation
Every business entity desiring growth, whether it provides services or products, must engage in research and development (R & D) activities. Businesses that don’t expose themselves to the common symptoms of corporate stagnation eventually leading to disappearance, menial survival, or, if lucky, flat revenues.
We all know that, in business, change is constant, and for corporate leaders to maintain their position, they themselves must change. Hence the vast inflows of cash into corporate R & D activities.
Complementing this law of change is a conducive corporate environment in which we live and operate, both combining to provide even the smallest corporate player the opportunity to grow into a business heavy-hitter, and facilitate the churn of the Business Titan wheel.
Consider WhatsApp, now a leading strategic play in Facebook’s arsenal of offerings to its members. What started as an idea of ex Yahoo employee Jan Koum to combine the ease of international text messaging with updated “statuses” is expected to become (according to Facebook) a leading catalyst of personal and corporate communication around the globe. The brilliance of this and many other innovations driving companies lies in the creativity and ingenuity of the champions that spawn them.
The WhatsApp example and may others like it define raw R & D; no methodology followed to excrete it – just a desire to create, and- eventually-monetize. If anything, these inventors are inspired by the environments around them and what they believe to be achievable.
However, this natural process has, for the benefit of corporate growth and a desire to maximize potential, been enhanced via the collection and utilization of data to streamline the R & D effort and scale the corporation, to varying degrees to success.
Data, and the information and insights gleaned from it, have popularly been used to qualify an idea and enable an assessment of its “viability” to determine chances of success. But slow down…attempts to apply statistical and measurable formulae to something innately creative don’t always result in a successful outcome (ie: spontaneous growth, fun at work, a vesting sense of creating something important).
Obviously both creative and measurable contributions to strategy have merits, but they need to be reconciled and amalgamated in a harmonious manner to result in maximum positive results. Such is the ongoing exercise of turning data insights into profits.
We see data and the insights derived from it playing an increasing role in facilitating corporate growth over what Albert V. Bruno describes as a corporation’s four-stage marketing development process.[1] As the corporation moves along in that marketing process, the effort of anticipating consumer needs remains constant, but the collection of and insights derived from data become increasingly important catalysts for recognizing those needs and desires. Bruno, a professor or marketing at the University of Santa Clara’s School of Business in Santa Clara, California, and his associates Tyzoon T. Tyebjee and Shelby H. McIntyre identify these four stages as follows:
Stage 1: Entrepreneurial Marketing
Stage 2: Opportunistic Marketing
Stage 3: Responsive Marketing
Stage 4: Diversified Marketing
Premium Accounting and Tax Assistance - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234 to find out more for your business and click here to see our latest first-time offers.
In the first stage, startup founders are fully engaged in the idea driving the business. The concept is either new, in which case there’s little relevant data to use, or so differentiated that they believe that their offering can disrupt the market, thereby propelling them to market entrepreneurially (“the entrepreneurial marketing approach”) by personally engaging prospects. The startup tries to identify customers whose needs are not being met by established competitors.
At Stage 2, the Company has established the technical feasibility if it’s offerings and has generated credibility in the marketplace. To propel growth requires introducing economies of scale and improving systems and controls. A strategic guide map now becomes expected to exploit opportunities, and talks of future sustainability begin to enter the picture. Collection and utilization of data and insights by necessity plays a key role in the strategic formulation, if for no other reason than to ensure that due diligence has been exercised to wisely allocate what are now more readily available financial resources.
Stage 3 sees explosive expansion, and the company founders need to respond to these substantial changes. They need to change roles and separate executive functions from operating ones. Creativity is maintained, but manifests itself in the ingenuity and application of capable workers taking leadership of separate departments. With the wealth of customers and data, the company needs to leverage those assets by establishing a system of data collection and analysis to augment and focus it’s marketing efforts on areas that will supply present and future growth. If the right strategy is implemented correctly, it’s at this stage that the company moves into a leadership position within its industry.
Then to sustain its position, additional efforts are required to organize the company by creating operating divisions to cope with increasing complexity-Stage 4. The strategic exercise continues on, but a vital task is to segment and organize the vast flow of data, both from the customer base and from outside, to enable leadership to anticipate the needs of it’s client base and future prospects. Leadership companies residing in this space lead the markets, and need to anticipate the desires of the people. Steve Jobs is often quoted as saying that he thought it wrong for companies to wait to hear what customers wanted; that they didn’t know what they wanted, and it was the responsibility of the Company to anticipate what they wanted and make it for them.
Understandably, the importance of creativity remains vital at each stage. But just as important, however, is that the collection and usage of data becomes ever-increasingly more vital to corporate growth and anticipating consumer needs, desires and spending behaviours. Clean, accurate data can facilitate the anticipatory moves of the company so important in establishing or maintaining it’s position as a leader in its’ respective industry. Just organizing the data alone can augment the chances of capitalizing on it’s worth.
Amazon has taken the idea of anticipating consumer needs to as-of-yet unprecedented levels. With the plethora of data points they’ve collected on customers via online purchases, in-house produced algorithms will predict a consumers’ purchase and ship it to a nearby-located depot awaiting pick-up before the consumer actually buys it. The company gained a patent for what it describes as “anticipatory shipping”, and believes that it can cut delivery times and discourage consumers from shopping at physical stores. It also aims to provide consumers with repeated suggestions of items already in transit to the depots near them.[2]
If it works out, this initiative will dovetail nicely with Amazon’s “drone” project to deliver its wares via unmanned vehicles. Whether or not Amazon is able to successfully implement these projects they are part of a growing trend among leading companies to anticipate consumer needs, even before consumers do.
The emergence of anticipatory marketing efforts also reveals at least one salient fact about consumers themselves, that they hold within them an important asset – information – that seems to be increasingly valuable to the companies they patronize. How much is this information worth to you Amazon?
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick. He leads the firm’s consulting and strategy practice and works with companies to enhance their Analytics, Forecasting , and Data Optimization functions. The practice’s focus includes quantitative forecasting, corporate and unit strategy and planning. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on Facebook at www.facebook.com/Burgess Kilpatrick for more information on our firm.
[1] Bruno, Albert V., Tyebjee, Tyzoon T., McIntyre, Shelby H., Growing Ventures Can Anticipate Marketing Stages”, Harvard Business Review, Harvard University Press, 1982.
[2] Bensinger, Greg; Amazon Wants To Ship Your Package Before You Buy It; www.wsj.com; January 17, 2014.
How To Get Your Staff To Help You Run A Profitable Business
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 6, 2018
Category: Business Management






Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
Using Joint Ventures To Capitalize On Real Estate Investments
Research tax-efficient structures to facilitate real estate investing.
Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
The Corporate Attribution Rules
Navigating through the delicate nature of non-arms length transactions.
How To Get Your Stafff To Help You Run A Profitable Business
Competition among entrepreneurs over the last 10 years has increased dramatically – due to various reasons. The lure or perceived “high-income”, the “freedom” of business ownership, and the sense of accomplishment derived from participation in the capitalist economy all complement each other to attract many to the industry. With this information, some may wonder if the space is too crowded for additional participants.
Historically, business owners who try to do all things on their own - whether because they don’t trust others to do certain tasks or they just enjoy doing all tasks themselves, or because they don’t like the idea of paying others what they themselves can do without any financial outlay – place a cap on growth levels and, ultimately, “success” of their businesses.
Common reading and research among optimal business growth reveals that the level to which the business owner can concentrate on business development, branding, and overall growth will determine the level of financial benefits to that owner. The obvious dilemma, of course, is that the owner needs to be hands on initially. We assert that time spent performing business/administrative “tasks” means possible short-term growth, since they concentrate on everything, but eventually leads to limited growth.
So if the owner must reduce individual operational/administrative efforts in order to allocate more time to business development, won’t the end result be reduced revenue?
The answer is “no”. In an optimally operated business, increased revenue can still coincide with business development.
In businesses that we have worked with, and which enjoy consistent growth, enjoyable working environments for employees, and overall financial success, we notice certain commonalities that, when considered practically, provide a clear understanding of what it takes for business owners to create and maintain optimally revenue-generating companies.
Empowering staff to cross-sell
Successful businesses invariably are built on various pillars, not the least important of which is the ability of the staff. The importance of staff can’t be under-estimated. We’ve seen practices that on paper contain all the ingredients for optimal growth, and except for sub-standard staff, they would easily achieve that growth.
Optimal staff are trustworthy, teachable, and will capitalize on a certain level of autonomy to contribute to the business. This autonomy needs to be exercised in efforts to cross-sell your Company’s products and/or services.
Get Access to leading accounting and tax help. The time is now to get the right help and not waste any more effort getting mediocre results - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234.
Marketing, financial, and even front office staff are in prime positions to cross-sell services because they are in front of potential customers.. They enjoy more face time with people, and should exploit this time by building trusting relationships through conversations with them and obtaining awareness as to what the prospect wants. Through the exercise of knowing the customer the staff can correctly perceive needs that can be met through their office offerings, and in the process can increase company revenue.
Delegating cost-control efforts to staff and tying bonuses to cost reduction and maintenance.
Among successful businesses, the owner still has time to devote to overall marketing strategy and practice development. Specific staff with ability are given responsibility for running administrative tasks – those items that are a “cost centre” for the business, and those who excel in this task are adept at comparing prices among potential vendors, and communicating with suppliers to ascertain the best ways to minimize costs. Further incentive to pro-actively manage costs is provided by linking bonuses to cost cutting measures, which manifest themselves in higher margins and cash flow. If the right staff are given this level of accountability, the results are higher profits, more positive cash flow and ultimately a more satisfied staff.
Morning meetings run by staff.
If the right staff are given the task of managing morning meeting agendas, and are responsible for highlighting areas that need improvement, as well as championing efforts to increase revenues / decrease costs, they feel empowered and consider themselves more than just employees.
The morning meeting is the time to adjudicate special procedures, organize the daily work flow, forecast issues which may take up staff time, and recognize potential opportunities for cross-selling. If the right staff are given leadership here to navigate the day and maximize efforts leading to increased sales, they naturally evolve into a team.
All business owners want their staff to be a “team”, but calling the staff a “team” and actually having them operate as one are two vastly different things.
The right staff must be given the correct amount of autonomy as well as the vehicles used to exercise it so that they can naturally evolve themselves into a team. It’s the job of the owner to provide the forum within which the employees come together and join efforts to culminate in a level of performance that facilitates company growth and optimal experience for the owner, staff, and customers alike.
Underlying all this, however, is the responsibility retained by the owner to recognize talent and position it appropriately, This cannot be delegated. The owner is the leader, and if that owner wants to have a business where others merely perform compliance tasks, then the above is irrelevant.
Those who aspire to business growth, regardless of the competitive landscape, should understand that the road to business growth and success is built with strong staff who are correctly placed to fully exercise their gifts and talents.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick in Vancouver, B.C. He specializes in helping his clients achieve corporate growth an maximize cash flow. You can reach him at nkilpatrick@burgesskilpatrick.com or at 604-327-9234.
Establishing A Forecasting Framework
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 6, 2018






Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
Using Joint Ventures To Capitalize On Real Estate Investments
Research tax-efficient structures to facilitate real estate investing.
Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
The Corporate Attribution Rules
Navigating through the delicate nature of non-arms length transactions.
Establishing A Forecasting Framework
The exercise of creating, measuring and implementing short- and long-term strategic initiatives brings with it substantial accountability and due diligence requirements. Staff and their families tacitly rely on the ability of management to keep the business competitive; vendors have possibly entrusted a bulk of their resources, processes and forecasts to your continued business with them, and other arms-length stakeholders exist with various other financial or non-financial expectations which are directly tied to your continued success.
So the path of creating and testing short- and long-term strategy needs to be carefully constructed to facilitate accurate assessments of influencing variables. At some point in the strategic formulation process, the strategic options and their resource demands need to be forecasted to:
Determine if strategic initiatives meet profitability goals
Calculate resource needs, both quantitative and qualitative
Assess the strategy’s ability to position the business appropriately in its participating markets.
To sufficiently acquire answers to these 3 points, the forecasting exercise needs to be standardized. Following we describe the main components that go into the forecasting process. Testing all strategic initiatives using this process – with sufficient data already acquired – will enable the business to make viable and confident decisions regarding the feasibility of these initiatives.
THE FORECASTING PROCESS
Company and Industry Analysis
The first step in the forecasting process involves determining the true operational earnings of the business, as well as benchmark industry comparisons against which the business’s current operations can be assessed.
Determining operational earnings includes performing ratio analysis and recognizing the value drivers of the company. This in turn will provide an objective understanding of how the company is performing and what attributes influence its performance.
Some attributes, such as economic variables and interest rates, are beyond the company’s ability to control. Nevertheless, when we can determine those components that can be controlled by the company, we can take steps to arrange and manage them to realize corporate goals.
We then compare the company’s performance – given its utilization of resources and investment – against industry standards. The result of this comparison will tell us where we need to change in order to improve performance and enhance the company’s competitive position.
Economic Analysis
What is the future economic outlook of the market(s) in which the company operates? Are preliminary goals and objectives realistic given current economic conditions?
The existing economic climate needs to be synchronized to the company’s objectives. If the company intends on executing a cash flow strategy where a return on assets can only be achieved by utilizing a borrowing rate that is well below what institutions are providing, then there’s a separation between economic reality and economic variables underlying the strategy.
So a strict analysis, utilizing econometric methods, becomes vitally important to assess the forecast and , therefore, the viability of the strategic option. When we can confidently assert that the economic climate in the operating market can facilitate the goals and objectives of the company, then there is synchronization.
Building the Forecast
When we have normalized earnings, and a concrete understanding of the company’s position within its industry, accompanied by an awareness of what’s possible in the industry and the economic environment in which it operates, we now have sufficient information upon which to determine:
The scope of the forecast
The appropriate forecasting model
Various econometric models exist to satisfy the measurement and forecast of variables influencing a company’s operational performance. Linear models, such as time series, and regression, or non-linear such as ARIMA and Exponential Smoothing, exist to provide fit to the economic and operational elements of each particular company.
Premium Accounting and Tax Assistance - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234 to find out more for your business and click here to see our latest first-time offers.
Refinements in practice as well as academic pursuit has provided us with these enhanced forecasting methods that result in increasingly (though of course not absolutely) accurate estimations of business revenues and their associated components.
For example, ARIMA methods of forecasting allow us to incorporate seasonal influences, such as summer weather or rising wheat prices, into the forecast. Such influences, however, have ramifications all the way through business processes such as production, distribution, and supply chains.
It becomes vitally important, therefore, to utilize the best forecasting model for the business that recognizes all relevant infuences on the variable that is being forecasted, and it’s here that practitioners spend a substantial amount of time testing the forecasting model and applying it against accuracy benchmarks such as t-tests.
Applying the Forecast
So how does this all come together? How do we go from an equation to an accurate assessment profitability and of what we need to spend to get resources in place to manufacture or sell our forecasted product?
The whole exercise of putting a forecast together begins with asking “What are we forecasting” (the forecasted variable?) Then, based on that answer, we need to sufficiently determine all the components that go into the production, distribution, and delivery of the forecasted product (ie: fixed and variable costs in the operational budget).
Hopefully, we’ve identified the extent of the causal relationship between the forecasted variable and the costs that are associated with its’ ultimate delivery. Progressing from that, we expect that the forecasted sales from the product are comfortably greater that the cumulative costs budgeted to deliver it (or, in other words, that our target margins are reached).
For example, a tool manufacturing facility needs to forecast demand for its newly patented screwdriver. In so doing, it will also have to budget possible increases in manufacturing space (will additional warehouse space be required to build x number of tools?), human resources and benefits, and increased distribution costs.
So the forecasting exercise and the budgeting exercise really become 2 interlocking components of unified task. I need to forecast sales, but anticipating sales alone provides no value if I don’t also know the marginal costs involved in realizing those sales.
When we understand that the forecast is first applied to the forecasted variable, -revenues for example- and that all components relevant to the ultimate delivery of revenues are then budgeted, we can have confidence that we are estimating all parts of the operating cycle and can apply the forecasting model (or equation) by taking what we’ve identified as influencing drivers of sales and inserting them into the model to forecast revenues.
What-if analysis
As a final due diligence step in the exercise, we engage in what-if analysis to ensure that the model performs as expected. Here we plug various numbers into the equation, expecting the model to perform in certain way. If the model performs unexpectedly, then additional investigation is required to see if the results are due to the inferiority of the model or due to input error.
Ultimately, the purpose of the forecasting exercise is to provide more clarity on the viability of strategic options. Whether the forecast is applied to operational costs, revenues, or just determining the added value of an another manufacturing warehouse, all forecasts should contribute to the managers ability to make clear, confident, and consensus-driven decisions regarding the future of the company.
Comments and suggestions are welcome. Read more of our blog posts at http://www.burgesskilpatrick.com/blog or at https://www.facebook.com/BurgessKilpatrick
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick. He leads the firm’s consulting and strategy practice and works with companies to enhance their Analytics, Forecasting, and Data Optimization functions. The practice’s focus includes quantitative forecasting, corporate and unit strategy and planning. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilparick.com or on Facebook at www.facebook.com/Burgess Kilpatrick for more information on our firm.
Momentum, Sustainability, and Strategic Success
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 6, 2018






Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
Using Joint Ventures To Capitalize On Real Estate Investments
Research tax-efficient structures to facilitate real estate investing.
Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
The Corporate Attribution Rules
Navigating through the delicate nature of non-arms length transactions.
Momentum, Sustainability, and Strategic Success
In our articles, we place emphasis on the need to either acquire or produce clean and reliable data that corporate managers can use to make strategic and profitable decisions, thereby facilitating corporate sustainability and long-term growth.
When companies spend extensive financial, human, and time resources in an effort to create a business that’s self-sustaining, it’s logical to leverage those resources as well as existing skill sets produced along the way to help realize strategic goals and objectives, establish timetables and metrics, and realize what they define as success in their particular corporate environment. This is what Kurt Kuehn defines in his article with Lynnette McIntire, “Sustainability a CFO Can Love”, as momentum. [1]
Kuehl notes that the concept of corporate momentum is aptly presented in Judo, where momentum is a fundamental principle. The martial art emphasizes the concept of “maximum efficiency, minimum effort”, which is best achieved by following the movement of your opponent and striking in a way that takes advantage of his momentum rather than resisting his force. Another analogy would be rowing with the current, where a stride of equal measure will result in greater progress with the current as opposed to against it. If you push something in the direction it is already going, you will accomplish much more with each unit of energy.
Like other components that rely on the quality of prerequisite tasks, momentum facilitates success only if the resources being leveraged (ex: data, skill sets, infrastructure) are themselves optimized for the realization of the strategic vision.
Our research has shown that momentum is best achieved when the following occur:
Discipline
With a strategic vision in place and the assurance of clean data providing decision-making confidence, discipline in carrying out the plan naturally produces momentum. Prospects will naturally gravitate toward repeated messages, and equate a repeated, consistent message with a credible product/service provider. Momentum will be very difficult to achieve on the heels of a sporadic and intermittent marketing plan. The message has to be consistent in order for you to attract the attention of prospects and other at the executive level.
Act Now To Get Our Value Pricing Adjustment on Audit and Review Engagements For Your Business
Collaboration
When management collaborates with staff, gets them on board with the strategic vision, invites active participation to realize the vision, and gives them autonomy, the combined positive effects emanating from the fusion of skill-sets to strategic participation can literally catapult the vision to fruition. Intelligent and eager staff can be the primary catalyst for momentum within the organization if given the correct environment. It’s this understanding that has birthed knowledge-sharing software tools within organizations, where employees of different mindsets collaborate to offer new ideas, keeping the R&D departments busy and fresh. When we consider companies like Google, Hootsuite, and any video gaming outfit, we’re looking at organizations where staff comprise the main pipeline of new ideas based on their perceptions and observations of the marketplace.
Measurable Results
In his article titled “The Power of Rapid Results”, Ron Ashkenas explains the need for “quick wins” to complement “stretch goals”.[2] Both are needed for organizations to remain healthy. Momentum grows with the confidence derived from reaching the smaller, easily attainable “stepping-stone” goals on the way to the strategic finish line. The smaller successes have to be microcosms of the larger goal, so the responsibility of the creators of the smaller benchmarks is to ensure that those smaller “wins” keep the organization on track to reach the larger success. In the process, momentum is normally the propulsion quality that drives the team form on success to the next.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick. He leads the firm’s consulting and strategy practice and works with companies to enhance their Analytics, Forecasting , and Data Optimization functions. The practice’s focus includes quantitative forecasting, corporate and unit strategy and planning. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on Facebook at www.facebok.com/BurgessKilpatrick for more information on our firm.
[1] Kuehn, Kurt and McIntire, Lynnette; “Sustainability a CFO Can Love”; Harvard Business Review; April 2014; Harvard University Press; pp 71-74.
[2] Ashkenas, Ron; The Power of Rapid Results; www.forbes.com, June 21, 2013.
Laying The Quantitative Landscape for Business Strategy.
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 6, 2018
Category: Strategy and Advisory
Laying The Quantitative Landscape For Business Strategy
The school of business strategy among today’s affluent and blue-chip corporations contains characteristics that will define it in future economic cycles. A prominent characteristic seems to be, in our observation, the propensity to shift corporate strategy regularly whenever short-term gains are not realized. Executive personnel are transferred also, creating change that itself must be administered before getting down to the progress work of strategy and growth.
Many academics - and some practitioners - in the business strategy field acclaim the benefits of the “buy-and-hold” business strategy, where economic and industry fundamentals are thoroughly analyzed and broken down to predicate the construction of a comprehensive plan to drive growth, mission, and ethics.
Another shortfall in the traditional strategic exercise within executive ranks is the tendency to abdicate due diligence, reasoning that strategy is a “gut thing - the province of the weathered and experienced – you don’t need numbers to tell us what we already know.”
Research tells us that those who recognize past realities, learn from them and alter course to acclimatize to current conditions have a higher chance at success (however that’s defined) than those who maintain the same course and resist change. This is no less relevant in the arena of business strategy.
Complementing asserted agendas and strategies with empirical research and grounded diligence provides credibility; the diligence upon which that credibility is grounded can be tested, discussed and evaluated. If the numbers match and complement the strategy, then it becomes harder to argue against the strategy.
The numbers being evaluated can take the form of economic forecasts, sales predictions, and the component forecasts upon which they themselves are based, such as future economic conditions, interest rates, anticipated political climates and political figures open to imports. What remains is a strong and time-after-time reinforced reality: plan and forecast your strategy, and prove it in your due diligence. The approach is strong because well-analyzed numbers tell the truth; reinforced because many executives, some revered, fail to do this and pay the ultimate price by being moved along in the C-level turnstile.
The focus groups, meeting, assessments, studies and surveys are necessary to create strategy. Now it has to be adjudicated in the standardized realm of econometric models and forecasts.
Whether we realize this or not, our thought DNA is entrenched in research and reason. Models and forecasts of the proposed plans justify and build the message so that it can be championed with confidence throughout the corporation. This is how small companies breach the barrier of corporate inertia to become international players.
Laying the Quantitative Landscape
The executives have spoken, the 5- year strategic plan is gaining traction at high levels within the company. The strategy is to penetrate Asia with an alternative, “tweaked” version of your main product because, based on market surveys, customers in the region will be drawn to the new offering – there’s a vacuum within the area for your offering, and, at the very least, you need to jump at the chance of being the first entrant.
Do the numbers justify such a move? Preliminary forecasts show conservative market traction of 10% ROI. Is this realistic?
Anticipated costs to modify the product line, engage in marketing, advertising, logistics and ancillary efforts in the Asian region to present the company as a viable player will run, in the estimate of the corporate planners, at $50 Million over the next 3 years. At a unit price of $45 for each unit, are the numbers viable? What is the target population, you ask, to blank response.
With the parameters laid, we suggest the comprehensive quantitative approach as follows:
All assumptions in the plan need to be research, hopefully reasonably quantified, and considered appropriate to the strategic plan; otherwise, they are discarded.
Analyses executed:
-Domestic economic
-International economic
-Domestic industry
-International industry
Quantitative modeling to justify and clarify proposed plan based on findings in #2:
Utilization of multiple regression, time series, decomposition, exponential smoothing, and ARIMA modeling alternatives provide an opportunity to assess the proposed strategic plan from a broad spectrum initially. Subsequently, through series’ of iterations of the data and the plan, the plan is refined to establish quantitatively – and in the process minimizing the risk of – the optimal strategic plan for the corporation to execute, given available resources.
Of course, a comprehensive analysis extends to plans that extend the reach of current available resource. If the obligations of additional debt and/or equity can easily be met by the concomitant cash flows, then such a review is warranted.
Premium Accounting and Tax Assistance - call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234 to find out more for your business and click here to see our latest first-time offers.
#3 is symptomatic of #2; some strategic plans will lose all steam when evaluated against the objective coldness of numbers and economic reality – and, again, render them inert.
We see the marriage of #2 and #3 in the valuation of potential acquisitions; the ultimate price cannot be calculated exclusively on the rigid net present value of the future cash flows and the fair market value of the assets alone. Rather, something may exist qualitatively (example: a strong brand), that, absent of numbers, strengthens the value of – and the price of - the potential acquisition.
Similarly, strategic planning involves the qualitative discussion and thought process as well as a due diligence exercise similar to what is outlined above.
If I’m the person writing the cheques to fund the new expansion to Asia outlined above, I want to see numbers that reasonably, from a common-sense perspective, tell me that there is high probability to the proposed potential ROI.
The #2 analysis will expose the assumption that the champions used the economic conditions and landscape in the home market to plant their forecasted product sales in Asia. Then they’ll have to adjust that accordingly.
I’m going to want to see financial models – the champions need to research markets, economies, and industries and find a template that, to the extent possible, can be used to build a model, supplemented with betas to tweak the model for anticipated variables. We’ll use r values to determine the fit of the model to the data, and apply that model to the economic and industry data that we mine from Asia.
I’ll get the champions to nail the quantitative methodology down so that the numbers say to reviewers and decision-makers that the plan is well-researched, due diligence has been thorough, and that this is our best option for investment and future growth moving forward.
If there are seasonal adjustments required, then they need to be incorporated into forecasts. Such seasonality variations may call for an ARIMA model to fit the historical data and then implement into the Asia data, if the 2 data pools show high levels or correlation.
Ultimately, strategy is a sales presentation; it, and the people giving it, will invariably be tested on the quality, reliability and applicability of the data as well as the model used to substantiate the plan put forward.
Unfortunately, we cannot control how we are perceived by those judging our words, presentations, and conclusions. We can, however, control the parameters within which their decision-making process is determined – by providing quantitative data.
Quantitative analysis has numerous advantages:
It levels the playing field, eliminating possible bias, whether positive or negative, and allowing the strategic plan to be assessed on its’ own economic merits.
It becomes its own sales presentation, leaving the presenters to add qualitative narrative that enhance to overall picture and to assist the reviewers understand how the plan remains consistent with the overall mission of the Company.
It lends a credible view to the way the Company does strategic planning, which media, stakeholders, shareholders and other persons of interest to the Company will, hopefully and eventually, pick up on.
Not many companies engage in thorough quantitative analysis. The benefits of such an analysis lie as much in refraining from the execution of financially and economically unwise decisions as justification for the implementation of wise ones.
We all know that, over that last 15 years, corporate malfeasance and fraud have modified shareholders’ perceptions of the so-called “corporate guardians” – those in the C-level suite charge with protecting companies assets, investing them wisely, and acting as corporate caretakers for the next generation of business leaders.
Today shareholders are pragmatic, slow to invest, and wary of what they perceive to be excessive spending. Similar to only a few other things, quantitative analysis of data is proof to stakeholders that company growth and sustainability is at the forefront of the minds of the corporate guardians.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner at Burgess Kilpatrick, CPA’s in Vancouver, BC. He leads the firm’s consulting and strategy practice and works with companies at all stages of development (start-up, emerging, mature). The practice’s focus includes quantitative forecasting, corporate and unit strategy and planning. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on Facebook at www.facebok.com/BurgessKilpatrick for more information on our firm.
Meeting The Capital Gains Exemption Criteria When A Holding Company Is Involved.
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
November 6, 2018
Category: Strategy and Advisory, Taxation
Capital Gains Exemption When A Holding Company Is Involved
The Capital Gains Exemption (CGE) remains one of the most beneficial components of the Canadian tax system. Rewarding resident Canadian business owners for their contributions to the Canadian economy, the CGE allows for the exemption from tax the first $913,630 gain (in 2022) on the sale of shares of a Canadian Controlled Private Corporation (CCPC). For example, if shares in the company were owned at least 24 months prior to the date of sale, and the paid-up-capital (PUC) of the shares was $100, those shares can be sold for up to $913,630 without any tax consequences on the sale, assuming the corporation meets the criteria to claim the CGA. At Burgess Kilpatrick, we help you understand and assist in small business capital gains tax rate Canada and make your business set on the right track.
To learn more about Capital Gains Exemption continue to read till the end.
The 2 main criteria involved when determining the eligibility of the CGE are the:
All or substantially all test: when at the time of sale at least 90% of the fair market value of the assets held by the operating company must be used to generate business income, and
Principal test: where for the 24 month period prior to the sale of the company, at least 50% of the fair market value of the assets must be used to generate business income.
Usually, as business owners grow their companies and accumulate cash, there is the tendency to keep the cash in the company and invest it in a portfolio, eliminating the tax incurred on drawing out the money either as salary or dividends. This is, however, a sure way to render the company eligible for the above criteria.
A better course of action is to keep only required working capital amounts in the company each year. Not only does this keep the company eligible for the Capital Gains Exemption but also can protect assets from any future creditor or other legal claims which may arise.
Get Access to leading accounting and tax expertise. Call Nicholas Kilpatrick at 604-327-9234.
Many owners will insert a holding company into the corporate structure to facilitate tax plans, such as a corporate shareholder of the operating company to which the operating company can issue dividends, and in so doing transfer non-business assets. This is a good plan to keep the operating company clean of non-business assets, but also presents additional administrative requirements when it comes to becoming eligible for the Capital Gains Exemption.
When there is a holding company owning shares in the operating company, and the control shares in that holding company are owned by an individual wanting to claim the CGE, we now have to make sure that both entities meet the above criteria. This requirement normally pushes non-business assets out of the holding company to the shareholder to maintain eligibility.
Subsection 110(1)(d) of the Income Tax Act (I.T.A) does provide that, if the operating company is unable to meet the All or Substantially All test, then eligibility can be achieved if the holding company alone meets the All of Substantially All Test for the 24 month period prior to the date of sale.
In various technical interpretations issued by it on the CGE, the Canada Revenue Agency Canada has at times been ambiguous as to the application of ss. 110(1)(d), implying that as long as the holding company meets the Principal test over the 24 month period prior to the date of sale as opposed to the All or Substantially All test, the requirements set out in ss. 110(1)(d) (ie: that the holding company must meet the All or Substantially All test over the 24 month period) are not necessary.
In light of this ambiguity, it’s prudent to obtain a technical ruling from the CRA on a proposed CGE transaction. Although a technical ruling does not constitute law, at least you’ve exercised some due diligence and can obtain some comfort.
The Capital Gain Exemption can only be claimed by individual shareholders, and the exemption is claimed on schedule 3 of the individual’s personal tax return. Utilization of family trusts can expand the exemption on the sale of shares in an operating company, thereby distributing more tax-free dollars to individual beneficiaries.
The benefits of utilizing a holding company – operating company corporate structure are solid, from income splitting to protection of assets. From inception of the structure however, it’s a good idea – and also possibly cheaper – to keep both companies clean of any non business assets unless they’re absolutely necessary.
Nicholas Kilpatrick is a partner with the accounting firm of Burgess Kilpatrick and specializes in tax structuring and business development for his small and medium business sized clients. Please visit our website at www.burgesskilpatrick.com or on Facebook at www.facebok.com/Burgess Kilpatrick for more information on our firm.
Sole Proprietorship vs. Corporation – what works for you?
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
October 22, 2018
Category: Strategy and Advisory, Taxation






Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
Using Joint Ventures To Capitalize On Real Estate Investments
Research tax-efficient structures to facilitate real estate investing.
Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
The Corporate Attribution Rules
Navigating through the delicate nature of non-arms length transactions.
Beware the Personal Services Business.
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
October 20, 2018
Category: Taxation, Uncategorized






Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
Using Joint Ventures To Capitalize On Real Estate Investments
Research tax-efficient structures to facilitate real estate investing.
Slide 2
Slide 2
Slide 2
The Corporate Attribution Rules
Navigating through the delicate nature of non-arms length transactions.
The Optimal Revenue Model for Driving Tech Ventures
Posted by Nicholas Kilpatrick on
February 15, 2018
Category: Strategy and Advisory
The quest to turn your idea into money, a career, or a successful exit